SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

IndyMac Home Equity Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Trust, Series 2007-H1, et al. – ‘424B5’ on 3/22/07

On:  Thursday, 3/22/07, at 5:26pm ET   ·   Accession #:  930413-7-2673   ·   File #s:  333-134691, -08

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 3/22/07  IndyMac Home Equity Mtge… 2007-H1 424B5                  1:2.0M                                   Command Financial
          Indymac ABS Inc

Prospectus   —   Rule 424(b)(5)
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 424B5       Prospectus                                          HTML   1.71M 

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]

424B51st “Page” of 224TOCTopPreviousNextBottomJust 1st
 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DATED MARCH 21, 2007
(To Prospectus dated December 11, 2006)

$650,071,000
(Approximate)

INDYMAC ABS, INC
DEPOSITOR

IndyMac Home Equity Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Trust, Series 2007-H1
Issuing Entity
Home Equity Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series 2007-H1
Distributions payable on the 25th day of each month or, if the 25th day is not a business day, the next business day,
beginning in April 2007.

__________________

     The issuing entity will hold a pool of adjustable rate, first lien and second lien revolving home equity line of credit loans. The issuing entity will issue one class of notes that is offered hereby. In addition to the notes, the issuing entity will also issue three classes of certificates that are not offered hereby.

The notes will have the following characteristics:
                             
                                   
Note Principal   Initial Interest   Summary Interest   Principal       Initial Note
Ratings
  Price to   Underwriting   Proceeds to  
Amount(1)
 
Rate (2)
  Rate Formula(3)   Type   Interest Type   Moody’s   S&P  
Public
  Discount   Sponsor(4)  
 
 650,071,000  
5.4800%
  LIBOR plus 0.16%   Senior   Variable Rate   Aaa   AAA  
100.00%
0.18%
99.82%
 


(1)      This balance is approximate, as described in this prospectus supplement.
 
(2)      Reflects the initial interest rate as of the first payment date.
 
(3)      Subject to the maximum rate, as described in this prospectus supplement under Description of the Notes— Interest Payments.”
 
(4)      Before deducting expenses payable by the depositor, estimated to be approximately $725,000.
 

     The assets of the issuing entity will primarily consist of a pool of adjustable rate, first lien and second lien revolving home equity line of credit loans. Two REMIC elections will be made with respect to the assets of the issuing entity.

     The notes offered by this prospectus supplement have the benefit of a financial guaranty insurance policy from the insurer that will guarantee timely payment of interest and the ultimate payment of principal, as described in this prospectus supplement.

Consider carefully the risk factors
beginning on page S-14 in this
prospectus supplement and on page 6
in the accompanying prospectus.

The notes represent obligations of the
issuing entity only and do not
represent an interest in or obligation
of IndyMac ABS, Inc., IndyMac
Bank, F.S.B., or any of their affiliates.

This prospectus supplement may be
used to offer and sell the notes only if
accompanied by the accompanying
prospectus.
 
 

     This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relate only to the offering of the notes and not to the classes of certificates that will be issued by the issuing entity.

     Credit enhancement for the notes will consist of:

     • Excess cash flow and overcollateralization as described in this prospectus supplement under Description of the Notes—Credit Enhancement;” and

     • A financial guaranty insurance policy as described in this prospectus supplement under The Insurer and the Policy.”

Neither the sponsor nor the depositor is or is affiliated with a government agency, instrumentality or government sponsored enterprise. The notes are not bank accounts and are not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental entity.

     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     The Attorney General of the State of New York has not passed on or endorsed the merits of this offering. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.

     On or about March 23, 2007, delivery of the notes offered by this prospectus supplement will be made through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream Banking Luxembourg and the Euroclear System. See “Description of the Notes—General” in this prospectus supplement and “Description of the Securities—Book-Entry Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

LEHMAN BROTHERS
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES  
INDYMAC SECURITIES CORPORATION

424B52nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 2nd

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Page      
Page
 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT              Collection of Taxes, Assessments and      
TRANSACTION OVERVIEW S-2                      Similar Items  
S-35
 
SUMMARY S-3            Insurance Coverage  
S-35
 
         The Transaction Parties S-3            Evidence as to Compliance  
S-35
 
         The Notes S-5            Servicer Default  
S-35
 
         The Certificates S-5            Certain Matters regarding the Servicer  
S-35
 
         The HELOCs S-6            Modification of the HELOCS  
S-36
 
         Cut-off Date S-6            Certain Modifications and Refinancings  
S-36
 
         Statistical Cut-off Date S-6            Limitations on Liability  
S-36
 
         Closing Date S-6   STATIC POOL DATA  
S-37
 
         Statistical Information S-6   THE DEPOSITOR  
S-37
 
         Statistical Calculation HELOC Pool S-6   THE ISSUING ENTITY  
S-38
 
         HELOC SUMMARY S-7   THE OWNER TRUSTEE  
S-38
 
         The Notes S-8   THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE  
S-39
 
         Payments on the Notes S-8   THE INSURER AND THE POLICY  
S-41
 
         The Policy S-10            The Insurer  
S-41
 
         Final Scheduled Payment Date S-11            General  
S-41
 
         Fees and Expenses S-11            Reinsurance  
S-42
 
         Servicing Fee S-11            Ratings  
S-42
 
         Additional Servicing Compensation S-11            Capitalization  
S-42
 
         Rapid Amortization Events S-11            Incorporation of Certain Documents by  
 
         Optional Redemption S-12                      Reference  
S-43
 
         Tax Status S-12            Insurance Regulation  
S-44
 
         ERISA Considerations S-12            The Policy  
S-44
 
         Legal Investment Considerations S-12   AFFILIATIONS AND RELATED  
 
         Ratings of the Notes S-13                      TRANSACTIONS  
S-46
 
RISK FACTORS S-14   THE MORTGAGE LOAN PURCHASE      
THE HELOC POOL S-22                      AGREEMENT AND THE SALE      
         General S-22                      AND SERVICING AGREEMENT  
S-46
 
         HELOC Statistics S-22            General  
S-46
 
         Representation and Warranties S-24            Assignment and Pledge of HELOCs  
S-46
 
THE ORIGINATOR S-26            Event of Servicer Termination; Rights  
 
         IndyMac Bank, F.S.B S-26                      Upon Event of Servicer  
 
INDYMAC BANK HELOC PROGRAM S-26                      Termination  
S-47
 
         HELOC Origination S-26            Amendment  
S-50
 
         Purchases of HELOC Pools S-26            Voting Rights  
S-50
 
         HELOC Underwriting and Credit     THE TRUST AGREEMENT, INDENTURE  
 
                  Criteria
S-27                      AND ADMINISTRATION  
 
         Asset, Income and Employment                        AGREEMENT  
S-50
 
                  Documentation
S-27            General  
S-50
 
         Credit Criteria S-28            Termination  
S-51
 
         First Mortgage Requirements S-28            Administration    
S-51
 
         Title Insurance S-29            Amendment  
S-51
 
         Appraisal Requirements S-29            Servicing  
S-52
 
         Mortgaged Properties S-30            Control Rights of the Insurer  
S-52
 
         Exceptions S-30   CERTAIN REGULATORY MATTERS      
THE SPONSOR AND SELLER S-31                      RELATED TO BANKS  
S-53
 
SERVICING OF THE HELOCS S-31            General  
S-53
 
         The Servicer S-31            Certain Matters Relating to  
 
         Card Management Corporation S-33                      Conservatorship and Receivership  
S-53
 
         First Data Resources, Inc S-34            Certain Regulatory Matters  
S-53
 
         Delinquency and Loss Experience S-34   DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES  
S-54
 
         Servicing Compensation and Payment              General  
S-54
 
                  of Expenses
S-34            Definitive Notes  
S-55
 
               Interest Payments  
S-55
 

- i -


424B53rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 3rd

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

  Page      
Page
 
         Determination of LIBOR S-56   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX  
 
         Principal Payments S-57                      CONSIDERATIONS  
S-71
 
         Rapid Amortization Events S-59            General  
S-71
 
         Sale of HELOCs and Priority of              Tax Treatment of the Notes  
S-71
 
                   Payment of Sale Proceeds              Penalty Protection  
S-72
 
                   Following Rapid Amortization     STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS  
S-72
 
                   Event S-60   ERISA CONSIDERATIONS  
S-73
 
         Priority of Payments S-60            General  
S-73
 
         Deposits to the Collection Account S-63            Purchases of the Notes  
S-73
 
         Withdrawals from the Collection     LEGAL INVESTMENT  
 
                   Account S-64                      CONSIDERATIONS  
S-74
 
         Deposits to the Payment Account S-65   USE OF PROCEEDS  
S-74
 
         Investments of Amounts Held in     UNDERWRITING  
S-74
 
                   Accounts S-65   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  
S-75
 
         Credit Enhancement S-66   LEGAL MATTERS  
S-75
 
         Allocation of Investor Charge-Off     EXPERTS  
S-76
 
                   Amounts S-66   RATINGS  
S-76
 
         Final Scheduled Payment Date S-66   INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS  
S-77
 
         Optional Redemption S-66   ANNEX I – STATISTICAL CALCULATION  
 
         Fees and Expenses S-67   HELOC POOL INFORMATION  
I-1
 
YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND     ANNEX II-A - ASSUMED HELOC  
 
                   MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS S-68                      CHARACTERISTICS  
II-A-1
 
         General S-68   ANNEX II-B - NOTE PRINCIPAL  
 
         Effect of Overcollateralization Feature S-69                      AMOUNT DECREMENT  
 
                         TABLES  
II-B-1
 

- ii -


424B54th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 4th

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page  
Page
BASE PROSPECTUS     USE OF PROCEEDS   36
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT     THE DEPOSITOR   36
         INFORMATION IN THIS     MORTGAGE LOAN PROGRAM   36
         PROSPECTUS AND EACH              Underwriting Standards   36
         ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS              Underwriting Process   36
         SUPPLEMENT 5            Qualifications of Sellers   37
RISK FACTORS 6            Representations by Sellers; Repurchases   37
         Limited Source of Payments — No     STATIC POOL DATA   39
                   Recourse to Sellers, Depositor or     DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES   39
                   Servicer 6            General   40
         Credit Enhancement May Not Be Sufficient              Distributions on Securities   42
                   to Protect You from Losses 7            Advances   43
         Losses on Balloon Payment Mortgages Are              Mandatory Auction   44
                   Borne by You 7            Categories of Classes of Securities   44
         Multifamily Lending 7            Indices Applicable to Floating Rate and    
         Junior Liens 8                      Inverse Floating Rate Classes   47
         Partially Unsecured Loans 9            Book-Entry Securities   50
         Home Equity Lines of Credit 9            Global Clearance, Settlement And Tax    
         Nature of Mortgages 10                      Documentation Procedures   55
         Your Risk of Loss May Be Higher Than     CREDIT ENHANCEMENT   58
                   You Expect If Your Securities Are              General   58
                   Backed by Partially Unsecured Home              Subordination   58
                   Equity Loans 14            Letter of Credit   59
         Impact of World Events 14            Mortgage Pool Insurance Policies   59
         You Could Be Adversely Affected by              Special Hazard Insurance Policies   60
                   Violations of Environmental Laws 14            Bankruptcy Bonds   61
         Ratings of the Securities Do Not Assure              Reserve Fund   61
                   Their Payment 15            Cross Support   62
         Book-Entry Registration 16            Insurance Policies, Surety Bonds and    
         Pre-Funding Accounts Will Not Be Used to                        Guaranties   62
                   Cover Losses on the Loans 16            Over-Collateralization   62
         Unused Amounts on Deposit in Any Pre-              Financial Instruments   63
                   Funding Account Will Be Paid as              Deposit Agreements   63
                   Principal to Securityholders 16   YIELD AND PREPAYMENT    
         Secondary Market for the Securities May              CONSIDERATIONS   63
                   Not Exist 17            Prepayment Standards or Models   66
         Bankruptcy or Insolvency May Affect the              Yield   66
                   Timing and Amount of Distributions on     THE AGREEMENTS   66
                   the Securities 17            Assignment of Issuing Entity Assets   66
         Holders of Original Issue Discount              Payments on Issuing Entity Assets; Deposits    
                   Securities Are Required to Include                        to Security Account   69
                   Original Issue Discount in Ordinary              Pre-Funding Account   71
                   Gross Income as It Accrues 18            Collection Procedures   71
         The Principal Amount of Securities May              The Surety Provider   72
                   Exceed the Market Value of the Issuing              Hazard Insurance   73
                   Entity Assets 18            Realization upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans   74
THE ISSUING ENTITY 20            Servicing and Other Compensation and    
         The Mortgage Loans—General 21                      Payment of Expenses   77
         Agency Securities 27            Evidence as to Compliance   77
         Private Mortgage-Backed Securities 31            List of Securityholders   78
         Substitution of Issuing Entity Assets 33            Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and    
         Available Information 33                      the Depositor   78
         Incorporation of Certain Documents by              Events of Default   79
                   Reference; Reports Filed with the SEC 33            Amendment   81
         Reports to Securityholders 34            Termination; Optional Termination   83

- i -


424B55th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 5th

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

    Page       Page
         The Trustee   84            Final Trust Reporting Regulations   113
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE
               Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity as
         MORTGAGE LOANS   84  
                  a Partnership
  113
         General   84            Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes   114
         Foreclosure and Repossession   85            Tax Consequences to Holders of the    
         Rights of Redemption   87                      Certificates   116
         Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other       STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS   119
                  Limitations on Lenders
  87   ERISA CONSIDERATIONS   119
         Environmental Risks   88            Plan Assets Regulation and Certain    
         Due-on-sale Clauses   89                      Exemptions   119
         Prepayment Charges   89            Class Exemptions   120
         Applicability of Usury Laws   90            Underwriter Exemption   121
         Servicemembers Civil Relief Act   90   LEGAL INVESTMENT   125
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX
      METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION   126
         CONSEQUENCES   90   LEGAL MATTERS   127
         General   90   FINANCIAL INFORMATION   127
         Taxation of Debt Securities   91   RATING   127
         REMIC Securities   97   INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS   128
         Tax Status as a Grantor Trust   106        

- ii -


424B56th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 6th

     Important Notice About Information Presented in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus

      We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents that progressively provide more detail:

     The information in this prospectus supplement, if conveyed prior to the time of your contractual commitment to purchase any of the notes, supersedes any information contained in any prior similar materials relating to the notes, is being delivered to you solely to provide you with information about the offering of the notes referred to in this prospectus supplement and to solicit an offer to purchase the notes, when, as and if issued. Any such offer to purchase made by you will not be accepted and will not constitute a contractual commitment by you to purchase any of the notes, until we have accepted your offer to purchase the notes.

     The notes are being sold when, as and if issued. The depositor is not obligated to issue the notes or any similar security and the underwriters’ obligation to deliver the notes is subject to the terms and conditions of its underwriting agreement with the depositor and the availability of the notes when, as and if issued by the depositor. You are advised that the terms of the notes, and the characteristics of the mortgage pool backing them, may change (due, among other things, to the possibility that mortgage loans that comprise the mortgage pool may become delinquent or defaulted or may be removed or replaced and that similar or different mortgage loans may be added to the mortgage pool), at any time prior to issuance or availability of a final prospectus. You are advised that the notes may not be issued that have the characteristics described in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The underwriters’ obligation to sell any of the notes to you is conditioned on the mortgage loans and the notes having the characteristics described in this prospectus supplement. If for any reason the depositor does not deliver the notes, the underwriters will notify you, and none of the depositor, the master servicer or the underwriter will have any obligation to you to deliver all or any portion of the notes which you have committed to purchase, and none of the depositor, the master servicer or the underwriter will be liable for any costs or damages whatsoever arising from or related to such non-delivery.

     Some of the statements contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus consist of forward-looking statements relating to future economic performance or projections and other financial items. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” or other comparable words. Forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ from the projected results. Those risks and uncertainties include, among others, general economic and business conditions, regulatory initiatives and compliance with governmental regulations, customer preferences and various other matters, many of which are beyond our control. Because we cannot predict the future, what actually happens may be very different from what we predict in our forward-looking statements.

     The discussion contained in this prospectus supplement as to tax considerations is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding United States Federal income tax penalties. Such discussion is written to support the promotion or marketing of the transactions or matters addressed in this prospectus supplement. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

S-1


424B57th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 7th

S-2


424B58th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 8th

SUMMARY

The Transaction Parties

Issuing Entity

IndyMac Home Equity Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Trust, Series 2007-H1, a Delaware statutory trust. The issuing entity is also sometimes referred to herein as the “trust” or the “trust fund.”

See The Issuing Entity in this prospectus supplement.

Depositor

IndyMac ABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a limited purpose finance subsidiary of IndyMac Bank, F.S.B. Its address is 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101, and its telephone number is (800) 669-2300.

See “The Depositor” in this prospectus supplement.

Sponsor, Seller and Servicer

IndyMac Bank, F.S.B. is a federal savings bank. Its principal executive office is located at 888 East Walnut Street, Pasadena, California 91101-7211, and its telephone number is (800) 669-2300.

See “The Sponsor and Seller” and “Servicing of the HELOCs—The Servicer” in this prospectus supplement.

Originator

IndyMac Bank, F.S.B. originated approximately 80.38% of the statistical calculation HELOC pool, by statistical cut-off date principal balance. IndyMac Bank, F.S.B. is a federal savings bank. Its principal executive office is located at 888 East Walnut Street, Pasadena, California 91101-7211, and its telephone number is (800) 669-2300.

No other originator originated 10% or more of the statistical calculation HELOC pool, by statistical cutoff date principal balance.

See “The Originator” in this prospectus supplement.

Subservicer

Card Management Corporation is an Indiana corporation. Its principal executive office is located at 20 NW First Street, Evansville, Indiana 47708, and its telephone number is (812) 425-0072.

See “Servicing of the HELOCs—Card Management Corporation” in this prospectus supplement.

Indenture Trustee

Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, a national banking association. The corporate trust office of the indenture trustee is located (i) for purposes of note transfers, at DB Services Tennessee, 648 Grassmere Park Road, Nashville, Tennessee 37211-3658, Attention: Transfer Unit and (ii) for all other purposes, at 1761 East St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California 92705, Attention: Trust Administration IN07H1, and its telephone number is (800) 735-7777.

See “The Indenture Trustee” in this prospectus supplement.

Owner Trustee

Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation with trust powers. The mailing address of the owner trustee is Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

S-3

424B59th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 9th

See “The Owner Trustee” in this prospectus supplement.

Insurer

Financial Security Assurance Inc. is a monoline insurance company incorporated in 1984 under the laws of the State of New York. The mailing address of the Insurer is 31 West 52nd Street, New York, New York, 10019, and its telephone number is (212) 826-0100.

See “The Insurer and the Policy—The Insurer” in this prospectus supplement.

Rating Agencies

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-

Hill Companies, Inc., will issue ratings with respect to the notes.

Sale and Servicing Agreement

The sale and servicing agreement between the depositor, the issuing entity, the seller, the servicer and the indenture trustee, under which the depositor will transfer the home equity line of credit loans, or HELOCs, to the issuing entity, the servicer will service the HELOCs and the indenture trustee will hold the loan files.

Indenture

The indenture between the issuing entity and the indenture trustee under which the issuing entity will issue the notes and pledge the HELOCs to the indenture trustee as collateral to secure the repayment of the notes.

S-4


424B510th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 10th
  The Notes                        
 
                     The notes will have the following characteristics:                
                      Initial
  Note Principal  
Initial Interest
  Summary Interest   Principal       Note Ratings
 
Amount(1)
 
Rate (2)
  Rate Formula   Type   Interest Type   Moody’s   S&P
 
  $650,071,000  
5.4800%
  LIBOR(3) plus 0.16%(4)   Senior   Variable Rate   Aaa   AAA


(1)      This balance is approximate, as described in this prospectus supplement.
 
(2)      Reflects the initial interest rate for the initial interest accrual period.
 
(3)      With respect to LIBOR for each interest accrual period other than the initial interest accrual period, LIBOR will be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth under “Description of the Notes— Determination of LIBOR” in this prospectus supplement.
 
(4)      Subject to the maximum rate, as described in this prospectus supplement under Description of the Notes— Interest Payments.”

The notes will also have the following additional characteristics:

            Final   Expected            
    Delay /   Interest   Scheduled   Final            
Record   Accrual   Accrual   Payment   Payment   Minimum   Incremental   CUSIP
Date(1)   Period(2)   Convention   Date(3)   Date(4)   Denominations   Denominations   Number
 
DD   0 day   Actual/360   July 2037   April 2019   $250,000   $1,000  
45669D AA6


(1)      DD = For any payment date, the close of business on the business day immediately before that payment date, or if the notes have been issued in definitive form, the last business day of the preceding calendar month. See “Description of the Notes—Definitive Notes” in this prospectus supplement.
 
(2)      0 day = For any payment date, the interest accrual period will be the period beginning on the immediately preceding payment date (or the closing date, in the case of the first interest accrual period) and ending on the calendar day immediately before the related payment date.
 
(3)      The Final Scheduled Payment Date with respect to the notes is the date which is six months after the payment date immediately following the month of the last due date of the latest maturing HELOC.
 
(4)      The Expected Final Payment Date with respect to the notes is based on an assumed CPR of 40%, and a constant draw rate of 10%.
 

The Certificates

     In addition to the notes, the trust will also issue the Class B, L and R Certificates. The Class B, L and R Certificates are not being offered by this prospectus supplement. Information provided on the Class B, L and R Certificates is provided for informational purposes only.

     The Class B Certificates will generally be entitled to receive (x) any collections received on the home equity line of credit loans that are allocated to the notes based on the floating allocation percentage remaining after giving effect to all payments due and payable to the noteholders and other secured parties, and (y) a portion of collections received on the home equity lines of credit loans that are not allocated to the notes based on the floating allocation percentage.

     The Class L Certificate will represent the sole residual class in the lower-tier REMIC and will generally be entitled to receive a portion of collections received on the home equity lines of credit loans that are not allocated to the notes based on the floating allocation percentage and will be entitled to receive payments with respect to early termination fees paid by borrowers under the home equity line of credit loans. See “Description of the Notes—Priority of Payments” below.

S-5


424B511th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 11th

     The Class R Certificates will represent the sole residual class in the upper-tier REMIC and will not have a principal balance, or an interest rate, or be entitled to receive collections received on the home equity lines of credit loans. See “Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations—General” below.

The HELOCs

The pool will consist of adjustable rate home equity line of credit loans, referred to as “HELOCs” or “home equity lines of credit” in this prospectus supplement, secured by first or second liens on one-to-four-family residential properties, planned unit developments and condominiums. The HELOCs included in the trust have been originated in accordance with the underwriting guidelines of the applicable mortgage loan originator in effect at the time of origination as described herein.

Cut-off Date

The cut-off date for any HELOC delivered to the indenture trustee on the closing date will be March 14, 2007.

Statistical Cut-off Date

The statistical information about the HELOCs contained in this prospectus supplement pertains to the characteristics of the HELOCs as of the statistical cut-off date of February 28, 2007.

Closing Date

On or about March 23, 2007.

Statistical Information

The statistical information presented in this prospectus supplement concerning the HELOCs does not necessarily reflect the actual HELOCs that will be included in the trust as of the closing date.

The statistical information presented in this prospectus supplement relates to a statistical calculation HELOC pool that consists of 8,659 HELOCs having an aggregate stated principal balance of approximately $650,071,585.70 as of the statistical cut-off date, after giving effect to principal payments due on or before that date. The HELOC pool acquired on the closing date is expected to include HELOCs having an aggregate stated principal balance, as of the cut-off date, after giving effect to principal payments due on or before that date, equal to the sum of the initial note principal amount of the notes and any initial overcollateralization, which is expected to be approximately $650,071,585.70.

Statistical Calculation HELOC Pool

Between the statistical cut-off date and the cut-off date, the stated principal balance of the HELOCs described in this prospectus supplement may be reduced through principal payments received on the HELOCs and may be increased by additional draws made on the HELOCs. In addition, HELOCs may be removed from the HELOC pool as a result of incomplete documentation or because they are determined not to meet the eligibility requirements for inclusion in the HELOC pool and any HELOCs that prepay in full prior to the closing date may be removed. In addition, HELOCs may be removed or added to the HELOC pool in order to cause the aggregate stated principal balance of the HELOC pool as of the cut-off date to equal the amount described in the preceding paragraph.

However, the removal of such HELOCs and the addition of HELOCs to the HELOC pool on the closing date is not expected to materially alter the characteristics of the HELOCs described in this prospectus supplement, although the range of mortgage rates and maturities and certain other characteristics of the HELOCs may vary. The depositor believes that the information in this prospectus supplement with respect to the statistical calculation HELOC pool is representative of the characteristics of the HELOC pool as it will be constituted at the closing date, although certain characteristics of the HELOCs in the HELOC pool will vary. Any statistic presented on a weighted average basis or

S-6


424B512th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 12th

any statistic based on the aggregate stated principal balance or aggregate credit limit of the HELOCs is subject to a variance of plus or minus 5%.

The statistical calculation HELOCs consist of HELOCs with an aggregate stated principal balance of approximately $650,071,585.70 as of the statistical cut-off date, after giving effect to principal payments due on or before that date, and a total credit limit of approximately $779,127,410.00 as of the statistical cut-off date.

As of the statistical cut-off date, the statistical calculation HELOC pool had the following characteristics:

HELOC SUMMARY
 
        Weighted   Total  
    Range or Total   Average   Percentage  
Number of HELOCs  
8,659
 
Range of Outstanding Principal Balances  
$2,040.47 to $845,957.45
 
Average Outstanding Principal Balance  
75,074.67
 
Range of Credit Limits  
$10,000.00 to $1,000,000.00
 
Average Credit Limit  
$89,978.91
 
Range of Credit Limit Utilization Rates  
10.08% to 105.42%
 
Credit Limit Utilization Rate of Pool  
83.44%
 
Range of Loan Rates  
4.000% to 17.000%
8.702%
 
Original Draw Period (in months)  
60 to 180
120
 
Original Terms to Maturity (in months)  
180 to 360
256
 
Remaining Terms to Maturity (in months)  
159 to 358
253
 
Original Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios*  
3.18% to 107.00%
83.73%
 
Number of Second Lien HELOCs  
8,564
98.60%
 
Geographic Distribution in Excess of 10.00% of the
 
Total Scheduled Principal Balance:  
 
   California
 
$358,009,581.95
55.07%
 
Credit Scores  
577 to 840
713
 
Gross Margins  
-1.000% to 8.750%
1.398%
 
Maximum Loan Rates  
12.000% to 18.250%
17.968%
 
 
                   See “The HELOC Pool” in this prospectus supplement.          
 
* Weighted by credit limit.              

S-7


424B513th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 13th

Required Repurchases or Substitutions of HELOCs

The seller will make certain representations and warranties relating to the HELOCs pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement, including: (1) at the time of transfer to the trust, the seller has transferred or assigned all of its right, title and interest in each HELOC and the related documents, free of any lien, subject to exceptions; (2) each HELOC was generated under a note or credit line agreement that complied, at the time of origination, in all material respects with applicable state and federal laws including all applicable anti-predatory and anti-abusive lending laws; (3) each loan file contains the documents specified in the sale and servicing agreement; (4) as of March 14, 2007, none of the HELOCs is more than 30 days delinquent; (5) all of the HELOCs were originated or acquired from third parties substantially in accordance with the applicable originator’s underwriting criteria in effect at the time of origination; (6) none of the HELOCs constitute “high cost loans” under applicable anti-predatory and anti-abusive lending laws, (7) none of the mortgaged properties securing the HELOCs is subject to any material damage by waste, fire, earthquake, windstorm, flood or other casualty which is not fully insured by a hazard insurance policy issued by an insurer acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guidelines and (8) any such hazard insurance policy referred to in the preceding clause is in full force and effect and contains a standard mortgagee clause naming the originator and its successors and assigns as loss payee and all premiums due thereon have been paid. With respect to any HELOC, if any of the representations and warranties is breached in any material respect as of the date made and remains uncured for more than 90 days, or if an uncured material document defect exists, the seller will be obligated to either repurchase or substitute for the affected HELOC. The obligation of the seller to accept a retransfer of a defective HELOC through repurchase or substitution is the sole remedy regarding any defects in the HELOC and related documents available to the indenture trustee or the noteholders.

For additional information regarding the repurchase or substitution of a HELOC, see “The HELOC Pool—Representations and Warranties” in this prospectus supplement and “The Agreements—Assignment of Issuing Entity Assets” in the accompanying prospectus.

The Notes

The notes will be issued with the initial approximate characteristics set forth under “The Notes” in the tables on page S-5.

The notes represent obligations of the trust, the assets of which will consist of adjustable rate, first and second lien HELOCs having a total principal balance as of March 14, 2007 of approximately $650,071,585.70. Any difference between the total principal amount of the notes on the closing date and the approximate total principal amount of the notes as reflected in this prospectus supplement will not exceed 5%.

The notes will have an approximate total initial principal amount of $650,071,000.

Payments on the Notes

Payment Dates

Principal and interest on the notes will be distributed on the 25th day of each month, beginning in April 2007. However, if the 25th day is not a business day, payments will be made on the next business day after the 25th day of the month.

Record Date

The business day immediately preceding a payment date, or if the notes are no longer book-entry notes, the last business day of the month preceding the month of a payment date.

Denominations

$250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Registration of Notes

Book-entry form. Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in the notes may elect to hold their beneficial interests through The Depository Trust Company, in the United States, or Clearstream, Luxembourg or the Euroclear System, in Europe.

See “Description of the Notes—General” in this prospectus supplement and “Description of the Securities—Book-Entry Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

S-8


424B514th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 14th

Amount available for monthly payment

On each payment date, the indenture trustee will make payments to noteholders. The amounts available for payment will generally include:

See “Description of the Notes—Interest Payments,” “—Principal Payments” and “Fees and Expenses” in this prospectus supplement.

Priority of Payment

Payments to the noteholders and the insurer on any payment date will be made from amounts available for payment (described above) generally as follows:

In addition, the holders of the Class B and Class L Certificates will be entitled to any remaining amounts available for monthly distribution, as described in the sale and servicing agreement and the trust agreement. They will also be entitled to a portion of collections of monthly payments of principal and interest on the HELOCs that are not allocated to the notes based on the floating allocation percentage.

See “Description of the Notes—Priority of Payments” in this prospectus supplement.

Interest Payments

Interest will accrue on the notes at the lesser of (1) the applicable annual rate as described in the table on page S-5 and (2) the maximum rate for that payment date.

The maximum rate is a limitation generally based on the amount of interest collections received from HELOCs during the applicable collection period, net of certain fees and expenses of the trust.

For a complete description of the maximum rate and the priority of payment of interest, see “Description

S-9


424B515th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 15th

of the Notes — Interest Payments” in this prospectus supplement.

Principal Payments

Principal will be paid on the notes on each payment date in reduction of the outstanding note principal amount of the notes in the amounts described herein.

The amount of principal payable with respect to the notes will be determined by the applicable amortization period described below and in accordance with a formula that takes into account the principal collections received on the HELOCs in the HELOC pool each month minus (during the managed amortization period) the floating allocation percentage of the total principal balance of additional draws made by borrowers on the HELOCs for such month plus any excess cash needed to build or maintain certain required levels of overcollateralization for the notes. The terms of the amortization of the notes have been divided into two periods, the managed amortization period and the rapid amortization period, as described in this prospectus supplement.

In addition, prior to the stepdown date or if a trigger event is in effect or a rapid amortization trigger event has occurred, the holders of the notes will receive the floating allocation percentage of all available principal funds. Following the stepdown date unless a trigger event is in effect or a rapid amortization trigger event has occurred, the holders of the notes will receive a specified portion of the floating allocation percentage of available principal funds.

See “Description of the Notes—Principal Payments” in this prospectus supplement.

Enhancement of Likelihood of Payment on the Notes

The payment structure of this securitization includes excess cash flow, overcollateralization, and a financial guaranty insurance policy.

See “Description of the Notes—Credit Enhancement” in this prospectus supplement for a more detailed description of the features of the excess cash flow, overcollateralization, and financial guaranty insurance policy.

Excess Cash Flow; Overcollateralization

The HELOCs owned by the trust bear interest each month that, in the aggregate, is expected to exceed the amount needed to pay monthly interest on the notes and certain fees and expenses of the trust. On each payment date, this “excess cash flow” received from the HELOCs each month will be available as an accelerated payment of principal on the notes to cause the overcollateralization amount to equal the specified overcollateralization amount. The overcollateralization amount on the closing date will be approximately $585.70.

See “Description of the Notes—Credit Enhancement—Excess Cash Flow” and “Description of the Notes—Credit Enhancement—Overcollateralization” in this prospectus supplement.

Allocation of Charge-off Amounts

The floating allocation percentage of charge-off amounts on the HELOCs will be allocated first, to the excess cash flow and second, to the overcollateralization amount.

The Policy

The depositor will obtain a noncancellable financial guaranty insurance policy from the insurer with respect to the notes. The financial guaranty insurance policy will unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee that the indenture trustee will receive timely payments of interest and the ultimate payment of principal on the notes, as described under the heading “The Insurer and the Policy” in this prospectus supplement, and the indenture trustee will receive an amount equal to any overcollateralization deficit on any payment date preceding the final scheduled payment date. The financial guaranty insurance policy will not provide coverage for prepayment interest shortfalls, Relief Act shortfalls, Deferred Interest or any amount required to increase the overcollateralization amount to the specified overcollateralization amount.

See “The Insurer and the Policy” in this prospectus supplement.

S-10


424B516th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 16th

Final Scheduled Payment Date

The final scheduled payment date for the notes will be the payment date in July 2037. The final scheduled payment date for the notes is the date which is six months after the payment date immediately following the month of the scheduled maturity of the latest maturing HELOC. The actual final payment date for the notes may be earlier, and could be substantially earlier, than the final scheduled payment date.

Fees and Expenses

Certain fees and expenses payable to the servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the insurer will be paid from the assets of the issuing entity prior to distributions to noteholders.

For more information, see “Description of the Notes—Fees and Expenses” and “—Priority of Payments” in this prospectus supplement.

Servicing Fee

The servicer will be paid a monthly fee (referred to as the servicing fee) with respect to each HELOC at a rate of 0.50% per annum (referred to as the servicing fee rate) on the stated principal balance of that HELOC.

Additional Servicing Compensation

The servicer is also entitled to receive additional servicing compensation from late payment fees, assumption fees and other similar charges (excluding early termination fees) and investment income earned on amounts on deposit in certain of the issuing entity’s accounts.

Rapid Amortization Events

A rapid amortization event refers to any of the following events:

(a)      default in the payment of any interest on the notes when the same becomes due and payable or the failure to pay any installment of principal on the notes in accordance with the sale and servicing agreement, and such default or failure continues for a period of two business days, or a failure to pay the entire note principal amount of the notes when the same become due and payable under the indenture or on the final scheduled payment date;
 
(b)      failure on the part of the trust, the depositor, the seller or the servicer to observe or perform in any material respect any material covenants or agreements set forth in the mortgage loan purchase agreement, the sale and servicing agreement, the indenture or the trust agreement, as applicable, which failure materially and adversely affects the noteholders or the insurer and continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice of such failure shall have been given to the trust, the depositor, the seller or the servicer, as the case may be, by the indenture trustee or the insurer in accordance with the provisions of the indenture;
 
(c)      the trust or the depositor files a petition to take advantage or otherwise voluntarily commences a case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar statute;
 
(d)      a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises in an involuntary case under any present or future federal or state bankruptcy insolvency or similar law or the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator or other similar official in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, is entered against the trust or the depositor;
 
(e)      the trust becomes subject to regulation by the SEC as an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
 
(f)      any draw is made under the policy and remains unreimbursed for 90 days;
 
(g)      the trust loses its status as one or more REMICs and such loss in status results in the imposition of an entity level tax on the trust; or
 
(h)      the rights and obligations of the servicer under sale and servicing agreement are terminated by the insurer or an event of servicer termination has occurred. See “The Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement and
 

S-11


424B517th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 17th
    the Sale and Servicing Agreement—Event of Servicer Termination; Rights Upon Event of Servicer Terminationin this prospectus supplement.

In the case of any event described in clauses (a), (b), (e), (f), (g) or (h) above, a Rapid Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred only if, after the applicable grace period, if any, described in the sale and servicing agreement, the insurer, or if an insurer default has occurred and is continuing, the indenture trustee or noteholders evidencing more than 50% of the note principal amount of the notes, declare that a rapid amortization event has occurred as of the date of such notice. In the case of an event described in either clause (c) or (d), a rapid amortization event will automatically occur.

If a rapid amortization trigger event occurs with respect to the notes, the insurer (or the indenture trustee in the event of an insurer default) will have the right to sell and liquidate assets of the issuing entity in order to pay off the then aggregate outstanding amount of the notes.

For a description of the remedies available upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a rapid amortization event and the priority of payments of sale proceeds received following the sale of any HELOCs, see “Description of the Notes—Rapid Amortization Events” and “—Sale of HELOCs and Priority of Payment of Sale Proceeds Following Rapid Amortization Event” in this prospectus supplement.

Optional Redemption

On any payment date on or after which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the notes, prior to giving effect to payments of principal on such payment date, declines to or below 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as of the closing date, the servicer will have the option to purchase from the trust all remaining HELOCs, subject to certain conditions, including the consent of insurer if (a) the redemption would result in a draw under the financial guaranty insurance policy or (b) reimbursement amounts would remain due to the insurer under the insurance agreement. If the servicer exercises its option to purchase the HELOCs, the notes will be redeemed and you will receive a final payment of principal on such payment date.

See “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption” in this prospectus supplement.

Tax Status

The trust will elect to treat all or a portion of the trust assets as two REMICs for federal income tax purposes. Each of the notes and the Class B Certificates will represent ownership of “regular interests” in the upper-tier REMIC. The Class L and R Certificates will be designated as the sole class of “residual interest” in the lower-tier REMIC and upper-tier REMIC, respectively.

See “Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations” in this prospectus supplement and “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” in the accompanying prospectus for additional information concerning the application of federal income tax laws to the notes.

ERISA Considerations

Subject to the considerations and conditions described under “ERISA Considerations” in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, the notes may be purchased and transferred to employee benefit plans or other retirement plans or arrangements subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

See “ERISA Considerations” in this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus for a more complete discussion of these issues.

Legal Investment Considerations

The notes will not constitute “mortgage related securities” for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984.

There are other restrictions on the ability of certain types of investors to purchase the notes that prospective investors should also consider.

See “Legal Investment Considerations” in this prospectus supplement and “Legal Investment” in the accompanying prospectus.

S-12


424B518th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 18th

Ratings of the Notes

The notes will initially have the ratings from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. set forth in the table on page S-5.

See “Ratings” in this prospectus supplement for a more complete discussion of the note ratings.

S-13


424B519th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 19th

RISK FACTORS

The following information, which you should carefully consider, identifies certain significant sources of risk associated with an investment in the notes. You should also carefully consider the information under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 in the accompanying prospectus.

You may have difficulty selling your notes

     The underwriters intend to make a secondary market in the notes purchased by them, but the underwriters have no obligation to do so. We cannot assure you that a secondary market will develop or, if it develops, that it will continue. Consequently, you may not be able to sell your notes readily or at prices that will enable you to realize your desired yield. The market values of the notes are likely to fluctuate; these fluctuations may be significant and could result in significant losses to you.

     The secondary markets for mortgage backed and asset backed securities have experienced periods of illiquidity and can be expected to do so in the future. Illiquidity can have a severely adverse effect on the prices of securities, especially those that are sensitive to prepayment, credit or interest rate risk or that have been structured to meet the investment requirements of limited categories of investors.

Cash flow limited in early years of HELOCs

     Each HELOC in the statistical calculation HELOC pool has a draw period that lasts for the first 5 to 15 years and substantially all have a repayment term for the last 10, 15 or 20 years of the term (as more fully described in this prospectus supplement). No principal or a minimal amount of principal is due during the draw period although a borrower may voluntarily make a principal payment. Monthly principal payments during the repayment period are required in amounts that will evenly amortize the amount outstanding at the commencement of the repayment period over the remaining term of the HELOC. Collections on the HELOCs may also vary due to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers. As a result there may be limited collections available to make payments to you and you may receive payments of principal more slowly than anticipated.

Delays in payment on your notes may result because the servicer is not required to advance

     The servicer is not obligated to advance scheduled monthly payments of interest or principal on HELOCs that are delinquent or in default. As a result, noteholders will not receive a regular stream of payments from HELOCs that become delinquent or go into default. The rate of delinquency and default of second lien HELOCs may be greater than that of mortgage loans secured by first liens on comparable properties.

The servicer has limited ability to change the terms of the HELOCs.

     The servicer may agree to changes in the terms of a HELOC under the circumstances and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth under “Servicing of the HELOCS—Modification of the HELOCs” below. Any increase in the credit limit related to a HELOC could increase the combined loan-to-value ratio or loan-to-value ratio, as applicable, of that HELOC and, accordingly, may increase the likelihood and could increase the severity of loss in the event of a default under that HELOC. In addition, any reduction in the loan rate of a HELOC could reduce the excess cash flow available to absorb charge-offs and to build or maintain the specified overcollateralization amount.

Modification of HELOCs by the servicer may adversely affect your yield

     The servicer will have the right to modify any HELOC in lieu of the borrower refinancing if it purchases the HELOC from the issuing entity. Modifications may include, but are not limited to, interest rate reductions. The servicer may identify borrowers who are likely to refinance and inform them of the alternative of a modification. Generally, borrowers that are informed of this option choose it. The proceeds of any such repurchases will be treated as prepayments in full of the applicable HELOCs and will have the same effect on the yields on the notes as prepayments in full.

      See “Servicing of the HELOCs—Certain Modifications and Refinancings” in this prospectus supplement.

S-14


424B520th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 20th

Interest payable on the notes and interest payable on the HELOCs differ

     Interest payable on the HELOCs may be insufficient to pay interest on the notes, which accrues on the basis of LIBOR plus the applicable margin set forth in the table on page S-5, subject to a maximum rate based in part on the interest rates on the HELOCs. Interest payable on the HELOCs will accrue at a variable rate based on the prime rate plus a designated margin, subject to maximum limitations on adjustments. As a result, the notes may accrue less interest than they would accrue if the interest rate on the notes were based solely on LIBOR plus the applicable margin set forth in the table on page S-5.

     If the sum of LIBOR plus the applicable margin set forth in the table on page S-5 exceeds the maximum rate of interest allowed on the notes, such shortfalls will be paid to the related noteholders only if amounts are available for such payment on a subsequent payment date and at a lower priority than interest is normally paid to those noteholders. Such shortfalls will not be guaranteed by the insurer.

     LIBOR and the prime rate may not respond to the same economic factors and there is not necessarily a correlation between them. Any reduction in the spread between LIBOR and the prime rate will also reduce the amount of interest receipts on the HELOCs that would be available to absorb charge-offs. In that event, if the overcollateralization were depleted and the insurer failed to perform under the policy, you would experience a loss.

Ratings on notes based primarily on claims paying ability of the insurer

     The rating on the notes depends primarily on the claims paying ability of the insurer. Therefore, a reduction in the financial strength rating of the insurer may result in a corresponding reduction in the credit ratings assigned to the notes. A reduction in the credit rating assigned to the notes would reduce the market value of the notes and may affect your ability to sell them. The insurer does not guarantee the market value of the notes, or the credit ratings assigned to them.

See “Ratings” in this prospectus supplement.

Limited information regarding prepayment history

     All of the HELOCs may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time. Neither the seller nor the servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or statistics on the rate of prepayment of HELOCs. HELOCs usually are not viewed by borrowers as permanent financing and may experience a higher rate of prepayment than traditional mortgage loans. The trust’s prepayment experience may be affected by a wide variety of factors, including:

     Prepayments on the HELOCs will result in earlier payments of principal on your notes. In addition, substantially all of the statistical calculation HELOCs contain due-on-sale provisions, which may affect the rate of prepayment.

      See “Yield, Maturity and Prepayment Considerations” in this prospectus supplement.

S-15


424B521st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 21st

Yield to maturity of notes may be affected by repurchases

     The yield to maturity of the notes may be affected by certain repurchase requirements. The seller will be required to purchase HELOCs from the trust in the event certain breaches of representations and warranties made by it have not been cured. These purchases will have the same effect on the noteholders as a prepayment of the HELOCs.

Relocation of the servicer’s default management services may result in increased delinquencies and defaults which may adversely affect the yield on the notes

     The servicer intends to relocate its default management, collections, and loss mitigation functions from Pasadena, California to Texas in 2007. Fewer than 70 of the servicer’s employees will be affected by this relocation. Although certain of these employees will be offered the opportunity to relocate, the servicer expects that a substantial number of these employees may elect not to do so.

     If a substantial number of employees in default management services resign prior to the relocation or elect not to relocate, the servicer’s collection and default management processes may be disrupted which may result in an increase in delinquencies and defaults. Although any increase in delinquencies and defaults is expected to be temporary, there can be no assurance as to the duration or severity of any disruption in the collection and default management processes or as to the resulting effects on the yield of the notes. In an attempt to mitigate any disruptions from these processes, the servicer will continue to provide default management services from its current offices in Pasadena, California until the relocation of those services to Texas has been completed and the default management, collections, and loss mitigation functions in the new site are fully operational.

Inability to Replace Servicer Could Affect Collections and Recoveries on the HELOCs

     The structure of the servicing fee might affect the ability to find a replacement servicer. Although the indenture trustee is required to replace the servicer if the servicer is terminated or resigns, if the indenture trustee is unwilling or unable to appoint a replacement servicer, there would likely be significant delays in collecting payments from borrowers. Because the servicing fee is structured as a percentage of the principal balance of each HELOC, it may be difficult to replace the servicer at a time when the balance of the HELOCs has been significantly reduced because the fee may be insufficient to cover the costs associated with servicing the HELOCs and related REO properties remaining in the pool. The performance of the HELOCs may be negatively impacted, beyond the expected transition period during a servicing transfer, if a replacement servicer is not retained within a reasonable amount time.

Consequences of owning book-entry notes

     Issuance of the notes in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of the notes in the secondary trading market since investors may be unwilling to purchase securities for which they cannot obtain physical notes.

     Since transactions in the notes can be effected only through DTC, Clearstream, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and banks, your ability to pledge your notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC, Clearstream or Euroclear systems or otherwise to take actions in respect of the notes, may be limited due to lack of a physical security representing the notes.

     As a beneficial owner, you may experience some delay in your receipt of payments of interest on and principal of your notes since payments will be forwarded by the indenture trustee to DTC and DTC will credit payments to the accounts of its participants which will credit them to the accounts of the beneficial owners either directly or indirectly through indirect participants.

     See “Description of the Notes—General” in this prospectus supplement and “Description of the Securities—Book-Entry Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

S-16


424B522nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 22nd

An optional redemption may adversely affect the yield on the notes

     On any payment date on or after which the outstanding principal amount of the notes, prior to giving effect to payments of principal on such payment date, is reduced to an amount less than or equal to 10% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes on the closing date, the servicer or its assignee may purchase all of the HELOCs and thereby cause a termination of the underlying trust. See “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption” in this prospectus supplement. If this event happens, it will have the same effect as if all of the remaining borrowers made prepayments in full. Notes purchased at a premium could be adversely affected by such an optional redemption.

      See “Yield, Maturity and Prepayment Considerations” in this prospectus supplement.

The obligations of the seller, the depositor and the servicer are limited

     None of the seller, the depositor, the indenture trustee or the servicer is obligated to make any payments of principal or interest on the notes. The only obligation of the seller to make any payment in respect of the HELOCs is the seller’s obligation to repurchase from the trust those HELOCs with respect to which there is a defect in the documentation or for which there is a material breach of its representations and warranties. There is no guarantee, however, that the seller will have the financial ability to repurchase any of those HELOCs.

Increased risk of loss as a result of the amortization lockout period of the HELOCs

     The HELOCs in the statistical calculation HELOC pool require no principal payments or minimal principal payments during the first 5 to 15 years following origination, and substantially all of the HELOCs in the statistical calculation HELOC pool require repayment of the principal balance outstanding at the commencement of the repayment period over the remaining term in equal monthly installments. HELOCs with terms like these pose a special payment risk because the borrower must start making substantially higher monthly payments at the start of the repayment period. If the borrower is unable to make such increased payments, the borrower may default. You may suffer a loss if the collateral for such HELOC, and the other forms of credit enhancement, are insufficient or unavailable to cover the loss and the insurer fails to perform under the insurance policy.

The incurrence of additional debt by borrowers could increase your risk

     With respect to HELOCs that were used for debt consolidation, there can be no assurance that the borrower will not incur further debt. This reloading of debt could impair the ability of borrowers to service their debts, which in turn could result in higher rates of delinquency and loss on the HELOCs.

      See “Description of the HELOCs” in this prospectus supplement.

Negative amortization on first lien mortgage loans could increase your risk

     Approximately 24.13% of the HELOCs in the statistical calculation HELOC pool, by statistical cut-off date principal balance, are second lien HELOCs junior to a first lien mortgage on the related mortgaged properties that permit negative amortization. To the extent the payment option under any of these first lien mortgage loans selected by the related borrower from time to time increases the principal balance of that loan, the combined loan-to-value of the related HELOC will be increased and the portion of the value of the related mortgaged property available to repay the related HELOC will be reduced in the event of a default on the related HELOC.

      See “Description of the HELOCs” in this prospectus supplement.

Insolvency may affect the timing and amount of distributions on the notes

     The transfer of the HELOCs by the seller to the depositor will be characterized in the mortgage loan purchase agreement as a sale transaction. Nevertheless, in the event of insolvency of the seller, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as conservator or receiver, could attempt to recharacterize the sale of the HELOCs to the depositor as a borrowing secured by a pledge of the HELOCs. If such an attempt to recharacterize the transfer

S-17


424B523rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 23rd

of the HELOCs were to be successful, the FDIC could elect to accelerate payment of the notes and liquidate the HELOCs, with the holders of the notes entitled to no more than the outstanding principal balance, if any, of the notes, together with interest thereon at the note rate. In the event of an acceleration of the notes, the holders of the notes would lose the right to future payments of interest, might suffer reinvestment losses in a lower interest rate environment and may fail to recover their initial investment. Further, with respect to an acceleration by the FDIC, interest may be payable only through the date of appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. The FDIC has a reasonable period of time (which it has stated will generally not exceed 180 days after the date of its appointment) to elect to accelerate payment. Whether or not an acceleration takes place, delays in payments on the notes and possible reductions in the amount of such payments could occur. For a further discussion see “Certain Regulatory Matters Related to Banks—Certain Matters Relating to Conservatorship and Receivership” in this prospectus supplement.

Developments in certain states could have a disproportionate effect on the pool of HELOCs due to geographic concentration of mortgaged properties

     The chart entitled “Geographic Distribution” presented in Annex I to this prospectus supplement lists the states with the highest concentrations of statistical calculation HELOCs. Because of the relative geographic concentration of the mortgaged properties within certain states, losses on the HELOCs may be higher than would be the case if the mortgaged properties were more geographically diversified. For example, some of the mortgaged properties may be more susceptible to certain types of special hazards, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, wildfires and other natural disasters and major civil disturbances, than residential properties located in other parts of the country.

     Economic conditions in states with high concentrations of HELOCs may affect the ability of borrowers in those states to repay their loans on time. Changes in economic conditions and declines in the residential real estate market in states with high concentrations of HELOCs may reduce the values of properties located in those states, which would result in an increase in the loan-to-value ratios. Conversely, other changes in economic conditions and increases in the market values of properties located in states with high concentrations of HELOCs would reduce the loan-to-value ratios and could therefore make alternative sources of financing available to the borrowers at lower interest rates, which could result in an increased rate of prepayment of the HELOCs.

     Approximately 55.07% of the aggregate stated principal balance of the HELOCs in the statistical calculation HELOC pool are secured by mortgaged properties located in California. Properties in California may be more susceptible than homes located in other parts of the country to some types of uninsured hazards, such as earthquakes, mudslides, hurricanes, floods, wildfires and eruptions, and civil disturbances such as riots. Since 2001, California has experienced intermittent energy shortages that have resulted in unpredictable rolling blackouts and higher energy costs. This potential crisis could someday spread to other states and affect the entire nation. In addition, recently the cost of crude oil reached record highs. These higher energy and fuel costs could reduce the amount of money that the affected obligors have available to make monthly payments. Higher energy costs and blackouts could also cause business disruptions, which could cause unemployment and an economic downturn. Such obligors could potentially become delinquent in making monthly payments or default if they were unable to make payments due to increased energy or fuel bills or unemployment. The trust’s ability to make payments on the notes could be adversely affected if the related obligors were unable to make timely payments. The depositor cannot predict whether, or to what extent or for how long, such events may occur.

     In addition, California has imposed legal limits on the remedies of a secured lender in the event that the proceeds of any sale under a deed of trust or other foreclosure proceedings are insufficient to pay amounts owed to that secured lender. In California, if a lender simultaneously originates a loan secured by a senior lien on a particular property and a loan secured by a junior lien on the same property, that lender as the holder of the junior lien may be precluded from obtaining a deficiency judgment with respect to the excess of the aggregate amount owed under both the senior and junior loans, over the proceeds of sale under a deed of trust or other foreclosure proceedings. This anti-deficiency law, therefore, is likely to result in increases of losses in the event the borrowers default on the related HELOCs because mortgages and deeds of trust securing such HELOCs are primarily junior liens.

S-18


424B524th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 24th

     There will be variations in the HELOCs from the characteristics described in this prospectus supplement

     The pool of HELOCs used to derive the statistical information herein includes HELOCs the characteristics of which will vary from the specific characteristics reflected in the final pool of HELOCs, although the extent of such variance is not expected to be material. A detailed description of the HELOCs actually delivered on the closing date will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the depositor on Form 8-K within four business days of the closing date.

Notes may not be appropriate for certain investors

     The notes may not be an appropriate investment for investors who do not have sufficient resources or expertise to evaluate the particular characteristics of the notes. This may be the case because, among other things:

     You should also carefully consider the further risks discussed above and under the heading “Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations” in this prospectus supplement and under the heading “Risk Factors” in the accompanying prospectus.

Notes are obligations only of the issuing entity

     The notes will not represent an ownership interest in or obligation of any entity except for the obligations of the seller pursuant to certain limited representations and warranties made with respect to the HELOCs and of the servicer with respect to its servicing obligations under the sale and servicing agreement (including the limited obligation to make certain monthly advances). Neither the notes nor the underlying HELOCs will be guaranteed or insured by any governmental agency or instrumentality. The notes are not bank accounts and are not insured by the FDIC. Proceeds of the assets included in the trust fund (including the HELOCs and any payments received under the financial guaranty insurance policy) will be the sole source of payments on the notes. You will not be able to receive money from any entity in the event that such proceeds are not enough to make all payments provided for under the notes.

     For a discussion of additional risks pertaining to the notes, see “Risk Factors” in the accompanying prospectus.

Impact of terrorist attacks

     The economic impact of the United States’ military operations in Iraq, Afghanistan and other parts of the world, as well as the possibility of terrorist attacks, domestically or abroad, is uncertain, but could have a material effect on general economic conditions, consumer confidence, and market liquidity. No assurance can be given as to the effect of these events on consumer confidence and the performance of the HELOCs. Any adverse impact resulting from these events would be borne by the holders of the notes. United States military operations may also

S-19


424B525th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 25th

increase the likelihood of shortfalls under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act and similar state and local laws, including in the State of California.

     For a further discussion see “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans—Servicemembers Civil Relief Act” and “Risk Factors—Impact of World Events” in the accompanying prospectus.

Credit scores may not accurately predict the performance of the HELOCs

     Credit scores are obtained by many lenders, including IndyMac Bank, in connection with HELOC applications to help them assess a borrower’s creditworthiness. Credit scores are generated by models developed by a third party which analyzes data on consumers in order to establish patterns which are believed to be indicative of the borrower’s probability of default over a two-year period. The credit score is based on a borrower’s historical credit data, including, among other things, payment history, delinquencies on indebtedness, levels of outstanding indebtedness, length of credit history, types of credit and bankruptcy experience. Credit scores range from approximately 350 to approximately 840, with higher scores indicating an individual with a more favorable credit history compared to an individual with a lower score. However, a credit score purports only to be a measurement of the relative degree of risk a borrower represents to a lender (i.e., a borrower with a higher score is statistically expected to be less likely to default in payment than a borrower with a lower score). Lenders have varying ways of analyzing credit scores and, as a result, the analysis of credit scores across the industry is not consistent. In addition, it should be noted that credit scores were developed to indicate a level of default probability over a two year period, which does not correspond to the life of a HELOC. Furthermore, credit scores were not developed specifically for use in connection with HELOCs, but for consumer loans in general, and assess only the borrower’s past credit history. Therefore, a credit score does not take into consideration the effect of HELOC characteristics (which may differ from consumer loan characteristics) on the probability of repayment by the borrower. There can be no assurance that the credit scores of the mortgagors will be an accurate predictor of the likelihood of repayment of the related HELOCs.

Violation of various federal and state laws may result in losses on the HELOCs

     Applicable state laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosure and require licensing of the seller to the extent any of these laws are not preempted by federal law. In addition, other state laws, public policy and general principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and deceptive practices and debt collection practices may apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the HELOCs. The HELOCs are also subject to federal laws, including:

     Violations of certain provisions of these federal and state laws may limit the ability of the servicer to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on the HELOCs and in addition could subject the trust to damages and administrative enforcement. In particular, the seller’s failure to comply with certain requirements of the Federal

S-20


424B526th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 26th

Truth-in-Lending Act, as implemented by Regulation Z, could subject the trust to monetary penalties, and result in the borrowers’ rescinding the HELOCs against the trust. In addition to federal law, some states have enacted, or may enact, laws or regulations that prohibit inclusion of some provisions in HELOCs that have interest rates or origination costs in excess of prescribed levels, and require that borrowers be given certain disclosures prior to the consummation of the HELOCs and restrict the servicer’s ability to foreclose in response to the mortgagor’s default. The seller’s failure to comply with these laws could subject the trust to significant monetary penalties, could result in the borrowers rescinding any affected HELOCs whether held by the trust or a subsequent holder of such HELOCs and/or limit the servicer’s ability to foreclose upon the related mortgaged property in the event of a mortgagor’s default. See “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans—Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders” in the accompanying prospectus.

     The seller will represent that as of the closing date, each HELOC is in compliance with applicable federal and state laws and regulations. The seller will also represent that none of the HELOCs are subject to the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act and its implementing regulations nor have any of the mortgagors been required to purchase single-premium credit life insurance in connection with the origination of the related HELOC. In the event of a breach of such representation, the seller will be obligated to cure such breach or repurchase or replace the affected HELOC in the manner described in the accompanying prospectus. If the seller is unable or otherwise fails to satisfy such obligations, the yield on the notes may be materially and adversely affected.

     Under the anti-predatory lending laws of some states or local ordinances, the mortgagor is required to meet a net tangible benefits test in connection with the origination of the related HELOC and to comply with other disclosure requirements and restrictions. This test may be highly subjective and open to interpretation. As a result, a court may determine that a HELOC does not meet the test or any of these other requirements even if an originator reasonably believed that the test was satisfied. Any determination by a court that a HELOC does not meet the test will result in a violation of the state anti-predatory lending law and impose liability on the originator or assignees of the HELOCs including the issuing entity, in which case the seller will be required to purchase such HELOC from the trust.

Violation of environmental laws or the existence of hazards may result in losses to the trust

     Federal, state and local laws and regulations impose a wide range of requirements on activities that may affect the environment, health and safety. In certain circumstances, these laws and regulations impose obligations on owners or operators of residential properties such as those that secure the HELOCs. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can result in fines and penalties that could be assessed against the trust as owner of the related property.

     In some states, a lien on the property due to contamination has priority over the lien of an existing mortgage. Further, a mortgage lender may be held liable as an “owner” or “operator” for costs associated with the release of petroleum from an underground storage tank under certain circumstances. If the trust is considered the owner or operator of a property, it may suffer losses as a result of any liability imposed for environmental hazards on the property. For further discussion see “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans—Environmental Risks” in the accompanying prospectus.

Recent developments in the residential mortgage market may adversely affect the performance and market value of the notes

     Recently, the residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced a variety of difficulties and economic conditions that may adversely affect the performance of the mortgage loans. Delinquencies and losses with respect to residential mortgage loans generally have increased in recent months, and may continue to increase, particularly in the sub-prime sector. Housing prices and appraisal values in many states have declined or stopped appreciating, after extended periods of significant appreciation. Decreasing or static housing prices will increase delinquencies and losses on the mortgage loans relative to delinquencies and losses when housing prices are increasing.

S-21


424B527th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 27th

     In periods when the applicable index is increasing, the monthly payments for borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans will increase on each payment date. Delinquency rates may increase when monthly payments on the mortgage loans increase.

     Borrowers seeking to avoid these increased monthly payments by refinancing their mortgage loans may no longer be able to find available replacement loans at comparably low interest rates. A decline in housing prices may also leave borrowers with insufficient equity in their homes to permit them to refinance. For mortgage loans with prepayment penalties, the amount of the prepayment penalty will increase the cost of refinancing. Borrowers who intend to sell their homes on or before the expiration of the fixed rate periods on their mortgage loans may find that they cannot sell their properties for an amount equal to or greater than the unpaid principal balance of their loans. These events, alone or in combination, may contribute to higher delinquency rates.

THE HELOC POOL

General

     The depositor will purchase home equity lines of credit included in the pool transferred on the Closing Date (the “HELOCs”) from IndyMac Bank, F.S.B. (“IndyMac Bank”) pursuant to a mortgage loan purchase agreement (“mortgage loan purchase agreement”), dated as of the Cut-off Date, between IndyMac Bank and the depositor. The trust will purchase the same HELOCs from the depositor pursuant to a sale and servicing agreement (“sale and servicing agreement”), dated as of the Cut-off Date, among IndyMac Bank, as seller and servicer, the depositor, the trust and the indenture trustee, and, pursuant to the indenture, will pledge the same HELOCs to the indenture trustee for the benefit of holders of the notes and the insurer. The HELOCs are expected to have an aggregate Stated Principal Balance as of the Cut-off Date of approximately $650,071,585.70. The HELOCs will have been acquired or originated by the seller in the normal course of its business.

     Under the sale and servicing agreement, the seller will make certain representations, warranties and covenants to the depositor and the trust relating to, among other things, certain characteristics of the HELOCs and, subject to the limitations described below under —Assignment of HELOCs,” will be obligated to repurchase or substitute a similar HELOC for any HELOC as to which there exists deficient documentation or an uncured breach of any representation, warranty or covenant if the breach of representation, warranty or covenant materially and adversely affects the interests of the noteholders or the insurer in that HELOC. Under the indenture, the trust will assign all its right, title and interest in and to the representations, warranties and covenants (including the seller’s repurchase obligation) to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the noteholders or the insurer. The depositor will make no representations or warranties with respect to the HELOCs and will have no obligation to repurchase or substitute HELOCs with deficient documentation or which are otherwise defective. IndyMac Bank will sell the HELOCs without recourse and will have no obligation with respect to the notes in its capacity as seller other than the repurchase or substitution obligations described above and in “—Representations and Warranties” below. The obligations of IndyMac Bank, as servicer, with respect to the notes will be limited to the servicer’s contractual servicing obligations under the sale and servicing agreement.

HELOC Statistics

     Certain information with respect to the HELOCs in the statistical calculation HELOC pool is set forth herein (such HELOCs, the “Statistical Calculation HELOCs”). Between the Statistical Cut-off Date and the Cutoff Date, the stated principal balance of the Statistical Calculation HELOCs described in this prospectus supplement may be reduced through principal payments received on the Statistical Calculation HELOCs and may be increased by additional draws made on the Statistical Calculation HELOCs. In addition, Statistical Calculation HELOCs may be removed from the HELOC pool as a result of incomplete documentation or because they are determined not to meet the eligibility requirements for inclusion in the HELOC pool and any Statistical Calculation HELOCs that prepay in full prior to the closing date may be removed. In addition, Statistical Calculation HELOCs may be removed or added to the HELOC pool in order to cause the aggregate stated principal balance of the HELOC pool as of the Cut-off Date to equal the sum of the initial Note Principal Amount of the Notes and any initial overcollateralization, which is expected to be approximately $650,071,585.70.

S-22


424B528th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 28th

     However, the removal of such HELOCs and the addition of HELOCs to the HELOC pool on the closing date will not materially alter the characteristics of the HELOCs described in this prospectus supplement, although the range of mortgage rates and maturities and certain other characteristics of the HELOCs may vary. The depositor believes that the information in this prospectus supplement with respect to the statistical calculation HELOC pool is representative of the characteristics of the HELOC pool as it will be constituted at the closing date, although certain characteristics of the HELOCs in the HELOC pool will vary. Any statistic presented on a weighted average basis or any statistic based on the aggregate stated principal balance or aggregate credit limit of the HELOCs is subject to a variance of plus or minus 5%.

     Unless otherwise indicated, information presented below expressed as a percentage (other than rates of interest) are approximate percentages based on the outstanding stated principal balances of the Statistical Calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date, which are referred to as the “Statistical Cut-Off Date Principal Balances”.

     For a further description of the pool of HELOCs being delivered, see “The Issuing Entity—The Mortgage Loans—General—Additional Information” in the accompanying prospectus.

     Approximately 80.38% of the statistical calculation HELOCs, by Statistical Cut-off Date Principal Balance, were originated by the seller and the remainder of the HELOCs were originated by other unaffiliated originators and purchased by the seller. All of the HELOCs in the pool will have been originated under mortgage loan agreements and disclosure statements (the “Credit Line Agreements”) and are secured by mortgages or deeds of trust, which are primarily first and second mortgages or second deeds of trust, on mortgaged properties. The mortgaged properties securing the HELOCs will consist primarily of residential properties that are one- to four-family properties, planned unit developments and condominiums. The HELOCs will have been underwritten in accordance with the underwriting guidelines of the applicable mortgage loan originator in effect at the time of origination. Current applicable underwriting standards of the seller are described under “Underwriting and Credit Criteria” in this prospectus supplement.

     In the information that follows, weighted average percentages are based upon the principal balances of the statistical calculation HELOC pool as of the Statistical Cut-off Date.

     The statistical calculation HELOC pool as of the Statistical Cut-off Date included a total of 8,659 HELOCs with an aggregate pool balance of approximately $650,071,585.70. As of the Statistical Cut-off Date, the average stated principal balance was approximately $75,074.67, the minimum principal balance was approximately $2,040.47, the maximum principal balance was approximately $845,957.45, the minimum loan rate and the maximum loan rate were approximately 4.000% and 17.000% per annum, respectively, and the weighted average loan rate was approximately 8.702% per annum. As of the Statistical Cut-off Date, the credit limit utilization rate was approximately 83.44%, the minimum credit limit utilization rate was approximately 10.08% and the maximum credit limit utilization rate was approximately 105.42% . The credit limit utilization rate is determined by dividing the principal balance of a HELOC by the credit limit of the related Credit Line Agreement. The weighted average original combined loan-to-value ratio of the statistical calculation HELOCs was approximately 83.73% (weighted by credit limit).

     As of the Statistical Cut-off Date, 0.58% of the statistical calculation HELOC pool had a combined loan to value ratio greater than 100%.

     The “combined loan-to-value ratio” or “CLTV” of a HELOC at any given time is a fraction, expressed as a percentage, (x) the numerator of which is the sum of (i) the credit limit of that HELOC at the date of determination, and (ii) the original unpaid principal balance of any mortgage loan on the related mortgaged property that was senior to that HELOC as of the date of origination of that HELOC and (y) the denominator of which is (i) in the case of a purchase, the lesser of the selling price of the mortgaged property or its appraised value at the time of sale, or (ii) in the case of a refinance, the appraised value of the mortgaged property at the time of the refinance.

     In addition, as of the Statistical Cut-off Date, 24.13% of the statistical calculation HELOCs were second lien HELOCs that were junior to a first lien mortgage loan on the related mortgaged property that permits negative amortization. These first lien mortgage loans permit the maximum principal balance of the mortgage loan to

S-23


424B529th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 29th

increase to a specified percentage in excess of the original principal balance of that mortgage loan. See the tables “Negatively Amortizing First Liens” and “Maximum Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios” in Annex I to this prospectus supplement.

     No assurance can be given that the value of any mortgaged property has remained or will remain at the level that existed on the appraisal date. If residential real estate values generally or in a particular geographic area decline, the combined loan-to-value ratios might not be a reliable indicator of the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses that could occur with respect to the HELOCs.

     All of the HELOCs will provide for a fifteen (15) day grace period for monthly payments. Borrowers may elect for monthly payments to be deducted automatically from deposit accounts and may make payments by various means, including online transfers, phone payment and Western Union Quick Check, although an additional fee may be charged for these payment methods. A scheduled monthly payment with respect to a HELOC is generally considered “delinquent” if the mortgagor fails to make the scheduled monthly payment prior to the due date occurring immediately after the due date on which the scheduled monthly payment was originally due.

     As of the Statistical Cut-off Date, 0.03% of the statistical calculation HELOCs were 30 days delinquent in payment of principal and interest and none were greater than 30 days delinquent in payment of principal and interest, 0.25% of the statistical calculation HELOCs had been 30 to 59 days delinquent in payment of principal and interest in the last 12 months, and none of the statistical calculation HELOCs had been 60 days or more delinquent in payment of principal and interest in the last 12 months.

     The mortgagors may prepay their mortgage loans at any time without paying a prepayment penalty. For 66.39% of the statistical calculation HELOCs, by Statistical Cut-off Date Principal Balance, an early termination fee may be owed in connection with a termination of the related Credit Line Agreement within a specified period following its origination. The holders of the Class L Certificates will be entitled to all early termination fees received on the HELOCs, and those amounts will not be available for distribution on the notes. Under certain circumstances, as described in the sale and servicing agreement, the servicer may waive the payment of any otherwise applicable early termination fee.

     Each statistical calculation HELOC was originated on or after April 22, 2003 and no statistical calculation HELOC was originated after February 26, 2007. The earliest stated maturity date of any statistical calculation HELOC is May 1, 2020, and the latest stated maturity date of any HELOC is December 28, 2036.

     The interest rate on each HELOC is indexed to the “Prime Rate” as published in the “Money Rates” table of the Wall Street Journal.

     The statistical calculation HELOCs have the characteristics, as of the Statistical Cut-off Date, set forth in Annex I of this prospectus supplement (the sum in any column may not equal the total indicated due to rounding). The depositor believes that the information set forth in this prospectus supplement and in Annex I with respect to the statistical calculation HELOCs will be representative of the characteristics of the HELOC pool as it will be constituted at the time the notes are issued, although the range of loan rates and maturities and certain other characteristics of the HELOCs will vary.

See Annex I to this prospectus supplement.

Representation and Warranties

     The seller will make representations and warranties as to the accuracy in all material respects of information furnished to the indenture trustee and the issuing entity with respect to each HELOC. In addition, the seller will represent and warrant, on the Closing Date, with respect to each HELOC that, among other things: (1) at the time of transfer to the trust, the seller has transferred or assigned all of its right, title and interest in each HELOC and the related documents, free of any lien, subject to exceptions; (2) each HELOC was generated under a note or Credit Line Agreement that complied, at the time of origination, in all material respects with applicable state and federal laws including all applicable anti-predatory and anti-abusive lending laws; (3) each loan file contains the

S-24


424B530th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 30th

documents specified in the sale and servicing agreement; (4) as of the Cut-off Date, none of the HELOCs is more than 30 days delinquent; (5) all of the HELOCs were originated or acquired from third parties substantially in accordance with the applicable originator’s underwriting criteria in effect at the time of origination, (6) none of the HELOCs constitute “high cost loans” under applicable anti-predatory and anti-abusive lending laws, (7) none of the mortgaged properties securing the HELOCs is subject to any material damage by waste, fire, earthquake, windstorm, flood or other casualty which is not fully insured by a hazard insurance policy issued by an insurer acceptable under the Fannie Mae Guidelines and (8) any such hazard insurance policy referred to in the preceding clause is in full force and effect and contains a standard mortgagee clause naming the originator and its successors and assigns as loss payee and all premiums due thereon have been paid. Upon discovery of a breach of any representation and warranty that materially and adversely affects the interests of the noteholders or the insurer in a HELOC, the seller will have a period of 90 days after discovery or notice of the breach to effect a cure. If the breach cannot be cured within the 90-day period, the seller will be obligated to repurchase the HELOC and to deposit the Purchase Price (as defined below) into the Collection Account. Upon retransfer, the principal balance of the HELOC will be deducted from the pool balance. In lieu of any repurchase, a seller may substitute one or more Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loans (as defined below). Any repurchase or substitution will be considered a payment in full of the defective mortgage loan. The obligation of the seller to accept a retransfer of a defective HELOC through repurchase or substitution is the sole remedy regarding any defects in the HELOC and related documents available to the indenture trustee or the noteholders.

     With respect to any HELOC, the “Purchase Price” is equal to the principal balance of the HELOC at the time of any transfer described above plus (a) the greater of (i) accrued and unpaid interest at the applicable mortgage loan rate net of the servicing fee to the date of repurchase and (ii) 30 days’ interest, computed at the applicable mortgage loan rate and (b) any expenses incurred by the trust as a result of the defect, including any costs and damages actually incurred and paid by or on behalf of the trust in connection with any violation of such mortgage loan of any predatory or abusive lending laws.

     With respect to the substitution for any defective HELOC, one or more substitute HELOCs, an “Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan”, that generally will, on the date of substitution, among other characteristics set forth in the sale and servicing agreement:

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the seller may not substitute an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan for a defective HELOC if the date of substitution is more than two years after the Closing Date, unless the seller delivers

S-25


424B531st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 31st

to the indenture trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the substitution will not (i) result in the imposition of the tax on “prohibited transactions” on the issuing entity or (ii) cause any REMIC created under the trust agreement to fail to qualify as a REMIC at any time that Notes are outstanding.

     To the extent the principal balance of an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan is less than the purchase price of the related defective HELOC, a seller will be required to make a deposit to the Collection Account equal to the sum of such difference and any applicable accrued interest adjustment set forth in the sale and servicing agreement.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of providing the duly executed assignment of the mortgage to the indenture trustee and the original recorded assignment or assignments of the mortgage together with all interim recorded assignments of such mortgage, above, the depositor may at its discretion provide evidence that the related mortgage is held through the MERS® System. In addition, the mortgages for some or all of the HELOCs in the trust fund that are not already held through the MERS® System may, at the discretion of the servicer, in the future be held through the MERS® System. For any mortgage held through the MERS® System, the mortgage is recorded in the name of Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., or MERS, as nominee for the owner of the HELOC, and subsequent assignments of the mortgages were, or in the future may be, at the discretion of the servicer, registered electronically through the MERS® System. For each of these HELOCs, MERS serves as mortgagee of record on the mortgage solely as a nominee in an administrative capacity on behalf of the indenture trustee, and does not have any interest in the HELOCs.

THE ORIGINATOR

IndyMac Bank, F.S.B

     Approximately 80.38% (measured by the principal balance of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date) of the statistical calculation HELOCs were originated by IndyMac Bank, and the remainder of the HELOCs were originated by unaffiliated originators and purchased by IndyMac Bank. See “The Sponsor and Seller” below for additional information regarding IndyMac Bank.

     No other originator originated 10% or more of the statistical calculation HELOC pool, by statistical cut-off date principal balance.

INDYMAC BANK HELOC PROGRAM

HELOC Origination

     IndyMac Bank originates HELOCs through multiple channels, but primarily through its mortgage professionals, consumer direct, correspondent and conduit channels (“Direct Channel”).

     The general terms of HELOCs originated by IndyMac Bank are described below under Description of the HELOCs—HELOC Terms—IndyMac Bank HELOCs.” The underwriting criteria of HELOCs originated by IndyMac Bank are described below under Underwriting and Credit Criteria—IndyMac Bank.”

Purchases of HELOC Pools

     Beginning in May 2004, IndyMac Bank started acquiring pools of HELOCs from third party originators on a servicing released basis. To date, the size of pools purchased from third party originators range from $5 million to $100 million. Third party originators that are authorized to sell pools of HELOCs to IndyMac Bank under IndyMac Bank’s purchase criteria are pre-approved by IndyMac Bank based on its review of such originators’ underwriting criteria, financial conditions and experience as mortgage loan originators. All of the approved third party originators are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac approved seller/servicers and follow underwriting guidelines generally acceptable to institutional investors.

S-26


424B532nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 32nd

HELOC Underwriting and Credit Criteria

     All of the HELOCs originated by the seller were either originated directly by the seller or originated indirectly by the seller through the Direct Channel by authorized third-party vendors based on the seller’s underwriting standards. All of the HELOCs were underwritten generally in accordance with the seller’s underwriting standards. The following is a brief description of the underwriting standards and procedures applicable to the HELOCs.

     The seller’s underwriting standards with respect to the HELOCs generally will conform to those published in the seller’s underwriting guidelines, including the provisions of the seller’s underwriting guidelines applicable to the seller’s Home Equity Line of Credit Program. However, seller may approve a mortgage loan that otherwise does not meet seller’s underwriting standards based on certain mitigating factors. Such determination is made on a loan-by-loan basis. In addition, the underwriting standards as set forth in the seller’s underwriting guidelines are continually revised based on prevailing conditions in the residential mortgage market and the market for mortgage securities.

     The underwriting standards set forth in the seller’s Home Equity Line of Credit Program provide for several different levels of documentation: (1) the Full Documentation Program,” (2) the Stated Income Program,” (3) the “Pre-Approved Program”, (4) the “Invitation-to-Apply Program” (also referred to as the “ITA Program” herein) and (5) the “FastForward Program.

      See “Mortgage Loan Program—Underwriting Process” in the accompanying prospectus.

Asset, Income and Employment Documentation

Full Documentation Program

     For Full Documentation HELOCs, a prospective borrower is required to fill out a detailed application providing pertinent credit information, including tax returns if the borrower is self-employed or received income from dividends and interest, rental properties or other income which can be verified via tax returns. In addition, a borrower (other than a self-employed borrower) must demonstrate income and employment directly by providing alternative documentation in the form of a pay stub showing year-to-date earnings and a W-2 to provide verification of employment. Borrowers that claim other sources of income such as pension, social security, VA benefits and public assistance must provide written documentation that identifies the source and amount of such income, such as an award letter, and demonstrate that such income can reasonably be expected to continue for at least 3 years. Income in the form of alimony, child support or separate maintenance income must be substantiated by a copy of the divorce decree or separate maintenance agreement, as applicable.

Stated Income Program

     Borrowers who qualify for the Stated Income Program need to provide only verbal verification of employment, but will be required to demonstrate that he or she has an average account balance of at least one month’s stated income from qualified assets and sources. Closing balances and mortgage loan proceeds, for example, may not be used to meet this requirement. The types of assets that can be considered in determining whether the reserve requirement has been met include funds from checking, savings, money market or CD accounts, stocks, bonds, and mutual funds. The Stated Income Program is not available to borrowers whose credit reports do not show that the borrower has had a mortgage for at least 12 months within the past 3 years.

Pre-Approved Program and ITA Program

     Borrowers who qualify under the ITA Program must provide either two current consecutive pay stubs or two current consecutive tax returns as income verification. A credit report is also required. Because borrowers who qualify under the Pre-Approved Program have high credit scores relative to the combined loan-to-value on the related mortgaged properties, Pre-Approved HELOCs require no documentation with respect to the borrowers’ income or employment.

S-27


424B533rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 33rd

FastForward Program

     Borrowers who qualify under the FastForward Program must state their income, provide a signed Internal Revenue Service Form 4506 (authorizing IndyMac Bank to obtain copies of their tax returns), and state their assets; IndyMac Bank does not require any verification of income or assets under this program.

Credit Criteria

Full Documentation Program and Stated Income Program

      Each borrower under the Full Documentation Program must meet the following credit criteria:

     The minimum credit amount for HELOCs is $10,000 for most states in which the seller originates HELOCs.

Pre-Approved Program and ITA Program

Each borrower under either the Pre-Approved Program or the ITA Program must meet the following credit criteria:

First Mortgage Requirements

Full Documentation Program and Stated Income Program

     For second lien HELOCs, the following additional requirements apply with respect to the first lien mortgage:

S-28


424B534th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 34th
 
  • the current principal balance of the first lien may not exceed $2,500,000;
     
     
  • if the first mortgage relates to a balloon loan, such balloon loan must have a reset or refinance option;
     
     
  • if the first mortgage relates to a loan with a negative amortization feature, the maximum possible principal balance must not exceed 125% of the original principal balance;
     
     
  • if the first mortgage relates to a loan with interest only payments, the interest only payment period must be 10 years or less; and
     
     
  • the first mortgage may not:
     
        (i)      be held by a private party;
     
        (ii)      be a contract for a deed, contract for purchase, or land contract;
     
        (iii)      have provisions against additional liens;
     
        (iv)      have provisions for future advances or disbursements; or
     
        (v)      be a HELOC.
     

         Pre-Approved Program and ITA Program

    For second lien HELOCs, the principal balance of the first lien may not exceed $1,000,000.

    Title Insurance

    Full Documentation Program and Stated Income Program

         Title insurance requirements vary among the different types of HELOCs. A lender’s ALTA policy is required for first lien HELOCs. For second lien HELOCs originated concurrently with a first mortgage, a copy of the preliminary title report, commitment, binder, or abstract obtained for the origination of the first mortgage is required. The lender’s title insurance coverage amount need not include the amount of the second mortgage. There can be no intervening liens between first and second mortgages. For second lien HELOCs that are not originated concurrently with a first mortgage, the seller requires at a minimum a legal/vesting report for any HELOC with a credit limit of up to $250,000 and, for any HELOC with a credit limit over $250,000, a lender’s ALTA title policy. Any HELOCs with a credit limit of up to $250,000 also requires an affidavit from the borrower that there are no liens other than the first and second liens in place.

    Pre-Approved Program and ITA Program

         Provided that there are no intervening liens between the first and second mortgages, title insurance is not required. In lieu of a title insurance policy, a title or vesting report is typically obtained on a HELOC originated under these programs and a lien search will be conducted. No title or vesting report is required for a pre-approved HELOC that is subordinated to an IndyMac Bank first mortgage that is less than six months old.

    Appraisal Requirements

    Full Documentation Program and Stated Income Program

         Appraisal requirements differ depending on the mortgage type and loan amounts. For second lien HELOCs originated concurrently with a first mortgage, a copy of the appraisal and a set of original photos used for the origination of the new first mortgage are required. For second lien HELOCs that are not originated concurrently with a first mortgage, if the loan amount is less than $100,000, either an AVM (defined below) or a Freddie Mac form 2055 (Quantitative Analysis Report with exterior inspection only) may be used, depending on whether the AVM provides an appraised value. For second lien HELOCs that are not originated concurrently with a first mortgage, if the loan amount is greater than $100,000, but less than $250,000, a Freddie Mac form 2055

    S-29


    424B535th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 35th

    (Quantitative Analysis Appraisal Report with exterior inspection only) is required and the report must include a photo of the front view of the subject property, a location map and comparable sales. For second lien HELOCs that are not originated concurrently with a first mortgage, if the loan amount is greater than $250,000, a Freddie Mac form 1004 (Full Appraisal) is required.

    Pre-Approved Program and ITA Program

          The appraisal requirement is dependent upon the loan amount and is as follows:

         No appraisal is required for a pre-approved HELOC that is subordinated to an IndyMac Bank first mortgage that is less than six months old.

    Mortgaged Properties

         The properties which secure repayment of the HELOCs are referred to as the “mortgaged properties.” Generally, mortgaged properties must be owner-occupied at the time of origination.

         In general, the mortgaged properties will include primarily single family properties. Specifically, the mortgaged properties may consist of:

          Additionally, occupancy may be:

          The HELOCs will generally be subordinated to other mortgages on the same mortgaged property.

         Principal amounts on the HELOCs may be drawn down up to a maximum amount as set forth in the line of credit agreement or repaid from time to time. New draws by borrowers under the HELOCs will automatically become part of the underlying trust. As a result, the aggregate balance of the HELOCs will fluctuate from day to day as new draws by borrowers are added to the underlying trust and principal payments are applied to the balances.

    Exceptions

         The foregoing criteria are guidelines only. On a case-by-case basis, the seller might determine that an applicant warrants an exception as to credit limit, debt-to-income ratio, FICO score, seasoning requirements,

    S-30


    424B536th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 36th

    prohibition against second homes and combined liens. The seller might also allow an exception if the application reflects certain compensating factors such as high FICO score, low combined loan-to-value ratio, low debt-to-income ratio and high reserves. Accordingly, certain borrowers may qualify for a HELOC that, in the absence of such compensating factors, would not satisfy the seller’s underwriting criteria.

    THE SPONSOR AND SELLER

         The sponsor is IndyMac Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank (“IndyMac Bank”). The sponsor is the same entity as the seller and the servicer of HELOCs, and is the parent company of the depositor. The sponsor has been the sponsor of securitizations backed by residential mortgage loans since 1993 and, in particular, the sponsor of securitizations backed by HELOCs since 2004.

         The following table describes the approximate volume of mortgage loan securitizations sponsored by IndyMac Bank since 2002.

    Year   Approximate Volume
    2002   $6.25 billion
    2003   $5.78 billion
    2004   $16.03 billion
    2005   $31.37 billion
    2006   $39.17 billion

         The sponsor securitized approximately $1.57 billion of HELOCs in 2004, approximately $0.80 billion of HELOCs in 2005, and approximately $2.61 billion of HELOCs in 2006. The sponsor has been originating HELOCs since 2000.

         As the sponsor, IndyMac Bank originates and acquires mortgage loans and initiates their securitization by transferring the mortgage loans to a special purpose entity, such as the depositor. The mortgage loans are then transferred to the issuing entity for the related securitization. The sponsor works with underwriters and rating agencies in structuring its securitization transactions.

         IndyMac Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of IndyMac Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (“IndyMac Holdings”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of IndyMac Bancorp, Inc. (“IndyMac Bancorp”), a holding company organized under the laws of Delaware. IndyMac Bancorp’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The notes and the certificates do not represent interests in or obligations of IndyMac Bank, IndyMac Holdings, IndyMac Bancorp or any affiliate thereof.

         The principal executive office of IndyMac Bank is located at 888 East Walnut Street, Pasadena, California 91101-7211, telephone number (800) 669-2300.

         IndyMac Bank is an institution experienced in originating and servicing HELOCs of the type contained in the pool. IndyMac Bank is a seller/servicer approved by Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). IndyMac Bank also is a mortgagee approved by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”)and an institution the deposit accounts of which are insured by the FDIC.

    SERVICING OF THE HELOCS

    The Servicer

         IndyMac Bank will act as the servicer. The principal executive office of the servicer is located at 888 East Walnut Street, Pasadena, California 91101-7211, telephone number (800) 669-2300.

         IndyMac Bank has been servicing mortgage loans since 1993 and servicing mortgage loans directly (servicing without the use of a subservicer) since 1998. As of the date of this prospectus supplement, IndyMac Bank

    S-31


    424B537th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 37th

    is rated (x) by Fitch, “RPS2+” as a servicer of alt/A, prime and sub-prime mortgage loans, (y) by Moody’s, “SQ2-” as a primary servicer of sub-prime mortgage loans, SQ2 as a primary servicer of prime mortgage loans and “SQ2-” as a special servicer and (z) by S&P, “strong” as a residential mortgage servicer and residential mortgage sub-prime servicer, and “average” for residential mortgage special servicing, residential mortgage master servicing and subordinate residential mortgage servicing.

         The servicer will be responsible for servicing the HELOCs in accordance with the terms set forth in the sale and servicing agreement employing the same degree of skill and care which it employs in servicing the HELOCs comparable to the HELOCs serviced by the servicer for itself or others. The servicer may perform its servicing obligations under the sale and servicing agreement through one or more subservicers selected by the servicer. Notwithstanding any subservicing agreement, the servicer will remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations under the sale and servicing agreement as if the servicer alone were servicing the HELOCs. The servicer will not have any custodial responsibilities for the mortgage loans.

         However, if the servicing of any mortgage loan were to be transferred from a subservicer to IndyMac Bank, or if any other servicing transfer were to occur, there may be an increase in all delinquencies and defaults due to misapplied or lost payments, data input errors, system incompatibilities or otherwise. Although any increase in delinquencies is expected to be temporary, there can be no assurance as to the duration or severity of any disruption in servicing the applicable mortgage loans as a result of any servicing transfer. See also “Risk Factors—Inability to Replace Servicer Could Affect Collections and Recoveries on the HELOCs” and “—Relocation of the Servicer’s Default Management Services May Result in Increased Delinquencies and Defaults Which May Adversely Affect the

         Yield on the Notes” in this prospectus supplement and “Risk Factors—Bankruptcy or Insolvency May Affect the Timing and Amount of Distributions on the Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

         The following table describes the approximate volume of conventional mortgage loans owned by others serviced by IndyMac Bank since 2003.

    Year   Approximate Volume
    December 31, 2003   $30.77 billion
    December 31, 2004   $50.22 billion
    December 31, 2005   $84.50 billion
    December 31, 2006   $139.81 billion

         IndyMac Bank has a sub-servicing agreement with Card Management Corporation (“CMC”) pursuant to which CMC acts as the sub-servicer and provides servicing on HELOCs originated by IndyMac Bank and collection services on HELOCs that are 68 days or less delinquent. IndyMac Bank will assume servicing of HELOCs that are 69 days or more delinquent and will service such HELOCs in accordance with the sale and servicing agreement. CMC has an agreement with First Data Resources, Inc. (“FDR”) pursuant to which FDR provides data processing and settlement services to support and facilitate subservicing of the HELOCs by CMC for the benefit of the servicer.

         Servicer Responsibilities. IndyMac Bank, as the servicer will perform the following servicing responsibilities with respect to the HELOCs:

    S-32


    424B538th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 38th

         Subservicer Responsibilities. Under the related subservicing agreement, CMC or FDR, as applicable, is generally responsible for the following duties with respect to any HELOCs that have not become 69 days or more delinquent:

         IndyMac Bank’s sub-servicing agreement with CMC is renewable automatically on an annual basis upon the expiration of its initial term in April 2009. This agreement can be terminated in the event that IndyMac Bank decides not to renew or that IndyMac Bank exercises its right to terminate for convenience. It is unlikely that IndyMac Bank will choose not to renew its agreement(s) with CMC or to exercise its right of termination because IndyMac Bank is obligated to pay a fee to CMC if IndyMac Bank chooses to terminate for convenience. IndyMac Bank is obligated to provide six months prior written notice to CMC if it chooses not to renew or to terminate its agreement(s) with CMC. The six-month notice period is intended to minimize the risk of any disruption in servicing that may be caused by the transfer of servicing responsibilities conducted by the subservicer.

         In addition, this agreement can be terminated after the expiration of any applicable grace period (x) at the election of IndyMac Bank, if CMC breaches any material terms of this agreement or certain performance guidelines, or upon any specified change of control of CMC, and (y) at the election of CMC, if IndyMac Bank breaches any material terms of this agreement, including its obligation to pay any servicing fees, FDR ceases to provide services to CMC or IndyMac Bank that are necessary for CMC to perform its obligations under the sub-servicing agreement (unless such cessation is caused by a breach of CMC’s obligations under its agreement with FDR) or upon any specified change of control of CMC. CMC is generally obligated to reasonably cooperate with IndyMac Bank during this six-month period to ensure an effective transfer of servicing responsibilities to either IndyMac Bank or a replacement sub-servicer selected by IndyMac Bank. Notwithstanding the termination of the sub-servicing arrangements, IndyMac Bank, as the servicer, will remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations under the sale and servicing agreement.

    All fees of the subservicer with respect to the HELOCs will be paid by the servicer.

    Card Management Corporation

         CMC is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Bancorp. CMC has been providing servicing and/or sub-servicing of credit card accounts since 1988. CMC has been sub-servicing credit cards tied to home equity line of credit loans since 1995 and has acted as the sub-servicer for credit cards tied to six securitized pools of home equity line of credit loans. IndyMac Bank is CMC’s only significant client for whom CMC provides servicing or sub-servicing of credit cards tied to home equity line of credit loans. CMC’s sub-servicing portfolio of credit cards tied to securitized home equity line of credit loans has grown as indicated by the following approximate totals:

    S-33


    424B539th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 39th
    March 31, 2004    $490,000,000
    December 31, 2004    $1,300,000,000
    December 31, 2005    $1,370,000,000
    December 31, 2006    $3,094,000,000

         CMC provides inbound and outbound customer services, collection services through 68 day delinquency, security and fraud investigations, and chargeback/dispute processing for such loans. There are no material legal or governmental proceedings pending against CMC, or of which any property of CMC is subject, that are material to the Noteholders, nor is CMC aware of any proceedings of this type contemplated by any governmental authorities.

    First Data Resources, Inc.

         FDR was established in 1969 as the data processing unit of Mid-America Bankcard Association. In 1980, American Express acquired FDR and in 1992, FDR became an independent company as a subsidiary of First Data Corporation. According to FDR, it is a global provider of comprehensive transaction processing products and services to credit, debit, commercial, private label and oil card trusts. FDR’s home office in the United States is located in Omaha, Nebraska. Pursuant to CMC’s agreement with FDR, FDR has provided IndyMac Bank with services including account maintenance using FDR’s computer systems, daily and monthly reporting on account activities and distribution of monthly statements to borrowers.

    Delinquency and Loss Experience

         Historically, a variety of factors, including the appreciation of real estate values, has limited the servicer’s loss and delinquency experience on its portfolio of serviced mortgage loans. There can be no assurance that factors beyond the servicer’s control, such as national or local economic conditions or downturns in the real estate markets of its lending areas, will not result in increased rates of delinquencies and foreclosure losses in the future. For example, a general deterioration of the real estate market regions where the mortgaged properties are located may result in increases in delinquencies of loans secured by real estate, slower absorption rates of real estate into the market and lower sales prices for real estate. A general weakening of the economy may result in decreases in the financial strength of borrowers and decreases in the value of collateral serving as collateral for loans. If the real estate market and economy continue to decline, the servicer may experience an increase in delinquencies on the loans it services and higher net losses on liquidated loans.

    Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         The issuing entity has agreed to pay a monthly fee (the “Servicing Fee”) to the servicer with respect to each HELOC, equal to 0.50% annually on the principal balance of each HELOC (the “Servicing Fee Rate”). Any successors to the servicer will in all cases receive a fee in an amount equal to, but not greater than, the Servicing Fee calculated at the Servicing Fee Rate. As additional servicing compensation, the servicer is entitled to retain all servicing-related fees, including assumption fees, modification fees, ancillary servicing fees, extension fees, nonsufficient fund fees and late payment charges to the extent collected from the borrower (excluding early termination fees), together with any interest or other income earned on funds held in the custodial accounts, escrow accounts, the Collection Account and the Payment Account.

         The servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for certain expenses prior to payment of any amounts to noteholders. See “The Agreements—Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses” in the accompanying prospectus.

         In addition, other fees and expenses of the issuing entity will be paid from collections received on the HELOCs prior to distributions to the noteholders, as described in “Description of the Notes—Fees and Expenses” in this prospectus supplement.

    S-34


    424B540th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 40th

    Collection of Taxes, Assessments and Similar Items

         The servicer will, to the extent required by the related loan documents, ensure that payment of hazard insurance premiums and real estate taxes with respect to the HELOCs, are made and will make servicing advances with respect to delinquencies in required payments by the related borrowers to the extent necessary to avoid the loss of a Mortgaged Property due to a tax sale or the foreclosure thereof as a result of a tax lien.

    Insurance Coverage

         The servicer is required to obtain and thereafter maintain in effect a bond, corporate guaranty or similar form of insurance coverage (which may provide blanket coverage), or any combination thereof, insuring against loss occasioned by the errors and omissions of their respective officers and employees.

    Evidence as to Compliance

         Under the sale and servicing agreement, and unless a Form 15 Suspension Notice has been filed, the servicer will be required to furnish to the indenture trustee and the insurer an annual servicer report detailing the servicer’s assessment of its compliance with the servicing criteria set forth in the relevant SEC regulations for asset-backed securities transactions, including Item 1122 of Regulation AB, as of and for the period ending the end of each fiscal year of the trust and the servicer’s assessment report will identify any material instance of noncompliance. In addition, on or before the last day of the third month after the end of each fiscal year of the trust (commencing on the first year after the issuance of the Notes), a firm of nationally recognized independent certified public accountants who may also render other services to the servicer or to its affiliates will furnish to the indenture trustee and the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) with an attestation report as to such assessment report by the servicer during the servicer’s preceding fiscal year (or since the date of the issuance of the Notes in the case of the first such statement). The form of assessment report and attestation report required under the sale and servicing agreement may be replaced by any similar form using any standards that are now or in the future in use by the servicer for comparable assets and which otherwise comply with any note, regulation, “no-action” letter or similar guidelines promulgated by the SEC.

    Servicer Default

         If the servicer is in default in its obligations under the sale and servicing agreement, the indenture trustee may with the consent of the insurer and shall, if directed to do so by the insurer or, if the Notes are no longer outstanding and no amounts remain due and owing to the insurer or if an insurer default has occurred and is continuing, the noteholders evidencing more than 50% of the Note Principal Amount of the Notes, terminate the servicer, and the indenture trustee shall either appoint a successor servicer acceptable to the insurer in accordance with the sale and servicing agreement or succeed to the responsibilities of the servicer.

    Certain Matters regarding the Servicer

         For a description of the servicer’s discretion to waive certain charges in connection with the HELOCs, see “The Agreements—Collection Procedures” in the accompanying prospectus. For a description of replacement of the servicer after the occurrence of a Event of Servicer Termination or Insurance Agreement Event of Default, see “The Mortgage Loan and Purchase Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement—Event of Servicer Termination; Rights Upon Event of Servicer Termination” in this prospectus supplement. For a discussion of the circumstances in which the servicer may resign or be removed, see “The Agreements—Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Depositor” in the accompanying prospectus. For a discussion of the appointment of a successor servicer if the indenture trustee is unwilling or unable to act as successor to the servicer, see “The Agreements—Events of Default” in the accompanying prospectus.

    S-35


    424B541st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 41st

    Modification of the HELOCS

         Except as is set forth in the following sentence, the servicer may not modify any HELOC unless that HELOC is in default or if default is reasonably foreseeable, and if the servicer has determined the modification of that HELOC to be in the best interests of the noteholders and the insurer. In addition, the servicer may modify a HELOC that is not in default and default is not reasonably foreseeable if it has delivered to the indenture trustee and the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or any reimbursement amounts remain due and owing to the insurer) an opinion of counsel to the effect that such modification would not cause any REMIC created under the trust agreement to fail to qualify as a REMIC or result in the imposition of any prohibited transaction tax; provided it complies with accepted servicing practices of prudent HELOC servicers and no rate modification is greater than 0.25% per annum on any HELOC, and provided that the modification does not materially and adversely affect the interests of the noteholders, the certificateholders or the insurer (taking into account the aggregate effect of all previous modifications to date).

         In addition to the foregoing, the servicer’s ability to permit or effect servicing modifications will be subject to other limitations described in the sale and servicing agreement, including but not limited to the limitations described in this paragraph. Any amounts added to the credit limit of a HELOC will be required to be fully amortized over the remaining term, or the extended term, of the HELOC. The final maturity of any HELOC may not be extended beyond the third Payment Date prior to the Final Scheduled Payment Date. The aggregate current principal balance of all HELOCs subject to modifications can be no more than 3.50% of the aggregate principal balance of the HELOCs as of the cut-off date, but this limit may be increased from time to time with the consent of the insurer.

    Certain Modifications and Refinancings

         The servicer will be permitted to modify any HELOC at the request of the related mortgagor, provided that the servicer purchases the HELOC from the issuing entity immediately preceding the modification. Any modification of a HELOC that relates to a reduction of the related interest rate may not be made unless the modified interest rate is approximately equal to a prevailing market rate. The servicer may identify mortgagors who are likely to refinance their HELOCs (and therefore cause a prepayment in full) and inform them of the availability of the option of modification in lieu of refinancing. Mortgagors who are informed of this option are more likely to request a modification than mortgagors who are not so informed. Any purchase of a HELOC subject to a modification will be for a price equal to 100% of the Principal Balance of that HELOC, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such HELOC up to the first day of the month in which the proceeds are to be distributed at the applicable mortgage rate, net of the servicing fee and any unreimbursed advances of principal and interest on the HELOC made by the servicer. The servicer will be required to deposit the purchase price in the Collection Account within one business day of the purchase of that HELOC and the purchase price will be treated by the servicer and the trustee as a prepayment in full of the related HELOC, and will be distributed by the trustee in accordance with the sale and servicing agreement. Purchases of HELOCs may occur when prevailing interest rates are below the interest rates on the HELOCs and mortgagors request modifications as an alternative to refinancings. The servicer will indemnify the issuing entity against liability for any prohibited transactions taxes and any interest, additions or penalties imposed on any REMIC as a result of any modification or purchase.

    Limitations on Liability

         The servicer will not be liable to the trust or the noteholders for any action taken, or for refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith or for errors in judgment. This limitation on liability does not protect the servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of the servicer from liability in connection with willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties. The terms of the sale and servicing agreement will provide that the servicer, depositor and sponsor will be indemnified and held harmless by the trust against any loss, liability, or expense incurred by the servicer, depositor or sponsor, as applicable, in connection with any legal action relating to the sale and servicing agreement or the notes other than any loss, liability or expense (i) incurred by the servicer’s, depositor’s or sponsor’s, as applicable, willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of the servicer’s duties under the sale and servicing agreement or (ii) by reason of reckless disregard, of the servicer’s, depositor’s or sponsor’s, as applicable, obligations and duties under the sale and servicing agreement. None of the servicer, the depositor or the sponsor

    S-36


    424B542nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 42nd

    will be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action unless: (i) such action relates to the servicer’s, depositor’s or sponsor’s, as applicable, duties under the sale and servicing agreement; or (ii) the servicer, depositor or sponsor, as applicable, deems such action necessary or desirable. In the event that the servicer, depositor or sponsor, as applicable, appears in, prosecutes or defends any legal action, the sale and servicing agreement will provide that the servicer, depositor or sponsor, as applicable, and any director, officer, employee or agent of the servicer, depositor or sponsor, as applicable, will be reimbursed from the trust for all costs. See “The Agreements—Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Depositor” in the accompanying prospectus.

    STATIC POOL DATA

         Certain static pool information for IndyMac Bank’s seven other HELOC securitizations, three of which were issued in 2004 and four of which were issued in 2006, may be found at:

    http://regab.IndyMacbank.com.

         Once you have accessed this internet address you will need to select “HELOC” under the tab for Deal Category, “2004” or “2006” under the tab for Vintage Year, “Heloc 2004-1,” “Heloc 2004-2,” “Heloc 2004-LH1,” “Heloc 2006-H1”, “Heloc 2006-H2” “Heloc 2006-H3” or “Heloc 2006-H4” under the tab for Deal Name and “Static” under the tab for Report Type. We refer you to this internet address solely for the purpose of providing you with the static pool information relating to the HELOCs. Access to this internet address is unrestricted and free of charge. Information provided through this internet address will not be deemed to be a part of this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or the registration statement.

          Each of these securitizations is unique, and the characteristics of each securitized mortgage pool vary from the others as well as from the mortgage loans to be included in the issuing entity that will issue the notes offered by this prospectus supplement. In addition, performance of a securitization pool may have been influenced by factors beyond the sponsor’s control, such as housing prices and market interest rates. Therefore, the performance of these prior securitizations is unlikely to be indicative of the future performance of the mortgage loans in this prospectus supplement. IndyMac Bank reports delinquency data for securitizations of HELOCs in a manner consistent with the methodology prescribed by the Office of Thrift Supervision in its instructions for the preparation of Thrift Financial Reports. Under this methodology, a payment is not considered thirty days delinquent unless it remains delinquent on the close of business on the following due date. This determination is made at the end of such following month. So, for instance, a mortgage loan that remains due for its March payment will be reported as current at the end of March and on the April statement to noteholders and will not be reported as 31-60 days past due until the end of April and on the May statement to noteholders. The effect of using this delinquency reporting methodology will be to understate the number and severity of delinquencies relative to the number and severity of delinquencies that would be reported under other methodologies such as those that treat a loan as thirty days delinquent if the payment has not been made by the end of the month in which it was first due.

         This static pool data is not deemed part of this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or the registration statement of which the accompanying prospectus is a part to the extent that the static pool data relates to:

    THE DEPOSITOR

         The depositor is IndyMac ABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a wholly owned, limited purpose finance subsidiary of IndyMac Bank. Its address is 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101, and its telephone number is (800) 669-2300. The depositor will not have any business operations other than securitizing mortgage assets and related activities.

    S-37


    424B543rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 43rd

         The depositor is required to perform certain actions in connection with the notes on a continual basis, including but not limited to:

         Generally, however, it is expected that the above functions will be performed by the depositor’s agents or one or more of the indenture trustee and the servicer in accordance with the related agreements.

         For additional information regarding the depositor, see “The Depositor” in the accompanying prospectus.

    THE ISSUING ENTITY

         IndyMac Home Equity Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Trust, Series 2007-H1 (the “issuing entity” or the “trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, will be created pursuant to and governed by a trust agreement, as amended and restated, among the seller, the depositor, the owner trustee and the indenture trustee, as registrar and paying agent. The trust agreement constitutes the “governing instrument” under the laws of the State of Delaware relating to statutory trusts. After its formation, the trust will not engage in any activity other than (1) acquiring, holding and managing the trust property described below, (2) issuing the notes and the certificates, (3) making payments on the notes and the certificates and (4) engaging in other activities that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish these purposes.

         The trust’s principal offices are located in Wilmington, Delaware, in care of Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee, at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001.

         The trust will be capitalized initially through a cash contribution by the depositor. The trust will not acquire any assets other than the property described above. Because the trust will have no operating history upon its establishment and will not engage in any business other than the duties discussed above, no historical, pro forma financial statements, or ratios of earnings to fixed changes with respect to the trust have been included in this prospectus supplement. The fiscal year end of the trust will be December 31.

         Since the issuing entity is a statutory trust, it may not be eligible for relief under the federal bankruptcy laws, unless it can be characterized as a “business trust” for purposes of the federal bankruptcy laws. Bankruptcy courts look at various considerations in making this determination, so it is not possible to predict with any certainty whether or not the issuing entity would be characterized as a “business trust.”

    THE OWNER TRUSTEE

         Wilmington Trust Company (the “owner trustee”) is a Delaware banking corporation with trust powers incorporated in 1903. Wilmington Trust Company has served as owner trustee in numerous asset-backed securities transactions involving mortgage and mortgage-related receivables.

         Wilmington Trust Company is subject to various legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Wilmington Trust Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings will have a materially adverse effect on its services as owner trustee.

         The owner trustee shall at all times be a corporation satisfying the provisions of Section 3807(a) of the Delaware trust statute, authorized to exercise corporate powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authorities, and, so long as the Notes are outstanding or any Reimbursement Amounts remain due and payable to the issuing entity and no Insurer Default has

    S-38


    424B544th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 44th

    occurred and is continuing, acceptable to the Insurer in its reasonable discretion, and having (or having a parent which has) a short-term debt rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent by, or which is otherwise acceptable to, the Rating Agencies.

         The owner trustee may hold notes and certificates in its own name or as pledgee. To meet the legal requirements of certain jurisdictions, the owner trustee may appoint co-trustees or separate trustees of any part of the assets of the issuing entity under the trust agreement. All rights and obligations conferred or imposed on the owner trustee by the trust agreement will be conferred or imposed on any separate trustee or co-trustee. In any jurisdiction in which the owner trustee is incompetent or unqualified to perform any act, the separate trustee or co-trustee will perform the act solely at the direction of the owner trustee.

         The owner trustee may resign at any time on 30 days’ prior written notice, in which event the depositor must appoint a successor owner trustee. The depositor with the consent of the insurer may also remove the owner trustee if it becomes legally unable to act or becomes insolvent. Any resignation or removal of the owner trustee and appointment of a successor will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor.

         The owner trustee has no duty to manage, make any payment on, register, record, sell, dispose of, or otherwise deal with the trust property, or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under any document contemplated by the trust agreement, except as expressly provided by the trust agreement or in instructions received by the owner trustee pursuant to the trust agreement. The owner trustee will be required to perform only those duties specifically required of it under the trust agreement. The owner trustee will disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting part of the issuing entity pursuant the terms of the transaction documents, and it will not be accountable under the trust agreement or any other transaction document except in limited circumstances including, without limitation, (i) for its own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith or (ii) for the inaccuracy of certain representations and warranties in the trust agreement.

    THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

         Deutsche Bank National Trust Company (“DBNTC”) will act as the indenture trustee (the “indenture trustee”) and calculation agent. DBNTC is a national banking association which has an office in Santa Ana, California. DBNTC has previously been appointed to the role of indenture trustee for numerous mortgage-backed transactions in which residential mortgages comprised the asset pool and has significant experience in this area. DBNTC has also acted as calculation agent and custodian in numerous mortgage-backed transactions since 1991. As custodian, DBNTC will maintain the mortgage loan documents in secure, fire-resistant facilities. DBNTC will not physically segregate the mortgage loan documents in DBNTC’s custody but the mortgage loan documents will be kept in shared facilities. However, DBNTC’s proprietary document-tracking system will show the location within DBNTC’s facilities of each mortgage loan file and will show that the mortgage loan documents are held by DBNTC on behalf of the trust. DBNTC has no pending legal proceedings that would materially affect its ability to perform its duties as indenture trustee or calculation agent or custodian. DBNTC may perform certain of its obligations through one or more third party vendors. However, DBNTC shall remain liable for the duties and obligations required of it under the sale and servicing agreement and the indenture.

         Notes may be surrendered at the offices designated by the indenture trustee from time to time for such purposes, which as of the Closing Date is of the indenture trustee located at DB Services Tennessee, 648 Grassmere Park Rd. Nashville, TN 37211-3658, Attention: Transfer Unit, or at any other address the indenture trustee designates from time to time. Correspondence may be directed to the indenture trustee at its corporate trust office located at 1761 East St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California 92705, Attention: Trust Administration IN07H1. Noteholders may access monthly statements from the indenture trustee’s website located at https://www.tss.db.com/invr. Noteholders may obtain assistance in operating the website by calling the indenture trustee’s investor relations desk at (800) 735-7777.

         DBNTC is providing the information in the preceding two paragraphs at the depositor’s request in order to assist the depositor with the preparation of its disclosure documents to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation AB. Otherwise, DBNTC has not participated in the preparation of such disclosure documents and assumes no responsibility or liability for their contents.

    S-39


    424B545th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 45th

         The indenture trustee will have the duties and responsibilities under the indenture, the sale and servicing agreement and the administration agreement described in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including collecting funds from the servicer to distribute to noteholders, providing noteholders and applicable rating agencies with monthly distribution statements, removing the servicer as a result of Event of Servicer Termination under the sale and servicing agreement, and appointing a successor servicer.

         The indenture trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent of the indenture trustee will be indemnified by the trust against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the indenture trustee arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its obligations and duties under the indenture or any other transaction document, other than any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in the performance of the indenture trustee’s duties under the sale and servicing agreement or indenture.

         The servicer is required to indemnify the indenture trustee against any loss, liability or expense resulting from a breach of the servicer’s obligations and duties under the sale and servicing agreement or the indenture, including its failure to perform its duties and service the HELOCs in accordance with the terms of the sale and servicing agreement.

         The indenture trustee will be liable for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own misconduct, its negligent failure to perform its obligations in compliance with the indenture, or any liability that would be imposed by reason of its willful misfeasance or bad faith. However, the indenture trustee will not be liable, individually or as indenture trustee:

         The indenture trustee may request and rely upon and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, officer’s note, note of auditors or any other note, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

         The indenture trustee and any successor indenture trustee will, at all times, be a corporation or association organized and doing business under the laws of a state or the United States of America, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and with a credit rating that would not cause any of the rating agencies to reduce their respective ratings of the Notes below the ratings issued on the Closing Date (or having provided security from time to time as is sufficient to avoid the reduction). If the indenture trustee no longer meets the foregoing requirements, the indenture trustee has agreed to resign immediately.

         The indenture trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the depositor, the issuing entity, the servicer, the insurer and each rating agency not less than 90 days before the specified resignation date.

    S-40


    424B546th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 46th

         The depositor or the servicer with the consent of the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) may remove the indenture trustee and appoint a successor indenture trustee if:

         In addition, if the indenture trustee fails to meet the eligibility requirements described above, any noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the indenture trustee and the appointment of a successor indenture trustee acceptable to the insurer. Notice of any removal of the indenture trustee shall be given to each rating agency by the successor indenture trustee. The party initiating the removal of a indenture trustee will bear any expense associated with the removal of the appointment of a new indenture trustee.

         Any successor indenture trustee must be reasonably acceptable to the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing). Any resignation or removal of the indenture trustee and appointment of a successor indenture trustee pursuant to any of the provisions described above will become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor indenture trustee. If a successor indenture trustee has not been appointed within 30 days after the indenture trustee gives notice of resignation, the resigning indenture trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor indenture trustee.

         A successor indenture trustee will not be appointed unless the successor indenture trustee meets the eligibility requirements described above and its appointment does not adversely affect the then current ratings of the notes.

    THE INSURER AND THE POLICY

    The Insurer

         The following information set forth in this section and in the penultimate paragraph under "The Insurer and the Policy—The Policy" below has been provided by Financial Security Assurance Inc. (“FSA” or the “Insurer”). Accordingly, no representation is made by the issuing entity, the depositor, the seller, the servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or any underwriter as to the accuracy and completeness of this information. FSA accepts no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus supplement, or any other information or disclosure contained herein, or omitted herefrom, other than with respect to the accuracy of the information regarding FSA and its affiliates set forth under this heading or incorporated by reference herein. In addition, FSA makes no representation regarding the Notes or the advisability of investing in the Notes.

    General

         Financial Security Assurance Inc., which is referred to in this prospectus supplement as “FSA” or the “Insurer”, is a monoline insurance company incorporated in 1984 under the laws of the State of New York. FSA is licensed to engage in financial guaranty insurance business in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam.

         FSA and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of writing financial guaranty insurance, principally in respect of securities offered in domestic and foreign markets and obligations under credit default swaps. Financial

    S-41


    424B547th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 47th

    guaranty insurance provides a guaranty of scheduled payments on an issuing entity’s obligations—thereby enhancing the credit rating of those obligations—in consideration for the payment of a premium to the insurer. FSA and its subsidiaries principally insure asset-backed, collateralized and municipal obligations. Asset-backed obligations are typically supported by residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value. Collateralized obligations include public utility first mortgage bonds and sale/leaseback obligation bonds. Municipal obligations include general obligation bonds, special revenue bonds and other special obligations of state and local governments. Obligations may be insured on a funded basis through insurance of bonds or other securities or on an unfunded basis through insurance of credit default swaps referencing one or more bonds or other obligations (with or without a deductible or other provision for loss reduction). FSA insures both newly issued securities sold in the primary market and outstanding securities sold in the secondary market that satisfy FSA’s underwriting criteria.

         FSA is a wholly owned subsidiary of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd., which is referred to in this prospectus supplement as Holdings.” Holdings is an indirect subsidiary of Dexia S.A., a publicly held Belgian corporation. Dexia S.A., through its bank subsidiaries, is primarily engaged in the business of public finance, banking and asset management in France, Belgium and other European countries. No shareholder of Holdings or FSA is obligated to pay any debt of FSA or any claim under any insurance policy issued by FSA or to make any additional contribution to the capital of FSA.

         The principal executive offices of FSA are located at 31 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019, and its telephone number at that location is (212) 826-0100.

    Reinsurance

         Under an intercompany agreement, liabilities on financial guaranty insurance written or reinsured from third parties by FSA or its domestic or Bermuda operating insurance company subsidiaries are generally reinsured among such companies on an agreed-upon percentage substantially proportional to their respective capital, surplus and reserves, subject to applicable statutory risk limitations. In addition, FSA reinsures a portion of its liabilities under certain of its financial guaranty insurance policies with other reinsurers under various treaties and on a transaction-by-transaction basis. This reinsurance is used by FSA as a risk management device and to comply with statutory and rating agency requirements; it does not alter or limit FSA’s obligations under any financial guaranty insurance policy.

    Ratings

         FSA’s financial strength is rated “triple-A” by Fitch Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Rating and Investment Information, Inc. These ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies, are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by those rating agencies.

    Capitalization

         The following table sets forth the capitalization of FSA and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2006 (unaudited) on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America:

        September 30, 2006
        (In thousands)
        (Unaudited)
     
    Deferred Premium Revenue (net of prepaid    
             reinsurance premiums)
    $
    1,595,873
    Surplus Notes   108,850
     
    Shareholder’s Equity:    
             Common Stock   15,000

    S-42


    424B548th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 48th
             Additional Paid In Capital   841,117
             Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income    
                      (net of deferred income taxes)
      115,008
             Accumulated Earnings   2,111,417
    Total Shareholder’s Equity   3,082,542
     
    Total Deferred Premium Revenue (net), Surplus    
             Notes and Shareholder’s Equity $ 4,787,265

         For further information concerning FSA, see the Consolidated Financial Statements of FSA and Subsidiaries, and the notes thereto, incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement. FSA’s financial statements are included as exhibits to reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by Holdings pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act”) and may be reviewed at the EDGAR web site maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Copies of the statutory quarterly and annual statements filed with the State of New York Insurance Department by FSA are available upon request to the State of New York Insurance Department.

    Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference

         The consolidated financial statements of FSA included in, or as exhibits to, the following documents filed by Holdings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, are hereby incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement:

      (a)      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (audited),
     
      (b)      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006 (unaudited),
     
      (c)      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited), and
     
      (d)      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited).

         Please refer to FSA’s website at http://www.fsa.com by clicking on the Financial Information link, then clicking on the SEC Filings link to access the documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above. No information contained on the above referenced website, other than the financial information referenced above, is intended to be part of or conveyed with this prospectus supplement.

         All financial statements of FSA included in, or as exhibits to, documents filed by Holdings pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, after the filing of the last document referred to above and before the termination of the offering of the Notes shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement.

         You may request a free copy of any filings incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement by calling or writing the Depositor at 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101, and its telephone number is (800) 669-2300.

         The issuing entity hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the trust’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and each filing of the financial statements of Financial Security Assurance Inc. included in or as an exhibit to the annual report of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    S-43


    424B549th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 49th

    Insurance Regulation

         FSA is licensed and subject to regulation as a financial guaranty insurance corporation under the laws of the State of New York, its state of domicile. In addition, FSA and its insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation by insurance laws of the various other jurisdictions in which they are licensed to do business. As a financial guaranty insurance corporation licensed to do business in the State of New York, FSA is subject to Article 69 of the New York Insurance Law which, among other things, limits the business of a financial guaranty insurer to writing financial guaranty insurance and related business lines, requires each financial guaranty insurer to maintain a minimum surplus to policyholders, establishes contingency, loss and unearned premium reserve requirements for each financial guaranty insurer, and limits the size of individual transactions and the volume of transactions that may be underwritten by each financial guaranty insurer. Other provisions of the New York Insurance Law, applicable to non-life insurance companies such as FSA, regulate, among other things, permitted investments, payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions or sales of assets and incurrence of liability for borrowings.

    The Policy

         The following summary of the terms of the Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy (the “Policy”) does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Policy.

         Simultaneously with the issuance of the Notes, the Insurer will deliver the Policy to the indenture trustee for the benefit of each noteholder. Under the Policy, the Insurer unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the indenture trustee for the benefit of each Noteholder the full and complete payment of (i) Scheduled Payments (as defined below) on the Notes; and (ii) the amount of any Scheduled Payment which subsequently is avoided in whole or in part as a preference payment under applicable law.

         Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to each Payment Date, the payment to be made to Noteholders in an aggregate amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (i) accrued and unpaid interest for the related Interest Accrual Period at the Note Rate due on the Notes in accordance with the original terms of the Notes, the sale and servicing agreement and the indenture, (ii) for the Payment Date occurring in July 2037, the amount needed to pay the outstanding Note Principal Amount, and (iii) for any other Payment Date, the amount of the excess, if any, of the Note Principal Amount (in the case of clause (ii) above and this clause (iii), after giving effect to all allocations and payments of principal to be made on the Notes on the Payment Date, but without giving effect to payments under the Policy to be made on such Payment Date) over the Invested Amount for such Payment Date, in each case in accordance with the original terms of the Notes when issued and without regard to any amendment or modification of the Notes, the indenture or the sale and servicing agreement except amendments or modifications to which the Insurer has given its prior written consent. The Insurer may consent to any amendment of or modification to the indenture as permitted by the indenture; provided, however, that no such amendment or modification shall, without the consent of the Noteholder, change the entitlement of the Noteholder to payment under the Policy of any unpaid principal of the Notes due at final maturity or due on any scheduled principal amortization date, or any unpaid interest thereon due on any interest Payment Date. Scheduled Payments will not include, nor shall coverage be provided under the Policy in respect of, any interest shortfalls due to the application of the Relief Act, any prepayment interest shortfalls, any deferred interest or any amount required to increase the overcollateralization amount to the specified overcollateralization amount, that may be incurred or that may be distributable to the Notes. Scheduled Payments shall not include payments that become due on an accelerated basis as a result of a default by the issuing entity, an election by the issuing entity to pay principal on an accelerated basis, the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture or any other cause, unless the Insurer elects, in its sole discretion, to pay in whole or in part such principal due upon acceleration, together with any accrued interest to the date of acceleration. In the event the Insurer does not so elect, the Policy will continue to guarantee payment on the Notes in accordance with their original terms. Scheduled Payments shall not include any amounts due in respect of the Notes attributable to any increase in interest rate, penalty or other sum payable by the issuing entity by reason of any default or event of default in respect of the Notes, or by reason of any deterioration of the creditworthiness of the issuing entity, nor shall Scheduled Payments include, nor shall coverage be provided under the Policy in respect of, any taxes, withholding or other charge imposed by any governmental authority due in connection with the payment of any Scheduled Payment to a Noteholder.

    S-44


    424B550th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 50th

         Payment of claims on the Policy made in respect of Scheduled Payments will be made by the Insurer following Receipt by the Insurer of the appropriate notice for payment on the later to occur of (i) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the second Business Day following Receipt of such notice for payment, and (ii) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date on which such payment was due on the Notes. The Insurer will be entitled to pay any amount under the Policy in respect of Scheduled Amounts on the Notes including any acceleration payment, whether or not any notice shall have been Received by the Insurer as provided above; provided, however, that by acceptance of the Policy, the indenture trustee agrees to provide upon request to the Insurer a notice in respect of any such payments made by the Insurer.

         If payment of any amount voided as a preference under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law is required to be made under the Policy, the Insurer shall cause such payment to be made on the later of (a) the date when due to be paid pursuant to the Order referred to below or (b) the first to occur of (i) the fourth Business Day following Receipt by the Insurer from the indenture trustee of (A) a certified copy of the order (the “Order”) of the court or other governmental body which exercised jurisdiction to the effect that the Noteholder is required to return principal or interest paid on the Notes during the term of the Policy because such payments were voidable as preference payments under applicable bankruptcy law, (B) a certificate of the Noteholder that the Order has been entered and is not subject to any stay, and (C) an assignment duly executed and delivered by the Noteholder, in such form as is reasonably required by the Insurer and provided to the Noteholder by the Insurer, irrevocably assigning to the Insurer all rights and claims of the Noteholder relating to or arising under the Notes against the Issuing entity or otherwise with respect to such preference payment, or (ii) the date of Receipt by the Insurer from the indenture trustee of the items referred to in clauses (A), (B) and (C) above if, at least four Business Days prior to such date of Receipt, the Insurer shall have Received written notice from the indenture trustee that such items were to be delivered on such date and such date was specified in such notice. Such payment shall be disbursed to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named in the Order and not to the indenture trustee or any Noteholder directly (unless a Noteholder has previously paid such amount to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named in the Order, in which case such payment shall be disbursed to the indenture trustee for distribution to such Noteholder upon proof of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Insurer). In connection with the foregoing, the Insurer shall have the rights provided pursuant to Section 5.07 of the indenture, including, without limitation, the right to direct all matters relating to any preference claim and subrogation to the rights of the indenture trustee and each Noteholder in the conduct of any proceeding with respect to a preference claim.

         The terms “Receipt” and Received,” with respect to the Policy, shall mean actual delivery to the Insurer and to the fiscal agent, if any, prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on a Business Day; delivery either on a day that is not a Business Day or after 12:00 noon, New York City time, shall be deemed to be Receipt on the next succeeding Business Day. If any notice or certificate given under the Policy by the indenture trustee is not in proper form or is not properly completed, executed or delivered, it shall be deemed not to have been Received, and the Insurer shall promptly so advise the indenture trustee and the indenture trustee may submit an amended notice.

         Under the Policy, “Business Day” means any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) a day on which banking institutions in the States of New York or California or in the city in which the corporate trust office or the office of the Insurer is located, are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or government decree to be closed.

         The Insurer’s obligations under the Policy in respect of Scheduled Payments shall be discharged to the extent funds are paid by the issuing entity in accordance with the indenture or disbursed by the Insurer as provided in the Policy whether or not such funds are properly applied by the indenture trustee.

         The Insurer shall be subrogated to the rights of each Noteholder to receive payments of principal and interest under the Notes to the extent of any payment by the Insurer under the Policy. For a discussion of the rights and powers of the Insurer upon an event of default under the indenture, see The Trust Agreement, Indenture and Administration Agreement – Control Rights of the Insurer.”

         Pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement and the indenture, unless an insurer default exists, the Insurer will be treated as a Noteholder for certain purposes, will be entitled to exercise all rights of the Noteholders under the indenture without the consent of the Noteholders, and the Noteholders may exercise their rights under the

    S-45


    424B551st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 51st

    indenture only with the written consent of the Insurer. In addition, the Insurer will have certain additional rights as a third party beneficiary to the sale and servicing agreement and the indenture.

         To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Insurer agrees under the Policy not to assert, and waives, for the benefit of each Noteholder, all its rights (whether by counterclaim, setoff or otherwise) and defenses (including, without limitation, the defense of fraud), whether acquired by subrogation, assignment or otherwise, to the extent that such rights and defenses may be available to the Insurer to avoid payment of its obligations under the Policy in accordance with the express provisions of the Policy.

         Claims under the Policy constitute direct, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Insurer ranking not less than pari passu with other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Insurer for borrowed money. Claims against the Insurer under the Policy and claims against the Insurer under each other financial guaranty insurance policy issued thereby constitute pari passu claims against the general assets of the Insurer. The terms of the Policy cannot be modified or altered by any other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or dissolution of the issuing entity. The Policy may not be cancelled or revoked prior to payment in full of the notes.

         The Policy is not covered by the property/casualty insurance security fund specified in Article 76 of the New York Insurance Law. The Policy is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

    AFFILIATIONS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         The depositor is a direct wholly owned, limited-purpose finance subsidiary of the sponsor. The sponsor is the servicer and the seller of the HELOCs.

         There is not currently, and there was not during the past two years, any material business relationship, agreement, arrangement, transaction or understanding that is or was entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is or was on terms other than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party, between the sponsor and the depositor.

    THE MORTGAGE LOAN PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND
    THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

    General

         On the Closing Date, pursuant to the mortgage loan purchase agreement, the seller will sell the HELOCs to the depositor. Pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement, the depositor will, in turn, sell the HELOCs to the trust.

    Assignment and Pledge of HELOCs

         The HELOCs will be assigned to the trust, together with all principal and interest received with respect to the HELOCs after the Cut-off Date, except for interest due on or prior to the Cut-off Date. Pursuant to the indenture, the trust will pledge all of its interest in such assets and any other property comprising the trust estate to the indenture trustee as security for the Notes.

         At the time of issuance of the Notes, the depositor will transfer to the trust all of its right, title and interest in and to each HELOC (including any Additional Balances arising in the future) and the related Credit Line Agreements, mortgages and other related documents (collectively, the “Related Documents”), including all collections received with respect to each such HELOC after the Cut-off Date (other than interest due on or prior to the Cut-off Date). Neither the trust nor the depositor will have any obligation to make additional funding under the Credit Line Agreements. The trust will in turn pledge to the indenture trustee under the indenture all of its right, title and interest in the foregoing property as collateral for the Notes and the insurer. Concurrently with such pledge, the indenture trustee will deliver the Notes on behalf of the trust. Each HELOC transferred to the trust will be identified on a schedule (the “HELOC Schedule”) delivered to the indenture trustee pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement, which will specify with respect to each HELOC, among other things, the original Principal Balance and

    S-46


    424B552nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 52nd

    the Cut-off Date Principal Balance, the loan rate, the maturity date, credit line, and applicable prepayment penalty provisions, if any.

         The sale and servicing agreement will require that, on or prior to the Closing Date, the depositor shall deliver to the indenture trustee, the Credit Line Agreement for each HELOC and, within 90 days following the Closing Date, executed assignments of mortgages related to each HELOC, other than HELOCs registered with Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. (“MERS”) and the other Related Documents. In lieu of delivery of original mortgages, with respect to lost mortgages, the depositor may deliver true and correct copies thereof that with respect to lost mortgages have been certified as to the authenticity by the appropriate county recording office where such mortgage is recorded (or, subject to certain requirements set forth in the sale and servicing agreement, an optical image or representation thereof).

         An assignment of mortgage will only be recorded in those jurisdictions where recording is required by law to protect the interests of the owner trustee, indenture trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders and only following the occurrence of a Recordation Event (as defined below) occurs. Upon the occurrence of a Recordation Event, the indenture trustee will complete and submit for recordation, at the expense of the seller, the assignments of the mortgages related to each such HELOC in favor of the indenture trustee within 90 days of the Recordation Event.

         A “Recordation Event” means (i) that the long-term senior unsecured debt rating of the seller (or any successor in interest thereto) is reduced to below “BBB-” by S&P or “Baa3” by Moody’s, (ii) an Event of Servicer Termination under the sale and servicing agreement has occurred and is continuing, (iii) the occurrence of a bankruptcy, insolvency or foreclosure relating to the servicer; provided, that any such Recordation Event may be waived by the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or any Reimbursement Amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) by providing written notice of such waiver to the servicer and the indenture trustee or (iv) at the written request of the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or any Reimbursed Amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing), under certain circumstances specified in the sale and servicing agreement.

         Within 90 days of the Closing Date, the indenture trustee, pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement, will review the HELOCs and the Related Documents and if any HELOC or Related Document is found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is not cured within 90 days following notification thereof to the seller and the originator by the indenture trustee, the seller will be obligated to accept the transfer of such HELOC from the trust. Upon such transfer, the seller will be obligated to either substitute a HELOC or to purchase such HELOC at a purchase price equal to the Principal Balance of such HELOC plus an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid interest on such removed HELOC. The obligation of the seller either to accept a transfer of a defective HELOC and to convey a substitute HELOC or to repurchase such HELOC is the sole remedy regarding any defects in the HELOCs and Related Documents available to the indenture trustee or the Noteholders.

         The seller shall make no substitution more than two years after the Closing Date unless the seller delivers to the indenture trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that such substitution will not (i) result in the imposition of the tax on “prohibited transactions” on the issuing entity or contributions after the “startup date,” as defined in Sections 860F(a)(2) and 860G(D) of the Code, respectively, or (ii) cause any REMIC created under the trust agreement to fail to qualify as a REMIC at any time that any Notes are outstanding.

    Event of Servicer Termination; Rights Upon Event of Servicer Termination

         Events of Servicer Termination” under the sale and servicing agreement include, among others:

      (i) Any failure by the servicer to furnish to the indenture trustee the certain information regarding the HELOCs sufficient to prepare the monthly statements described in the sale and servicing agreement which continues unremedied for a period of two Business Days after the date upon which written notice of such failure shall have been given to the servicer by the indenture trustee or to the servicer and the indenture trustee by the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) and, if (i) the Notes are no longer outstanding and no amounts remain due and owing
     

    S-47


    424B553rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 53rd
        to the insurer or (ii) an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, by the Noteholders of not less than 25% of the Note Principal Amount of the Notes;
     
      (ii) After receipt of notice from the indenture trustee, any failure of the servicer to remit to the indenture trustee any payment required to be made to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and the holders of the Certificates (the “Securityholders”) or to the insurer under the terms of the sale and servicing agreement, including any Servicing Advance, on any deposit date, which failure continues unremedied for a period of two Business Days after the date upon which notice of such failure shall have been given to the servicer by the indenture trustee or the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing);
     
      (iii) Any failure on the part of the servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the servicer contained in the sale and servicing agreement, or if the servicer is also a servicer, any other covenant or agreement on the part of the servicer contained in the related Servicing Agreement, which continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the servicer by the indenture trustee or to the servicer and the indenture trustee by the Majority Securityholders (as defined in the sale and servicing agreement) or the insurer; and
     
      (iv) The servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities, voluntary liquidation or similar proceedings of or relating to the servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property.
     

         So long as an Event of Servicer Termination remains unremedied under the sale and servicing agreement, the indenture trustee may with the consent of the insurer, and shall at the direction of the insurer (or if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing at the direction of the Noteholders evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the aggregate Note Principal Amount of the Notes), terminate all of the rights and obligations of the servicer as servicer under the sale and servicing agreement and in and to the HELOCs (other than its right to recovery of other expenses and amounts advanced pursuant to the terms of the sale and servicing agreement), whereupon the indenture trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the servicer under the sale and servicing agreement and will be entitled to reasonable servicing compensation not to exceed the applicable servicing fee, together with other servicing compensation in the form of assumption fees, late payment charges or otherwise as provided in the sale and servicing agreement. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Servicer Termination, the insurer (or if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, the indenture trustee or Noteholders evidencing more than 50% of the Notes) may declare the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event. See "Description of the Notes—Sale of HELOCs and Priority of Payment of Sale Proceeds Following Rapid Amortization Event" below for a description of the consequences of a Rapid Amortization Event.

         In addition, pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement, upon the occurrence of any Insurance Agreement Event of Default under the insurance and indemnity agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the issuing entity, the insurer, the seller, the servicer and the depositor (the “insurance agreement”), the indenture trustee will upon the direction of the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or Reimbursement Amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) terminate the rights and responsibilities of the servicer as servicer under the sale and servicing agreement (other than its right to recovery of other expenses and amounts advanced pursuant to the terms of the sale and servicing agreement). Upon any such termination of the servicer following an Insurance Agreement Event of Default, the insurer (or if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, the indenture trustee or Noteholders evidencing more than 50% of the Notes) may declare the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event. See "Description of the Notes—Sale of HELOCs and Priority of Payment of Sale Proceeds Following Rapid Amortization Event" below for a description of the consequences of a Rapid Amortization Event.

         Upon the termination of the servicer following an Insurance Agreement Event of Default, the indenture trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the servicer or shall appoint a successor

    S-48


    424B554th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 54th

    servicer as described below. “Insurance Agreement Events of Default” under the insurance agreement include, among others:

      (i) Any failure by the sponsor, seller, servicer, depositor or issuing entity to observe or perform in any material respect any of the covenants or agreements contained in the insurance agreement or any other transaction document;
     
      (ii) Any failure by the sponsor, seller, servicer, depositor or issuing entity to pay when due any amount payable under the insurance agreement or a court of competent jurisdiction finds or rules that the insurance agreement or any other transaction document is not valid and binding on the sponsor, seller, servicer, depositor, or issuing entity;
     
      (iii) The sponsor, seller or servicer admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, files a petition to take advantage of or otherwise voluntarily commences a case or proceeding under any applicable insolvency, reorganization or other similar statute, makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspends payment of its obligations;
     
      (iv) A breach of certain representations and warranties by the sponsor, seller, servicer, depositor or issuing entity under the transaction documents that remains unremedied following the expiration of the applicable cure period;
     
      (v) The sponsor, seller or servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities, voluntary liquidation or similar proceedings of or relating to the servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property; and
     
      (vi) A decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises in an involuntary case under any present or future federal or state bankruptcy insolvency or similar law or the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator or other similar official in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, is entered against the sponsor, seller or servicer.

         In the event that the indenture trustee is unwilling or unable so to act, it may select, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, an established housing and home finance institution, bank or mortgage servicing institution with a net worth of at least $15,000,000, which is acceptable to the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) to act as successor servicer under the provisions of the sale and servicing agreement relating to the servicing of the HELOCs.

         During the continuance of any Event of Servicer Termination under the sale and servicing agreement, so long as such Event of Servicer Termination has not been remedied, the indenture trustee will have the right to take action to enforce its rights and remedies and to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Noteholders and the insurer, and the insurer may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the indenture trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the indenture trustee. However, the indenture trustee will not be under any obligation to pursue any remedy or to exercise any of the trusts or powers unless the indenture trustee has reasonable security or indemnity against the cost, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the indenture trustee therein or thereby. Also, the indenture trustee may decline to follow the direction of the insurer if the indenture trustee determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or would involve it in personal liability.

         No Noteholder, solely by virtue of that holder’s status as a Noteholder, will have any right under the sale and servicing agreement to institute any proceeding with respect to the sale and servicing agreement, unless an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, that holder previously has given to the indenture trustee notice of an Event of Servicer Termination and unless the Noteholders evidencing not less than a specified percentage of the aggregate Note Principal Amount of the Notes have made written request upon the indenture trustee to institute a

    S-49


    424B555th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 55th

    proceeding in its own name as indenture trustee thereunder and have offered to the indenture trustee reasonable indemnity, and the indenture trustee for a specified number of days has neglected or refused to institute such a proceeding.

    Amendment

         The sale and servicing agreement may be amended by the depositor, the issuing entity, the servicer and the indenture trustee, without consent of the Certificateholders and the Noteholders but (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) with the consent of the insurer, (1) to cure any ambiguity, (2) to conform the provisions of the sale and servicing agreement to the information contained herein or to correct or supplement any provision therein, (3) to make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising under the sale and servicing agreement or (4) to add, delete or amend any provision in order to comply with any requirements imposed by the Code, ERISA and their related regulations; provided, however, that no such amendment, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, will adversely affect the status of the REMICs created by the trust agreement, nor shall such amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or adversely affect the insurer without the consent of the insurer. Any such amendment will be deemed not to adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder if the Rating Agencies confirms that such action would not adversely affect the then-current ratings on the Notes without regard to the Policy.

         The sale and servicing agreement may also be amended by the depositor, the trust, the servicer and the indenture trustee with the consent of Noteholders evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the aggregate Note Principal Amount of the Notes, the insurer and Certificateholders evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the aggregate principal balance of the Certificates of all of the Certificates affected thereby, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the sale and servicing agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the parties to the sale and servicing agreement; provided, however, that no such amendment will be made unless an opinion of counsel has been delivered to the effect that such amendment will not adversely affect the status of the REMICs created by the trust agreement and no such amendment may (1) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments that are required to be made in respect of any Notes or Certificates or to the insurer without the consent of the Noteholders, the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer) and the Certificateholders affected thereby or (2) reduce the percentage of Notes or Certificates the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Noteholders and holders of Certificates affected thereby.

    Voting Rights

         Unless an Insurer Default exists, the insurer will be entitled to exercise all voting rights of the Noteholders as described under “The Trust Agreement, Indenture and Administration Agreement—Controlling Rights of the Insurer”. If an Insurer Default shall have occurred and is continuing, then 100% of all voting rights will be allocated to the Notes.

    THE TRUST AGREEMENT, INDENTURE AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

    General

         The Notes will be issued pursuant to the indenture. Notes in certificated form will be transferable and exchangeable at the Corporate Trust Office of the indenture trustee, which will serve as Note Registrar and Paying Agent. The indenture trustee will provide to a prospective or actual Noteholders, without charge, on written request, an electronic copy (without exhibits) of the indenture. Requests should be addressed to Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, 1761 East St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California 92705, Attention: Trust Administration IN07H1.

         The following summary describes certain terms of the trust agreement, the indenture and the administration agreement. The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of such agreements.

    S-50


    424B556th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 56th

    Termination

         The trust will generally terminate on the later of (A) the Payment Date immediately following the payment in full of all amounts owing to the insurer and (B) the earliest of (i) the Payment Date on which the aggregate Note Principal Amount of the Notes (after application of any principal payments on such date) has been reduced to zero and all other amounts due and owing to the Noteholders have been paid in full, (ii) the Payment Date immediately following the final payment or other liquidation of the last HELOC in the trust, (iii) the Payment Date immediately following the Optional Redemption of the Notes by the servicer, as described below and (iv) the Payment Date in July 2037.

         The Notes are subject to redemption under the circumstances described under Description of the Notes —Optional Redemption.”

         The indenture will be discharged upon the delivery to the indenture trustee for cancellation of all Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the indenture trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all the Notes and upon payment of all Reimbursement Amounts owing to the insurer and the surrender of the Policy to the Insurer. Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the discharge of the indenture, the owner trustee will succeed to all the rights of the indenture trustee, and the holders of the Certificate will succeed to all the rights of the Noteholders pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement.

    Administration

         Deutsche Bank National Trust Company (the “administrator”) or the depositor will agree, to the extent provided in the administration agreement, to provide certain notices and to perform certain other administrative obligations required to be performed by the trust under the sale and servicing agreement, the indenture and the trust agreement. In carrying out the foregoing duties, the administrator may enter into transactions with or otherwise deal with any of its affiliates; provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or dealings are on terms no less favorable to the trust than would be available from unaffiliated parties. The administrator will receive compensation for its services as administrator as agreed between the administrator and the seller. The depositor will not receive additional compensation for its services under the administration agreement. The depositor is obligated to pay the administrator its compensation due under the administration agreement, including reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the administrator in performing its duties thereunder.

    Amendment

         Generally, the trust agreement, the indenture and the administration agreement are subject to amendment by the parties thereto, in each case without consent of the holders of the Notes or Certificates but (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) with the consent of the insurer, (1) to cure any ambiguity, (2) to conform the provisions of the applicable agreement to the information contained herein or to correct or supplement any provision therein, (3) to make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising under the applicable agreement or (4) to add, delete or amend any provision in order to comply with any requirements imposed by the Code, ERISA and their related regulations; provided, however, that no amendment, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, may adversely affect the status of the REMICs created by the trust agreement, nor may such amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or any Certificateholder, or adversely affect the insurer without the consent of the insurer. Any amendment will be deemed not to adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder if the Rating Agencies confirms that such action would not adversely affect the then-current ratings on the Notes without regard to the Policy.

         Additionally, each of the trust agreement, the indenture and the administration agreement may generally be amended by the parties thereto, with the consent of the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) and the holders of the Notes and/or Certificates, as applicable, evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the aggregate principal balance of the Notes and/or Certificates of each class, as applicable, affected thereby or all classes if all are affected for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the related agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the parties to such agreement; provided, however, that no amendment may

    S-51


    424B557th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 57th

    be made unless an opinion of counsel has been delivered to the effect that such amendment will not adversely affect the status of the REMICs created by the trust agreement and no amendment may (1) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments that are required to be made in respect of any Notes or Certificates without the consent of the Noteholders, the insurer (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer) and the holders of the Class of Certificates affected thereby or (2) reduce the percentage of Notes or Certificates the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Noteholders and holders of Certificates affected thereby.

         In addition to the purposes described above, the indenture may be amended by the trust and the indenture trustee (so long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing), with the consent of the insurer and without obtaining the consent of the Noteholders, for the purpose of (1) correcting or amplifying the description of the trust estate subject to the indenture, (2) evidencing the succession of a successor to the trust, (3) adding to the covenants of the trust or surrendering any power conferred upon the trust under the indenture or (4) conveying or pledging any property to the indenture trustee. Any amendment of the provisions of the indenture will take the form of a supplemental indenture.

    Servicing

         For a summary description of certain provisions of the sale and servicing agreement regarding servicing of the HELOCs, see “Servicing of the HELOCs” above.

    Control Rights of the Insurer

         Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, unless an Insurer Default exists, the insurer will be deemed to be the Noteholder for all purposes, other than with respect to payment on the Notes and certain other limited purposes, and will be entitled to exercise all voting rights of the Noteholders thereunder, without the consent of the Noteholders, and the Noteholders may exercise such rights only with the prior written consent of the insurer. In addition, so long as an Insurer Default does not exist, the insurer will, as a third-party beneficiary to the indenture and the sale and servicing agreement, have, among others, the following rights:

         So long as the Notes are outstanding or amounts remain due and owing to the insurer and no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, the insurer’s consent will be required prior to, among other things: (i) the removal of the indenture trustee or the servicer; (ii) the appointment of any successor indenture trustee or servicer; or (iii) any amendment to the indenture or the sale and servicing agreement.

    S-52


    424B558th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 58th

    CERTAIN REGULATORY MATTERS RELATED TO BANKS

    General

         The seller is a federal savings bank and, as such, the OTS and the FDIC have special powers under the banking laws to take certain actions upon the insolvency of the seller. For example, the FDIC has broad discretion and authority to appoint itself conservator or receiver of the seller.

    Certain Matters Relating to Conservatorship and Receivership

         The transfer of the HELOCs by the seller to the depositor will be characterized in the mortgage loan purchase agreement as a sale transaction.

         The FDIC has issued a rule entitled “Treatment by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Conservator or Receiver of Financial Assets Transferred in Connection with a Securitization or Participation” (the “FDIA Rule”). Under the FDIA Rule, the FDIC has stated that it will not reclaim, recover, or recharacterize a financial institution’s transfer of financial assets such as the HELOCs if (i) the transfer involved a securitization of financial assets and meets specified conditions for treatment as a sale under relevant accounting principles (other than the condition that, as a result of the transfer, the financial assets are “legally isolated” from the seller), (ii) the financial institution received adequate consideration for the transfer at the time of the transfer, (iii) the parties intended that the transfer constitute a sale for accounting purposes and the relevant documents reflect such intentions, and (iv) the financial assets were not transferred fraudulently, in contemplation of the financial institution’s insolvency, or with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud the financial institution or its creditors. The seller’s transfer of the HELOCs and the mortgage loan purchase agreement are intended to satisfy all of these conditions.

         Nevertheless, in the event of insolvency of the seller, if the FDIC were to take the position that the FDIA Rule did not apply to the seller’s transfer of the HELOCs or that such transfer failed to satisfy the requirements of the FDIA Rule, and if the FDIC were further successful in an attempt to recharacterize the transfer of the HELOCs as a borrowing secured by a pledge of the HELOCs instead of a sale, the FDIC as conservator or receiver, could elect to accelerate payment of the notes and liquidate the HELOCs. In the event of an acceleration of the notes, the trust would lose the right to future payments of interest, might suffer reinvestment losses in a lower interest rate environment and may fail to recover the initial investment made by the depositor in the HELOCs. Further, with respect to an acceleration by the FDIC, interest may be payable only through the date of appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. The FDIC has a reasonable period of time (which it has stated will generally not exceed 180 days after the date of its appointment) to elect to accelerate payment. Whether or not an acceleration takes place, delays in payments on the notes could occur. As a result, funds available to the trust to make payments on the notes may be reduced.

         In addition, if the FDIC were appointed as receiver or conservator for the seller, the FDIC would also have the power under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”), as amended, either to repudiate or modify contracts involving the seller, including the sale and servicing agreement and other transaction documents. If the FDIC did repudiate a contract, it would be liable for damages provided in the FDIA. These damages are generally limited to “direct compensatory damages” determined as of the date the FDIC is appointed conservator or receiver.

         The seller and the depositor will take steps to structure the transfer of the loans held in the issuing entity by the seller to the depositor as a sale. See “The Agreements—Assignment of Issuing Entity Assets” and “Risk Factors—Bankruptcy or Insolvency May Affect the Timing and Amount of Distributions on the Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

    Certain Regulatory Matters

         If the bank regulatory authorities supervising the seller or the servicer were to find that any obligation of the seller or the servicer or any of their affiliates under any securitization or other agreement, or any activity of the seller, the servicer or any affiliate, constituted an unsafe or unsound practice or violated any law, rule, regulation or

    S-53


    424B559th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 59th

    written condition or agreement applicable to the seller, the servicer or any affiliate, such regulatory authorities may have the power under the FDIA or other applicable laws to order the seller, the servicer or any affiliate, among other things, to rescind such agreement or contract, refuse to perform that obligation, terminate the activity, amend the terms of such obligation or take such other action as such regulatory authorities determine to be appropriate. In such an event, the seller, the servicer and such affiliates may not be liable to noteholders for contractual damages for complying with such an order and noteholders may have no recourse against the applicable regulatory authority.

         While the seller has no reason to believe that any applicable regulatory authority would consider provisions relating to the seller, the servicer or any affiliate or the payment or amount of a servicing fee to the servicer or any affiliate, or any other obligation of the seller, the servicer or an affiliate under the mortgage loan purchase agreement, the sale and servicing agreement, the administration agreement, the trust agreement or the indenture, to be unsafe or unsound or violative of any law, rule or regulation applicable to them, there can be no assurance that any such regulatory authority would not conclude otherwise in the future. If such a bank regulatory authority did reach such a conclusion, and ordered the seller, the servicer or any affiliate to rescind or amend these agreements, payments to you could be delayed or, if the insurer fails to perform under the Policy, reduced.

    DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

    General

         Pursuant to the trust agreement (the “trust agreement”), dated as of the Cut-off Date and entered into among IndyMac ABS, Inc. (the “depositor”), the owner trustee and Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as administrator, the trust will issue three classes of certificates, the Class B, Class L and Class R Certificates (collectively, the “Certificates”) on or about March 23, 2007 (the “Closing Date”). Pursuant to the indenture dated as of the Cut-off Date between the trust and the indenture trustee (the “indenture”), the trust will issue the Notes (collectively, the “Notes”). The Certificates represent the beneficial ownership interests in the trust and are not offered hereby. The Notes represent debt obligations of the trust. Payments on the Notes and certain rights of investors in the Notes will be governed by the indenture and the sale and servicing agreement. As used herein, the term, “Noteholder”, means, as to a particular Note, the holder of the Note set forth on the note register. The following summaries describe certain provisions of the indenture, the sale and servicing agreement and the trust agreement. For additional information on the provisions of the indenture, the sale and servicing agreement and the trust agreement, see “The Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement” and “The Trust Agreement, Indenture and Administration Agreement” above and “The Agreements” in the accompanying prospectus.

         Payments on the Notes will be made on the 25th day of each month or, if the 25th day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, beginning in April 2007 (each, a “Payment Date”), to Noteholders on the applicable Record Date. The “Record Date” for the Notes with respect to each Payment Date will be the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date (or, in the case of any Notes issued to beneficial holders in definitive form, the last Business Day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the related Payment Date occurs). A “Business Day” is generally any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in New York or California or the city in which the corporate trust office of the indenture trustee or office of the insurer is located are required or authorized by law to be closed.

         Payments on the Notes will be made to each registered holder entitled thereto, by check or by wire transfer in immediately available funds; provided, that the final payment in respect of any Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such Note at the corporate trust office of the indenture trustee. See “The Trust—The Indenture Trustee” in this prospectus supplement.

         The Notes will be issued, maintained and transferred on the book-entry records of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and its participants and for such purpose are referred to as Book-Entry Notes.” The Notes will be offered in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes will be issued in book-entry form only. Definitive Notes, if issued, will be transferable and exchangeable at the corporate trust office of the indenture trustee, which will initially act as registrar (the “Registrar”). No service charge will be made for any registration of exchange or transfer of the Notes, but the indenture trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge.

    S-54


    424B560th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 60th

         The Book-Entry Notes will be represented by one or more global notes that equal in the aggregate the initial Note Principal Amount of the Notes registered in the name of the nominee of DTC. The depositor has been informed by DTC that DTC’s nominee will be Cede & Co. No person acquiring an interest in a Book-Entry Note (each, a “Beneficial Owner”) will be entitled to receive a physical security representing such person’s interest (a “Definitive Note”, except as set forth below under —Definitive Notes.” Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued for the Book-Entry Notes under the limited circumstances described in this prospectus supplement, all references to actions by Noteholders with respect to the Book-Entry Notes shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its participants, and all references in this prospectus supplement to payments, notices, reports and statements to Noteholders with respect to the Book-Entry Notes shall refer to payments, notices, reports and statements to DTC or Cede & Co., as the registered holder of the Book-Entry Notes, for payment to Beneficial Owners by DTC in accordance with DTC procedures.

         Payments on the Book-Entry Notes will be made on each Payment Date by the indenture trustee to DTC. DTC will be responsible for crediting the amount of such payments to the accounts of the applicable DTC participants in accordance with DTC’s normal procedures. Each DTC participant will be responsible for disbursing such payment to the Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry Notes that it represents and to each Financial Intermediary for which it acts as agent. Each such Financial Intermediary will be responsible for disbursing funds to the Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry Notes that it represents.

         For additional information regarding DTC, and the Notes, see “Description of the Securities—Book-Entry Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

    Definitive Notes

         Definitive Notes will be issued to Beneficial Owners or their nominees, respectively, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if DTC or the depositor advises the indenture trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as depository for the Notes and the depositor is unable to locate a qualified successor or after the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Trigger Event, Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry Notes representing at least a majority of the aggregate Note Principal Amount of the Book-Entry Notes advise DTC in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC is no longer in the best interests of such Beneficial Owners. Upon the occurrence of an event described above, the indenture trustee is required to direct DTC to notify participants that have ownership of Book-Entry Notes as indicated on the records of DTC of the availability of Definitive Notes for their Book-Entry Notes. Upon surrender by DTC of the Definitive Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes and upon receipt of instructions from DTC for re-registration, the indenture trustee will re-issue the Book-Entry Notes as Definitive Notes in the respective Note Principal Amounts owned by individual Beneficial Owners, and thereafter the indenture trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders under the indenture and the sale and servicing agreement.

    Interest Payments

         Interest on the Notes will be payable monthly on each Payment Date, commencing in April 2007, at the Note Rate for the related Interest Accrual Period, in accordance with the priority of payment set forth in “—Priority of Payment” below.

         The “Note Rate” for any Interest Accrual Period will be the lesser of (1) the annual rate as described in the tables beginning on page S-5 and (2) the Maximum Rate for the related Interest Accrual Period.

         The “Maximum Rate” with respect to the Notes on any Payment Date is equal to the quotient of

      (A) the excess of (x) the Interest Collections for that Payment Date, over (y) the sum of (i) the fees of the owner trustee for that payment date, (ii) any payments to the indenture trustee for fees and reimbursed expenses, (iii) the Premium Amount payable to the insurer on that Payment Date, and (iv) beginning on the Payment Date in April 2008, 0.041667% multiplied by the Pool Balance on the first day of the related Collection Period, divided by

    S-55


    424B561st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 61st
      (B) the product of (x) the Pool Balance on the first day of the related Collection Period, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period for the Notes and the denominator of which is 360.

         The “Premium Amount” is 0.12% per annum on the Note Balance immediately prior to the related Payment Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period for the Notes and the denominator of which is 360.

         With respect to any Payment Date and HELOC, the “Collection Period” is the 14th day of the calendar month immediately preceding such Payment Date to the 13th day of the calendar month of such Payment Date.

         To the extent the Maximum Rate is less than the annual interest rate set forth on page S-5 for the Notes and any Payment Date, the deficiency will be deferred (the “Deferred Interest” respect to the Notes). The Policy issued by the insurer to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders will not guarantee the payment of such Deferred Interest.

         Interest Accrual Period. The “Interest Accrual Period” with respect to each Payment Date will be the period from and including the preceding Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Payment Date, from the Closing Date) to, but excluding the current Payment Date. For any Payment Date, the interest then due with respect to the Notes (the “Interest Payment Amount”) will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in the Interest Accrual Period and a 360-day year using the Note Rate for such Payment Date.

    Determination of LIBOR

         On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) preceding the commencement of each Interest Accrual Period (each such date, a “LIBOR Determination Date”), the indenture trustee will determine LIBOR for purposes of calculating interest on the Notes based on the “Interest Settlement Rate” for U.S. dollar deposits of one month maturity set by the British Bankers’ Association (the “BBA”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date (“LIBOR”).

         The BBA’s Interest Settlement Rates are currently displayed on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page “LIBOR01” (such page, or such other page as may replace page LIBOR01 on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the BBA as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying the BBA’s Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in U.S. dollars, the “Designated Telerate Page”). Such Interest Settlement Rates are also currently available on Bloomberg L.P. page “BBAM.” The BBA’s Interest Settlement Rates currently are rounded to five decimal places.

         A “LIBOR Business Day” is any day on which banks in London and New York are open for conducting transactions in foreign currency and exchange.

         With respect to any LIBOR Determination Date, if the BBA’s Interest Settlement Rate does not appear on the Designated Telerate Page as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date, or if the Designated Telerate Page is not available on such date, the indenture trustee will obtain such rate from the Reuters or Bloomberg page. If such rate is not published for such LIBOR Determination Date, LIBOR for such date will be the most recently published Interest Settlement Rate. In the event that the BBA no longer sets an Interest Settlement Rate, the indenture trustee will designate an alternative index that has performed, or that the indenture trustee expects to perform, in a manner substantially similar to the BBA’s Interest Settlement Rate.

         The establishment of LIBOR on each LIBOR Determination Date by the indenture trustee and the indenture trustee’s calculation of the rate of interest applicable to the Notes for the related Interest Accrual Period will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

         LIBOR for the first Interest Accrual Period will be 5.3200% .

    S-56


    424B562nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 62nd

    Principal Payments

         Principal Payment Amount. On each Payment Date, the Noteholders will receive, to the extent of Available Funds in accordance with the priority of payment set forth in “—Priority of Payment” below, the Principal Payment Amount for such Payment Date until the Note Principal Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero.

         The Noteholders will receive, to the extent of Net Available Funds and until the Note Principal Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero, the “Note Principal Payment Amount” on each Payment Date equal to (a) prior to the Stepdown Date or if a Trigger Event is in effect or a Rapid Amortization Trigger Event has occurred, the Principal Payment Amount for that Payment Date and (b) on or after the Stepdown Date unless a Trigger Event is in effect or a Rapid Amortization Trigger Event has occurred, the lesser of (i) the excess of (A) the Note Principal Amount of the Notes immediately prior to the applicable Payment Date over (B) the Note Target Amount for that Payment Date and (ii) the Principal Payment Amount for that Payment Date.

         The “Note Target Amount” for each Payment Date will equal the lesser of (a) the product of (i) approximately 95.50% and (ii) the Invested Amount for such Payment Date and (b) the excess if any of (i) the Invested Amount for such Payment Date over (ii) 0.50% of the Initial Invested Amount.

         The amount of principal paid on the Notes on any Payment Date depends on whether the Payment Date is during the Managed Amortization Period or the Rapid Amortization Period and on the Floating Allocation Percentage. The “Managed Amortization Period” is the period commencing on the first Payment Date, and ending on the earlier to occur of (x) the 120th Payment Date or (y) the Payment Date which immediately follows the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Trigger Event. The “Rapid Amortization Period” is the period which immediately follows the end of the Managed Amortization Period. A “Rapid Amortization Trigger Event” ”will occur if a Rapid Amortization Event is declared to have occurred or has occurred automatically as set forth in “Description of the Notes—Rapid Amortization Events” below.

         With respect to each Payment Date and the Notes, the “Principal Payment Amount” will equal the excess of (a) the Maximum Principal Payment over (b) the Overcollateralization Reduction Amount, if any, in each case, with respect to that Payment Date. With respect to each Payment Date and the Notes, the “Maximum Principal Payment” will equal (i) during the Managed Amortization Period, the Net Principal Collections with respect to that Payment Date, and (ii) during the Rapid Amortization Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections relating to that Payment Date. With respect to each Payment Date, “Net Principal Collections” for each Payment Date will equal the positive difference between (x) the Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections with respect to that Payment Date and (y) the Floating Allocation Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Additional Balances arising during the related Collection Period.

         The “Additional Balances” with respect to any HELOC on any date, are the aggregate amount of all additional borrowings by the related borrower subsequent to the Cut-off Date that are conveyed to the issuing entity pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement.

         The “Floating Allocation Percentage” on any Payment Date, is the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Invested Amount for the preceding Payment Date (or in the case of the first Payment Date, the Initial Invested Amount) and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance at the end of the Collection Period preceding the previous Payment Date (or in the case of the first Payment Date, the Cut-off Date Principal Balance), provided such percentage shall not be greater than 100%.

         The “Invested Amount” on any Payment Date, is the Invested Amount for the preceding Payment Date (or in the case of the first Payment Date, the Initial Invested Amount) reduced by (i) the Maximum Principal Payment for that Payment Date and (ii) the Investor Charge-Off Amounts for that Payment Date. The “Initial Invested Amount” as of the Closing Date is expected to be approximately $650,071,585.70.

         The “Investor Charge-off Amount” on any Payment Date, is the Charge-Off Amounts incurred during the related Collection Period multiplied by the Floating Allocation Percentage.

    S-57


    424B563rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 63rd

         The “Overcollateralization Reduction Amount” on any Payment Date, means the amount by which the Overcollateralization Amount exceeds the Specified Overcollateralization Amount, assuming that the Maximum Principal Payment had been distributed to the Noteholders on such Payment Date.

         The “Overcollateralization Amount” for any Payment Date is equal to the amount, if any, by which the Invested Amount for that Payment Date exceeds the aggregate Note Principal Amount of the Notes after taking into account any payments of principal on the related Payment Date.

         The “Specified Overcollateralization Amount” on any Payment Date prior to the Stepdown Date or if a Trigger Event is in effect is an amount equal to 2.25% of the Initial Invested Amount, and on any Payment Date on or after the Stepdown Date (provided no Trigger Event is in effect) is an amount equal to the greater of (i) 0.50% of the Initial Invested Amount and (2) 4.50% of the Invested Amount for such Payment Date.

         A “Trigger Event” will be in effect on any Payment Date if:

         (a) the sum of the Investor Charge-off Amounts for the Payment Date and all prior Payment Dates, expressed as a percentage of the Initial Invested Amount, is greater than:

    (i) with respect to the first Payment Date to and including the 48th Payment Date, 1.75%,

    (ii) with respect to the 49th Payment Date to and including the 60th Payment Date, 2.50%,

    (iii) with respect to the 61st Payment Date to and including the 72nd Payment Date, 3.00%, and

    (iv) with respect to the 73rd Payment Date and thereafter, 3.25%, or

         (b) the Six Month Rolling Delinquency Rate for such Payment Date is greater than 3.50% .

         The “Six Month Rolling Delinquency Rate” means, with respect to any Payment Date on and after the sixth Payment Date following the Closing Date, the average of the Principal Balances of 60+ Day Delinquent Mortgage Loans for the related Collection Period and the five preceding Collection Periods divided by the Pool Principal Balance, in each case on the last day of those Collection Periods, respectively.

         For any Collection Period, a “60+ Day Delinquent Mortgage Loan” is any HELOC that is (i) more than 60 days delinquent, (ii) for which the related borrower has filed for bankruptcy protection or is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding, (iii) that is in foreclosure, or (iv) with respect to which the related mortgaged property is characterized as REO property, in each case as of the end of that Collection Period.

         The “Stepdown Date” is the later to occur of (a) the 31st Payment Date and (b) the first Payment Date following the Payment Date on which the Overcollateralization Amount is greater than or equal to 4.50% of the Invested Amount on that Payment Date.

         In addition, on the Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Noteholders will be entitled to receive a payment of principal in an amount equal to the Note Principal Amount of the Notes. The Final Scheduled Payment Date with respect to the Notes is the date which is six months after the Payment Date immediately following the month of the last due date of the latest maturing HELOC.

         Accelerated Principal. On any Payment Date on which there exists Excess Cash Flow with respect to the Notes, an “Accelerated Principal Payment” will be made, in reduction of the Note Principal Amount thereof, in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Excess Cash Flow and (B) the amount required to cause the Overcollateralization Amount to equal the Specified Overcollateralization Amount for that Payment Date.

    S-58


    424B564th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 64th

         Excess Cash Flow” with respect to a Payment Date means the Floating Allocation Percentage of Net Available Funds on deposit in the Payment Account during the related Collection Period after making the payments on such Payment Date specified in clauses 1 through 5 under the caption “Description of the Notes — Priority of Payments”.

    Rapid Amortization Events

         As described above, the Managed Amortization Period will continue through the 120th Payment Date, unless a Rapid Amortization Event occurs prior to such date in which case the Rapid Amortization Period will commence immediately. A Rapid Amortization Event,” with respect to the Notes, refers to any of the following events:

      (a) default in the payment of any interest on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable or the failure to pay any installment of principal of the Notes in accordance with the sale and servicing agreement, and such default or failure continues for a period of two Business Days, or a failure to pay the entire Note Principal Amount of any Note when the same becomes due and payable under the indenture or on the Final Scheduled Payment Date;
     
      (b) failure on the part of the trust, the depositor, the seller or the servicer to observe or perform in any material respect any other material covenants or agreements set forth in the mortgage loan purchase agreement, the sale and servicing agreement, the indenture or the trust agreement, as applicable, which failure materially and adversely affects the Noteholders or the insurer and continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice of such failure shall have been given to the trust, the depositor, the seller or the servicer, as the case may be, by the indenture trustee or the insurer in accordance with the provisions of the indenture;
     
      (c) the trust or the depositor files a petition to take advantage or otherwise voluntarily commences a case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar statute;
     
      (d) a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises in an involuntary case under any present or future federal or state bankruptcy insolvency or similar law or the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator or other similar official in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, is entered against the trust or the depositor;
     
      (e) the trust becomes subject to regulation by the SEC as an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
     
      (f) any draw is made under the insurance policy and remains unreimbursed for 90 days;
     
      (g) the trust loses its status as one or more REMICs and such loss in status results in the imposition of an entity level tax on the trust; or
     
      (h) the rights and obligations of the servicer under the sale and servicing agreement are terminated by the insurer or an Event of Servicer Termination has occurred.

         In the case of any event described in clauses (a), (b), (e), (f), (g) or (h) above, a Rapid Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred only if, after the applicable grace period, if any, described in the sale and servicing agreement, the insurer, or if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, the indenture trustee or Noteholders evidencing more than 50% of the Note Principal Amount of the Notes, by written notice to the trust, the insurer, the seller and the servicer (and to the indenture trustee, if given by the Noteholders or the insurer) declare that a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred as of the date of such notice. In the case of an event described in either clause (c) or (d), a Rapid Amortization Event will automatically occur.

    S-59


    424B565th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 65th

    Sale of HELOCs and Priority of Payment of Sale Proceeds Following Rapid Amortization Event

         Following the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Trigger Event, the insurer (so long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) shall have the right to direct the indenture trustee, and the indenture trustee or its designated agent shall have the right if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the collateral with respect to the mortgage loans in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms. If the insurer has directed such sale, the Policy will cover any amounts by which such remaining net proceeds are insufficient to pay the Note Principal Amount of the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the Note Rate (other than Deferred Interest, Relief Act Shortfalls, default interest and interest shortfalls due to the partial or full prepayment of the HELOCs). As used herein, “Relief Act Shortfalls” means current interest shortfalls resulting from the application of the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, as amended, or any similar state law.

         The net proceeds of such sale will be paid:

         (i) first, pro rata, to the indenture trustee, any unpaid Indenture Trustee Expense Amount (without regard to the caps included in the definition of Indenture Trustee Expense Amount), and to the owner trustee, any unpaid owner trustee fees,

         (ii) second, the Floating Allocation Percentage of any remaining sale proceeds, to the Noteholders, insofar as may be necessary to reduce the Note Principal Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest due thereon, to zero,

         (iii) third, the Floating Allocation Percentage of any remaining sale proceeds, to reimburse the insurer to the extent of unreimbursed draws under the Policy and other amounts owing to the insurer, including the premium under the Policy,

         (v) fourth, pro rata to the indenture trustee and owner trustee, any unreimbursed expenses and

         (vi) fifth, to the Certificateholders, any remaining amounts, as set forth in the sale and servicing agreement.

         In addition to the consequences of a Rapid Amortization Event discussed above, if the seller, the depositor or the servicer voluntarily files a bankruptcy petition or goes into liquidation or any person is appointed a receiver or bankruptcy trustee of the seller, the depositor or the servicer, on the day of any such filing or appointment, no further Additional Balances will be transferred to the trust, and the seller, the depositor or the servicer, as applicable, will promptly give notice to the indenture trustee and the insurer of any such filing or appointment. Within 15 days, the indenture trustee will send a notice of the occurrence of such event to the Noteholders.

         Upon the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Trigger Event, the seller shall only receive payments in respect of the purchase price for any Additional Balance from a reserve fund established for that purpose by the trust with amounts funded by the holder of the Class L Certificate. The holder of the Class L Certificate will be reimbursed for such payments to the extent of available funds distributed on the Class L Certificate.

         An “Insurer Default” shall mean the failure by the insurer to make a payment required under the Policy in accordance with the terms thereof.

    Priority of Payments

         The indenture trustee will deposit to an account (the “Payment Account”), without duplication, upon receipt, (i) Principal Collections, (ii) Interest Collections and (iii) certain other amounts remitted by the servicer, together with certain other specified amounts. The “Available Funds” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the sum of (i) the Principal Collections, (ii) the Interest Collections, (iii) early termination fees recovered from any borrower and (iv) certain other amounts remitted by the servicer with respect to that Payment Date on the Servicer Remittance Date.

    S-60


    424B566th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 66th

         With respect to each Payment Date, the indenture trustee will make the following allocations, disbursements and transfers from Net Available Funds on deposit in the Payment Account (other than any amount with respect to any early termination fees collected in the related Collection Period), to the extent of the sum of (a) the Floating Allocation Percentage of the Interest Collections and (b) the Principal Payment Amount, in each case with respect to that Payment Date, in the following order of priority:

      1. the premium amount payable to the insurer on that Payment Date;
     
      2. to the Noteholders, the Interest Payment Amount with respect to the Notes for that Payment Date;
     
      3. to the Noteholders, the Note Principal Payment Amount for that Payment Date, until the Note Principal Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero;
     
      4. to the Noteholders, as a payment of principal, in the following order, (a) the Investor Charge-Off Amounts for that Payment Date and (b) the Investor Charge-Off Amounts for all preceding Payment Dates that were not subsequently funded by the Floating Allocation Percentage of the Interest Collections, overcollateralization or draws under the Policy in respect of an Overcollateralization Deficit until the Note Principal Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero;
     
      5. to the insurer, the Reimbursement Amount, if any, then due to it;
     
      6. to the Noteholders, the Accelerated Principal Payment for the Notes on that Payment Date, if any, until the Note Principal Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero;
     
      7. to the servicer, to pay certain amounts that may be required to be paid to the servicer (including expenses associated with the transition to any new servicer) and not previously reimbursed pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement;
     
      8. to the Noteholders to pay current and any previously unreimbursed Deferred Interest and interest thereon at the applicable Note Rate (determined for this purpose without regard to the Maximum Rate); and
     
      9. pari passu, (a) to the indenture trustee, any unreimbursed expenses due and owing to the indenture trustee and not otherwise previously paid on that Payment Date, and (b) to the owner trustee, any unpaid fees and unreimbursed expenses due and owing to the owner trustee and not otherwise previously paid on such Payment Date.

         The holders of each applicable class of Certificates (the “Certificateholders”) will be entitled to any amount remaining on deposit in the Payment Account, as described in the sale and servicing agreement and the trust agreement.

         The holder of the Class L Certificate will fund all amounts of future draws that exceed the monthly Principal Collections by making an advance to the trust into a reserve fund established for that purpose. Such amounts will be reimbursed during the Managed Amortization Period to or to the order of the holder of the Class L Certificate in accordance with provisions of the sale and servicing agreement.

         On each Payment Date, the holders of the Class L Certificates will be entitled to receive all early termination fees collected in connection with any HELOCs during the related Collection Period.

    S-61


    424B567th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 67th

         Certain Defined Terms. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in connection with the description of the priority of payments are as follows:

         Anniversary Year” means, the one-year period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary thereof, and each subsequent one-year period beginning on the day after the end of the preceding Anniversary Year and ending on the next succeeding anniversary of the Closing Date.

         The “Charge-Off Amount” for any Charged-Off HELOC, as defined in clause (i) of the definition thereof, is the amount of the Principal Balance of that HELOC that has been written down (including, for any HELOC that was liquidated during the related Collection Period, any unrecovered portion that is written down during that Collection Period after giving effect to the net liquidation proceeds applied in reduction of such Principal Balance), and for any Charged-Off HELOC, as defined in clause (ii) of the definition thereof (and regardless of any amounts written down on the servicer’s servicing system), is the entire outstanding Principal Balance of such HELOC.

         A “Charged-Off HELOC” is (i) a HELOC with a Principal Balance that has been written down on the servicer’s servicing system in accordance with its policies and procedures (including any HELOC that became a liquidated HELOC during the related Collection Period and had an unrecovered portion of its related Principal Balance written down during that Collection Period) and (ii) any HELOC that is more than 180 days past due.

    The “Cut-off Date Principal Balance” means, the Pool Balance as of the Cut-off Date.

         Interest Collections”, with respect to any Payment Date, is equal to the sum of (a) all payments by or on behalf of mortgagors and any other amounts constituting interest, including the portion of net liquidation proceeds and insurance proceeds allocated to interest pursuant to the terms of the related Credit Line Agreement (excluding the fees or late charges or similar administrative fees paid by mortgagors) collected during the related Collection Period and all Recoveries, less the Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period and (b) the interest portion of (i) the purchase price paid for a HELOC repurchased by the seller during the related Collection Period, (ii) any Substitution Amounts in respect of a qualifying substitute mortgage loan which is substituted by the seller during the related Collection Period for a removed HELOC, and (iii) the Optional Redemption Price in connection with any Optional Redemption of the Notes during the related Collection Period. The terms of the related Credit Line Agreement shall determine the portion of each payment in respect of such HELOC that constitutes principal or interest.

         Indenture Trustee Expense Amount” means, any costs, expenses or liabilities reimbursable to the indenture trustee to the extent provided in the indenture; provided, however, such reimbursable amounts may not exceed $20,000 on any Payment Date or $150,000 during any Anniversary Year (excluding, for this purpose, costs and expenses of the indenture trustee incurred in connection with any transfer of servicing following a default by the servicer). In the event that the indenture trustee incurs reimbursable amounts in excess of $150,000, it may seek reimbursement for such amounts in subsequent Anniversary Years, but (subject to the immediately preceding sentence) in no event shall more than $150,000 be reimbursed to the indenture trustee per Anniversary Year.

         The “Loan Rate” means, with respect to any HELOC as of any day, the variable interest rate applicable under the related mortgage note.

         Net Available Funds” means, with respect to each Payment Date, the excess of (A) the Available Funds for that Payment Date, over (B) the sum of (i) the payment of the Indenture Trustee Expense Amount, (ii) the payment to the owner trustee of its fee for services rendered pursuant to the trust agreement, (iii) all early termination fees (which are distributable only to the Class L Certificates), and (iv) during the Managed Amortization Period, the amount of Principal Collections for that Payment Date applied to purchase additional draws under the HELOCs.

         The “Note Principal Amount” is equal to the principal amount of the Notes as set forth in the tables on page S-5, less the amount of all principal distributions in reduction of principal previously distributed with respect to the Notes.

    S-62


    424B568th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 68th

         An “Overcollateralization Deficit” with respect to the Notes and any Payment Date is equal to the amount, if any, by which the Note Principal Amount of the Notes, after taking into account the payment to the Noteholders of principal from all sources other than the Policy, exceeds the Invested Amount for such Payment Date (without taking into account any payment made under the Policy).

         With respect to any date, the “Pool Balance” will be equal to the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all HELOCs as of such date.

         The “Principal Balance” of a HELOC on any date of determination is equal to the Cut-off Date Principal Balance of the HELOC, plus (i) any Additional Balances transferred to the trust in respect of the HELOC, minus (ii) all collections credited against the principal balance of the HELOC in accordance with the related Credit Line Agreement prior to that day, and minus (iii) all prior related Charge-Off Amounts. For purposes of this definition, a Liquidated HELOC will have a Principal Balance equal to the Principal Balance of that HELOC prior to the final recovery of liquidation proceeds and a Principal Balance of zero thereafter. A “Liquidated HELOC” is any defaulted HELOC as to which the servicer has determined that all amounts that it expects to recover with respect to such HELOC have been recovered.

         Principal Collections”, with respect to any Payment Date, is equal to the sum of amounts allocated to principal collected during the related Collection Period, the portion of net liquidation proceeds and insurance proceeds allocated to principal pursuant to the terms of the Credit Line Agreements, any amounts allocable to principal with respect to any HELOCs that are repurchased out of the trust, the principal portion of any substitution amount and the principal portion of any Optional Redemption Price.

         Reimbursement Amount” means, as to any Payment Date, the sum of (x)(i) all Insured Payments paid by the Insurer, but for which the Insurer has not been reimbursed prior to such Payment Date, plus (ii) interest accrued on such Insured Payments not previously repaid calculated at the Late Payment Rate, from the date the indenture trustee received the related Insured Payments, and (y) without duplication (i) any amounts then due and owing to the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement, but for which the Insurer has not been paid or reimbursed prior to such Payment Date, plus (ii) interest on such amounts at the Late Payment Rate.

         “Recoveries” means with respect to any Charged-Off HELOC, the proceeds (including released mortgaged property proceeds but not including amounts drawn under the Policy) received by the servicer in connection with such Charged-Off HELOC minus related Servicing Advances and any amount due to a holder of any senior lien that has not been previously paid.

         The “Late Payment Rate” is the lesser of (a) the greater of (i) the per annum rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by JPMorganChase as its prime rate (any change in such rate of interest to be effective on the date such change is announced by JPMorganChase), plus 2% per annum and (ii) the then applicable highest rate of interest on the Notes and (b) the maximum rate permissible under applicable usury or similar laws limiting interest rates, as determined by the Insurer. The Late Payment Rate shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.

         Servicer Remittance Date” With respect to any Payment Date, the Business Day prior to that Payment Date.

         The Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall initially be the indenture trustee, together with any successor thereto in such capacity (the “Paying Agent”). The Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account for the purpose of making payments to the Noteholders.

    Deposits to the Collection Account

         The servicer will establish a Collection Account (the “Collection Account”) for the benefit and in the name of the indenture trustee on behalf of the noteholders and the insurer. The servicer will notify the indenture trustee of the institution with which the Collection Account has been established. On a daily basis within two Business Days after receipt, the servicer will deposit or cause to be deposited into the Collection Account the following payments

    S-63


    424B569th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 69th

    and collections received by it in respect to the HELOCs after the Cut-off Date (other than any interest payments due on or prior to the Cut-off Date):

      1. all payments on account of principal, including principal prepayments, on the HELOCs,
     
      2. all payments on account of interest on the HELOCs, net of the related Servicing Fees on the HELOCs,
     
      3. all insurance proceeds and liquidation proceeds and, with respect to any Charged-Off HELOC, any subsequent amounts received by the servicer in connection with such Charged-Off HELOC less any related servicing expenses, amounts due to the holder on any senior lien that remains unpaid and any unreimbursed Servicing Fees related to such Charged-Off HELOC,
     
      4. all payments made by the seller in connection with the repurchase of any HELOC due to the breach of certain representations, warranties or covenants by the seller that obligates the seller to repurchase the HELOC in accordance with the sale and servicing agreement,
     
      5. all payments made by the seller in connection with any shortfalls in the principal amount of any Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan that is substituted for any HELOC for which the seller is obligated to substitute for due to the breach of certain representations, warranties or covenants by the seller pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement,
     
      6. all early termination fees paid by a mortgagor in connection with the full or partial prepayment of the related HELOC, and
     
      7. any other payments and collections made by the servicer with respect to the HELOCs and required to be deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement.

         Prior to their deposit in the Collection Account, payments and collections on the HELOCs will be commingled with payments and collections on other mortgage loans and other funds of the servicer. For a discussion of the risks that arise from the commingling of payments and collections, see “Risk Factors—Bankruptcy Or Insolvency May Affect The Timing And Amount Of Distributions On The Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

    Withdrawals from the Collection Account

         The servicer may from time to time withdraw funds from the Collection Account prior to the related Servicer Remittance Date for the following purposes:

      1. to pay to the servicer the Servicing Fees on the HELOCs to the extent not previously paid to or withheld by the servicer and, as additional servicing compensation, assumption fees, late payment charges (excluding early termination fees), net earnings on or investment income with respect to funds in or credited to the Collection Account,
     
      2. to pay to the servicer any unpaid Servicing Fees and to reimburse it for any unreimbursed ordinary and necessary out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the servicer in the performance of its servicing obligations including, but not limited to, the cost of (i) the preservation, restoration and protection of a mortgaged property, (ii) any payments to the extent necessary to avoid the loss of a mortgaged property due to a tax sale or the foreclosure thereof as a result of a tax lien, (iii) any enforcement or judicial proceedings, including foreclosures, (iv) the management and liquidation of any REO Property and (v) maintaining any required insurance policies (“Servicing Advances”), which right of reimbursement pursuant to this clause (2) is limited to amounts received representing late recoveries of the payments of these costs and expenses (or liquidation proceeds or recoveries received on account of any Charged-Off HELOC, purchase proceeds or repurchase proceeds with respect thereto),

    S-64


    424B570th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 70th
      3. to reimburse the servicer for any Servicing Advance previously made which the servicer has determined will not be recoverable by the servicer from late collections, insurance proceeds, liquidation proceeds or REO proceeds on the related HELOC,
     
      4. to pay to the seller with respect to each HELOC or mortgaged property acquired in respect thereof that has been purchased by the seller from the issuing entity pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement, all amounts received thereon and not taken into account in determining the related Purchase Price of the purchased HELOC,
     
      5. after the transfer from the Collection Account for deposit to the Payment Account of the Interest Collections and the Principal Collections on the related Servicer Remittance Date, to reimburse the seller, the servicer, or the depositor for expenses incurred and reimbursable pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement,
     
      6. to withdraw any amount deposited in the Collection Account and not required to be deposited therein, and
     
      7. to clear and terminate the Collection Account upon termination of the sale and servicing agreement.

         In addition, on the Servicer Remittance Date, the servicer will withdraw from the Collection Account and remit to the Indenture Trustee the amount of the Interest Collections, Principal Collections and certain other related amounts to the extent on deposit in the Collection Account, and the Indenture Trustee will deposit the amount in the Payment Account, as described below.

    Deposits to the Payment Account

         The indenture trustee will establish and maintain the Payment Account on behalf of the Noteholders and the insurer. The indenture trustee will, promptly upon receipt, deposit in the Payment Account and retain therein:

      1. the aggregate amount remitted by the servicer to the indenture trustee,
     
      2. any amount required to be deposited by the servicer in connection with any losses on investment of funds in the Payment Account, and
     
      3. any draws on the Policy, which funds will be uninvested.

         The indenture trustee will distribute any Insured Payment on the later of the related Payment Date thereof and the date of receipt thereof; provided that the indenture trustee will distribute any Insured Payment which is a preference amount on the date of receipt thereof.

    Investments of Amounts Held in Accounts

         All funds in the Collection Account and the Payment Account will be invested in permitted investments and all income and gain net of any losses realized from the investment will be for the benefit of the servicer as additional servicing compensation and will be remitted to it monthly as described herein.

         The amount of any losses incurred in the Collection Account or the Payment Account in respect of the investments will be deposited by the servicer in the Collection Account or paid to the indenture trustee for deposit into the Payment Account out of the servicer's own funds immediately as realized. The indenture trustee will not be liable for the amount of any loss incurred in respect of any investment or lack of investment of funds held in the Collection Account or the Payment Account and made in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

    S-65


    424B571st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 71st

    Credit Enhancement

         Credit enhancement for the Notes consists of excess cash flow, overcollateralization and the Policy, in each case, as and to the extent described herein.

         Excess Cash Flow. The HELOCs bear interest each month that in the aggregate is expected to exceed the amount needed to pay monthly interest on the Notes, the fees and expenses of the servicer, the indenture trustee and the owner trustee and the premium amount payable to the insurer. Such excess cash flow from the HELOCs each month will be available to achieve or maintain certain required levels of overcollateralization.

         Overcollateralization. Beginning on the Payment Date in April 2007, all or a portion of Excess Cash Flow will be applied as an Accelerated Principal Payment on the Notes on each Payment Date to the extent necessary to cause the Overcollateralization Amount to equal the Specified Overcollateralization Amount for such Payment Date. The requirement to maintain the Overcollateralization Amount at the Specified Overcollateralization Amount is not an obligation of the seller, the depositor, the servicer, the indenture trustee, the insurer, the owner trustee or any other person. The Policy issued by the insurer to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders will not guarantee the payment of any amounts required to increase the Overcollateralization Amount to the Specified Overcollateralization Amount.

         Insurance Policy. The insurer will issue the Policy for the benefit of the Noteholders, as described under “The Insurer and the Policy” in this prospectus supplement. In the absence of payments under the Policy, Noteholders of the Notes will directly bear the credit risks associated with their Notes. On each Determination Date, the indenture trustee shall determine from information in the mortgage loan electronic data file provided by the servicer on such Determination Date, with respect to the immediately following Payment Date, whether a draw is required to be made under the Policy. With respect to each Payment Date, the “Determination Date” is the date which is 4 Business Days prior to such Payment Date or such earlier day as shall be agreed to by the insurer and the indenture trustee.

    Allocation of Investor Charge-Off Amounts

         On each Payment Date, the Investor Charge-off Amounts for that Payment Date will be allocated as follows:

    Final Scheduled Payment Date

         The “Final Scheduled Payment Date” for the Notes has been determined to be the Payment Date in July 2037. The Final Scheduled Payment Date with respect to the Notes is the date which is six months after the Payment Date immediately following the month of the last due date of the latest maturing HELOC. The actual final Payment Date may be earlier, and could be substantially earlier, than the Final Scheduled Payment Date.

    Optional Redemption

         On any Payment Date on which the Notes, prior to giving effect to payments on such date, is less than or equal to 10% of the balance of the Notes as of the Closing Date (such date the “Optional Redemption Date”), the servicer will have the option to purchase the HELOCs and all other property remaining in the trust, subject to certain conditions including the consent of the insurer if (i) the redemption would result in a draw on the Policy or (ii) Reimbursement Amounts would remain due to the insurer under the insurance agreement. The purchase price will equal the greater of (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the HELOCs plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable Loan Rate, (ii) any costs and damages incurred by the trust associated with a violation of any applicable federal, state or local predatory or abusive lending law, (iii) the lesser of (A) the fair market value of all other property being purchased and (B) the unpaid principal balance of the related HELOC that

    S-66


    424B572nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 72nd

    was secured by such property and (iv) any unreimbursed servicing advances and certain amounts owed to the servicer, indenture trustee, insurer (including premiums and Reimbursement Amounts), and owner trustee for the related Payment Date, and (b) the sum of (i) the Note Principal Amount and interest due thereon (including Deferred Interest) on such Payment Date, (ii) any unreimbursed servicing advances, and certain amounts owed to the servicer, the indenture trustee, the insurer (including premiums and Reimbursement Amounts), and the owner trustee, for the related Payment Date (the “Optional Redemption Price”). The servicer will be reimbursed from the Optional Redemption Price for any servicing advances and unpaid Servicing Fees and the indenture trustee and owner trustee will be reimbursed for any unpaid expenses. If such option is exercised, the trust will be terminated (such event, an “Optional Redemption”) and the Noteholders will receive a final payment on the Notes on such Payment Date.

    Fees and Expenses

         The following summarizes the related fees and expenses to be paid from the assets of the issuing entity prior to distributions to noteholders and the source of payments for the fees and expenses:

                General         
    Type    Recipient (1)    Amount    Purpose    Source (2)       Frequency 
    Servicing Fee    Servicer    0.50% per annum of the    Compensation    All collections on the    Monthly 
            outstanding principal        HELOCs     
            balance of each HELOC             
     
    Additional    Servicer    All late payment fees,    Compensation    Payments made by    Time to time 
    Servicing        assumption fees and        obligors with respect to     
    Compensation        other similar charges        the HELOCs excluding     
            (excluding early        early termination fees     
            termination fees)             
     
            All investment income    Compensation    Investment income    Monthly 
            earned on amounts on        related to the Collection     
            deposit in the Collection        Account and the     
            Account and Payment        Payment Account     
            Account             
     
            Excess Proceeds    Compensation    Liquidation proceeds    Time to time 
                    and Subsequent     
                    Recoveries     
     
    Indenture Trustee    Indenture    0.0055% per annum of    Compensation    All collections on the    Monthly 
    Fee    Trustee    the outstanding        HELOCs     
            principal balance of             
            each HELOC             
     
    Owner Trustee    Owner Trustee    An annual fee of $4,000    Compensation    All collections on the    Annually 
    Fee                HELOCs     
     
    Insurer Fee    Insurer    0.12% per annum of the    Compensation    All collections on the    Monthly 
            Note Principal Amount        HELOCs     

    ______________
    (1) If the indenture trustee succeeds to the position of servicer, it will be entitled to receive the same fees and expenses of the servicer described in this prospectus supplement. Any change to the fees and expenses described in this prospectus supplement would require an amendment to the sale and servicing agreement.
     
    (2) The servicing fee is generally payable from interest collections on the HELOCs.
     

    S-67


    424B573rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 73rd

    YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

    General

         The weighted average life of, and, if purchased at other than par, the effective yield of the Notes will be affected by the rate and timing of payments of principal on the HELOCs (including, for this purpose, prepayments and amounts received by virtue of refinancings, liquidations of HELOCs due to defaults, casualties, condemnations and repurchases, whether optional or required, and the rate at which related borrowers make draws), the amount and timing of delinquencies and defaults by borrowers, as well as by the application of Accelerated Principal Payments on the Notes. Such yield may be adversely affected by a higher or lower than anticipated rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the HELOCs. The rate of principal payments on the HELOCs will in turn be affected by the amortization schedules of the HELOCs following their draw period, the rate and timing of prepayments thereon by the mortgagors, the enforcement (or lack of enforcement) of “due-on-sale” clauses, liquidations of defaulted HELOCs and optional or required repurchases of HELOCs as described herein. The timing of changes in the rate of prepayments, liquidations and repurchases of the HELOCs may, and the timing of losses could, significantly affect the yield to an investor, even if the average rate of principal payments experienced over time is consistent with an investor’s expectation. Since the rate and timing of principal payments on the HELOCs will depend on future events and on a variety of factors (as described more fully herein), no assurance can be given as to such rate or the timing of prepayments on the Notes.

         The HELOCs generally may be prepaid in full or in part at any time without penalty. However, 66.39% of the Statistical Calculation HELOCs have early termination fees for a specified period after origination. These early termination fees, if enforced by the servicer, may affect the rate of prepayments on the HELOCs. The prepayment experience of the HELOCs will affect the weighted average life of the Notes.

         No representation is made as to the rate of principal payments on the HELOCs, or as to the yield to maturity of the Notes. An investor is urged to make an investment decision with respect to the Notes based on the anticipated yield to maturity of the Notes resulting from the price and such investor’s own determination as to anticipated HELOC prepayment rates. Prospective investors are urged to analyze fully the effect of HELOC prepayments and market conditions on the yield and value of the Notes, before acquiring any Notes. In particular, investors that are required to perform periodic valuations on their investment portfolios should consider the effect of such fluctuations in value. In addition, investors should carefully consider the factors discussed under “Risk Factors — Limited Information Regarding Prepayment History”, “— Yield to Maturity of Notes May be Affected by Repurchases” and “— An Optional Redemption May Adversely Affect the Yield on the Notes” in this prospectus supplement.

         Payments of principal of the Notes on any Payment Date depend largely on whether the Payment Date occurs in the Managed Amortization Period or the Rapid Amortization Period. During the Managed Amortization Period, which begins on the Closing Date, the Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections will be applied to acquire Additional Balances for the trust before being applied to payments of principal of the Notes. Noteholders, therefore, can expect a slower rate of payment during this period. However, the Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections may exceed draws on the HELOCs in any given Collection Period and the Floating Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections remaining after the purchase of Additional Balances on each Payment Date will generally be applied to pay principal of the Notes. Depending on the payment experience of the HELOCs, such excess paid to the Noteholders may be substantial on any Payment Date. In addition, approximately 0.27% of the statistical calculation HELOCs by Statistical Cut-off Date Principal Balance have original draw periods of five years. As a result, draws will cease to be made on these HELOCs substantially before the end of the Managed Amortization Period, which will increase the amount of Principal Collections used to pay principal of the Notes during the later portion of the Managed Amortization Period.

         Conversely, during the Rapid Amortization Period, which begins immediately after the Managed Amortization Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage of all Principal Collections will be applied to repay the Notes. Furthermore, to the extent that the Pool Balance has grown due to the acquisition of Additional Balances, the trust may receive Principal Collections in greater amounts than would otherwise be the case, and Noteholders may experience faster rates of repayment than expected during the Rapid Amortization Period.

    S-68


    424B574th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 74th

         The insurer will require, based upon the terms and conditions described in this prospectus supplement, that the Overcollateralization Amount with respect to the Notes be caused to equal the Specified Overcollateralization Amount. The Noteholders of the Notes may receive a payment of Excess Cash Flow as an Accelerated Principal Payment on any Payment Date that the Specified Overcollateralization Amount exceeds the Overcollateralization Amount. Therefore, the rate of payment of principal of the Notes will be affected by the availability of Excess Cash Flow, and the extent to which such amounts are required to build and maintain overcollateralization. No assurance can be given as to the amount of timing of distributions or Excess Cash Flow on the Notes.

         The rate of prepayment on the HELOCs cannot be predicted. The actual rate of prepayments on pools of HELOCs is influenced by a variety of economic, tax, geographic, demographic, social, legal and other factors and has fluctuated considerably in recent years. In addition, the rate of prepayments may also be influenced by, among other things, the age of the HELOCs, the geographic locations of the properties securing the loans and the extent of the mortgagors’ equity in such properties, and changes in the mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers and unemployment. Neither the seller nor the servicer is aware of any relevant studies or statistics on the rate of prepayment of such HELOCs. Generally, HELOCs are not viewed by borrowers as permanent financing. Accordingly, the HELOCs may experience a higher rate of prepayment than traditional first lien or second lien mortgages. Conversely, because the HELOCs amortize as described herein and the HELOCs generally have termination fees for three years after origination, rates of principal payment on the HELOCs will generally be slower than those of traditional fully-amortizing first lien mortgages with the same loan terms in the absence of prepayments on such HELOCs. All of the HELOCs contain “due-on-sale” provisions and the servicer intends to enforce such provisions, unless such enforcement is not permitted by applicable law. The enforcement of a “due-on-sale” provision will have the same effect as a prepayment of the related HELOC. See “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans—Due-on-sale Clauses” in the accompanying prospectus.

    Effect of Overcollateralization Feature

         The weighted average life of the Notes will also be influenced by the amount of Excess Cash Flow applied to principal payments with respect to the Notes as described below.

         Accelerated Principal Payments will be paid on the Notes in reduction of the Note Principal Amount of the Notes on each Payment Date if the Specified Overcollateralization Amount exceeds the Overcollateralization Amount on such Payment Date. If a Note is purchased at other than par, its yield to maturity will be affected by the rate at which Accelerated Principal Payments are paid to the related Noteholder. If the actual rate of Accelerated Principal Payments on the Notes applied in reduction of the Note Principal Amount is slower than the rate anticipated by an investor who purchases such Note at a discount, the actual yield to such investor will be lower than such investor’s anticipated yield. If the actual rate of Accelerated Principal Payments applied in reduction of the Note Principal Amount of the Notes is faster than the rate anticipated by an investor who purchases such Note at a premium, the actual yield to such investor will be lower than such investor’s anticipated yield. The amount of Excess Cash Flow which is available to fund an Accelerated Principal Payment on any Payment Date will be affected by, among other things, the actual amount of interest received, collected or recovered in respect of the HELOCs during the related Collection Period and allocated to the Notes on that Payment Date and such amount will be influenced by changes in the weighted average of the Loan Rates resulting from prepayment and liquidations of HELOCs.

         Prepayments on mortgage loans are commonly measured relative to a constant prepayment standard or model. The model used in this prospectus supplement for the HELOCs (“CPR”) represents an assumed rate of prepayment each month relative to the then outstanding principal balance of the HELOCs for the life of such HELOCs. CPR does not purport to be either a historical description of the prepayment experience of any mortgage loans or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment of any mortgage loans, including the HELOCs.

    S-69


    424B575th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 75th

         The tables set forth in Annex II-B to this prospectus supplement were prepared based on the following assumptions:

    (i) the payments are made in accordance with the description set forth under “Description of the Notes — Payments on the Notes”;

    (ii) payments of principal and interest on the Notes will be made on the 25th day of each calendar month regardless of the day on which the Payment Date actually occurs, beginning in April 2007;

    (iii) no extension past the scheduled maturity date of a HELOC is made;

    (iv) no delinquencies or losses occur on the HELOCs;

    (v) prepayments are calculated under each of the scenarios as set forth on Annex II-B to this prospectus supplement before giving effect to draws;

    (vi) the Initial Invested Amount is equal to approximately $650,071,585.70 and initial overcollateralization is equal to approximately $585.70;

    (vii) monthly draws are calculated at a constant draw rate of 10% before giving effect to prepayments; (viii) the scheduled due date of the HELOCs is the first day of each month commencing in April 2007; (ix) the Closing Date is March 23, 2007; (x) for each Payment Date, LIBOR is 5.32% and the prime rate is 8.25%; (xi) no Rapid Amortization Event occurs;

    (xii) the rate at which the Servicing Fee, the insurer premium, and the Indenture Trustee Fee is calculated is 0.50%, 0.12% and 0.0055% per annum, respectively, and the owner trustee fee is approximately $333 on each Payment Date;

    (xiii) the Specified Overcollateralization Amount is as described herein;

    (xiv) the minimum payment due on each HELOC during the draw and repayment period is equal to the accrued but unpaid interest on such HELOC;

    (xv) no scheduled payment of principal is due during the repayment period; and

    (xvi) the HELOCs are aggregated into assumed HELOCs having the characteristics set forth on Annex II-A of this prospectus supplement.

         Subject to the foregoing discussion and assumptions, the tables set forth in Annex II-B to this prospectus supplement indicate the weighted average lives of the Notes and set forth the percentages of the Note Principal Amount of the Notes that would be outstanding after each of the Payment Dates shown at various percentages of CPR. The weighted average life of the Notes is determined by (1) multiplying the net reduction, if any, of the applicable Note Principal Amount by the number of years from the date of issuance of the Notes to the related Payment Date, (2) adding the results and (3) dividing the sum by the aggregate of the net reductions of Note Principal Amount described in (1) above.

    S-70


    424B576th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 76th

    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    General

         The trust agreement provides that the trust (exclusive of the obligation to pay and the right to receive Deferred Interest) will be comprised of two REMICs (an “Upper-Tier REMIC” and a “Lower-Tier REMIC”) in a tiered REMIC structure. In the opinion of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, assuming compliance with the trust agreement, each of the REMICs will qualify as a REMIC within the meaning of Section 860D of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Notes, exclusive of the right to receive Deferred Interest, will represent ownership of “regular interests” in the Upper-Tier REMIC within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(1) of the Code. The Class L Certificate will evidence ownership of the sole class of residual interest, within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(2) of the Code, in the Lower-Tier REMIC, and the Class R Certificates will evidence ownership of the sole class of residual interest in the Upper-Tier REMIC.

    Tax Treatment of the Notes

         For federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of a Note will be treated (i) as holding an undivided interest in a REMIC regular interest corresponding to that note and (ii) as having entered into a limited recourse notional principal contract (the “Cap Contract”). The REMIC regular interest corresponding to a Note will be entitled to receive interest and principal payments at the times and in the amounts equal to those made on the Note to which it corresponds, except that the interest payments will be determined without regard to payments of any Deferred Interest. Any amount paid on a Note in excess of the amounts payable on the corresponding REMIC regular interest will be deemed to have been paid pursuant to the Cap Contract. Consequently, each beneficial owner of a Note will be required to report income accruing with respect to the REMIC regular interest component as discussed under “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—REMIC Securities” in the accompanying prospectus. In addition, each beneficial owner of a Note will be required to report net income with respect to the Cap Contract component and will be permitted to recognize a net deduction with respect to the Cap Contract component, subject to the discussion under “—The Cap Contract Components” below. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences to them in light of their own particular circumstances of taxing separately the two components comprising each Note.

         Allocations. A beneficial owner of a Note must allocate its purchase price for the note between its components – the REMIC regular interest component and the Cap Contract component – in accordance with the components’ respective fair market values. For information reporting purposes, the Trustee will assume the Cap Contract components will have nominal value. Each Cap Contract is difficult to value, and the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) could assert that the value of a Cap Contract component as of the Closing Date is greater than the value used for information reporting purposes. Prospective investors should consider the tax consequences to them if the IRS were to assert a different value for the Cap Contract components.

         Upon the sale, exchange, or other disposition of a Note, the beneficial owner of the certificate must allocate the amount realized between the components of the note based on the relative fair market values of those components at the time of sale and must treat the sale, exchange or other disposition as a sale, exchange or disposition of the REMIC regular interest component and the Cap Contract component. Assuming that the Note is held as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, gain or loss on the disposition of an interest in the Cap Contract component should be capital gain or loss. For a discussion of the material federal income tax consequences to a beneficial owner upon disposition of a REMIC regular interest, see “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—REMIC Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

         Original Issue Discount. The REMIC regular interest component of a Note may be issued with OID. A beneficial owner of a Note must include any OID with respect to such component in income as it accrues on a constant yield method, regardless of whether the beneficial owner receives currently the cash attributable to such OID. See “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—REMIC Securities” in the accompanying prospectus. The prepayment assumption that will be used in determining the rate of accrual of OID, market discount and premium, if any, for federal income tax purposes will be a rate equal to 40% CPR and a constant draw rate of 10%. See “Yield, Maturity and Prepayment Considerations” above. No representation is made that the HELOCs will prepay, or that additional draws on the HELOCs will be made at these rates or at any other rates.

    S-71


    424B577th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 77th

         The Cap Contract Components. The portion of the overall purchase price of a Note attributable to the Cap Contract component must be amortized over the life of such certificate, taking into account the declining balance of the related REMIC regular interest component. Treasury regulations concerning notional principal contracts provide alternative methods for amortizing the purchase price of an interest rate cap contract. Under one method — the level yield constant interest method — the price paid for an interest rate cap is amortized over the life of the cap as though it were the principal amount of a loan bearing interest at a reasonable rate. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the methods that can be employed to amortize the portion of the purchase price paid for the Cap Contract component of a Note.

         Any payments to a beneficial owner of a Note of Deferred Interest will be treated as periodic payments on an interest rate cap contract. To the extent the sum of such periodic payments for any year exceeds that year’s amortized cost of the Cap Contract component, such excess represents net income for that year. Conversely, to the extent that the amount of that year’s amortized cost exceeds the sum of the periodic payments, such excess shall represent a net deduction for that year. Although not clear, net income or a net deduction should be treated as ordinary income or as an ordinary deduction.

         A beneficial owner’s ability to recognize a net deduction with respect to the Cap Contract component is limited under Sections 67 and 68 of the Code in the case of (i) estates and trusts and (ii) individuals owning an interest in such component directly or through a “pass through entity” (other than in connection with such individual’s trade or business). Pass through entities include partnerships, S corporations, grantor trusts and non-publicly offered regulated investment companies, but do not include estates, nongrantor trusts, cooperatives, real estate investment trusts and publicly offered regulated investment companies. Further, such a beneficial owner will not be able to recognize a net deduction with respect to the Cap Contract component in computing the beneficial owner’s alternative minimum tax liability.

         Status of the Notes. The REMIC regular interest components of Notes will be treated as assets described in Section 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code, and as “real estate assets” under Section 856(c)(5)(B) of the Code, generally, in the same proportion that the assets of the Trust Fund, exclusive of the assets not included in any REMIC, would be so treated. In addition, the interest derived from the REMIC regular interest component of a Notes will be interest on obligations secured by interests in real property for purposes of section 856(c)(3) of the Code, subject to the same limitation in the preceding sentence. The Cap Contract components of the Notes will not qualify, however, as an asset described in Section 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code, as a real estate asset under Section 856(c)(5)(B) of the Code, or as a “qualified mortgage” within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(3) of the Code. As a result, the Notes generally will not be a suitable investment for a REMIC.

    Penalty Protection

         If penalties were asserted against purchasers of the Notes in respect of their treatment of the Notes for tax purposes, the summary of tax considerations contained, and the opinions stated, herein and in the accompanying prospectus may not meet the conditions necessary for the purchasers’ reliance on that summary and those opinions to exculpate them from the asserted penalties.

    STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         In addition to the federal income tax consequences described under “Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations” above, prospective investors should consider the state income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the Notes. State income tax law may differ substantially from the corresponding federal tax law, and this discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the income tax laws of any state or municipality. Therefore, prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the various tax consequences of investments in the Notes.

    S-72


    424B578th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 78th

    ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    General

         Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) prohibits, and Section 4975 of the Code imposes adverse tax consequences on, certain transactions between a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan or other retirement plan or arrangement, including a so-called “Keogh” plan, an individual retirement account or educational savings account to which they are applicable, or any entity deemed to hold the assets of the foregoing (each, a “Plan”), and persons that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Code with respect to such Plan. A violation of these “prohibited transaction” rules may result in an excise tax and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.

         Certain transactions involving the assets of a trust might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Plan that purchased securities issued by that trust if assets of the trust were deemed to be assets of the Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (the “Plan Assets Regulation”), the assets of a trust would be treated as plan assets of the Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the Plan acquired an “equity interest” in the trust and none of the exceptions contained in the Plan Assets Regulation was applicable. An equity interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features.

    Purchases of the Notes

         Although there is little guidance on the subject, assuming the notes constitute debt for local law purposes, at the time of their issuance, the Notes should be treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation. Although the issuing entity will not receive any opinion with respect to the debt status of the Notes for tax purposes, the determination under ERISA is based in part upon certain debt features of the Notes, including the reasonable expectation of purchasers of the Notes that they will be repaid when due, as well as the absence of conversion rights, warrants and other significant equity features. The debt treatment of the Notes could change if the trust incurs losses. Based upon the foregoing and other considerations, subject to the considerations described below, the Notes may be purchased by a Plan.

         The acquisition or holding of any Notes by or on behalf of a Plan could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if the underwriters, the trust, the owner trustee or the indenture trustee, or any of their respective affiliates is or becomes a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to such Plan. The Pension Protection Act of 2006 provides a statutory exemption under Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code for prohibited transactions between a Plan and a person or entity that is a party in interest to such Plan solely by reason of providing services to the Plan (other than a party in interest that is a fiduciary, or its affiliate, that has or exercises discretionary authority or control or renders investment advice with respect to the assets of the Plan involved in the transaction), provided that there is adequate consideration for the transaction (the “Service Provider Exemptions”). In addition, certain prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) from the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable, depending on the type of Plan involved and the circumstances of the plan fiduciary’s decision to acquire any Note. Included among these exemptions are: PTCE 84-14 (relating to transactions effected by a “qualified professional asset manager”); PTCE 90-1 (relating to transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts); PTCE 91-38 (relating to transactions involving bank collective investment funds); PTCE 95-60 (relating to transactions involving insurance company general accounts); and PTCE 96-23 (relating to transactions effected by an “in-house asset manager”) (collectively with the Service Provider Exemptions, the “Investor-Based Exemptions”). Even if the conditions specified in one or more of these exemptions are met, the scope of the relief provided by these exemptions might or might not cover all acts that might be construed as prohibited transactions. There can be no assurance that any of these exemptions, or any other exemption, will be available with respect to any particular transaction involving the Notes.

         Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA) are not subject to ERISA requirements but may be subject to state or local laws substantially similar to ERISA or the Code (“Similar Law”), such plans, together with Plans, referred to herein as Benefit Plans.”

    S-73


    424B579th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 79th

         The Notes should not be purchased with the assets of a Benefit Plan if the seller, the depositor, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the Administrator, the underwriters or any of their respective affiliates is a fiduciary or gives investment advice with respect to such Benefit Plan or is an employer maintaining or contributing to such Benefit Plan, unless such purchase and holding of the Notes would be covered by an applicable prohibited transaction exemption and will not cause a non-exempt violation of any Similar Law.

         Prospective Benefit Plan investors in Notes should consult with their legal advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the availability of other exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules that may apply to them, and the potential consequences in their specific circumstances, prior to making an investment in the Notes. Each Benefit Plan fiduciary should also determine whether under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, an investment in the Notes is appropriate for the Benefit Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of the Benefit Plan and the composition of the Benefit Plan’s investment portfolio.

         Each purchaser and transferee of a Note will be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not a Benefit Plan or (ii) it is a Benefit Plan and its acquisition and holding of such Note will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which is not covered under an Investor-Based Exemption or some other applicable administrative or statutory exemption, and will not result in a non-exempt violation of any Similar Law.

    LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         Although, as a condition to their issuance, the Notes will be rated in the highest rating category of the Rating Agencies, the Notes will not constitute “mortgage related securities” for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 because the mortgages securing the HELOCs include second mortgages. Accordingly, many institutions with legal authority to invest in comparably rated securities based on first lien HELOCs may not be legally authorized to invest in the Notes.

         The OTS has issued Thrift Bulletin 13a, entitled “Management of Interest Rate Risk, Investment Securities, and Derivatives Activities” (“TB 13a”), which is effective as of December 1, 1998 and applies to thrift institutions regulated by the OTS. One of the primary purposes of TB 13a is to require thrift institutions, prior to taking any investment position, to (i) conduct pre-purchase portfolio sensitivity analysis for any “significant transaction” involving securities or financial derivatives, and (ii) conduct a pre-purchase price sensitivity analysis of any “complex security” or financial derivative. For the purposes of TB 13a, “complex security” includes among other things any collateralized mortgage obligation or REMIC security, other than any “plain vanilla” mortgage pass-through security (that is, securities that are part of a single class of securities in the related pool that are non-callable and do not have any special features). The Notes may be viewed as “complex securities.” The OTS recommends that while a thrift institution should conduct its own in-house pre-acquisition analysis, it may rely on an analysis conducted by an independent third-party as long as management understands the analysis and its key assumptions. Further, TB 13a recommends that the use of “complex securities with high price sensitivity” be limited to transactions and strategies that lower a thrift institution’s portfolio interest rate risk. TB 13a warns that investment in complex securities by thrift institutions that do not have adequate risk management, monitoring and control systems may be viewed by OTS examiners as an unsafe and unsound practice.

    USE OF PROCEEDS

         The depositor will apply the net proceeds of the sale of the Notes against the purchase price of the HELOCs.

    UNDERWRITING

         Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement dated March 20, 2007 (the “Underwriting Agreement”) among the depositor, the sponsor and the underwriters, the depositor has agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters have agreed to purchase from the depositor, all of the Notes.

    S-74


    424B580th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 80th

         The depositor is obligated to sell, and each underwriter has, severally but not jointly, agreed to purchase the principal amount of the Notes set forth opposite its name below:

    Underwriter    Note Principal Amount 
    Lehman Brothers, Inc.    $572,062,480 
    Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.    $39,004,260 
    IndyMac Securities Corporation    $39,004,260 
    Total    $650,071,000 

         The depositor has been advised by the underwriters that they propose initially to offer the Notes to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page and to certain dealers at such price less a selling concession, not in excess of 0.12% of the Note Principal Amount of the Notes. The underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow a reallowance discount, not in excess of 0.10% of the Note Principal Amount of the Notes, to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering prices, such concessions and such discounts may be changed.

         Until the distribution of the Notes is completed, rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Notes. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters are permitted to engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Notes. Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Notes.

         In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

         Neither the depositor nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of the Notes. In addition, neither the depositor nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the underwriters will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

         The Underwriting Agreement provides that the depositor will indemnify the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         Other than underwriting discounts and commissions, expenses incurred by the depositor in connection with this offering are expected to be approximately $725,000.

         The Certificates are not offered hereby.

    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         There are no material legal or governmental proceedings pending against IndyMac Bank, F.S.B., the depositor, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the trust, Card Management Corporation or the insurer, or of which any property of the foregoing is subject, that is material to holders of the Notes nor is the depositor aware of any proceedings of this type contemplated by any governmental authorities.

    LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters with respect to the securities will be passed upon for the depositor by Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, New York, New York and the underwriters by McKee Nelson LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the seller, the depositor and the servicer by in-house counsel for such

    S-75


    424B581st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 81st

    parties and by Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the trust by Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware.

    EXPERTS

         The consolidated balance sheets of Financial Security Assurance Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement, have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

    RATINGS

         It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that they have the applicable ratings indicated under “Initial Note Ratings” in the table on page S-5 by each of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P” and together with Moody’s, the “Rating Agencies”).

         The ratings of “AAA” and “Aaa” are the highest ratings that the applicable Rating Agency assigns to securities. A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning Rating Agency. A securities rating addresses the likelihood of receipt by Noteholders of Payments in the amount of scheduled payments on the HELOCs. The rating takes into consideration the characteristics of the HELOCs and the structural and legal aspects associated with the Notes. The ratings on the Notes do not represent any assessment of the likelihood or rate of principal prepayments. The ratings do not address the possibility that Noteholders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield due to prepayments.

         The ratings assigned to the Notes will depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the insurer. Any reduction in a rating assigned to the financial strength of the insurer below the ratings initially assigned to the Notes may result in a reduction of one or more of the ratings assigned to the Notes. Any downward revision or withdrawal of any of the ratings assigned to the Notes may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Notes. The insurer does not guaranty the market price of the Notes nor does it guaranty that the ratings on the Notes will not be revised or withdrawn.

         The ratings do not address the likelihood that any Deferred Interest will be paid to Noteholders from Excess Cash Flow.

         The depositor has not requested a rating of the Notes by any rating agency other than the Rating Agencies; there can be no assurance, however, as to whether any other rating agency will rate the Notes or, if it does, what rating would be assigned by such other rating agency. The rating assigned by such other rating agency to the Notes could be lower than the respective ratings assigned by the Rating Agencies.

         The fees paid by the depositor to the rating agencies at closing include a fee for ongoing surveillance by the Rating Agencies for so long as any Notes are outstanding. However, the rating agencies are under no obligation to the depositor to continue to monitor or provide a rating on the Notes.

    S-76


    424B582nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 82nd

    INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

        Page  
    Accelerated Principal    S-58  
    Accelerated Principal Payment    S-58  
    Additional Balances    S-57  
    administrator    S-51  
    Anniversary Year    S-62  
    Available Funds    S-60  
    AVM    S-30  
    BBA    S-56  
    Beneficial Owner    S-55  
    Benefit Plans    S-73  
    Book-Entry Notes    S-54  
    Business Day    S-45, S-54  
    Cap Contract    S-71  
    Certificateholders    S-61  
    Certificates    S-54  
    Charged-Off HELOC    S-62  
    Charge-Off Amount    S-62  
    Closing Date    S-54  
    CLTV    S-23  
    CMC    S-32  
    Code    S-71  
    Collection Account    S-63  
    Collection Period    S-56  
    combined loan-to-value ratio    S-23  
    CPR    S-69  
    Credit Line Agreements    S-23  
    Cut-off Date Principal Balance    S-62  
    DBNTC    S-39  
    Deferred Interest    S-56  
    Definitive Note    S-55  
    depositor    S-54  
    Designated Telerate Page    S-56  
    Determination Date    S-66  
    Direct Channel    S-26  
    DTC    S-54  
    Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan    S-25  
    ERISA    S-73  
    Events of Servicing Termination    S-47  
    Excess Cash Flow    S-59  
    Exchange Act    S-43  
    Fannie Mae    S-31  
    FDIA    S-53  
    FDIA Rule    S-53  
    FDIC    S-17  
    FDR    S-32  
    Final Scheduled Payment Date    S-66  
    Floating Allocation Percentage    S-57  
    Freddie Mac    S-31  
    FSA    S-41  
    HELOC Schedule    S-46  
    HELOCs    S-22  
    Holdings    S-42  
    HUD    S-31  

        Page  
    indenture    S-54  
    indenture trustee    S-39  
    Indenture Trustee Expense Amount    S-62  
    IndyMac Bancorp    S-31  
    IndyMac Bank    S-22, S-31  
    IndyMac Holdings    S-31  
    Initial Invested Amount    S-57  
    insurance agreement    S-48  
    Insurance Events of Default    S-49  
    Insurer    S-41  
    Insurer Default    S-60  
    Interest Accrual Period    S-56  
    Interest Collections    S-62  
    Interest Payment Amount    S-56  
    Interest Settlement Rate    S-56  
    Invested Amount    S-57  
    Investor Charge-off Amount    S-57  
    Investor-Based Exemptions    S-73  
    IRS    S-71  
    issuing entity    S-38  
    ITA Program    S-27  
    Late Payment Rate    S-63  
    LIBOR    S-56  
    LIBOR Business Day    S-56  
    LIBOR Determination Date    S-56  
    Liquidated HELOC    S-63  
    Loan Rate    S-62  
    Lower-Tier REMIC    S-71  
    Managed Amortization Period    S-57  
    Maximum Principal Payment    S-57  
    Maximum Rate    S-55  
    MERS    S-47  
    Moody’s    S-76  
    mortgage loan purchase agreement    S-22  
    Net Principal Collections    S-57  
    Note Principal Amount    S-62  
    Note Principal Payment Amount    S-57  
    Note Rate    S-55  
    Note Target Amount    S-57  
    Noteholder    S-54  
    Notes    S-54  
    Optional Redemption    S-67  
    Optional Redemption Date    S-66  
    Optional Redemption Price    S-67  
    Order    S-45  
    Overcollateralization Amount    S-58  
    Overcollateralization Deficit    S-63  
    Overcollateralization Reduction Amount    S-58  
    owner trustee    S-38  
    Paying Agent    S-63  
    Payment Account    S-60  
    Payment Date    S-54  
    Plan    S-73  

    S-77


    424B583rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 83rd
        Page   
    Plan Assets Regulation    S-73   
    Policy    S-44   
    Pool Balance    S-63   
    Premium Amount    S-56   
    Principal Balance    S-63   
    Principal Collections    S-63   
    Principal Payment Amount    S-57   
    PTCEs    S-73   
    Purchase Price    S-25   
    Rapid Amortization Event    S-59   
    Rapid Amortization Period    S-57   
    Rapid Amortization Trigger Event    S-57   
    Rating Agencies    S-76   
    Receipt    S-45   
    Received    S-45   
    Record Date    S-54   
    Recordation Event    S-47   
    Recoveries    S-63   
    Registrar    S-54   
    Reimbursement Amount    S-63   
    Related Documents    S-46   
    Relief Act Shortfalls    S-60   

        Page   
    S&P    S-76   
    sale and servicing agreement    S-22   
    Scheduled Payments    S-44   
    Securityholders    S-48   
    Service Provider Exemptions    S-73   
    Servicer Remittance Date    S-63   
    Servicing Advances    S-64   
    Servicing Fee    S-34   
    Servicing Fee Rate    S-34   
    Similar Law    S-73   
    Six Month Rolling Delinquency Rate    S-58   
    Specified Overcollateralization Amount    S-58   
    Statistical Calculation HELOCs    S-22   
    Statistical Cut-Off Date Principal Balances    S-23   
    Stepdown Date    S-58   
    TB 13a    S-74   
    Trigger Event    S-58   
    trust    S-38   
    trust agreement    S-54   
    Underwriting Agreement    S-74   
    Upper-Tier REMIC    S-71   

    S-78


    424B584th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 84th

    STATISTICAL CALCULATION HELOC POOL INFORMATION

    PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                    Percentage                   Weighted
        Number of     Aggregate    of Statistical                   Average
        Statistical    Outstanding    Cut-off Date   Weighted   Weighted    Average    Combined
    Range of   Calculation       Principal    Principal   Average      Average    Principal    Loan-to-
    Principal Balances ($)   HELOCs       Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Credit Score    Balance    Value Ratio
    0.01 - 2,500.00   1      $          2,040      0.00 %    11.500 %    676    $    2,040                     90.00 % 
    2,500.01 - 5,000.00   2      8,907      0.00     6.694     684    4,454      68.57  
    5,000.01 - 7,500.00   30      186,323      0.03     8.848     698    6,211      81.30  
    7,500.01 - 10,000.00   80      746,831      0.11     8.692     709    9,335      75.98  
    10,000.01 - 20,000.00   738      11,562,233      1.78     8.756     710    15,667      77.97  
    20,000.01 - 30,000.00   1,055      26,502,159      4.08     8.830     707    25,121      80.27  
    30,000.01 - 40,000.00   986      34,451,056      5.30     8.831     706    34,940      83.28  
    40,000.01 - 50,000.00   953      42,720,187      6.57     9.073     704    44,827      84.81  
    50,000.01 - 60,000.00   808      43,792,675      6.74     8.695     709    54,199      83.62  
    60,000.01 - 70,000.00   626      40,330,211      6.20     8.962     708    64,425      85.04  
    70,000.01 - 80,000.00   533      39,901,281      6.14     8.923     708    74,862      85.79  
    80,000.01 - 90,000.00   393      33,066,967      5.09     9.019     709    84,140      84.59  
    90,000.01 - 100,000.00   369      35,209,542      5.42     8.829     708    95,419      86.09  
    100,000.01 - 150,000.00   1,104      132,487,466      20.38     8.817     711    120,007      85.71  
    150,000.01 - 200,000.00   550      94,106,933      14.48     8.540     713    171,104      85.13  
    200,000.01 - 250,000.00   234      50,449,054      7.76     8.503     723    215,594      83.30  
    250,000.01 - 300,000.00   96      25,379,293      3.90     8.082     733    264,368      79.95  
    300,000.01 - 350,000.00   39      12,042,227      1.85     8.387     729    308,775      75.80  
    350,000.01 - 400,000.00   18      6,743,643      1.04     7.946     735    374,647      72.79  
    400,000.01 - 450,000.00   21      8,819,934      1.36     7.288     735    419,997      75.01  
    450,000.01 - 500,000.00   14      6,678,417      1.03     7.971     743    477,030      75.82  
    500,000.01 >=   9      4,884,206      0.75     7.394     744    542,690      76.79  
       Total:   8,659      $ 650,071,586      100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $  75,075      83.73 % 

    The average principal balance of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is $75,074.67.

    OCCUPANCY TYPE1

                Percentage                 Weighted
        Number of    Aggregate    of Statistical                 Average
        Statistical    Outstanding    Cut-off Date   Weighted   Weighted    Average    Combined
        Calculation    Principal    Principal   Average   Average    Principal    Loan-to-
         Occupancy Type    HELOCs    Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Credit Score    Balance    Value Ratio
    Primary Home    7,994    $604,350,684    92.97 %    8.707 %    712    $75,601    84.20 % 
    Investment       420       29,732,266    4.57     8.786     722     70,791    75.02  
    Second Home       245       15,988,636    2.46     8.368     716     65,260    82.85  
       Total:    8,659    $650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $75,075    83.73 % 

    (1) Based upon representation of the related mortgagors at the time of origination.

    Annex I-1


    424B585th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 85th

    ORIGINAL COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS

         The combined loan-to-value ratio in the following table is a fraction whose (x) numerator is the sum of (i) the credit limit of the statistical calculation HELOCs and (ii) any original principal balances of mortgage loans senior to the statistical calculation HELOCs and (y) the denominator is (i) the lesser of the sales price or the appraised value of the related mortgaged property, in the case of purchase money HELOCs in the statistical calculation HELOC pool and (ii) the appraised value, in the case of statistical calculation HELOCs other than purchase money HELOCs in the statistical calculation HELOC pool.

                    Percentage of                 Weighted
        Number of     Aggregate    Statistical Cut-         Weighted        Average
    Range of Original   Statistical    Outstanding    off Date   Weighted   Average    Average    Combined
    Combined Loan to   Calculation    Principal    Principal   Average   Credit    Principal    Loan-to-
    Value Ratios (%)   HELOCs    Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score    Balance    Value Ratio
    0.01 - 5.00   2      $           40,018      0.01 %    9.304 %    698    $20,009      4.46 % 
    5.01 - 10.00   7      257,436      0.04     8.599     721    36,777    8.69  
    10.01 - 15.00   10      200,498      0.03     7.613     762    20,050    12.68  
    15.01 - 20.00   11      382,137      0.06     6.862     755    34,740    18.05  
    20.01 - 25.00   15      734,445      0.11     7.428     752    48,963    23.00  
    25.01 - 30.00   30      1,926,083      0.30     8.031     738    64,203    27.74  
    30.01 - 35.00   29      1,863,427      0.29     7.614     751    64,256    32.98  
    35.01 - 40.00   45      2,574,746      0.40     7.937     727    57,217    38.16  
    40.01 - 45.00   77      5,000,107      0.77     7.655     732    64,936    43.21  
    45.01 - 50.00   86      5,241,234      0.81     8.075     730    60,945    47.96  
    50.01 - 55.00   96      8,490,828      1.31     7.987     735    88,446    53.07  
    55.01 - 60.00   149      11,491,721      1.77     7.527     719    77,126    58.05  
    60.01 - 65.00   171      12,949,953      1.99     8.030     724    75,731    63.15  
    65.01 - 70.00   281      23,980,626      3.69     7.868     720    85,340    68.27  
    70.01 - 75.00   390      36,301,181      5.58     8.154     718    93,080    73.25  
    75.01 - 80.00   1,041      87,814,934      13.51     7.927     721    84,356    78.86  
    80.01 - 85.00   641      42,519,649      6.54     8.612     707    66,333    83.62  
    85.01 - 90.00   3,013      195,237,647      30.03     8.906     703    64,798    89.25  
    90.01 - 95.00   1,782      137,831,347      21.20     9.079     708    77,346    94.25  
    95.01 - 100.00   740      71,474,420      10.99     9.518     729    96,587    99.81  
    100.01 >=   43      3,759,149      0.58     10.179     719    87,422    101.34  
       Total:   8,659      $ 650,071,586      100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $75,075      83.73 % 

    The non-zero weighted average original combined loan-to-value ratio of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 83.73% (weighted by credit limit).

    LOAN PURPOSE

                Percentage of                 Weighted
        Number of    Aggregate    Statistical Cut-         Weighted        Average
        Statistical    Outstanding    off Date   Weighted   Average    Average    Combined
        Calculation    Principal    Principal   Average   Credit    Principal    Loan-to-
    Purpose    HELOCs    Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score    Balance    Value Ratio
    Cash-Out Refinance     6,887    $ 503,778,441              77.50 %    8.603 %    710    $73,149      81.69 % 
    Purchase     1,262    107,458,750              16.53     8.899     727    85,150    93.19  
    Rate/Term Refinance        510    38,834,395              5.97     9.434     713    76,146    89.77  
       Total:     8,659    $ 650,071,586              100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $75,075      83.73 % 

    Annex I-2


    424B586th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 86th

    PROPERTY TYPE

                  Percentage of                 Weighted
        Number of     Aggregate    Statistical Cut-         Weighted        Average
        Statistical    Outstanding    Off Date   Weighted   Average    Average    Combined
        Calculation    Principal    Principal   Average   Credit    Principal    Loan-to-
    Property Type    HELOCs    Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score    Balance    Value Ratio
    Single Family    6,197    $ 462,627,939      71.17 %    8.676 %    712     $74,654      82.89 % 
    Planned Unit                                     
    Development    1,394    112,822,438      17.36     8.772     715     80,934    85.93  
    Condo    832    54,209,367      8.34     8.615     716     65,155    86.19  
    2-4 Family    236    20,411,842      3.14     9.126     706     86,491    84.91  
       Total    8,659    $ 650,071,586      100.00 %    8.702 %    713     $75,075      83.73 % 

    GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

         The geographic locations used for the following table were determined by the property address for the mortgaged property securing the related HELOC.

                                        Weighted
        Number of      Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted        Average
        Statistical      Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average    Average    Combined
    Geographic    Calculation      Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit    Principal    Loan-to-
    Distribution    HELOCs      Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score    Balance    Value Ratio
    California    4,086      $ 358,009,582    55.07 %    8.670 %    713    $ 87,619       83.22 % 
    Florida    641        37,484,632    5.77     9.066     702    58,478    85.28  
    New York    409        30,681,520    4.72     8.765     710    75,016    83.79  
    Arizona    324        21,450,159    3.30     8.756     715    66,204    84.56  
    New Jersey    276        19,628,374    3.02     8.518     714    71,117    81.18  
    Washington    248        18,430,549    2.84     8.486     714    74,317    85.23  
    Virginia    239        17,540,509    2.70     8.535     712    73,391    84.55  
    Nevada    213        15,066,383    2.32     8.795     715    70,734    84.32  
    Maryland    218        14,008,957    2.15     8.856     708    64,261    85.31  
    Illinois    201        13,047,809    2.01     8.388     715    64,914    86.66  
    Hawaii    133        11,958,773    1.84     8.579     719    89,916    80.12  
    Colorado    141        10,111,018    1.56     8.198     727    71,709    84.33  
    Michigan    212        10,095,988    1.55     9.360     727    47,623    90.40  
    Massachusetts    135        9,207,903    1.42     8.250     728    68,207    81.77  
    Oregon    111        6,410,413    0.99     8.786     704    57,751    87.02  
    Georgia    109        6,033,997    0.93     8.991     712    55,358    86.65  
    Connecticut    71        5,604,086    0.86     9.220     716    78,931    81.97  
    North Carolina    100        5,423,261    0.83     8.676     719    54,233    82.23  
    Utah    78        5,351,116    0.82     8.901     704    68,604    85.10  
    Pennsylvania    81        4,565,023    0.70     9.106     712    56,358    85.79  
    Missouri    65        3,300,432    0.51     7.877     712    50,776    85.54  
    Minnesota    64        2,666,117    0.41     8.645     717    41,658    86.53  
    Idaho    35        2,439,861    0.38     8.935     717    69,710    79.89  
    South Carolina    43        2,404,226    0.37     8.926     711    55,912    80.31  
    Indiana    37        2,126,315    0.33     9.484     699    57,468    86.39  
    Ohio    51        2,133,843    0.33     8.096     705    41,840    85.98  
    District Of Columbia    23        1,632,960    0.25     8.150     711    70,998    88.03  
    New Hampshire    28        1,403,226    0.22     9.204     705    50,115    86.65  
    New Mexico    28        1,447,857    0.22     9.026     723    51,709    81.57  
    Wisconsin    34        1,348,730    0.21     9.085     716    39,669    90.69  
    Rhode Island    15        1,026,021    0.16     10.108     712    68,401    77.83  
    Louisiana    24        954,406    0.15     8.809     707    39,767    78.48  
    Kansas    19        865,372    0.13     8.497     726    45,546    74.69  
    Montana    11        619,023    0.10     8.149     739    56,275    92.06  
    Delaware    16        588,435    0.09     9.049     712    36,777    87.42  
    Tennessee    12        563,680    0.09     9.068     690    46,973    85.32  

    Annex I-3


    424B587th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 87th
                                          Weighted
        Number of    Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted        Average
        Statistical    Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average    Average    Combined
    Geographic    Calculation    Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit    Principal    Loan-to-
    Distribution    HELOCs    Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score    Balance    Value Ratio
    Vermont    12        584,156      0.09     9.090     718    48,680    84.05  
    Kentucky    13        489,779      0.08     8.336     695    37,675    85.09  
    Alabama    16        482,505      0.07     9.466     687    30,157    84.42  
    Iowa    13        365,798      0.06     8.216     748    28,138    72.60  
    Maine    9        382,230      0.06     10.086     705    42,470    89.50  
    West Virginia    13        391,741      0.06     8.599     735    30,134    78.69  
    Alaska    7        298,471      0.05     8.495     728    42,639    87.38  
    Nebraska    12        320,836      0.05     8.861     707    26,736    90.23  
    Oklahoma    12        327,722      0.05     8.914     719    27,310    80.95  
    Wyoming    7        314,934      0.05     9.604     711    44,991    90.59  
    Mississippi    7        229,520      0.04     8.460     682    32,789    78.65  
    Arkansas    3        87,158      0.01     10.784     683    29,053    94.20  
    North Dakota    2        89,757      0.01     10.004     695    44,879    88.46  
    South Dakota    2        76,422      0.01     6.301     718    38,211    78.51  
       Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586      100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $75,075     83.73 % 
     
     
    CREDIT SCORES
     
                                          Weighted
        Number of    Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted        Average
        Statistical    Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average    Average    Combined
    Range of Credit Score    Calculation    Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit    Principal    Loan-to-
    Rating    HELOCs    Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score    Balance    Value Ratio
    577 - 619    1      $ 50,472      0.01 %    9.750 %    577   

    $50,472   

      56.00 % 
    620 - 639    188        9,913,647      1.53     10.924     630    52,732    82.57  
    640 - 659    795        45,769,299      7.04     10.299     649    57,571    82.73  
    660 - 679    1,430        98,872,892      15.21     9.408     669    69,142    85.76  
    680 - 699    1,588        112,515,934      17.31     8.906     689    70,854    85.81  
    700 - 719    1,329        109,919,252      16.91     8.499     709    82,708    85.56  
    720 - 739    1,096        91,110,010      14.02     8.250     729    83,130    84.40  
    740 - 759    921        76,073,911      11.70     8.196     749    82,599    84.03  
    760 - 779    690        58,578,333      9.01     7.938     769    84,896    80.07  
    780 - 799    447        34,633,106      5.33     7.886     789    77,479    77.24  
    800 - 819    167        12,012,738      1.85     7.702     806    71,933    73.76  
    820 - 839    6        609,462      0.09     6.953     822    101,577    54.97  
    840 - 859    1        12,530      0.00     7.250     840    12,530    18.74  
       Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586      100.00 %    8.702 %    713     $75,075        83.73 % 

    The non-zero weighted average credit score of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 713.

    Annex I-4


    424B588th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 88th

    CREDIT LIMITS

                                          Weighted
        Number of       Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted          Average
        Statistical      Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average      Average    Combined
        Calculation       Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit      Principal    Loan-to-
    Range of Credit Limits ($)    HELOCs      Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score      Balance    Value Ratio
    10,000.00 - 10,000.00    28      $ 253,706    0.04 %    9.793 %    697    $ 9,061    83.56 % 
    10,000.01 - 20,000.00    340        5,233,595    0.81     9.331     701      15,393    85.03  
    20,000.01 - 30,000.00    943        20,741,665    3.19     8.903     707      21,995    81.22  
    30,000.01 - 40,000.00    897        28,552,033    4.39     8.941     704      31,831    85.73  
    40,000.01 - 50,000.00    1,003        40,151,300    6.18     9.045     704      40,031    83.85  
    50,000.01 - 60,000.00    716        35,268,013    5.43     8.907     705      49,257    86.92  
    60,000.01 - 70,000.00    609        35,327,940    5.43     8.995     709      58,010    88.46  
    70,000.01 - 80,000.00    613        40,371,422    6.21     9.001     706      65,859    86.12  
    80,000.01 - 90,000.00    366        27,145,196    4.18     9.189     704      74,167    89.71  
    90,000.01 - 100,000.00    665        51,167,958    7.87     8.713     706      76,944    80.69  
    100,000.01 - 200,000.00    1,972        247,405,838    38.06     8.808     710      125,459    85.18  
    200,000.01 - 300,000.00    384        77,115,787    11.86     7.963     734      200,822    80.72  
    300,000.01 - 400,000.00    45        12,232,501    1.88     7.910     737      271,833    75.60  
    400,000.01 - 500,000.00    75        27,423,856    4.22     7.628     745      365,651    72.55  
    500,000.01 - 600,000.00    1        524,820    0.08     4.990     786      524,820    95.00  
    700,000.01 - 800,000.00    1        310,000    0.05     8.375     779      310,000    50.34  
    900,000.01 - 1,000,000.00    1        845,957    0.13     8.750     720      845,957    79.00  
         Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $ 75,075    83.73 % 

    The average credit limit of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is $89,978.91.

    CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES(1)

         The credit limit utilization rates in the following table were determined by dividing the principal balances as of the Statistical Cut-off Date by the credit limits of the related statistical calculation HELOCs.

                                          Weighted
        Number of       Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted          Average
        Statistical      Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average      Average    Combined
    Range of Credit Limits    Calculation       Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit      Principal    Loan-to-
       Utilization Rate (%)    HELOCs      Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score      Balance    Value Ratio
    10.01 - 20.00    12      $ 194,111    0.03 %    8.717 %    714    $  16,176    71.85 % 
    20.01 - 30.00    205        6,274,442    0.97     8.026     727      30,607    72.46  
    30.01 - 40.00    370        13,306,342    2.05     8.290     724      35,963    74.30  
    40.01 - 50.00    441        19,308,213    2.97     8.062     724      43,783    77.44  
    50.01 - 60.00    578        29,368,500    4.52     8.109     723      50,811    76.80  
    60.01 - 70.00    463        28,916,759    4.45     8.509     716      62,455    78.96  
    70.01 - 80.00    504        42,860,207    6.59     7.882     724      85,040    79.98  
    80.01 - 90.00    480        40,076,781    6.16     8.483     715      83,493    80.57  
    90.01 - 100.00    1,722        130,451,853    20.07     8.751     714      75,756    85.73  
    100.01 - 102.00    3,730        325,081,049    50.01     8.857     709      87,153    88.33  
    102.01 - 104.00    149        13,828,241    2.13     10.947     696      92,807    91.96  
    104.01 - 106.00    5        405,087    0.06     11.217     712      81,017    97.75  
       Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $  75,075    83.73 % 

    (1) Some of the statistical calculation HELOCs have principal balances that are above their respective credit limits. This excess is primarily reflecting the fact that the principal balance reported in this table include not only principal but also unpaid accrued interest and any unpaid fees. None of the HELOCs in the statistical calculation HELOC pool is more than 30 days delinquent and any balance above the credit limit is reasonably expected to be collected in the normal course of servicing.

    The weighted average credit limit utilization rate of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 83.44% (weighted by credit limit).

    Annex I-5


    424B589th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 89th

    ORIGINAL STATED TERM TO MATURITY

                                          Weighted
        Number of          Percentage of         Weighted          Average
    Range of Original    Statistical      Aggregate    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average      Average    Combined
    Stated Term to    Calculation      Outstanding    Date Principal   Average   Credit      Principal    Loan-to-Value
    Maturity (Months)    HELOCs      Principal Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score      Balance    Ratio
    180    16      $ 1,896,476    0.29 %    9.213 %    715    $ 118,530    77.74 % 
    240    6,988        525,878,181    80.90     8.444     713      75,254    82.77  
    300    878        65,362,806    10.05     10.274     706      74,445    89.39  
    360    777        56,934,123    8.76     9.261     723      73,274    87.65  
      Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $ 75,075    83.73 % 

    The weighted average original stated term to maturity of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cutoff Date is 256 months.

    REMAINING STATED TERM TO MATURITY

                                          Weighted
        Number of       Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted          Average
    Range of Remaining    Statistical      Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average      Average    Combined
    Stated Term to Maturity    Calculation       Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit      Principal    Loan-to-
    (Months)    HELOCs      Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score      Balance    Value Ratio
    157 - 168    1      $ 109,895    0.02 %    10.250 %    719    $  109,895    100.00 % 
    169 - 180    15        1,786,581    0.27     9.149     715      119,105    76.44  
    193 - 204    5        183,767    0.03     8.388     730      36,753    71.18  
    205 - 216    16        846,100    0.13     8.721     756      52,881    69.77  
    217 - 228    113        6,743,981    1.04     9.157     733      59,681    78.82  
    229 - 240    6,854        518,104,333    79.70     8.434     712      75,592    82.89  
    265 - 276    2        113,898    0.02     10.129     708      56,949    91.14  
    277 - 288    9        443,017    0.07     10.693     732      49,224    89.06  
    289 - 300    867        64,805,891    9.97     10.271     706      74,747    89.39  
    313 - 324    1        55,440    0.01     8.750     757      55,440    87.00  
    337 - 348    16        924,096    0.14     9.374     720      57,756    77.43  
    349 - 360    760        55,954,587    8.61     9.260     723      73,624    87.85  
       Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $  75,075    83.73 % 

    The weighted average remaining stated term to maturity of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 253 months.

    ORIGINAL DRAW PERIOD

                                          Weighted
        Number of       Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted          Average
        Statistical      Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average      Average    Combined
    Original Draw Period    Calculation       Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit      Principal    Loan-to-
    (Months)    HELOCs      Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score      Balance    Value Ratio
    60    15      $ 1,786,581    0.27 %    9.149 %    715    $  119,105    76.44 % 
    120    8,621        646,030,743    99.38     8.695     713      74,937    83.74  
    180    23        2,254,261    0.35     10.194     686      98,011    87.82  
       Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $  75,075    83.73 % 

    The weighted average original draw period of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 120 months.

    Annex I-6


    424B590th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 90th

    FULLY-INDEXED MARGIN

                                          Weighted
        Number of      Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted          Average
        Statistical      Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average      Average    Combined
        Calculation       Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit      Principal    Loan-to-
       Range of Margins (%)    HELOCs      Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score      Balance    Value Ratio
    ¯1.000 - ¯0.751    188      $ 6,222,718    0.96 %    7.250 %    778    $  33,100    58.35 % 
    ¯0.750 - ¯0.501    198        11,341,416    1.74     6.832     752      57,280    64.07  
    ¯0.500 - ¯0.251    221        21,190,353    3.26     7.155     749      95,884    68.79  
    ¯0.250 - ¯0.001    386        36,708,249    5.65     7.407     746      95,099    74.27  
    0.000 - 0.000    351        30,313,394    4.66     7.369     740      86,363    77.81  
    0.001 - 0.249    71        11,262,116    1.73     6.941     747      158,621    76.19  
    0.250 - 0.499    507        45,420,059    6.99     7.736     731      89,586    78.84  
    0.500 - 0.749    627        52,111,309    8.02     8.001     730      83,112    80.76  
    0.750 - 0.999    598        46,864,108    7.21     8.362     721      78,368    83.76  
    1.000 - 1.249    659        51,581,559    7.93     8.324     722      78,272    86.03  
    1.250 - 1.499    631        49,085,559    7.55     8.585     721      77,790    87.95  
    1.500 - 1.749    737        50,821,983    7.82     8.848     709      68,958    88.05  
    1.750 - 1.999    516        37,245,332    5.73     9.169     708      72,181    90.29  
    2.000 - 2.249    497        35,630,902    5.48     9.399     706      71,692    90.54  
    2.250 - 2.499    370        24,835,979    3.82     9.314     693      67,124    88.78  
    2.500 - 2.749    340        26,619,532    4.09     9.622     691      78,293    90.79  
    2.750 - 2.999    320        20,857,830    3.21     9.880     677      65,181    90.70  
    3.000 - 3.249    211        13,801,146    2.12     9.837     674      65,408    89.34  
    3.250 - 3.499    281        18,263,697    2.81     10.216     669      64,995    90.78  
    3.500 - 3.999    422        26,103,589    4.02     10.331     664      61,857    91.41  
    4.000 - 4.499    221        15,429,038    2.37     10.938     662      69,815    92.42  
    4.500 - 4.999    190        12,481,807    1.92     11.707     657      65,694    92.01  
    5.000 - 5.499    73        4,061,428    0.62     12.078     648      55,636    89.09  
    5.500 - 5.999    36        1,546,203    0.24     12.099     640      42,950    91.82  
    6.000 - 6.499    4        131,597    0.02     13.051     644      32,899    92.51  
    6.500 - 6.999    1        21,032    0.00     14.750     621      21,032    92.00  
    7.000 - 7.499    1        66,252    0.01     15.250     756      66,252    67.00  
    8.000 - 8.499    1        10,421    0.00     16.500     717      10,421    86.00  
    8.500 - 8.999    1        42,979    0.01     17.000     684      42,979    77.00  
       Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $  75,075    83.73 % 

    The weighted average fully-indexed margin for the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date was 1.398% . All HELOCs will be indexed to the “Prime Rate” as published in the “Money Rates” table of the Wall Street Journal.

    Annex I-7


    424B591st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 91st

    CURRENT LOAN RATES

                                          Weighted
        Number       Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted          Average
        of      Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average      Average    Combined
        Mortgage       Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit      Principal    Loan-to-
     Range of Loan Rates (%)    Loans      Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score      Balance    Value Ratio
    3.501 - 4.000    34      $ 2,672,937    0.41 %    4.000 %    739    $  78,616    77.38 % 
    4.501 - 5.000    1,428        112,259,001    17.27     4.990     714      78,613    83.65  
    5.501 - 6.000    2        83,554    0.01     6.000     703      41,777    94.16  
    6.501 - 7.000    435        33,091,135    5.09     6.990     709      76,072    85.32  
    7.001 - 7.500    336        13,206,097    2.03     7.365     764      39,304    61.47  
    7.501 - 8.000    407        36,203,610    5.57     7.892     747      88,952    70.58  
    8.001 - 8.500    660        61,730,656    9.50     8.347     738      93,531    77.45  
    8.501 - 9.000    887        75,199,618    11.57     8.844     727      84,780    81.00  
    9.001 - 9.500    1,004        78,955,760    12.15     9.339     722      78,641    86.16  
    9.501 - 10.000    1,003        71,406,666    10.98     9.825     712      71,193    88.92  
    10.001 - 10.500    718        50,776,122    7.81     10.310     704      70,719    90.41  
    10.501 - 11.000    556        39,400,267    6.06     10.837     687      70,864    90.65  
    11.001 - 11.500    396        25,375,231    3.90     11.357     673      64,079    90.55  
    11.501 - 12.000    356        21,227,300    3.27     11.798     664      59,627    91.16  
    12.001 - 12.500    173        12,104,123    1.86     12.328     662      69,966    92.30  
    12.501 - 13.000    165        11,237,581    1.73     12.814     656      68,107    91.87  
    13.001 - 13.500    62        3,554,595    0.55     13.306     648      57,332    89.06  
    13.501 - 14.000    27        1,257,173    0.19     13.814     642      46,562    92.07  
    14.001 - 14.500    6        189,478    0.03     14.253     645      31,580    92.20  
    14.501 - 15.000    1        21,032    0.00     14.750     621      21,032    92.00  
    15.001 - 15.500    1        66,252    0.01     15.250     756      66,252    67.00  
    16.001 - 16.500    1        10,421    0.00     16.500     717      10,421    86.00  
    16.501 - 17.000    1        42,979    0.01     17.000     684      42,979    77.00  
        Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $  75,075    83.73 % 

    The weighted average loan rate of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 8.702% .

    MAXIMUM LOAN RATES

                                          Weighted
        Number of       Aggregate    Percentage of         Weighted          Average
        Statistical      Outstanding    Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average      Average    Combined
    Maximum Loan Rates    Calculation       Principal    Date Principal   Average   Credit      Principal    Loan-to-
    (%)    HELOCs      Balance    Balance   Loan Rate   Score      Balance    Value Ratio
    12.000    12      $ 1,517,503    0.23 %    9.340 %    726    $  126,459    86.19 % 
    15.000    8        419,940    0.06     9.265     759      52,492    93.85  
    16.000    96        5,177,477    0.80     8.627     718      53,932    83.32  
    17.000    2        89,311    0.01     13.000     665      44,655    94.59  
    18.000    8,540        642,780,028    98.88     8.700     713      75,267    83.74  
    18.250    1        87,328    0.01     8.000     782      87,328    54.59  
       Total:    8,659      $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $  75,075    83.73 % 

    The weighted average maximum loan rate of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 17.968% .

    Annex I-8


    424B592nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 92nd

    LOAN AGE

                                          Weighted
          Number of     
    Aggregate 
      Percentage of       Weighted        Average
          Statistical     
    Outstanding 
      Statistical Cut-off   Weighted   Average   
    Average 
      Combined
    Range of Loan Age
        Calculation     
    Principal 
      Date Principal  
    Average
      Credit   
    Principal 
      Loan-to-
    (Months)     HELOCs     
    Balance 
      Balance   Loan Rate   Score   
    Balance 
      Value Ratio
    1 <= 
        2,293    $ 168,961,746    25.99 %    6.268 %    713    $
    73,686 
      83.77 % 
    2 - 5
        5,690      435,069,587    66.93     9.577     712     
    76,462 
      84.28  
    6 - 9
        435      31,538,184    4.85     9.478     717     
    72,502 
      81.09  
    10 - 13
        125      8,089,632    1.24     9.155     734     
    64,717 
      76.71  
    14 - 17
        56      3,349,777    0.52     9.019     737     
    59,817 
      78.80  
    18 - 21
        25      1,249,573    0.19     9.553     742     
    49,983 
      78.69  
    22 - 24
        14      780,122    0.12     9.487     698     
    55,723 
      84.27  
    25 - 25
        1      70,213    0.01     8.250     786     
    70,213 
      71.00  
    26 - 48
        20      962,751    0.15     8.632     751     
    48,138 
      69.36  
    Total:
        8,659    $ 650,071,586    100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $
    75,075 
      83.73 % 

    The weighted average loan age of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 3 months.

    JUNIOR HELOC RATIO*

                                        Weighted
        Number of  
    Aggregate 
      Percentage of         Weighted          Average
        Statistical   
    Outstanding 
      Statistical Cut-Off   Weighted   Average   
    Average 
      Combined
    Range of Junior    Calculation   
    Principal 
      Date Principal  
    Average
      Credit   
    Principal 
      Loan-to-
    Mortgage Ratio (%) 
      HELOCs   
    Balance 
      Balance   Loan Rate   Score   
    Balance 
      Value Ratio
    0.01 - 10.00    875      $28,840,369    4.50 %    8.604 %    702    $  32,960    81.99 % 
    10.01 - 20.00    5,149      324,896,023    50.69     8.986     708       63,099    88.75  
    20.01 - 30.00    1,442      144,487,382    22.54     8.699     711      100,199    84.45  
    30.01 - 40.00    634      72,316,343    11.28     8.279     720      114,064    78.10  
    40.01 - 50.00    268      40,342,426    6.29     8.106     736      150,531    76.43  
    50.01 - 60.00    114      17,004,844    2.65     8.083     733      149,165    70.90  
    60.01 - 70.00    52      8,870,338    1.38     7.336     732      170,583    70.75  
    70.01 - 80.00    21      3,164,219    0.49     7.543     742      150,677    62.92  
    80.01 - 90.00    6      783,757    0.12     6.116     768      130,626    66.27  
    90.01 - 100.00    3      246,527    0.04     8.682     734       82,176    38.88  
       Total:
      8,564      $640,952,228    100.00 %    8.711 %    713    $  74,843    84.26 % 

    * Only represents second liens

    The non-zero weighted average junior mortgage ratio of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of Statistical the Cutoff Date is 23.18% .

    Annex I-9


    424B593rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 93rd

    LIEN POSITION

                                         
    Weighted
        Number of     
    Aggregate 
     
    Percentage of
            Weighted         
    Average
        Statistical     
    Outstanding 
     
    Statistical Cut-Off
     
    Weighted
      Average   
    Average 
     
    Combined
        Calculation     
    Principal 
     
    Date Principal
     
    Average
      Credit   
    Principal 
     
    Loan-to-
    Lien Position   HELOCs     
    Balance 
     
    Balance
     
    Loan Rate
      Score   
    Balance 
     
    Value Ratio
    1st Lien
     
    95 
        $ 9,119,357      1.40 %    8.031 %    739    $
    95,993 
      53.41 % 
    2nd Lien
     
    8,564 
          640,952,228      98.60     8.711     713     
    74,843 
      84.26  
       Total:
     
    8,659 
        $ 650,071,586      100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $ 75,075    83.73 % 
     
     
    DOCUMENTATION TYPE
     
                                         
    Weighted
        Number of   
    Aggregate 
     
    Percentage of
      Weighted         
    Average
        Statistical   
    Outstanding 
     
    Statistical Cut-Off
    Weighted
      Average   
    Average 
     
    Combined
        Calculation   
    Principal 
     
    Date Principal
    Average
      Credit   
    Principal 
     
    Loan-to-
    Documentation Type
      HELOCs   
    Balance 
     
    Balance
    Loan Rate
      Score   
    Balance 
     
    Value Ratio
    Full
      1,857    $ 116,965,503      17.99 %    8.318 %    721    $
    62,986 
      79.22 % 
    FastForward  
         15 
        1,216,327      0.19     6.649     749      81,088    88.31  
    Stated
      6,787      531,889,756      81.82     8.791     711      78,369    84.82  
       Total:
      8,659    $ 650,071,586      100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $
    75,075 
      83.73 % 
     
     
    NEGATIVELY AMORTIZING FIRST LIENS*
     
     
                                         
    Weighted
        Number of   
    Aggregate 
    Percentage of
      Weighted         
    Average
        Statistical   
    Outstanding 
    Statistical Cut-Off
    Weighted
      Average      Average   
    Combined
    Negatively Amortizing   Calculation   
    Principal 
    Date Principal
    Average
      Credit      Principal   
    Loan-to-
    First Liens   HELOCs   
    Balance 
    Balance
    Loan Rate
      Score      Balance   
    Value Ratio
    N
      6,342    $ 484,121,459      75.53 %    8.560 %    716    $
    76,336 
      83.19 % 
    Y
      2,222      156,830,769      24.47     9.180     702     
    70,581 
      87.96  
       Total:
      8,564    $ 640,952,228      100.00 %    8.711 %    713    $
    74,843 
      84.26 % 
    * Only for second liens.
                                           
     
     
    MAXIMUM COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS(1) 
     
                                         
    Weighted
        Number of   
    Aggregate 
     
    Percentage of
            Weighted         
    Average
        Statistical   
    Outstanding 
     
    Statistical Cut-Off
     
    Weighted
      Average      Average   
    Combined
    Maximum Combined   Calculation   
    Principal 
     
    Date Principal
     
    Average
      Credit      Principal   
    Loan-to-
    LTV Ratios (%)   HELOCs   
    Balance 
     
    Balance
     
    Loan Rate
      Score      Balance   
    Value Ratio
    0.01 - 70.00
      982      $ 72,460,109      11.15 %    7.828 %    726    $  73,788    56.16 % 
    70.01 - 75.00
      354        33,123,692      5.10     8.254     720      93,570    72.96  
    75.01 - 80.00
      891        77,184,394      11.87     7.816     722      86,627    78.67  
    80.01 - 85.00
      515        37,444,453      5.76     8.361     711      72,708    82.07  
    85.01 - 90.00
      1,829        121,091,135      18.63     8.664     706      66,206    88.48  
    90.01 - 95.00
      1,469      107,473,751      16.53     8.923     707      73,161    93.10  
    95.01 - 100.00
      1,230      104,527,838      16.08     9.327     719      84,982    96.04  
    100.01 - 105.00
      1,080      70,548,989      10.85     9.478     702      65,323    91.26  
    105.01 - 110.00
      306        26,064,819      4.01     9.463     705      85,179    94.77  
    110.01
      3        152,405      0.02     9.346     719      50,802    96.86  
       Total:
      8,659     
    $
    650,071,586      100.00 %    8.702 %    713    $  75,075    83.73 % 

    (1) Assumes fully drawn HELOC + the related first lien mortgage having an unpaid principal balance equal to the negative amortization cap for that mortgage loan.

    The non-zero weighted average maximum combined loan-to-value ratio of the statistical calculation HELOCs as of the Statistical Cut-off Date is 86.00% (weighted by credit limit).

    Annex I-10


    424B594th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 94th

    ANNEX II-A

    ANNEX II-A
    Assumed HELOC Characteristics

                                      Weighted    Weighted        Weighted 
            Original Draw    Remaining    Weighted    Weighted Average    Weighted   
    Average 
      Average        Average 
            Period to    Draw Period    Average    Remaining Term    Average    Original Term to   
    Gross 
      Weighted    Remaining 
            Maturity    to Maturity    Loan Rate    to Maturity    Loan Age    Maturity    Margin    Average Life    Teaser Period 
    Current Balance ($) 
    Credit Limit ($) 
    (months) 
    (months) 
    (%) 
      (months)    (months)    (months)   
    (%) 
      Cap (%)    (months) 
    1,413,357.06    1,512,650.00    60      57      10.508      177    3   
    180 
      2.258    18.000   
    0 
    373,224.22    370,000.00    60      57      4.000      177    3   
    180 
      0.000    18.000   
    2 
    497,365,418.10    596,564,876.00    120      116      9.670      257    4   
    261 
      1.420    17.961   
    0 
    1,484,416.60    1,980,400.00    120      117      4.009      296    3   
    299 
      0.898    18.000   
    1 
    146,419,130.45    175,519,521.00    120      119      5.446      240    1   
    241 
      1.315    17.990   
    2 
    488,567.98    522,000.00    120      118      5.502      318    2   
    320 
      0.873    18.000   
    3 
    189,656.67    187,380.00    120      117      7.250      357    3   
    360 
      4.059    18.000   
    4 
    30,819.66    31,000.00    120      114      6.000      354    6   
    360 
      1.875    18.000   
    9 
    52,734.03    53,900.00    120      104      6.000      224   
    16 
     
    240 
      1.625    18.000   
    14 
    2,254,260.93    2,385,683.00    180      176      10.194      298    4   
    302 
      1.944    18.000   
    0 

    Annex II-A-1


    424B595th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 95th

    ANNEX II-B
    Note Principal Amount Decrement Tables

         Percentage of Initial Note Principal Amount of the
    Notes Outstanding at the Following Percentages of CPR
    (1)

        30%     35%     40%     45%     50%  
                               Payment Date    CPR   CPR   CPR   CPR   CPR
    Initial Percentage    100     100     100     100     100  
    March 25, 2008    76     70     65     59     54  
    March 25, 2009    59     50     43     35     29  
    March 25, 2010    45     36     29     22     17  
    March 25, 2011    35     26     19     14     9  
    March 25, 2012    27     19     13     8     5  
    March 25, 2013    21     14     8     5     3  
    March 25, 2014    17     10     5     3     1  
    March 25, 2015    13     7     4     2     *  
    March 25, 2016    10     5     2     1     *  
    March 25, 2017    7     3     1     *     0  
    March 25, 2018    4     2     *     0     0  
    March 25, 2019    3     1     *     0     0  
    March 25, 2020    1     *     0     0     0  
    March 25, 2021    1     0     0     0     0  
    March 25, 2022    *     0     0     0     0  
    March 25, 2023    0     0     0     0     0  
    Weighted Average Life                               
           Years to Maturity    3.73     2.96     2.40     1.99     1.67  
           Years to Call **    3.52     2.73     2.21     1.83     1.54  
    __________
    (1) Assumes a constant draw rate of 10%.
    * Indicates a value greater than 0% and less than 0.5% .
    ** Assumes that an optional redemption is exercised on the first possible Optional Redemption Date.

     

    Annex II-B-1


    424B596th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 96th

    PROSPECTUS

    INDYMAC ABS, INC.
    Depositor

    Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates
    Mortgage Pass-Through Notes
    (Issuable in Series)

    Please carefully
    consider our discussion
    of some of the risks of
    investing in the
    securities under “Risk
    Factors”
    beginning on
    page 6. 




    The securities will
    represent obligations of
    the related issuing entity
    only and will not
    represent an interest in or
    obligation of IndyMac
    ABS, Inc., any originator,
    servicer, or any of their
    affiliates.

    The Trusts

    Each issuing entity will be established to hold assets transferred to it by IndyMac ABS, Inc. The assets in each issuing entity will be specified in the prospectus supplement for the particular trust and will generally consist of:

    • first and/or subordinate lien mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential properties, including manufactured housing that is permanently affixed and treated as real property under local law, or security interests issued by cooperative housing corporations or participations in that type of loan,


    • loans secured by first and/or subordinate liens on small multifamily residential properties, such as rental apartment buildings or projects containing five to fifty residential units,


    • closed-end second lien loans, secured in whole or in part by subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties,


    • loans secured by first and/or subordinate liens on mixed residential and commercial properties (mixed use loans),


    • home equity line of credit loans or specified balances thereof, secured in whole or in part by first and/or subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties,


    • loans secured in whole or in part by first and/or subordinate liens on improved land that is generally suitable for one- to four-family residential dwellings (lot loans), including loans to finance the construction of a dwelling (construction loans) and construction loans which by their terms convert into a permanent loan upon the completion of construction (construction-to-permanent loans),


    • home improvement installment sale contracts and installment loan agreements that are secured by first or subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties,


    • mortgage pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac, or


    • private mortgage-backed securities backed by first lien mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential properties or participations in that type of loan.

     


    424B597th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 97th
     
    • mortgage-backed securities or collateralized mortgage obligations backed by loans secured by first and/or subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties, by lot loans or by participations in these types of loans.

     

    The Securities

    IndyMac ABS, Inc. will offer either certificates or notes pursuant to a prospectus supplement. The securities will be grouped into one or more series, each having its own distinct designation. Each series will be issued in one or more classes and each class will evidence beneficial ownership of (in the case of certificates) or a right to receive payments supported by (in the case of notes) a specified portion of future payments on the assets in the issuing entity to which the series relates. A prospectus supplement for a series will specify all of the terms of the series and of each of the classes in the series.

    Offers of Securities

    The securities may be offered through several different methods, including offerings through underwriters.

    Credit Enhancement

    If the securities have any type of credit enhancement, the prospectus supplement for the related series will describe the credit enhancement. The types of credit enhancement are generally described in this prospectus supplement.

    ___________________

    These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

    December 11, 2006


    424B598th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 98th

    Table of Contents

        Page        Page 
    Important Notice About Information in this        The Depositor    36 
             Prospectus and Each Accompanying        Mortgage Loan Program    36 
             Prospectus Supplement    5             Underwriting Standards    36 
    Risk Factors    6             Underwriting Process    36 
             Limited Source of Payments — No                 Qualifications of Sellers    37 
                       Recourse to Sellers, Depositor or 
                   Representations by Sellers; Repurchases    37 
                       Servicer    6    Static Pool Data    39 
             Credit Enhancement May Not Be Sufficient        Description of the Securities    39 
                       to Protect You from Losses 
      7             General    40 
             Losses on Balloon Payment Mortgages Are                 Distributions on Securities    42 
                       Borne by You    7             Advances    43 
             Multifamily Lending    7             Mandatory Auction    44 
             Junior Liens    8             Categories of Classes of Securities    44 
             Partially Unsecured Loans    9             Indices Applicable to Floating Rate and     
             Home Equity Lines of Credit    9   
                       Inverse Floating Rate Classes 
      47 
             Nature of Mortgages    10             Book-Entry Securities    50 
             Your Risk of Loss May Be Higher Than                 Global Clearance, Settlement And Tax     
                       You Expect If Your Securities Are 
         
                       Documentation Procedures 
      55 
                       Backed by Partially Unsecured Home        Credit Enhancement    58 
                       Equity Loans    14             General    58 
             Impact of World Events    14             Subordination    58 
             You Could Be Adversely Affected by                 Letter of Credit    59 
                       Violations of Environmental Laws 
      14             Mortgage Pool Insurance Policies    59 
             Ratings of the Securities Do Not Assure                 Special Hazard Insurance Policies    60 
                       Their Payment    15             Bankruptcy Bonds    61 
             Book-Entry Registration    16             Reserve Fund    61 
             Pre-Funding Accounts Will Not Be Used to                 Cross Support    62 
                       Cover Losses on the Loans 
      16             Insurance Policies, Surety Bonds and     
             Unused Amounts on Deposit in Any Pre-                           Guaranties    62 
                       Funding Account Will Be Paid as 
                   Over-Collateralization    62 
                       Principal to Securityholders 
      16             Financial Instruments    63 
             Secondary Market for the Securities May                 Deposit Agreements    63 
                       Not Exist    17    Yield and Prepayment Considerations    63 
             Bankruptcy or Insolvency May Affect the                 Prepayment Standards or Models    66 
                       Timing and Amount of Distributions on 
                   Yield    66 
                       the Securities    17    The Agreements    66 
             Holders of Original Issue Discount                 Assignment of Issuing Entity Assets    66 
                       Securities Are Required to Include 
                   Payments on Issuing Entity Assets; Deposits     
                       Original Issue Discount in Ordinary                           to Security Account    69 
                       Gross Income as It Accrues 
      18             Pre-Funding Account    71 
             The Principal Amount of Securities May                 Collection Procedures    71 
                       Exceed the Market Value of the Issuing 
                   The Surety Provider    72 
                       Entity Assets    18                      Hazard Insurance    73 
    The Issuing Entity    20             Realization upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans    74 
             The Mortgage Loans—General    21             Servicing and Other Compensation and     
             Agency Securities    27                       Payment of Expenses    77 
             Private Mortgage-Backed Securities    31             Evidence as to Compliance    77 
             Substitution of Issuing Entity Assets    33             List of Securityholders    78 
             Available Information    33             Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and     
             Incorporation of Certain Documents by                           the Depositor    78 
                       Reference; Reports Filed with the SEC 
      33             Events of Default    79 
             Reports to Securityholders    34             Amendment    81 
    Use of Proceeds    36             Termination; Optional Termination    83 

    3


    424B599th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 99th
             The Trustee   
    84 
     
             Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity as 
     
    Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans 
     
    84 
                         a Partnership   
    113 
             General   
    84 
     
             Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes 
     
    114 
             Foreclosure and Repossession   
    85 
     
             Tax Consequences to Holders of the 
     
             Rights of Redemption   
    87 
                         Certificates   
    116 
             Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other   
      State Tax Considerations   
    119 
                       Limitations on Lenders 
     
    87 
      ERISA Considerations   
    119 
             Environmental Risks   
    88 
               Plan Assets Regulation and Certain   
             Due-on-sale Clauses   
    89 
                         Exemptions   
    119 
             Prepayment Charges   
    89 
               Class Exemptions   
    120 
             Applicability of Usury Laws   
    90 
               Underwriter Exemption   
    121 
             Servicemembers Civil Relief Act   
    90 
      Legal Investment   
    125 
    Material Federal Income Tax Consequences 
     
    90 
      Method of Distribution   
    126 
             General   
    90 
      Legal Matters   
    127 
             Taxation of Debt Securities   
    91 
      Financial Information   
    127 
             REMIC Securities   
    97 
      Rating   
    127 
             Tax Status as a Grantor Trust   
    106 
      INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS   
    128 
             Final Trust Reporting Regulations   
    113 
         

    4


    424B5100th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 100th
    Important Notice About Information in this Prospectus and Each
    Accompanying Prospectus Supplement

              Information about each series of securities is contained in two separate documents:

              The prospectus supplement will contain information about a particular series that supplements the information contained in this prospectus, and you should rely on that supplementary information in the prospectus supplement.

              You should rely only on the information in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    ___________________

              If you require additional information, the mailing address of our principal executive offices is IndyMac ABS, Inc., 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101 and the telephone number is (800) 669-2300. For other means of acquiring additional information about us or a series of securities, see “The Issuing Entity—Available Information” and “—Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference; Reports Filed with the SEC” on page 33.

    5


    424B5101st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 101st
    Risk Factors

              You should carefully consider the following information because it identifies significant risks associated with an investment in the securities.

               Limited Source of Payments — No  The applicable prospectus supplement may provide that securities 
      Recourse to Sellers, Depositor or  will be payable from other issuing entities in addition to their 
      Servicer  associated issuing entity, but if it does not, they will be payable 
        solely from their associated issuing entity. If the issuing entity 
        does not have sufficient assets to distribute the full amount due to 
        you as a securityholder, your yield will be impaired. The return of 
        your principal may be impaired, and you will not have recourse to 
        any other entity. Furthermore, at the times specified in the 
        applicable prospectus supplement, certain assets of the issuing 
        entity may be released and paid out to other people, such as the 
        depositor, a servicer, a credit enhancement provider, or any other 
        person entitled to payments from the issuing entity. Those assets 
        will no longer be available to make payments to you. Those 
        payments are generally made after other specified payments that 
        may be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement have 
        been made. 
     
        You will not have any recourse against the depositor or any 
        servicer if you do not receive a required distribution on the 
        securities. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus 
        supplement, you also will not have recourse against the assets of 
        the issuing entity of any other series of securities. 
     
        The securities will not represent an interest in the depositor, any 
        servicer, any seller to the depositor, or anyone else except the 
        issuing entity. The only obligation of the depositor to an issuing 
        entity comes from certain representations and warranties made by 
        it about assets transferred to the issuing entity. If these 
        representations and warranties turn out to be untrue, the depositor 
        may be required to repurchase or substitute for some of the 
        transferred assets. IndyMac ABS, Inc., which is the depositor, does 
        not have significant assets and is unlikely to have significant assets 
        in the future. If the depositor were required to repurchase a loan 
        because of a breach of a representation, its only sources of funds 
       
    for the repurchase would be:
     
        •      
    funds obtained from enforcing a corresponding obligation of a 
          seller or originator of the loan, or 
     
        •       funds from a reserve fund or similar credit enhancement 
          established to pay for loan repurchases. 
     
        The only obligations of the servicer to an issuing entity (other than 
        its servicing obligations) come from certain representations and 
        warranties made by it in connection with its loan servicing 
        activities. If these representations and warranties turn out to be 
        untrue, the servicer may be required to repurchase some of the 
        loans. However, the servicer may not have the financial ability to 
        make the required repurchase. 
     
        The only obligations to an issuing entity of a seller of loans to the 
        depositor comes from certain representations and warranties made 

    6

    424B5102nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 102nd
                 by it in connection with its sale of the loans and certain document 
        delivery requirements. If these representations and warranties turn 
        out to be untrue, or the seller fails to deliver required documents, it 
        may be required to repurchase some of the loans. However, the 
        seller may not have the financial ability to make the required 
        repurchase. 
     
      Credit Enhancement May Not Be  Credit enhancement is intended to reduce the effect of loan losses. 
      Sufficient to Protect You from  Credit enhancements, however, may benefit only some classes of a 
      Losses  series of securities and the amount of any credit enhancement will 
        be limited as described in the applicable prospectus supplement. 
        Furthermore, the amount of a credit enhancement may decline 
        over time pursuant to a schedule or formula or otherwise, and 
        could be depleted from payments or for other reasons before the 
        securities covered by the credit enhancement are paid in full. In 
        addition, a credit enhancement may not cover all potential sources 
        of loss. For example, a credit enhancement may or may not cover 
        fraud or negligence by a loan originator or other parties. Also, all 
        or a portion of a credit enhancement may be reduced, substituted 
        for, or even eliminated, so long as the rating agencies rating the 
        securities indicate that the change in credit enhancement would not 
        cause them to adversely change their rating of the securities. 
        Consequently, securityholders may suffer losses even though a 
        credit enhancement exists and its provider does not default. 
     
      Losses on Balloon Payment  Some of the underlying loans may not be fully amortizing over 
      Mortgages Are Borne by You  their terms to maturity and, thus, will require substantial principal 
        payments (that is, balloon payments) at their stated maturity. 
        Loans with balloon payments involve a greater degree of risk than 
        fully amortizing loans because typically the borrower must be able 
        to refinance the loan or sell the property to make the balloon 
        payment at maturity. The ability of a borrower to do this will 
        depend on factors such as mortgage rates at the time of sale or 
        refinancing, the borrower’s equity in the property, the relative 
        strength of the local housing market, the financial condition of the 
        borrower, and tax laws. Losses on these loans that are not 
        otherwise covered by a credit enhancement will be borne by the 
        holders of one or more classes of securities. 
     
      Multifamily Lending  Multifamily lending may expose the lender to a greater risk of loss 
        than single family residential lending. Owners of multifamily 
        residential properties rely on monthly rent payments from tenants 
        to: 
     
        •      
    pay for maintenance and other operating expenses of those 
          properties, 
     
        •       fund capital improvements, and 
     
        •      
    service any loan or other debt that may be secured by those 
          properties. 
     
        Various factors, many of which are beyond the control of the 
        owner or operator of a multifamily property, may affect the 
        economic viability of that property. 

    7

    424B5103rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 103rd
                 Changes in payment patterns by tenants may result from a variety 
        of social, legal and economic factors. Economic factors include the 
        rate of inflation, unemployment levels and relative rates offered 
        for various types of housing. Shifts in economic factors may 
        trigger changes in payment patterns including increased risks of 
        defaults by tenants and higher vacancy rates. Adverse economic 
        conditions, either local or national, may limit the amount of rent 
        that can be charged and may result in a reduction in timely lease 
        payments or a reduction in occupancy levels. Occupancy and rent 
        levels may also be affected by construction of additional housing 
        units, competition and local politics, including rent stabilization or 
        rent control laws and policies. In addition, the level of mortgage 
        interest rates may encourage tenants to purchase single family 
        housing. We cannot determine and have no basis to predict 
        whether, or to what extent, economic, legal or social factors will 
        affect future rental or payment patterns. 
     
        The location and construction quality of a particular property may 
        affect the occupancy level as well as the rents that may be charged 
        for individual units. The characteristics of a neighborhood may 
        change over time or in relation to newer developments. The effects 
        of poor construction quality will increase over time in the form of 
        increased maintenance and capital improvements. Even good 
        construction will deteriorate over time if adequate maintenance is 
        not performed in a timely fashion. 
     
     
    Junior Liens 
    The mortgages and deeds of trust securing the closed-end second- 
        lien loans will be, the home equity line of credit loans and home 
        improvement contracts will primarily be, and other loans may be 
        junior liens subordinate to the rights of the related senior 
        mortgage(s) or deed(s) of trust. Accordingly, the proceeds from 
        any liquidation, insurance policy or condemnation proceeding will 
        be available to satisfy the outstanding balance of the junior lien 
        only to the extent that the claims of the related senior mortgagees 
        have been satisfied in full, including any related foreclosure costs. 
        In addition, if a junior mortgagee forecloses on the property 
        securing a junior mortgage, the junior mortgagee will have to 
        foreclose subject to any senior mortgage and must take one of the 
        following steps to protect its interest in the property: 
     
        •      
    pay the senior mortgage in full at or prior to the foreclosure 
          sale, or 
     
        •      
    assume the payments on the senior mortgage if the mortgagor 
          is in default under that mortgage. 
     
        Unless the servicer is obligated under the applicable agreement to 
        advance such funds, the issuing entity may effectively be 
        prevented from foreclosing on the related property because it will 
        not have sufficient funds to satisfy any senior mortgages or make 
        payments due to any senior mortgagees. 
     
        Some states have imposed legal limits on the remedies of a secured 
        lender in the event that the proceeds of any sale under a deed of 
        trust or other foreclosure proceedings are insufficient to pay 
        amounts owed to that secured lender. In some states, including 

    8

    424B5104th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 104th
                 California, if a lender simultaneously originates a loan secured by 
        a senior lien on a particular property and a loan secured by a junior 
        lien on the same property, that lender as the holder of the junior 
        lien may be precluded from obtaining a deficiency judgment with 
        respect to the excess of: 
     
        •      
    the aggregate amount owed under both the senior and junior 
          loans, over 
     
        •       the proceeds of any sale under a deed of trust or other 
          foreclosure proceedings. 
     
        See “Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans Anti-Deficiency 
        Legislation; Bankruptcy Laws; Tax Liens.” 
     
      Partially Unsecured Loans  The issuing entity for any series may include closed-end 
        second-lien loans, home equity line of credit loans 
        and home improvement contracts that were originated 
        with loan-to-value ratios or combined loan-to-value ratios in 
        excess of the value of the related property. 
     
        Under these circumstances, the issuing entity for the 
        related series could be treated as a general unsecured 
        creditor as to any unsecured portion of any related 
        loan. If a borrower defaults under a loan that is 
        unsecured in part, the related issuing entity generally will 
        have recourse only against the borrower’s assets for 
        the unsecured portion of the loan, along with all other 
        general unsecured creditors of the borrower. In a 
        bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding relating to a 
        borrower on a partially unsecured loan, the borrower’s 
        unsecured obligation on that loan will be treated as an 
        unsecured loan and may be discharged by the 
        bankruptcy court. Losses on any partially unsecured 
        loans that are not otherwise covered by a credit 
        enhancement will be borne by the holders of one or 
        more classes of securities of the related series. 
     
      Home Equity Lines of Credit  Generally, a home equity line of credit has a draw period that lasts 
        for the first ten years (during which no principal or minimal 
        amount of principal is due) and, unless otherwise specified in the 
        related prospectus supplement, a repayment term following the 
        draw period of zero, ten, fifteen or twenty years. As a result, there 
        may be limited collections available to make payments to related 
        securityholders or payments of principal may be received more 
        slowly than anticipated, which will affect the yield on one or more 
        classes of securities of the related series. 
     
        Home equity lines of credit that do not have a repayment term 
        following the draw period are effectively balloon loans that pose 
        an additional risk because a borrower must make a large lump sum 
        payment of principal at the end of the draw period. If the borrower 
        is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance such amount, holders 
        of one or more classes of securities of the related series may suffer 
        a loss if the related credit enhancement is not sufficient to cover 
        such shortfall. 

    9

    424B5105th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 105th
              
              Nature of Mortgages 
    The value of the properties underlying the loans held in the issuing 
      Declines In Property Values  entity may decline over time. Among the factors that could 
      May Adversely Affect You  adversely affect the value of the properties are: 
     
        •      
    an overall decline in the residential real estate market in the 
          areas in which they are located, 
     
        •       a decline in their general condition from the failure of 
          borrowers to maintain their property adequately, and 
     
        •      
    natural disasters that are not covered by insurance, such as 
          earthquakes and floods. 
     
        If property values decline, the actual rates of delinquencies, 
        foreclosures, and losses on all underlying loans could be higher 
        than those currently experienced in the mortgage lending industry 
        in general. These losses, to the extent not otherwise covered by a 
        credit enhancement, will be borne by the holder of one or more 
       
    classes of securities.
     
      Cooperative Loans May Experience  Cooperative loans are evidenced by promissory notes secured by 
      Relatively Higher Losses  security interests in shares issued by private corporations that are 
        entitled to be treated as housing cooperatives under the Internal 
        Revenue Code and in the related proprietary leases or occupancy 
        agreements granting exclusive rights to occupy specific dwelling 
        units in the corporations’ buildings. 
     
        If a blanket mortgage (or mortgages) exists on the cooperative 
        apartment building and/or underlying land, as is generally the case, 
        the cooperative, as property borrower, is responsible for meeting 
        these mortgage or rental obligations. If the cooperative is unable to 
        meet the payment obligations arising under a blanket mortgage, 
        the mortgagee holding a blanket mortgage could foreclose on that 
        mortgage and terminate all subordinate proprietary leases and 
        occupancy agreements. A foreclosure by the holder of a blanket 
        mortgage could eliminate or significantly diminish the value of 
        any collateral held by the lender who financed an individual 
        tenant-stockholder of cooperative shares or, in the case of the 
        mortgage loans, the collateral securing the cooperative loans. 
     
        If an underlying lease of the land exists, as is the case in some 
        instances, the cooperative is responsible for meeting the related 
        rental obligations. If the cooperative is unable to meet its 
        obligations arising under its land lease, the holder of the land lease 
        could terminate the land lease and all subordinate proprietary 
        leases and occupancy agreements. The termination of the land 
        lease by its holder could eliminate or significantly diminish the 
        value of any collateral held by the lender who financed an 
        individual tenant-stockholder of the cooperative shares or, in the 
        case of the mortgage loans, the collateral securing the cooperative 
        loans. A land lease also has an expiration date and the inability of 
        the cooperative to extend its term or, in the alternative, to purchase 
        the land could lead to termination of the cooperative’s interest in 
        the property and termination of all proprietary leases and 
        occupancy agreements which could eliminate or significantly 
        diminish the value of the related collateral. 

    10

    424B5106th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 106th
                 In addition, if the corporation issuing the shares related to the 
        cooperative loans fails to qualify as a cooperative housing 
        corporation under the Internal Revenue Code, the value of the 
        collateral securing the cooperative loan could be significantly 
        impaired because the tenant-stockholders would not be permitted 
        to deduct its proportionate share of certain interest expenses and 
        real estate taxes of the corporation. 
     
        The cooperative shares and proprietary lease or occupancy 
        agreement pledged to the lender are, in almost all cases, subject to 
        restrictions on transfer, including obtaining the consent of the 
        cooperative housing corporation prior to the transfer, which may 
        impair the value of the collateral after a default by the borrower 
        due to an inability to find a transferee acceptable to the related 
       
    housing corporation.
     
      Delays in Liquidation May  Even if the properties underlying the loans held in the issuing 
      Adversely Affect You  entity provide adequate security for the loans, substantial delays 
        could occur before defaulted loans are liquidated and their 
        proceeds are forwarded to investors. Property foreclosure actions 
        are regulated by state statutes and rules and are subject to many of 
        the delays and expenses of other lawsuits if defenses or 
        counterclaims are made, sometimes requiring several years to 
        complete. Furthermore, an action to obtain a deficiency judgment 
        is regulated by statutes and rules, and the amount or availability of 
        a deficiency judgment may be limited by law. In the event of a 
        default by a borrower, these restrictions may impede the ability of 
        the servicer to foreclose on or to sell the mortgaged property or to 
        obtain a deficiency judgment to obtain sufficient proceeds to repay 
        the loan in full. In addition, the servicer will be entitled to deduct 
        from liquidation proceeds all expenses reasonably incurred in 
        attempting to recover on the defaulted loan, including legal and 
        appraisal fees and costs, real estate taxes, and property 
        maintenance and preservation expenses. 
     
        In the event that: 
     
        •       the mortgaged properties fail to provide adequate 
          security for the related loans, 
     
        •       if applicable to a series as specified in the related 
          prospectus supplement, excess cashflow (if any) and 
          overcollateralization (if any) is insufficient to cover 
          these shortfalls, 
     
        •       if applicable to a series as specified in the related 
          prospectus supplement, the subordination of certain 
          classes are insufficient to cover these shortfalls, and 
     
        •       with respect to the securities with the benefit of an 
          insurance policy as specified in the related 
          prospectus supplement, the credit enhancement 
          provider fails to make the required payments under 
          the related insurance policies, 

    11

    424B5107th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 107th
                 you could lose all or a portion of the money you paid for the 
        securities and could also have a lower yield than anticipated at the 
        time you purchased the securities. 
     
      Disproportionate Effect of  Liquidation expenses of defaulted loans generally do not vary 
      Liquidation Expenses May  directly with the outstanding principal balance of the loan at the 
      Adversely Affect You  time of default. Therefore, if a servicer takes the same steps for a 
        defaulted loan having a small remaining principal balance as it 
        does for a defaulted loan having a large remaining principal 
        balance, the amount realized after expenses is smaller as a 
        percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the small loan 
        than it is for the defaulted loan having a large remaining principal 
        balance. 
     
      Consumer Protection Laws  Federal, state and local laws extensively regulate various aspects 
      May Adversely Affect You  of brokering, originating, servicing and collecting mortgage loans 
        secured by consumers’ dwellings. Among other things, these laws 
        may regulate interest rates and other charges, require disclosures, 
        impose financial privacy requirements, mandate specific business 
        practices, and prohibit unfair and deceptive trade practices. In 
        addition, licensing requirements may be imposed on persons that 
        broker, originate, service or collect mortgage loans secured by 
       
    consumers’ dwellings.
     
        Additional requirements may be imposed under federal, state or 
        local laws on so-called “high cost” mortgage loans, which 
        typically are defined as loans secured by a consumer’s dwelling 
        that have interest rates or origination costs in excess of prescribed 
        levels. These laws may limit certain loan terms, such as 
        prepayment charges, or the ability of a creditor to refinance a loan 
        unless it is in the borrower’s interest. In addition, certain of these 
        laws may allow claims against loan brokers or mortgage 
        originators, including claims based on fraud or misrepresentations, 
        to be asserted against persons acquiring the mortgage loans, such 
        as the trust. 
     
        The federal laws that may apply to loans held in the trust include 
        the following: 
     
        •     
    the Truth in Lending Act and its regulations, which (among 
         
    other things) require disclosures to borrowers regarding the 
         
    terms of mortgage loans and provide consumers who pledged 
         
    their principal dwelling as collateral in a non-purchase money 
         
    transaction with a right of rescission that generally extends for 
         
    three days after proper disclosures are given (but in no event 
          more than three years); 
     
        •      the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act and its 
         
    regulations, which (among other things) imposes additional 
         
    disclosure requirements and limitations on loan terms with 
         
    respect to non-purchase money, installment loans secured by 
         
    the consumer’s principal dwelling that have interest rates or 
          origination costs in excess of prescribed levels; 
     
        •      the Home Equity Loan Consumer Protection Act and its 
         
    regulations, which (among other things) limit changes that 
         
    may be made to open-end loans secured by the consumer’s 

    12

    424B5108th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 108th
        dwelling, and restricts the ability to accelerate balances or 
        suspend credit privileges on this type of loans; 
     
      •      the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and its regulations, 
        which (among other things) prohibit the payment of referral 
        fees for real estate settlement services (including mortgage 
        lending and brokerage services) and regulate escrow accounts 
        for taxes and insurance and billing inquiries made by 
        borrowers; 
     
      •      the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and its regulations, which 
        (among other things) generally prohibits discrimination in any 
        aspect of a credit transaction on certain enumerated basis, 
        such as age, race, color, sex, religion, marital status, national 
        origin or receipt of public assistance; 
     
      •      the Federal Trade Commission’s Rule on Preservation of 
        Consumer Claims and Defenses, which generally provides 
        that the rights of an assignee of a conditional sales contract (or 
        of certain lenders making purchase money loans) to enforce a 
        consumer credit obligation are subject to the claims and 
        defenses that the consumer could assert against the seller of 
        goods or services financed in the credit transaction; and 
     
      •      the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which (among other things) 
        regulates the use of consumer reports obtained from consumer 
        reporting agencies and the reporting of payment histories to 
        consumer reporting agencies. 
     
      The penalties for violating these federal, state, or local laws vary 
      depending on the applicable law and the particular facts of the 
      situation. However, private plaintiffs typically may assert claims 
      for actual damages and, in some cases, also may recover civil 
      money penalties or exercise a right to rescind the mortgage loan. 
      Violations of certain laws may limit the ability to collect all or part 
      of the principal or interest on a mortgage loan and, in some cases, 
      borrowers even may be entitled to a refund of amounts previously 
      paid. Federal, state and local administrative or law enforcement 
      agencies also may be entitled to bring legal actions, including 
      actions for civil money penalties or restitution, for violations of 
      certain of these laws. 
     
      Depending on the particular alleged misconduct, it is possible that 
      claims may be asserted against various participants in the 
      secondary mortgage market, including assignees that hold the 
      mortgage loan, such as the trust. Losses on loans from the 
      application of these federal, state and local laws that are not 
      otherwise covered by one or more forms of credit enhancement 
      will be borne by holders of one or more classes of securities. 
      Additionally, the trust may experience losses arising from lawsuits 
      related to alleged violations of these laws, which, if not covered by 
      one or more forms of credit enhancement or the seller, will be 
      borne by the holders of one or more classes of securities. 

    13

    424B5109th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 109th
               Your Risk of Loss May Be Higher  The issuing entity may also include home equity loans that were 
      Than You Expect If Your  originated with loan-to-value ratios or combined loan-to-value 
      Securities Are Backed by Partially  ratios in excess of the value of the related mortgaged property. 
      Unsecured Home Equity Loans  Under these circumstances, the issuing entity could be treated as a 
        general unsecured creditor as to any unsecured portion of any 
        related loan. In the event of a default under a loan that is 
        unsecured in part, the issuing entity will have recourse only against 
        the borrower’s assets generally for the unsecured portion of the 
        loan, along with all other general unsecured creditors of the 
        borrower. 
     
      Impact of World Events  The economic impact of the United States’ military operations in 
        Iraq and other parts of the world, as well as the possibility of any 
        terrorist attacks domestically or abroad, is uncertain, but could 
        have a material effect on general economic conditions, consumer 
        confidence, and market liquidity. We can give no assurance as to 
        the effect of these events on consumer confidence and the 
        performance of the loans held by issuing entity. Any adverse 
        impact resulting from these events would be borne by the holders 
        of one or more classes of the securities. 
     
        United States military operations also increase the likelihood of 
        shortfalls under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act or similar 
        state laws (referred to as the “Relief Act”). The Relief Act 
        provides relief to borrowers who enter active military service and 
        to borrowers in reserve status who are called to active duty after 
        the origination of their loan. The Relief Act provides generally 
        that these borrowers may not be charged interest on a loan in 
        excess of 6% per annum during the period of the borrower’s active 
        duty. These shortfalls are not required to be paid by the borrower 
        at any future time and will not be advanced by the servicer, unless 
        otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement. To the 
        extent these shortfalls reduce the amount of interest paid to the 
        holders of securities with the benefit of an insurance policy, unless 
        otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, they will 
        not be covered by the related insurance policy. In addition, the 
        Relief Act imposes limitations that would impair the ability of the 
        servicer to foreclose on an affected loan during the borrower’s 
        period of active duty status, and, under some circumstances, 
        during an additional period thereafter. 
     
      You Could Be Adversely Affected  Federal, state, and local laws and regulations impose a wide range 
      by Violations of Environmental  of requirements on activities that may affect the environment, 
      Laws  health, and safety. In certain circumstances, these laws and 
        regulations impose obligations on “owners” or “operators” of 
        residential properties such as those that secure the loans held in the 
        issuing entity. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations 
        can result in fines and penalties that could be assessed against the 
        trust if it were to be considered an “owner” or “operator” of the 
        related property. A property “owner” or “operator” can also be 
        held liable for the cost of investigating and remediating 
        contamination, regardless of fault, and for personal injury or 
        property damage arising from exposure to contaminants. 
     
        In some states, a lien on the property due to contamination has 
        priority over the lien of an existing mortgage. Also, under certain 

    14

    424B5110th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 110th
                 circumstances, a mortgage lender may be held liable as an “owner” 
        or “operator” for costs associated with the release of hazardous 
        substances from a site, or petroleum from an underground storage 
        tank under certain circumstances. If the issuing entity were to be 
        considered the “owner” or “operator” of a property, it will suffer 
        losses as a result of any liability imposed for environmental 
       
    hazards on the property.
     
      Ratings of the Securities Do Not  Any class of securities offered under this prospectus and the 
      Assure Their Payment  accompanying prospectus supplement will be rated in one of the 
        four highest rating categories of at least one nationally recognized 
        rating agency. A rating is based on the adequacy of the value of 
        the trust assets and any credit enhancement for that class, and, in 
        the case of surety bonds, insurance policies, letters of credit or 
        guarantees, primarily on the claims paying ability of any related 
        surety provider, insurer, letter of credit provider or guarantor, and 
        reflects the rating agency’s assessment of how likely it is that 
        holders of the class of securities will receive the payments to 
        which they are entitled. A rating does not constitute an assessment 
        of how likely it is that principal prepayments on the underlying 
        loans will be made, the degree to which the rate of prepayments 
        might differ from that originally anticipated, or the likelihood that 
        the securities will be redeemed early. A rating is not a 
        recommendation to purchase, hold, or sell securities because it 
        does not address the market price of the securities or the suitability 
        of the securities for any particular investor. 
     
        A rating may not remain in effect for any given period of time and 
        the rating agency could lower or withdraw the rating in the future. 
        For example, the rating agency could lower or withdraw its rating 
        due to: 
     
        •     
    a decrease in the adequacy of the value of the trust assets or 
          any related credit enhancement, 
     
        •      an adverse change in the financial or other condition of a 
          credit enhancement provider, or 
     
        •     
    a change in the rating of the credit enhancement provider’s 
         
    long-term debt.
     
        The amount, type, and nature of credit enhancement established 
        for a class of securities will be determined on the basis of criteria 
        established by each rating agency rating classes of the securities. 
        These criteria are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of 
        the behavior of similar loans in a larger group. That analysis is 
        often the basis upon which each rating agency determines the 
        amount of credit enhancement required for a class. The historical 
        data supporting any actuarial analysis may not accurately reflect 
        future experience, and the data derived from a large pool of similar 
        loans may not accurately predict the delinquency, foreclosure, or 
        loss experience of any particular pool of mortgage loans. 
        Mortgaged properties may not retain their values. If residential real 
        estate markets experience an overall decline in property values 
        such that the outstanding principal balances of the loans held in a 
        particular issuing entity and any secondary financing on the related 

    15

    424B5111th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 111th
                 mortgaged properties become equal to or greater than the value of 
        the mortgaged properties, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, 
        and losses could be higher than those now generally experienced 
        in the mortgage lending industry. In addition, adverse economic 
        conditions may affect timely payment by mortgagors on their 
        loans regardless of whether the conditions affect real property 
        values and, accordingly, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, 
        and losses in any issuing entity. Losses from this that are not 
        covered by a credit enhancement will be borne, at least in part, by 
        the holders of one or more classes of securities. 
     
               Book-Entry Registration  Securities issued in book-entry form may have only limited 
      Limit on Liquidity  liquidity in the resale market, since investors may be unwilling to 
        purchase securities for which they cannot obtain physical 
        instruments. 
     
     
    Limit on Ability to Transfer or Pledge 
    Transactions in book-entry securities can be effected only through 
        The Depository Trust Company, its participating organizations, its 
        indirect participants, and certain banks. Therefore, your ability to 
        transfer or pledge securities issued in book-entry form may be 
        limited. 
     
      Delays in Distributions  You may experience some delay in the receipt of distributions on 
        book-entry securities since the distributions will be forwarded by 
        the trustee to The Depository Trust Company for it to credit the 
        accounts of its participants. In turn, these participants will then 
        credit the distributions to your account either directly or indirectly 
        through indirect participants. 
     
               Pre-Funding Accounts Will Not Be  The prospectus supplement for a series of securities may provide 
               Used to Cover Losses on the Loans  that on the closing date for that series, the depositor will deposit 
        cash into a pre-funding account. The amount deposited into the 
        pre-funding account will never exceed 50% of the initial aggregate 
        principal amount of the certificates and/or notes of the related 
        series. The pre-funding account will only be used to purchase 
        additional loans from the depositor during the period beginning 
        with the related closing date and ending not more than one year 
        after the closing date. The depositor will acquire these additional 
        loans from the seller or sellers specified in the related prospectus 
        supplement. The trustee for the related series will maintain the pre- 
        funding account. Amounts on deposit in the pre-funding account 
        will not be used to cover losses on or in respect of the related 
        loans. 
     
               Unused Amounts on Deposit in  Any amounts remaining in a pre-funding account at the end of the 
               Any Pre-Funding Account Will Be  period specified in the applicable prospectus supplement will be 
               Paid as Principal to  distributed as a prepayment of principal to the related 
               Securityholders  securityholders on the first distribution date after the end of that 
        period. Any such distribution will be made in the amounts and 
        according to the priorities specified in the related prospectus 
        supplement. The holders of one or more classes of the related 
        series of securities will bear the entire reinvestment risk resulting 
       
    from that prepayment.

    16

    424B5112th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 112th
               Secondary Market for the  The related prospectus supplement for each series will specify the 
      Securities May Not Exist  classes in which the underwriter intends to make a secondary 
        market, but no underwriter will have any obligation to do so. We 
        can give no assurance that a secondary market for the securities 
        will develop or, if it develops, that it will continue. Consequently, 
        you may not be able to sell your securities readily or at prices that 
        will enable you to realize your desired yield. If only a portion of a 
        class of offered certificates has been sold to the public, the market 
        for the offered certificates could be illiquid because of the small 
        amount of these certificates held by the public. In addition, the 
        market overhang created by the existence of offered certificates 
        that the market is aware may be sold to the public in the near 
        future could adversely affect your ability to sell your certificates. 
        The market values of the securities are likely to fluctuate. 
        Fluctuations may be significant and could result in significant 
        losses to you. 
     
        The secondary markets for asset backed securities have 
        experienced periods of illiquidity and can be expected to do so in 
        the future. Illiquidity can have a severely adverse effect on the 
        prices of securities that are especially sensitive to prepayment, 
        credit or interest rate risk, or that have been structured to meet the 
        investment requirements of limited categories of investors. 
     
      Bankruptcy or Insolvency May  The seller and the depositor will take steps to structure the transfer 
      Affect the Timing and Amount of  of the loans held in the issuing entity by the seller to the depositor 
      Distributions on the Securities  as a sale. The depositor and the issuing entity will take steps to 
        structure the transfer of the loans from the depositor to the issuing 
        entity as a sale. If these characterizations are correct, then if the 
        seller were to become bankrupt, the loans would not be part of the 
        seller’s bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the seller’s 
        creditors. On the other hand, if the seller becomes bankrupt, its 
        bankruptcy trustee or one of its creditors may attempt to 
        recharacterize the sale of the loans as a borrowing by the seller, 
        secured by a pledge of the loans. Presenting this position to a 
        bankruptcy court could prevent timely payments on the securities 
        and even reduce the payments on the securities. Additionally, if 
        that argument is successful, the bankruptcy trustee could elect to 
        sell the loans and pay down the securities early. Thus, you could 
        lose the right to future payments of interest, and might suffer 
        reinvestment losses in a lower interest rate environment. 
        Similarly, if the characterizations of the transfers as sales are 
        correct, then if the depositor were to become bankrupt, the loans 
        would not be part of the depositor’s bankruptcy estate and would 
        not be available to the depositor’s creditors. On the other hand, if 
        the depositor becomes bankrupt, its bankruptcy trustee or one of 
        its creditors may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the loans as a 
        borrowing by the depositor, secured by a pledge of the loans. 
        Presenting this position to a bankruptcy court could prevent timely 
        payments on the securities and even reduce the payments on the 
        securities. 
     
        If the servicer becomes bankrupt, the bankruptcy trustee may have 
        the power to prevent the appointment of a successor servicer. Any 
        related delays in servicing could result in increased delinquencies 
        or losses on the loans. The period during which cash collections 

    17

    424B5113th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 113th
                 may be commingled with the servicer’s own funds before each 
        distribution date for securities will be specified in the applicable 
        prospectus supplement. If the servicer becomes bankrupt and cash 
        collections have been commingled with the servicer’s own funds, 
        the issuing entity will likely not have a perfected interest in those 
        collections. In this case the trust might be an unsecured creditor of 
        the servicer as to the commingled funds and could recover only its 
        share as a general creditor, which might be nothing. Collections 
        commingled but still in an account of the servicer might also be 
        included in the bankruptcy estate of the servicer even though the 
        trust may have a perfected security interest in them. Their 
        inclusion in the bankruptcy estate of the servicer may result in 
        delays in payment and failure to pay amounts due on the securities. 
        Federal and state statutory provisions affording protection or relief 
        to distressed borrowers may affect the ability of the secured 
        mortgage lender to realize upon its security in other situations as 
        well. For example, in a proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy 
        Code, a lender may not foreclose on a mortgaged property without 
        the permission of the bankruptcy court. In certain instances a 
        bankruptcy court may allow a borrower to reduce the monthly 
        payments, change the rate of interest, and alter the mortgage loan 
        repayment schedule for under collateralized mortgage loans. The 
        effect of these types of proceedings can be to cause delays in 
        receiving payments on the loans underlying securities and even to 
        reduce the aggregate amount of payments on the loans underlying 
        securities. 
     
      Holders of Original Issue Discount  Debt securities that are compound interest securities will be, and 
      Securities Are Required to Include  certain other debt may be, securities issued with original issue 
      Original Issue Discount in  income discount for federal tax purposes. A holder of debt 
      Ordinary Gross Income as It  securities issued with original issue discount is required to include 
      Accrues  original issue discount in ordinary gross income for federal income 
        tax purposes as it accrues, before receiving the cash attributable to 
        that income. Accrued but unpaid interest on the debt securities that 
        are compound interest securities generally will be treated as 
        original issue discount for this purpose. 
     
        See “Federal Income Tax Consequences-Taxation of Debt 
        Securities Interest and Acquisition Discount” and Market 
        Discount.” 
     
      The Principal Amount of Securities  The market value of the assets relating to a series of securities at 
      May Exceed the Market Value of  any time may be less than the principal amount of the securities of 
      the Issuing Entity Assets  that series then outstanding, plus accrued interest. In the case of a 
        series of notes, after an event of default and a sale of the assets 
        relating to a series of securities, the trustee, the servicer, the credit 
        enhancer, if any, and any other service provider specified in the 
        related prospectus supplement generally will be entitled to receive 
        the proceeds of that sale to the extent of unpaid fees and other 
        amounts owing to them under the related transaction document 
        prior to distributions to securityholders. Upon any sale of the 
        assets in connection with an event of default, the proceeds may be 
        insufficient to pay in full the principal of and interest on the 
        securities of the related series. 
     
        Certain capitalized terms are used in this prospectus to assist you 

    18

    424B5114th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 114th
      in understanding the terms of the securities. The capitalized terms 
      used in this prospectus are defined on the pages indicated under 
      the caption “Index of Principal Terms” on page 125. 

     

     

     

     

     


    19

    424B5115th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 115th
    The Issuing Entity1

              This prospectus relates to either Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates or Mortgage Pass-Through Notes, or a combination of those, which may be sold from time to time in one or more series by the depositor, IndyMac ABS, Inc., on terms determined at the time of sale and described in this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement. Each series will be issued under a separate agreement to be entered into with respect to each series. The securities of each series will represent interests in the assets of the related issuing entity, and the notes of each series will be secured by the pledge of the assets of the related issuing entity. The issuing entity for each series will be held by the trustee for the benefit of the related securityholders. Each issuing entity will consist of the issuing entity assets (the “Issuing Entity Assets”) consisting of:

              The depositor will cause the Issuing Entity Assets to be assigned to the trustee named in the related prospectus supplement for the benefit of the holders of the securities of the related series. The servicer named in the related prospectus supplement will service the Issuing Entity Assets pursuant to:

              The servicer will receive a fee for its services. See “Loan Program” and “The Agreements” in this prospectus. With respect to loans serviced by the servicer through a sub-servicer, the servicer will remain liable for its servicing obligations under the related agreement as if the servicer alone were servicing those loans.

              In the case of a series consisting of certificates, the term “agreement” means the related pooling and servicing agreement. In the case of a series consisting of certificates and notes, the term “agreement” means the related trust agreement, indenture and servicing agreement, as the context requires. In the case of a series consisting of notes, the term “agreement” means the related trust agreement, sale and servicing agreement or indenture, as the context requires.

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, an issuing entity for a series may be a business trust or common law trust formed under the laws of the state specified in the related prospectus supplement pursuant to a trust agreement between the depositor and the related trustee.

              Before the initial offering of a series of securities, the issuing entity for that series will have no assets or liabilities. The issuing entity for a series is not expected to engage in any activities other than:


    1           Whenever the terms mortgage pool and certificates are used in this prospectus, those terms will be considered to apply, unless the context indicates otherwise, to one specific mortgage pool and the certificates representing certain undivided interests in a single issuing entity consisting primarily of the Issuing Entity Assets in the mortgage pool. Similarly, the term pass-through rate will refer to the pass-through rate borne by the certificates of one specific series and the term issuing entity will refer to one specific issuing entity.

    20


    424B5116th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 116th

              The issuing entity for a series is not expected to have any source of capital other than its assets and any related credit enhancement.

              The related prospectus supplement may provide for additional obligations of the depositor, but if it does not, the depositor’s only obligations with respect to a series of securities will be to obtain certain representations and warranties from the seller and to assign to the related trustee the depositor’s rights with respect to those representations and warranties. See “The Agreements– Assignment of the Issuing Entity Assets.” The servicer’s obligations with respect to the loans will consist mainly of its contractual servicing obligations under the related agreement (including its obligation to enforce the obligations of the sellers, as described in this prospectus under “Loan Program–Representations by Seller; Repurchases” and “–Assignment of the Issuing Entity Assets”), and any obligation to make cash advances in the event of delinquent payments on the loans, as described under “Description of the Securities–Advances” in this prospectus. The servicer’s obligation to make advances may be limited, as described in this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement.

              The securities will be entitled to payment from the assets of the related issuing entity or other assets pledged for the benefit of the holders of the securities as specified in the related prospectus supplement and will not be entitled to payments in respect of the assets of any other issuing entity established by the depositor. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify the Issuing Entity Assets that an issuing entity will consist of, but if it does not, the Issuing Entity Assets of any issuing entity will consist of mortgage loans, Agency Securities or Private Mortgage-Backed Securities but not a combination of them. Mortgage loans acquired by the depositor will have been originated in accordance with the underwriting criteria specified below under “Mortgage Loan Program—Underwriting Standards” or as otherwise described in a related prospectus supplement.

              The following is a brief description of the Issuing Entity Assets expected to be included in the issuing entities. The description of the Issuing Entity Assets included in the related prospectus supplement for any series of securities is based on information regarding the Issuing Entity Assets for that series as of the date specified in the prospectus supplement. With respect to some issuing entities, specific information about the Issuing Entity Assets may not be known at the time the related series of securities is initially offered and the related prospectus supplement will contain more general information of the nature described below. In addition, Issuing Entity Assets for any series may be added, removed or substituted from the related pool prior to the issuance of the related series of securities. If the addition, removal and substitution of Issuing Entity Assets for a series causes a material pool characteristic of the actual Issuing Entity Assets to differ by 5% or more (other than as a result of principal prepayments) from the description of the Issuing Entity Assets disclosed in the prospectus supplement for that series, a current report on Form 8-K describing the final Issuing Entity Assets will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) after the initial issuance of the related series of securities. A schedule of the Issuing Entity Assets relating to the series will be available pursuant to information attached to the pooling and servicing agreement or sale and servicing agreement delivered to the trustee upon delivery of the securities.

    The Mortgage Loans—General

              The mortgage loans will be secured by first and, if so specified in the related prospectus supplement, subordinate mortgage liens on one- to four-family residential properties and, if so specified in the related prospectus supplement, may include cooperative apartment loans secured by security interests in shares issued by private, nonprofit, cooperative housing corporations and in the related proprietary leases or occupancy agreements granting exclusive rights to occupy specific dwelling units in the cooperatives’ buildings. In addition, the Issuing Entity Assets of the related issuing entity may include mortgage participation certificates evidencing interests in mortgage loans. The mortgage loans may be conventional loans (i.e., loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency), insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA as specified in the related prospectus

    21


    424B5117th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 117th

    supplement. All or a portion of the mortgage loans in a mortgage pool may be insured by FHA insurance and may be partially guaranteed by the VA.

              The mortgage loans will consist of single family loans, multifamily loans, mixed-use loans, closed-end second-lien loans, home equity line of credit loans, lot loans or home improvement contracts. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the loans may include cooperative apartment loans (“cooperative loans”) secured by security interests in shares issued by private, non-profit, cooperative housing corporations (“cooperatives”) and in the related proprietary leases or occupancy agreements granting exclusive rights to occupy specific dwelling units in the cooperatives’ buildings. As more fully described in the related prospectus supplement, the loans may be “conventional” loans or loans that are insured or guaranteed by a governmental agency such as the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”) or the Department of Veterans’ Affairs (the “VA”).

              The real property that secures repayment of the mortgage loans is referred to collectively as mortgaged properties.” The mortgaged properties will be located in any one of the fifty states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico or any other territory of the United States. Mortgage loans with certain Loan-to-Value Ratios or certain principal balances or both may be covered wholly or partially by primary mortgage guaranty insurance policies. The existence, extent and duration of coverage will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The mortgaged properties will be secured by mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a lien on a property. In the case of closed-end second-lien loans, liens will be, in the case of home equity line of credit loans and home improvement contracts, liens generally will be, and in the case of all other loans, liens may be subordinated to one or more senior liens on the related properties, as described in the related prospectus supplement. In addition to being secured by mortgages on real estate, the home improvement contracts may also be secured by purchase money security interests in the home improvements financed thereby. If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the closed-end second-lien loans, home equity line of credit loans and home improvement contracts may include loans (primarily for home improvement or debt consolidation purposes) in amounts exceeding the value of the related properties at the time of origination.

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify the day or days on which bi-weekly or monthly payments on the mortgage loans in a mortgage pool will be due, but if it does not, all of the mortgage loans in a mortgage pool will have monthly payments due on the first day of each month. The payment terms of the mortgage loans to be included in an issuing entity will be described in the related prospectus supplement and may include any of the following features or combination thereof or other features described in the related prospectus supplement:

    22


    424B5118th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 118th

              An issuing entity may contain buydown loans that include provisions whereby a third party partially subsidizes the monthly payments of the obligors on the mortgage loans during the early years of the mortgage loans, the difference to be made up from a buydown fund contributed by the third party at the time of origination of the mortgage loan. A buydown fund will be in an amount equal either to the discounted value or full aggregate amount of future payment subsidies. Thereafter, buydown funds are applied to the applicable mortgage loan upon receipt by the servicer of the mortgagor’s portion of the monthly payment on the mortgage loan. The servicer administers the buydown fund to ensure that the monthly allocation from the buydown fund combined with the monthly payment received from the mortgagor equals the scheduled monthly payment on the applicable mortgage loan. The underlying assumption of buydown plans is that the income of the mortgagor will increase during the buydown period as a result of normal increases in compensation and inflation, so that the mortgagor will be able to meet the full mortgage payments at the end of the buydown period. To the extent that this assumption as to increased income is not fulfilled, the possibility of defaults on buydown loans is increased. The related prospectus supplement will contain information with respect to any buydown loan concerning limitations on the interest rate initially paid by the mortgagor, on annual increases in the interest rate and on the length of the buydown period.

              The real properties securing repayment of the loans are referred to as the properties. The loans will be secured by mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a lien on a property. In the case of closed-end second-lien loans, liens will be, in the case of home equity line of credit loans and home improvement contracts, liens generally will be, and in the case of all other loans, liens may be subordinated to one or more senior liens on the related properties, as described in the related prospectus supplement. In addition to being secured by mortgages on real estate, the home improvement contracts may also be secured by purchase money security interests in the home improvements financed thereby. If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the closed-end second-lien loans, home equity line of credit loans and home improvement contracts may include loans (primarily for home improvement or debt consolidation purposes) in amounts exceeding the value of the related properties at the time of origination. The properties and the home improvements are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the “Properties” and are individually referred to as a Property.” The Properties may be located in any one of the fifty states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico or any other territory of the United States.

              Loans with certain Loan-to-Value Ratios (defined below) and/or certain principal balances may be covered wholly or partially by primary mortgage guaranty insurance policies. The existence, extent and duration of any such coverage will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

              The related prospectus supplement will disclose the aggregate principal balance of loans secured by owner-occupied properties. The related prospectus supplement also may state the basis for representations relating to Single Family Properties (defined below), but if it does not, the sole basis for a representation that a given percentage of the loans is secured by owner-occupied Single Family Properties will be the borrower’s representation at origination that the borrower intends to use the Property as a primary residence.

              Single Family Loans. The mortgaged properties relating to single family loans will consist of detached or semi-detached one- to four-family dwelling units, townhouses, rowhouses, individual condominium units, individual units in planned unit developments, manufactured housing that is permanently affixed and treated as real property

    23


    424B5119th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 119th

    under local law, security interests in shares issued by cooperative housing corporations, and certain other dwelling units (“Single Family Properties”). Single Family Properties may include vacation and second homes, investment properties and leasehold interests. In the case of leasehold interests the related prospectus supplement may specify the leasehold term, but if it does not, the stated term of the leasehold will exceed the scheduled maturity of the loan by at least five years.

              Multifamily Loans. Properties securing multifamily loans may include small multifamily residential properties such as rental apartment buildings or projects containing five to fifty residential units, including mid-rise and garden apartments. Certain of the multifamily loans may be secured by apartment buildings owned by cooperatives. The cooperative owns all the apartment units in the building and all common areas. The cooperative is owned by tenant-stockholders who, through ownership of stock, shares or membership certificates in the corporation, receive proprietary leases or occupancy agreements conferring exclusive rights to occupy specific apartments or units. Generally, a tenant-stockholder of a cooperative makes a monthly payment to the cooperative representing that tenant-stockholder’s pro rata share of the cooperative’s payments for its loan, real property taxes, maintenance expenses and other capital or ordinary expenses. That monthly payment is in addition to any payments of principal and interest the tenant-stockholder makes on any loans to the tenant-stockholder secured by its shares in the cooperative. The cooperative will be directly responsible for building management and, in most cases, payment of real estate taxes and hazard and liability insurance. A cooperative’s ability to meet debt service obligations on a multifamily loan, as well as all other operating expenses, will depend in large part on its receipt of maintenance payments from the tenant-stockholders, as well as any rental income from units the cooperative controls. Unanticipated expenditures may in some cases have to be paid by special assessments on the tenant-stockholders. No more than 10% of the aggregate Issuing Entity Assets for any series, as constituted at the time of the applicable cut-off date (measured by principal balance), will be comprised of multifamily loans.

              Mixed-Use Loans. The properties securing mixed-use loans will be improved by structures that have both residential and commercial units. No more than 10% of the aggregate Issuing Entity Assets for any series, as constituted at the applicable cut-off date (measured by principal balance), will be comprised of mixed-use loans.

              Closed-End Second-Lien Loans. The mortgaged properties relating to closed-end second-lien loans will be Single Family Properties. The full amount of a closed-end second-lien loan is advanced at the inception of the loan and generally is repayable in equal (or substantially equal) installments designed to fully amortize the loan at its stated maturity. Except as provided in the related prospectus supplement, the original terms to stated maturity of closed-end second-lien loans will not exceed 360 months. With respect to certain circumstances, a borrower may choose an interest only payment option whereby the borrower pays only the amount of interest accrued on the loan during the billing cycle. An interest only payment option may be available for a specified period before the borrower must begin paying at least the minimum monthly payment of a specified percentage of the average outstanding balance of the loan.

              Home Equity Line of Credit Loans. The mortgaged properties relating to home equity line of credit loans will be Single Family Properties. As more fully described in the related prospectus supplement, interest on each home equity line of credit loan (excluding introductory rates offered from time to time during promotional periods) is computed and payable monthly on the average daily outstanding principal balance of the loan. Principal amounts on a home equity line of credit loan may be drawn down (up to a maximum amount specified in the related prospectus supplement) or repaid under each home equity line of credit loan from time to time, but may be subject to a minimum periodic payment. Except as provided in the related prospectus supplement, the Issuing Entity Assets will not include any amounts borrowed under a home equity line of credit loan after the cut-off date. With respect to certain circumstances, a borrower may choose an interest only payment option whereby the borrower pays only the amount of interest accrued on the loan during the billing cycle. An interest only payment option may be available for a specified period before the borrower must begin paying at least the minimum monthly payment of a specified percentage of the average outstanding balance of the loan.

              Lot Loans. These loans provide short-term financing for borrowers buying a parcel of land that has been improved for residential use with the intention of building a home thereon. Each lot loan is secured by a parcel of land that has been improved for residential use, which generally means that it is legally accessible by street and utilities such as sewer, electricity and water have been brought to the parcel or are available in the street, but a dwelling has not yet been built thereon. Lot loans may include loans to finance the construction of a dwelling on such a parcel and construction loans which convert into permanent loans upon the completion of construction.

    24


    424B5120th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 120th

              Home Improvement Contracts. The Issuing Entity Assets for a series of securities may consist, in whole or in part, of home improvement contracts originated by a home improvement contractor, a thrift or a commercial mortgage banker in the ordinary course of business. The home improvements securing the home improvement contracts may include, but are not limited to, replacement windows, house siding, new roofs, swimming pools, spas, kitchen and bathroom remodeling goods, solar heating panels and other exterior and interior renovations and general remodeling projects. The home improvement contracts will be secured by mortgages on Single Family Properties that are generally subordinate to other mortgages on the same Property. In general, the home improvement contracts will be fully amortizing and may have fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates and may provide for other payment characteristics as described below and in the related prospectus supplement. The initial Loan-to-Value Ratio of a home improvement contract is computed in the manner described in the related prospectus supplement.

              Additional Information. Each prospectus supplement will contain information, as of the date of the prospectus supplement and to the extent then specifically known to the depositor, with respect to the mortgage loans contained in the related mortgage pool, including

              If the depositor does not know specific information about the mortgage loans at the time the related securities are initially offered, the related prospectus supplement will contain more general information of the type described above.

              Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the “Loan-to-Value Ratio” of a loan at any given time is a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the original principal balance of the related loan and the denominator of which is the collateral value of the related Property.

              Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the “Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio” of a loan at any given time is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of

              (x) the sum of

    25


    424B5121st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 121st

              to

              (y) the collateral value of the related Property.

    The applicable prospectus supplement may specify how the collateral value of a Property will be calculated, but if it does not, the collateral value of a Property (other than with respect to certain loans the proceeds of which were used to refinance an existing loan), is the lesser of:

    In the case of refinance loans, the collateral value of the related Property is generally the appraised value determined in an appraisal obtained at the time of refinancing.

              We can give no assurance that values of the mortgaged properties have remained or will remain at their levels on the dates of origination of the related mortgage loans. If the residential real estate market were to experience an overall decline in property values so that the outstanding principal balances of the mortgage loans, and any primary or secondary financing on the Properties, in a particular mortgage pool become equal to or greater than the value of the mortgaged properties, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In addition, adverse economic conditions and other factors (which may or may not affect real property values) may affect the timely payment by mortgagors of scheduled payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loans and, accordingly, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any mortgage pool. To the extent that the losses are not covered by subordination provisions or alternative arrangements, the losses will be borne, at least in part, by the holders of the securities of the related series.

              The depositor will cause the mortgage loans comprising each mortgage pool to be assigned to the trustee named in the related prospectus supplement for the benefit of the securityholders of the related series. The servicer named in the related prospectus supplement will service the mortgage loans pursuant to the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, and will receive a fee for its services. See “Mortgage Loan Program” and “The Agreements.”

              The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for additional obligations of the depositor, but if it does not, the only obligations of the depositor with respect to a series of securities will be to obtain certain representations and warranties from the sellers and to assign to the trustee for the series of securities the depositor’s rights with respect to the representations and warranties. See “The Agreements—Assignment of Issuing Entity Assets.” The obligations of the servicer with respect to the mortgage loans will consist principally of its contractual servicing obligations under the related pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable (including its obligation to enforce the obligations of the sellers, as more fully described under “Mortgage Loan Program—Representations by Sellers; Repurchases” and its obligation to make cash advances upon delinquencies in payments on or with respect to the mortgage loans in the amounts described under “Description of the Securities—Advances.” The obligations of the servicer to make advances may be subject to limitations, to the extent provided in this prospectus and in the related prospectus supplement. The servicer may also be a seller in which case a breach of its obligations in one capacity will not constitute a breach of its obligations in the other capacity.

              The mortgage loans will consist of mortgage loans, deeds of trust or participations or other beneficial interests therein, secured by first and, if so specified in the related prospectus supplement, subordinate, liens on one- to four-family residential properties and, if so specified in the related prospectus supplement, may include cooperative apartment loans secured by security interests in shares issued by private, non-profit, cooperative housing corporations and in the related proprietary leases or occupancy agreements granting exclusive rights to occupy

    26


    424B5122nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 122nd

    specific dwelling units in the cooperatives’ buildings. In addition, Issuing Entity Assets of the related issuing entity may include mortgage participation certificates evidencing interests in mortgage loans. These loans may be conventional loans (i.e., loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) or loans insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, as specified in the related prospectus supplement. The mortgaged properties relating to mortgage loans will consist of detached or semi-detached one-family dwelling units, two- to four-family dwelling units, townhouses, rowhouses, individual condominium units, individual units in planned unit developments and certain other dwelling units. The mortgaged properties may include vacation and second homes, investment properties and leasehold interests. In the case of leasehold interests, the applicable prospectus supplement may specify that the term of the leasehold may be less than five years beyond the scheduled maturity of the mortgage loan, but if it does not, the term of the leasehold will exceed the scheduled maturity of the mortgage loan by at least five years.

    Agency Securities

              Government National Mortgage Association. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States with the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development. Section 306(g) of Title II of the National Housing Act of 1934, as amended, authorizes Ginnie Mae to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates that represent an interest in a pool of mortgage loans insured by the FHA under the National Housing Act of 1934 or Title V of the Housing Act of 1949, or partially guaranteed by the VA under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended, or Chapter 37 of Title 38, United States Code.

              Section 306(g) of the National Housing Act of 1934 provides that “the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts which may be required to be paid under any guaranty under this subsection.” In order to meet its obligations under that guaranty, Ginnie Mae may, under Section 306(d) of the National Housing Act of 1934, borrow from the United States Treasury in an unlimited amount which is at any time sufficient to enable Ginnie Mae to perform its obligations under its guarantee.

              Ginnie Mae Certificates. Each Ginnie Mae certificate held in an issuing entity will be a “fully modified pass-through” mortgage backed certificate issued and serviced by a Ginnie Mae issuer approved by Ginnie Mae or by Fannie Mae as a seller-servicer of FHA loans or VA loans. The Ginnie Mae certificates may be issued under either the Ginnie Mae I program or the Ginnie Mae II program. The mortgage loans underlying the Ginnie Mae certificates will consist of FHA loans or VA loans. Each mortgage loan is secured by a one- to four-family or multifamily residential property. Ginnie Mae will approve the issuance of each Ginnie Mae certificate in accordance with a guaranty agreement between Ginnie Mae and the Ginnie Mae issuer. Pursuant to its guaranty agreement, a Ginnie Mae issuer will be required to advance its own funds in order to make timely payments of all amounts due on each Ginnie Mae certificate if the payments received by the Ginnie Mae issuer on the FHA loans or VA loans underlying each Ginnie Mae certificate are less than the amounts due on each Ginnie Mae certificate.

              The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Ginnie Mae certificate will be guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, which obligation is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Each Ginnie Mae certificate will have an original maturity of not more than 30 years (but may have original maturities of substantially less than 30 years). Each Ginnie Mae certificate will be based on and backed by a pool of FHA loans or VA loans secured by one to four-family residential properties and will provide for the payment by or on behalf of the Ginnie Mae issuer to the registered holder of the Ginnie Mae certificate of scheduled monthly payments of principal and interest equal to the registered holder’s proportionate interest in the aggregate amount of the monthly principal and interest payment on each FHA loan or VA loan underlying the Ginnie Mae certificate, less the applicable servicing and guaranty fee, which together equal the difference between the interest on the FHA loan or VA loan and the pass-through rate on the Ginnie Mae certificate. In addition, each payment will include proportionate pass-through payments of any prepayments of principal on the FHA loans or VA loans underlying the Ginnie Mae certificate and liquidation proceeds upon a foreclosure or other disposition of the FHA loans or VA loans.

              If a Ginnie Mae issuer is unable to make the payments on a Ginnie Mae certificate as it becomes due, it must promptly notify Ginnie Mae and request Ginnie Mae to make the payment. Upon notification and request, Ginnie Mae will make the payments directly to the registered holder of the Ginnie Mae certificate. If no payment is made by a Ginnie Mae issuer and the Ginnie Mae issuer fails to notify and request Ginnie Mae to make the payment, the holder of the Ginnie Mae certificate will have recourse only against Ginnie Mae to obtain the payment. The

    27


    424B5123rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 123rd

    trustee or its nominee, as registered holder of the Ginnie Mae certificates held in an issuing entity, will have the right to proceed directly against Ginnie Mae under the terms of the guaranty agreements relating to the Ginnie Mae certificates for any amounts that are not paid when due.

              All mortgage loans underlying a particular Ginnie Mae I certificate must have the same interest rate over the term of the loan, except in pools of mortgage loans secured by manufactured homes. The interest rate on the Ginnie Mae I certificate will equal the interest rate on the mortgage loans included in the pool of mortgage loans underlying the Ginnie Mae I certificate, less one-half percentage point per annum of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans.

              Mortgage loans underlying a particular Ginnie Mae II certificate may have per annum interest rates that vary from each other by up to one percentage point. The interest rate on each Ginnie Mae II certificate will be between one half percentage point and one and one-half percentage points lower than the highest interest rate on the mortgage loans included in the pool of mortgage loans underlying the Ginnie Mae II certificate, except for pools of mortgage loans secured by manufactured homes.

              Regular monthly installment payments on each Ginnie Mae certificate held in an issuing entity will be comprised of interest due as specified on the Ginnie Mae certificate plus the scheduled principal payments on the FHA loans or VA loans underlying the Ginnie Mae certificate due on the first day of the month in which the scheduled monthly installments on the Ginnie Mae certificate are due. The regular monthly installments on each Ginnie Mae certificate are required to be paid to the trustee as registered holder by the 15th day of each month in the case of a Ginnie Mae I certificate and are required to be mailed to the trustee by the 20th day of each month in the case of a Ginnie Mae II certificate. Any principal prepayments on any FHA loans or VA loans underlying a Ginnie Mae certificate held in an issuing entity or any other early recovery of principal on the loans will be passed through to the trustee as the registered holder of the Ginnie Mae certificate.

              Ginnie Mae certificates may be backed by graduated payment mortgage loans or by buydown loans for which funds will have been provided (and deposited into escrow accounts) for application to the payment of a portion of the borrowers’ monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loan. Payments due the registered holders of Ginnie Mae certificates backed by pools containing buydown loans will be computed in the same manner as payments derived from other Ginnie Mae certificates and will include amounts to be collected from both the borrower and the related escrow account. The graduated payment mortgage loans will provide for graduated interest payments that, during the early years of the mortgage loans, will be less than the amount of stated interest on the mortgage loans. The interest not so paid will be added to the principal of the graduated payment mortgage loans and, together with interest on them, will be paid in subsequent years. The obligations of Ginnie Mae and of a Ginnie Mae issuer will be the same irrespective of whether the Ginnie Mae certificates are backed by graduated payment mortgage loans or buydown loans. No statistics comparable to the FHA’s prepayment experience on level payment, non-buydown mortgage loans are available for graduated payment or buydown loans. Ginnie Mae certificates related to a series of securities may be held in book-entry form.

              The Ginnie Mae certificates included in an issuing entity, and the related underlying mortgage loans, may have characteristics and terms different from those described above. Any different characteristics and terms will be described in the related prospectus supplement.

              Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. The common stock of Freddie Mac is owned by the Federal Home Loan Banks and its preferred stock is owned by stockholders of the Federal Home Loan Banks. Freddie Mac was established primarily to increase the availability of mortgage credit to finance urgently needed housing. It seeks to provide an enhanced degree of liquidity for residential mortgage investments primarily by assisting in the development of secondary markets for conventional mortgages. The principal activity of Freddie Mac currently consists of the purchase of first lien conventional mortgage loans or participation interests in mortgage loans and the sale of the mortgage loans or participations so purchased in the form of mortgage securities, primarily mortgage participation certificates issued and either guaranteed as to timely payment of interest or guaranteed as to timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac is confined to purchasing, so far as practicable, mortgage loans that it deems to be of the quality, type and class as to meet generally the purchase standards imposed by private institutional mortgage investors.

    28


    424B5124th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 124th

              Freddie Mac Certificates. Each Freddie Mac certificate represents an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans that may consist of first lien conventional loans, FHA loans or VA loans. Freddie Mac certificates are sold under the terms of a Mortgage Participation Certificate Agreement. A Freddie Mac certificate may be issued under either Freddie Mac’s Cash Program or Guarantor Program.

              Mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac certificates held by an issuing entity will consist of mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between 10 and 40 years. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970. A Freddie Mac certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac certificate group. Under the Guarantor Program, a Freddie Mac certificate group may include only whole loans or participation interests in whole loans.

              Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac certificate the timely payment of interest on the underlying mortgage loans to the extent of the applicable certificate interest rate on the registered holder’s pro rata share of the unpaid principal balance outstanding on the underlying mortgage loans in the Freddie Mac certificate group represented by the Freddie Mac certificate, regardless of whether received. Freddie Mac also guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac certificate collection by the holder of all principal on the underlying mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, to the extent of the holder’s pro rata share of it, but does not, except if and to the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement for a series of securities, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal. Under Freddie Mac’s Gold PC Program, Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of principal based on the difference between the pool factor published in the month preceding the month of distribution and the pool factor published in the month of distribution. Pursuant to its guaranties, Freddie Mac indemnifies holders of Freddie Mac certificates against any diminution in principal from charges for property repairs, maintenance and foreclosure. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guaranty of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following foreclosure sale, 30 days following payment of the claim by any mortgage insurer or 30 days following the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. In taking actions regarding the collection of principal after default on the mortgage loans underlying Freddie Mac certificates, including the timing of demand for acceleration, Freddie Mac reserves the right to exercise its judgment with respect to the mortgage loans in the same manner as for mortgage loans that it has purchased but not sold. The length of time necessary for Freddie Mac to determine that a mortgage loan should be accelerated varies with the particular circumstances of each mortgagor, and Freddie Mac has not adopted standards which require that the demand be made within any specified period.

              Freddie Mac certificates are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Bank and do not constitute debts or obligations of the United States or any Federal Home Loan Bank. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guaranty are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by, or entitled to, the full faith and credit of the United States. If Freddie Mac were unable to satisfy its obligations, distributions to holders of Freddie Mac certificates would consist solely of payments and other recoveries on the underlying mortgage loans and, accordingly, monthly distributions to holders of Freddie Mac certificates would be affected by delinquent payments and defaults on the mortgage loans.

              Registered holders of Freddie Mac certificates are entitled to receive their monthly pro rata share of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans received by Freddie Mac, including any scheduled principal payments, full and partial prepayments of principal and principal received by Freddie Mac by virtue of condemnation, insurance, liquidation or foreclosure, and repurchases of the mortgage loans by Freddie Mac or their seller. Freddie Mac is required to remit each registered Freddie Mac securityholder’s pro rata share of principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans, interest at the Freddie Mac pass-through rate and any other sums such as prepayment charges, within 60 days of the date on which the payments are deemed to have been received by Freddie Mac.

              Under Freddie Mac’s Cash Program, there is no limitation on the amount by which interest rates on the mortgage loans underlying a Freddie Mac certificate may exceed the pass-through rate on the Freddie Mac certificate. Under that program, Freddie Mac purchases groups of whole mortgage loans from sellers at specified percentages of their unpaid principal balances, adjusted for accrued or prepaid interest, which when applied to the interest rate of the mortgage loans and participations purchased results in the yield required by Freddie Mac. The required yield, which includes a minimum servicing fee retained by the servicer, is calculated using the outstanding

    29


    424B5125th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 125th

    principal balance. The range of interest rates on the mortgage loans and participations in a Freddie Mac certificate group under the Cash Program will vary since mortgage loans and participations are purchased and assigned to a Freddie Mac certificate group based upon their yield to Freddie Mac rather than on the interest rate on the underlying mortgage loans. Under Freddie Mac’s Guarantor Program, the pass-through rate on a Freddie Mac certificate is established based upon the lowest interest rate on the underlying mortgage loans, minus a minimum servicing fee and the amount of Freddie Mac’s management and guaranty income as agreed upon between the seller and Freddie Mac.

              Freddie Mac certificates duly presented for registration of ownership on or before the last business day of a month are registered effective as of the first day of the month. The first remittance to a registered holder of a Freddie Mac certificate will be distributed so as to be received normally by the 15th day of the second month following the month in which the purchaser became a registered holder of the Freddie Mac certificate. Thereafter, the remittance will be distributed monthly to the registered holder so as to be received normally by the 15th day of each month. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York maintains book-entry accounts for Freddie Mac certificates sold by Freddie Mac on or after January 2, 1985, and makes payments of principal and interest each month to their registered holders in accordance with the holders’ instructions.

              Federal National Mortgage Association. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act, as amended. Fannie Mae was originally established in 1938 as a United States government agency to provide supplemental liquidity to the mortgage market and was transformed into a stockholder owned and privately-managed corporation by legislation enacted in 1968.

              Fannie Mae provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing mortgage loans from lenders, thereby replenishing their funds for additional lending. Fannie Mae acquires funds to purchase mortgage loans from many capital market investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgages, thereby expanding the total amount of funds available for housing. Operating nationwide, Fannie Mae helps to redistribute mortgage funds from capital-surplus to capital-short areas.

              Fannie Mae Certificates. These are guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates issued and guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae representing fractional undivided interests in a pool of mortgage loans formed by Fannie Mae. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards of the Fannie Mae purchase program. Mortgage loans comprising a pool are either provided by Fannie Mae from its own portfolio or purchased pursuant to the criteria of the Fannie Mae purchase program.

              Mortgage loans underlying Fannie Mae certificates held by an issuing entity will consist of conventional mortgage loans, FHA loans or VA loans. Original maturities of substantially all of the conventional, level payment mortgage loans underlying a Fannie Mae certificate are expected to be between either 8 to 15 years or 20 to 40 years. The original maturities of substantially all of the fixed rate, level payment FHA loans or VA loans are expected to be 30 years. Mortgage loans underlying a Fannie Mae certificate may have annual interest rates that vary by as much as two percentage points from each other. The rate of interest payable on a Fannie Mae certificate is equal to the lowest interest rate of any mortgage loan in the related pool, less a specified minimum annual percentage representing servicing compensation and Fannie Mae’s guaranty fee. Under a regular servicing option, the annual interest rates on the mortgage loans underlying a Fannie Mae certificate will be between 50 basis points and 250 basis points greater than is its annual pass through rate. Under this option the mortgagee or each other servicer assumes the entire risk of foreclosure losses. Under a special servicing option, the annual interest rates on the mortgage loans underlying a Fannie Mae certificate will generally be between 55 basis points and 255 basis points greater than the annual Fannie Mae certificate pass-through rate. Under this option Fannie Mae assumes the entire risk for foreclosure losses. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, Fannie Mae certificates may be backed by adjustable rate mortgages.

              Fannie Mae guarantees to each registered holder of a Fannie Mae certificate that it will distribute amounts representing the holder’s proportionate share of scheduled principal and interest payments at the applicable pass through rate provided for by the Fannie Mae certificate on the underlying mortgage loans, regardless of whether received, and the holder’s proportionate share of the full principal amount of any foreclosed or other finally liquidated mortgage loan, regardless of whether the principal amount is actually recovered. The obligations of Fannie Mae under its guaranties are obligations solely of Fannie Mae and are not backed by, or entitled to, the full

    30


    424B5126th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 126th

    faith and credit of the United States. Although the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States has discretionary authority to lend Fannie Mae up to $2.25 billion outstanding at any time, neither the United States nor any of its agencies is obligated to finance Fannie Mae’s operations or to assist Fannie Mae in any other manner. If Fannie Mae were unable to satisfy its obligations, distributions to holders of Fannie Mae certificates would consist solely of payments and other recoveries on the underlying mortgage loans and, accordingly, monthly distributions to holders of Fannie Mae certificates would be affected by delinquent payments and defaults on the mortgage loans.

              Except for Fannie Mae certificates backed by pools containing graduated payment mortgage loans or mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects, Fannie Mae certificates evidencing interests in pools of mortgage loans formed on or after May 1, 1985 are available in book-entry form only. Distributions of principal and interest on each Fannie Mae certificate will be made by Fannie Mae on the 25th day of each month to the persons in whose name the Fannie Mae certificate is entered in the books of the Federal Reserve Banks or registered on the Fannie Mae certificate register as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding month. Distributions on Fannie Mae certificates issued in book-entry form will be made by wire. Distributions on fully registered Fannie Mae certificates will be made by check.

              The Fannie Mae certificates included in an issuing entity, and the related underlying mortgage loans, may have characteristics and terms different from those described above. Any different characteristics and terms will be described in the related prospectus supplement.

              Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Agency Securities may consist of one or more stripped mortgage-backed securities, each as described in this prospectus and in the related prospectus supplement. Each Agency Security will represent an undivided interest in all or part of either the principal distributions (but not the interest distributions) or the interest distributions (but not the principal distributions), or in some specified portion of the principal and interest distributions (but not all the distributions) on certain Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae certificates. The underlying securities will be held under a trust agreement by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae, each as trustee, or by another trustee named in the related prospectus supplement. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify that Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae will not guarantee each stripped Agency Security to the same extent it guarantees the underlying securities backing the stripped Agency Security, but if it does not, then Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae will guarantee each stripped Agency Security to the same extent it guarantees the underlying securities backing the stripped Agency Security.

              Other Agency Securities. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, an issuing entity may include other mortgage pass-through certificates issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. The characteristics of those mortgage pass-through certificates will be described in the prospectus supplement. If so specified, a combination of different types of Agency Securities may be held in an issuing entity.

    Private Mortgage-Backed Securities

              Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may consist of mortgage pass-through certificates or participation certificates evidencing an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans or collateralized mortgage obligations secured by mortgage loans. Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may include stripped mortgage-backed securities representing an undivided interest in all or a part of either the principal distributions (but not the interest distributions) or the interest distributions (but not the principal distributions) or in some specified portion of the principal and interest distributions (but not all the distributions) on certain mortgage loans. Private Mortgage-Backed Securities will have been issued pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement, an indenture or similar agreement. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide that the seller/servicer of the underlying mortgage loans will not have entered into a pooling and servicing agreement with a private trustee, but if it does not, the seller/servicer of the underlying mortgage loans will have entered into the pooling and servicing agreement with a private trustee. The private trustee or its agent, or a custodian, will possess the mortgage loans underlying the Private Mortgage-Backed Security. Mortgage loans underlying a Private Mortgage-Backed Security will be serviced by a private servicer directly or by one or more subservicers who may be subject to the supervision of the private servicer.

              The issuer of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities will be a financial institution or other entity engaged generally in the business of mortgage lending, a public agency or instrumentality of a state, local or federal government, or a limited purpose corporation organized for the purpose of, among other things, establishing trusts and acquiring and selling residential mortgage loans to the trusts and selling beneficial interests in the trusts. If so

    31


    424B5127th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 127th

    specified in the related prospectus supplement, the issuer of Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may be an affiliate of the depositor. The obligations of the issuer of Private Mortgage-Backed Securities will generally be limited to certain representations and warranties with respect to the assets conveyed by it to the related issuing entity. The issuer of Private Mortgage-Backed Securities will not have guaranteed any of the assets conveyed to the related issuing entity or any of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities issued under the pooling and servicing agreement. Additionally, although the mortgage loans underlying the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may be guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the United States, the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities themselves will not be so guaranteed.

              Distributions of principal and interest will be made on the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities on the dates specified in the related prospectus supplement. The Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may be entitled to receive nominal or no principal distributions or nominal or no interest distributions. Principal and interest distributions will be made on the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities by the private trustee or the private servicer. The issuer of Private Mortgage-Backed Securities or the private servicer may have the right to repurchase assets underlying the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities after a certain date or under other circumstances specified in the related prospectus supplement.

              The mortgage loans underlying the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may consist of fixed rate, level payment, fully amortizing loans or graduated payment mortgage loans, buydown loans, adjustable rate mortgage loans or loans having balloon or other special payment features. The mortgage loans may be secured by first and/or subordinate liens on single family property or residential lot or by an assignment of the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement relating to a specific dwelling within a cooperative and the related shares issued by the cooperative or small multifamily residential properties, such as rental apartment buildings or projects containing five to fifty residential units, or by closed-end and/or revolving home equity loans, secured in whole or in part by first and/or subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties.

              The prospectus supplement for a series for which the issuing entity includes Private Mortgage-Backed Securities will specify

              
  • the aggregate approximate principal amount and type of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities to be included in the issuing entity;
     
     
  • certain characteristics of the mortgage loans that comprise the underlying assets for the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities including
     
       
  • the payment features of the mortgage loans,
     
       
  • the approximate aggregate principal balance, if known, of underlying mortgage loans insured or guaranteed by a governmental entity,
     
       
  • the servicing fee or range of servicing fees with respect to the mortgage loans and
     
       
  • the minimum and maximum stated maturities of the underlying mortgage loans at origination;
     
     
  • the maximum original term-to-stated maturity of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities;
     
     
  • the weighted average term-to stated maturity of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities;
     
     
  • the pass-through or certificate rate of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities;
     
     
  • the weighted average pass-through or certificate rate of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities;
     
     
  • the issuer of Private Mortgage-Backed Securities, the private servicer (if other than the issuer of Private Mortgage-Backed Securities) and the private trustee for the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities;

    32


    424B5128th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 128th

              Private Mortgage-Backed Securities included in the issuing entity for a series of certificates that were issued by an issuer of Private Mortgage-Backed Securities that is not affiliated with the depositor will have been acquired in bona fide secondary market transactions or either have been previously registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or have been held for at least the holding period required to be eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. If all of the conditions in paragraph (a) of Rule 190 under the Securities Act are not met, the offering of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities itself will be registered as a primary offering of such securities, conducted in accordance with the conditions set forth in Rule 190.

    Substitution of Issuing Entity Assets

              Substitution of Issuing Entity Assets will be permitted upon breaches of representations and warranties with respect to any original Mortgage Asset or if the trustee determines that the documentation with respect to any Mortgage Asset is incomplete. See “Loan Program—Representations by Sellers; Repurchases.” The period during which the substitution will be permitted generally will be indicated in the related prospectus supplement. The related prospectus supplement will describe any other conditions upon which Issuing Entity Assets may be substituted for Issuing Entity Assets initially included in the issuing entity.

    Available Information

              The depositor has filed with the SEC a Registration Statement under the Securities Act covering the securities. This prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement, and the prospectus supplement relating to each series of securities contain summaries of the material terms of the documents referred to in this prospectus and in the prospectus supplement, but do not contain all of the information in the Registration Statement pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information, reference is made to the Registration Statement and its exhibits. The Registration Statement and exhibits can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet Web site that contains reports and information statements, and other information regarding the registrants that file electronically with the SEC, including the depositor. The address of that Internet Web site is http://www.sec.gov. The depositor’s SEC Securities Act file number is 333-134691.

              This prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities offered by this prospectus and the prospectus supplement nor an offer of the securities to any person in any state or other jurisdiction in which the offer would be unlawful.

    Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference; Reports Filed with the SEC

              All documents filed for the issuing entity referred to in the accompanying prospectus supplement after the date of this prospectus and before the end of the related offering with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) are incorporated by reference in this prospectus and are a part of this prospectus from the date of their filing; provided, however, this prospectus does not incorporate by reference any of the issuing entity’s annual reports filed on Form 10-K with respect to an

    33


    424B5129th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 129th

    issuance of securities. Any statement contained in a document incorporated by reference in this prospectus is modified or superseded for all purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus (or in the accompanying prospectus supplement) or in any other subsequently filed document that also is incorporated by reference differs from that statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not, except as so modified or superseded, constitute a part of this prospectus.

              The depositor or servicer on behalf of the issuing entity of the related series will file the reports required under the Securities Act and under Section 13(a), 13(c) 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. These reports include (but are not limited to):

              Neither the depositor nor the servicer intends to file with the SEC any reports required under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with respect to an issuing entity following completion of the reporting period required by Rule 15d-1 or Regulation 15D under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Unless specifically stated in the report, the reports and any information included in the report will neither be examined nor reported on by an independent public accountant. Each issuing entity formed by the depositor will have a separate file number assigned by the SEC. Reports filed with respect to an issuing entity with the SEC after the final prospectus supplement is filed will be available under issuing entity’s specific number, which will be a series number assigned to the file number of the depositor shown above.

              The trustee on behalf of any issuing entity will provide without charge to each person to whom this prospectus is delivered, on the person’s written or oral request, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to above that have been or may be incorporated by reference in this prospectus (not including exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that this prospectus incorporates) and any reports filed with the SEC. Requests should be directed to the corporate trust office of the trustee specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    Reports to Securityholders

              The distribution and pool performance reports filed on Form 10-D will be forwarded to each securityholder as specified in the related prospectus supplement. All other reports filed with the SEC concerning the issuing entity will be forwarded to securityholders free of charge upon written request to the trustee on behalf of any issuing entity, but will not be made available through a website of the depositor, the servicer or any other party as these reports and exhibits can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC and can also viewed electronically at the internet Web site of the SEC shown above under “—Available Information.”

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify different items to be reported, but if it does not, before or concurrently with each distribution on a distribution date the servicer or the trustee will furnish to each

    34


    424B5130th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 130th

    securityholder of record of the related series a statement setting forth, to the extent applicable to the series of securities, among other things:

              Where applicable, any amount set forth above may be expressed as a dollar amount per single certificate of the relevant class having the percentage interest specified in the related prospectus supplement. The report to securityholders for any series of securities may include additional or other information of a similar nature to that specified above.

              In addition, within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year, the servicer or the trustee will mail to each securityholder of record at any time during the calendar year a report as to the aggregate of amounts reported pursuant to the first two items for the calendar year or, if the person was a securityholder of record during a portion of the calendar year, for the applicable portion of the year and other customary information deemed appropriate for securityholders to prepare their tax returns.

    35


    424B5131st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 131st

    Use of Proceeds

              The depositor will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the securities to the purchase of Issuing Entity Assets or will be used by the depositor for general corporate purposes. The depositor expects to sell securities in series from time to time, but the timing and amount of securities offerings will depend on a number of factors, including the volume of Issuing Entity Assets acquired by the depositor, prevailing interest rates, availability of funds and general market conditions.

    The Depositor

              IndyMac ABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was organized on July 9, 1999 for the limited purpose of acquiring, owning and transferring Issuing Entity Assets and selling interests in them or bonds secured by them. The depositor is a limited purpose finance subsidiary of IndyMac Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the United States. The depositor maintains its principal office at 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101. Its telephone number is (800) 669-2300.

              The depositor’s obligations after issuance of the securities include delivery of the Issuing Entity Assets and certain related documents and instruments, repurchasing Issuing Entity Assets in the event of certain breaches of representations and warranties made by the depositor, providing tax-related information to the trustee and maintaining the trustee’s first and/or subordinate priority perfected security interest in the Issuing Entity Assets.

              Neither the depositor nor any of the depositor’s affiliates will insure or guarantee distributions on the securities of any series.

    Mortgage Loan Program

              The mortgage loans will have been purchased by the depositor, either directly or through affiliates, from sellers. The discussion below under “Underwriting Process” contains a general description of underwriting standards that are applicable to most sellers. A description of the underwriting guidelines that are applied by the seller or sellers in a particular transaction will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

    Underwriting Standards

              The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for the seller’s representations and warranties relating to the mortgage loans, but if it does not, each seller will represent and warrant that all loans originated and/or sold by it to the depositor will have been underwritten in accordance with standards consistent with those utilized by mortgage lenders generally during the period of origination for similar types of loans. As to any loan insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the seller will represent that it has complied with the underwriting police of the FHA or the VA, as the case may be.

    Underwriting Process

              Underwriting standards are applied by or on behalf of a lender to evaluate the borrower’s credit standing and repayment ability, and the value and adequacy of the Property as collateral. Most lenders offer a number of different underwriting programs. Some programs place more emphasis on a borrower’s credit standing and repayment ability while others emphasize the value and adequacy of the Property as collateral. The most comprehensive of the programs emphasize both.

              In general, where a loan is subject to full underwriting review, a prospective borrower applying for a mortgage loan is required to fill out a detailed application designed to provide to the underwriting officer pertinent credit information. As part of the description of the borrower’s financial condition, the borrower generally is required to provide a current list of assets and liabilities and a statement of income and expenses, as well as an authorization to apply for a credit report which summarizes the borrower’s credit history with local merchants and lenders and any record of bankruptcy. In most cases, an employment verification is obtained from an independent source, typically the borrower’s employer. The verification reports the length of employment with that organization, the borrower’s current salary and whether it is expected that the borrower will continue employment in the future. If a prospective borrower is self-employed, the borrower may be required to submit copies of signed tax returns. The

    36


    424B5132nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 132nd

    borrower may also be required to authorize verification of deposits at financial institutions where the borrower has demand or savings accounts.

              In determining the adequacy of the Property as collateral, an appraisal is made of each property considered for financing. Except as described in the applicable prospectus supplement, an appraiser is required to inspect the property and verify that it is in good repair and that construction, if new, has been completed. The appraisal is based on the market value of comparable homes, the estimated rental income (if considered applicable by the appraiser) and the cost of replacing the home.

              Once all applicable employment, credit and property information is received, a determination generally is made as to whether the prospective borrower has sufficient monthly income available to meet monthly housing expenses and other financial obligations and monthly living expenses and to meet the borrower’s monthly obligations on the proposed mortgage loan (generally determined on the basis of the monthly payments due in the year of origination) and other expenses related to the Property such as property taxes and hazard insurance). The underwriting standards applied by sellers, particularly with respect to the level of loan documentation and the mortgagor’s income and credit history, may be varied in appropriate cases where factors as low Loan-to-Value Ratios or other favorable credit factors exist.

              In the event a lender underwrites mortgage loans under programs less restrictive than the one described above, a description of those programs will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

              Certain of the types of mortgage loans that may be included in an issuing entity may be recently developed and may involve additional uncertainties not present in traditional types of loans. For example, certain of the mortgage loans may provide for escalating or variable payments by the mortgagor. These types of mortgage loans are underwritten on the basis of a judgment that the mortgagors have the ability to make the monthly payments required initially. In some instances, however, a mortgagor’s income may not be sufficient to permit continued loan payments as the payments increase. These types of mortgage loans may also be underwritten primarily on the basis of Loan-to-Value Ratios or other favorable credit factors.

    Qualifications of Sellers

              Each seller must be an institution experienced in originating mortgage loans of the type contained in the related mortgage pool and must maintain satisfactory facilities to originate those mortgage loans.

    Representations by Sellers; Repurchases

              Each seller will have made representations and warranties in respect of the mortgage loans sold by it and evidenced by a series of securities. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify the different representations and warranties, but if it does not, the representations and warranties will generally include, among other things:

    37


    424B5133rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 133rd

              As to any mortgage loan insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the seller will represent that it has complied with underwriting policies of the FHA or the VA, as the case may be.

              As indicated in the related pooling and servicing agreement, the representations and warranties of a seller in respect of a mortgage loan will be made as of the date of initial issuance of the series of securities, the related cut-off date, the date on which the seller sold the mortgage loan to the depositor or one of its affiliates, or the date of origination of the related mortgage loan, as the case may be. If representations and warranties are made as of a date other than the closing date or cut-off date, a substantial period of time may have elapsed between the other date and the date of initial issuance of the series of securities evidencing an interest in the mortgage loan. Because the representations and warranties of a seller do not address events that may occur following the sale of a mortgage loan by the seller or following the origination of the mortgage loan, as the case may be, its repurchase obligation will not arise if the relevant event that would otherwise have given rise to a repurchase obligation with respect to a mortgage loan occurs after the date of sale of the mortgage loan by the seller to the depositor or its affiliates or after the origination of the mortgage loan, as the case may be. In addition, certain representations, including the condition of the related Property, will be limited to the extent the seller has knowledge and the seller will be under no obligation to investigate the substance of the representation. However, the depositor will not include any mortgage loan in the issuing entity for any series of securities if anything has come to the depositor’s attention that would cause it to believe that the representations and warranties of a seller will not be accurate and complete in all material respects in respect of the mortgage loan as of the date of initial issuance of the related series of securities. If the servicer is also a seller of mortgage loans with respect to a particular series, the representations will be in addition to the representations and warranties made by the servicer in its capacity as the servicer.

              The trustee, if the servicer is the seller, or the servicer will promptly notify the relevant seller of any breach of any representation or warranty made by it in respect of a mortgage loan that materially and adversely affects the interests of the securityholders in the mortgage loan. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify that the seller has a different repurchase obligation, but if it does not, then if the seller cannot cure the breach within 90 days after notice from the servicer or the trustee, as the case may be, then the seller will be obligated to either

              If an election is to be made to treat an issuing entity or designated portions of it as a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the servicer or a holder of the related residual certificate will be obligated to pay any prohibited transaction tax that may arise in connection with any repurchase or substitution and the trustee must have received a satisfactory opinion of counsel that the repurchase or substitution will not cause the issuing entity to lose its status as a REMIC or otherwise subject the issuing entity to a prohibited transaction tax. The applicable prospectus supplement may contain different reimbursement options, but if it does not, the servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for that payment from the assets of the related issuing entity or from any holder of the related residual certificate. See “Description of the Securities— General” and in the related prospectus supplement. Except in those cases in which the servicer is the seller, the servicer will be required under the applicable pooling and servicing agreement to enforce this obligation for the benefit of the trustee and the securityholders, following the practices it would employ in its good faith business judgment were it the owner of the mortgage loan. This repurchase obligation will constitute the sole remedy available to securityholders or the trustee for a breach of representation by a seller.

              Neither the depositor nor the servicer (unless the servicer is the seller) will be obligated to purchase or substitute a mortgage loan if a seller defaults on its obligation to do so, and we can give no assurance that sellers will carry out their respective repurchase or substitution obligations with respect to mortgage loans. However, to the

    38


    424B5134th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 134th

    extent that a breach of a representation and warranty of a seller may also constitute a breach of a representation made by the servicer, the servicer may have a repurchase or substitution obligation as described under “The Agreements—Assignment of Issuing Entity Assets.”

    Static Pool Data

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, static pool data with respect to the delinquency, cumulative loss and prepayment data for IndyMac Bank, F.S.B. or any other person specified in the related prospectus supplement will be made available through a website. The prospectus supplement related to each series for which the static pool data is provided through a website will contain the website address to obtain this information. Except as stated below, the static pool data provided through any Web site will be deemed part of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part from the date of the related prospectus supplement.

              Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following information shall not be deemed part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part:

              Static pool data may also be provided in the related prospectus supplement or may be provided in the form of a CD-ROM accompanying the related prospectus supplement. The related prospectus supplement will specify how the static pool data will be presented.

    Description of the Securities

              The prospectus supplement relating to the securities of each series to be offered under this prospectus will, among other things, set forth for the securities, as appropriate:

    39


    424B5135th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 135th

              Each series of certificates will be issued pursuant to a separate Pooling and Servicing Agreement. A form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be dated as of the related cut-off date, as among the depositor, the servicer and the trustee for the benefit of the holders of the securities of the related series. Each series of notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) between the related issuing entity and the entity named in the related prospectus supplement as trustee with respect to the related series, and the related loans will be serviced by the servicer pursuant to a Sale and Servicing Agreement. Each Indenture will be dated as of the cut-off date and the Issuing Entity Assets will be pledged to the related trustee for the benefit of the holders of the securities of the related series.

              A form of Indenture and Sale and Servicing Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part. A series of securities may consist of both notes and certificates. The provisions of each agreement will vary depending upon the nature of the securities to be issued thereunder and the nature of the related issuing entity. The following are descriptions of the material provisions which may appear in each agreement. The descriptions are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the agreement for each series of securities and the applicable prospectus supplement. The depositor will provide a copy of the agreements (without exhibits) relating to any series without charge upon written request of a holder of record of a security of the series addressed to IndyMac ABS, Inc., 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101, Attention: [Transaction Management]. The following summaries describe material provisions that may appear in each agreement.

    General

              The securities of each series will be issued in either fully registered or book-entry form in the authorized denominations specified in the related prospectus supplement. In the case of certificates, the securities will evidence specified beneficial ownership interests in the related issuing entity. In the case of notes, the securities will be secured by the assets of the related issuing entity. In both cases, the securities will not be entitled to payments in respect of the assets included in any other issuing entity established by the depositor. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for guarantees by a governmental entity or other person, but if it does not, the Issuing Entity Assets will not be insured or guaranteed by any governmental entity or other person. Each issuing entity will consist of, to the extent provided in the related agreement,

    40


    424B5136th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 136th

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, an issuing entity may also include one or more of the following: reinvestment income on payments received on the Issuing Entity Assets, a reserve fund, a mortgage pool insurance policy, a special hazard insurance policy, a bankruptcy bond, one or more letters of credit, a surety bond, guaranties or similar instruments or other agreements.

              Each series of securities will be issued in one or more classes. Each class of securities of a series will evidence beneficial ownership of a specified percentage or portion of future interest payments and a specified percentage or portion of future principal payments on the Issuing Entity Assets in the related issuing entity. These specified percentages may be 0%. Each class of notes of a series will be secured by the related Issuing Entity Assets. A series of securities may include one or more classes that are senior in right to payment to one or more other classes of securities of the series. Certain series or classes of securities may be covered by insurance policies, surety bonds or other forms of credit enhancement, in each case as described under”—Credit Enhancement” in this prospectus and in the related prospectus supplement. One or more classes of securities of a series may be entitled to receive distributions of principal, interest or any combination of principal and interest. Distributions on one or more classes of a series of securities may be made before one or more other classes, after the occurrence of specified events, in accordance with a schedule or formula, on the basis of collections from designated portions of the Issuing Entity Assets in the related issuing entity, or on a different basis, in each case as specified in the related prospectus supplement. The timing and amounts of the distributions may vary among classes or over time as specified in the related prospectus supplement.

              The trustee will make distributions of either or both of principal and interest on the related securities on each distribution date (i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at other intervals and on the dates specified in the prospectus supplement) in proportion to the percentages specified in the related prospectus supplement. Distributions will be made to the persons in whose names the securities are registered at the close of business on the dates specified in the related prospectus supplement. Distributions will be made in the manner specified in the related prospectus supplement to the persons entitled to them at the addresses appearing in the security register maintained for securityholders; provided, however, that the final distribution in retirement of the securities will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the securities at the office or agency of the trustee or other person specified in the notice to securityholders of the final distribution.

              The securities will be freely transferable and exchangeable at the corporate trust office of the trustee specified in the related prospectus supplement. No service charge will be made for any registration of exchange or transfer of securities of any series, but the trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.

              Under current law the purchase and holding by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan or other retirement arrangement subject to provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or the Code of certain classes of securities may result in “prohibited transactions” within the meaning of ERISA and the Code. See “ERISA Considerations.” Retirement arrangements subject to these provisions include individual retirement accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds in which the plans, accounts or arrangements are invested. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify other conditions under which transfers of this type would be permitted, but if it does not, transfer of the securities will not be registered unless the transferee represents that it is not, and is not purchasing on behalf of, a plan, account or other retirement arrangement or provides an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the trustee and the depositor that the purchase of the securities by or on behalf of a plan, account or other retirement arrangement is permissible under applicable law and will not subject the trustee, the servicer or the depositor to any obligation or liability in addition to those undertaken in the applicable agreement.

              As to each series, an election may be made to treat the related issuing entity or designated portions of it as a real estate mortgage investment conduit or REMIC as defined in the Code. The related prospectus supplement will specify whether a REMIC election is to be made. Alternatively, the agreement for a series may provide that a REMIC election may be made at the discretion of the depositor or the servicer and may be made only if certain conditions are satisfied. The terms applicable to the making of a REMIC election, as well as any material federal income tax consequences to securityholders not described in this prospectus, will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement. If a REMIC election is made with respect to a series, one of the classes will be designated as evidencing the sole class of residual interests in the related REMIC, as defined in the Code. All other classes of securities in the series will constitute regular interests in the related REMIC, as defined in the Code. As to each

    41


    424B5137th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 137th

    series for which a REMIC election is to be made, the servicer or a holder of the related residual interest or ownership will be obligated to comply with applicable laws and regulations and will be obligated to pay any prohibited transaction taxes. The applicable prospectus supplement may restrict the servicer’s reimbursement rights, but if it does not, the servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for that payment from the assets of the issuing entity or from any holder of the related residual certificate or ownership interest. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, if the amounts distributable to the related residual securities are insufficient to cover the amount of any prohibited transaction taxes, the amount necessary to reimburse the servicer may be deducted from the amounts otherwise distributable to the other classers of securities of the series.

    Distributions on Securities

              General. In general, the method of determining the amount of distributions on a particular series of securities will depend on the type of credit support, if any, for that series. See “Credit Enhancement” in this prospectus and in the related prospectus supplement. Various methods that may be used to determine the amount of distributions on the securities of a particular series. The prospectus supplement for each series of securities will describe the method to be used in determining the amount of distributions on the securities of that series.

              The trustee will make distributions allocable to principal of and interest on the securities out of, and only to the extent of, funds in the related Security Account, including any funds transferred from any reserve fund. As between securities of different classes and as between distributions of principal (and, if applicable, between distributions of principal prepayments and scheduled payments of principal) and interest, distributions made on any distribution date will be applied as specified in the related prospectus supplement. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for payment distinctions within classes, but if it does not, distributions to any class of securities will be made pro rata to all securityholders of that class.

              Available Funds. All distributions on the securities of each series on each distribution date will be made from the Available Funds, in accordance with the terms described in the related prospectus supplement and specified in the related agreement. The applicable prospectus supplement may define Available Funds with reference to different accounts or different amounts, but if it does not, “Available Funds” for each distribution date will generally equal the amount on deposit in the related Security Account on that distribution date (net of related fees and expenses payable by the related issuing entity) other than amounts to be held in the Security Account for distribution on future distribution dates.

              Distributions of Interest. Interest will accrue on the aggregate original balance of the securities (or, in the case of securities entitled only to distributions allocable to interest, the aggregate notional amount) of each class of securities (the “Class Security Balance”) entitled to interest at the pass-through rate or interest rate, as applicable (which in either case may be a fixed rate or a rate adjustable as specified in the prospectus supplement) from the date and for the periods specified in the related prospectus supplement. To the extent funds are available therefor, interest accrued during each specified period on each class of securities entitled to interest (other than a class of securities that provides for interest that accrues, but is not currently payable) will be distributable on the distribution dates specified in the related prospectus supplement until the Class Security Balance of the class has been distributed in full. In the case of securities entitled only to distributions allocable to interest, interest will be distributable until the aggregate notional amount of the securities is reduced to zero or for the period of time designated in the related prospectus supplement. The original principal balance of each security will equal the aggregate distributions allocable to principal to which the security is entitled. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify some other basis for these distributions, but if it does not, distributions allocable to interest on each security that is not entitled to distributions allocable to principal will be calculated based on the notional amount of the certificate. The notional amount of a security will not evidence an interest in or entitlement to distributions allocable to principal but will be used solely for convenience in expressing the calculation of interest and for certain other purposes.

              Interest payable on the securities of a series on a distribution date will include all interest accrued during the period specified in the related prospectus supplement. If the interest accrual period for a security ends two or more days before a distribution date, the effective yield will be lower than the yield obtained if interest on the security were to accrue through the day immediately preceding that distribution date. In addition, the effective yield (at par) to securityholders will be less than the indicated coupon rate.

    42


    424B5138th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 138th

              With respect to any class of accrual securities, any interest that has accrued but is not paid on a given distribution date will be added to the Class Security Balance of the class of securities on that distribution date. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify some other basis for these distributions, but if it does not, distributions of interest on each class of accrual securities will commence only after the occurrence of the events specified in the prospectus supplement and, before that time, the beneficial ownership interest of the class of accrual securities in the issuing entity, as reflected in the Class Security Balance of the class of accrual securities, will increase on each distribution date by the amount of interest that accrued on the class of accrual securities during the preceding interest accrual period but that was not required to be distributed to the class on the distribution date. A class of accrual securities will thereafter accrue interest on its outstanding Class Security Balance as so adjusted.

              Distributions of Principal. The related prospectus supplement will specify the method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the securities on each distribution date will be calculated and the manner in which that amount will be allocated among the classes of securities entitled to distributions of principal. The Class Security Balance of any class of securities entitled to distributions of principal will be the original Class Security Balance of the class of securities specified in the prospectus supplement,

              A series of securities may include one or more classes of senior securities and one or more classes of subordinate securities. If so provided in the related prospectus supplement, one or more classes of senior securities will be entitled to receive all or a disproportionate percentage of the payments of principal that are received from borrowers in advance of their scheduled due dates and are not accompanied by amounts representing scheduled interest due after the month of the payments in the percentages and under the circumstances or for the periods specified in the prospectus supplement. Any disproportionate allocation of these principal prepayments to senior securities will have the effect of accelerating the amortization of the senior securities while increasing the interests evidenced by the subordinated securities in the issuing entity. Increasing the interests of the subordinated securities relative to that of the senior securities is intended to preserve the availability of the subordination provided by the subordinated securities. See “Credit Enhancement—Subordination” and “Credit Enhancement—Subordination of the Subordinated Securities” in the related prospectus supplement.

              Unscheduled Distributions. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the securities will be subject to receipt of distributions before the next scheduled distribution date. If applicable, the trustee will be required to make unscheduled distributions on the day and in the amount specified in the related prospectus supplement if, due to substantial payments of principal (including principal prepayments) on the Issuing Entity Assets, the trustee or the servicer determines that the funds available or anticipated to be available from the Security Account and, if applicable, any reserve fund, may be insufficient to make required distributions on the securities on the distribution date. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify some other basis for these distributions, but if it does not, the amount of the unscheduled distribution that is allocable to principal will not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been required to be distributed as principal on the securities on the next distribution date. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide that unscheduled distributions will not include interest or that interest will be computed on a different basis, but if it does not, all unscheduled distributions will include interest at the applicable pass-through rate on the amount of the unscheduled distribution allocable to principal for the period and to the date specified in the prospectus supplement.

    Advances

              To the extent provided in the related prospectus supplement, the servicer will be required to advance on or before each distribution date (from its own funds or funds held in the Security Account for future distributions to

    43


    424B5139th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 139th

    securityholders), an amount equal to the aggregate of payments of principal and interest that were delinquent on the related Determination Date, subject to the servicer’s determination that the advances will be recoverable out of late payments by obligors on the Issuing Entity Assets, liquidation proceeds, insurance proceeds not used to restore the property or otherwise. In the case of cooperative loans, the servicer also will be required to advance any unpaid maintenance fees and other charges under the related proprietary leases as specified in the related prospectus supplement.

              In making advances, the servicer will endeavor to maintain a regular flow of scheduled interest and principal payments to securityholders, rather than to guarantee or insure against losses.

              If the servicer makes advances from funds being held for future distribution to securityholders, the servicer will replace the funds on or before any future distribution date to the extent that funds in the applicable Security Account on the distribution date would be less than the amount required to be available for distributions to securityholders on the distribution date. Any advances will be reimbursable to the servicer out of recoveries on the specific Issuing Entity Assets with respect to which the advances were made (e.g., late payments made by the related obligors, any related insurance proceeds, liquidation proceeds or proceeds of any mortgage loan repurchased by the depositor or a seller pursuant to the related pooling and servicing agreement or sale or servicing agreement, as applicable). In addition, advances by the servicer also will be reimbursable to the servicer from cash otherwise distributable to securityholders (including the holders of senior securities) to the extent that the servicer determines that the advances previously made are not ultimately recoverable as described in the preceding sentence. The servicer also will be obligated to make advances, to the extent recoverable out of insurance proceeds not used to restore the property, liquidation proceeds or otherwise, for certain taxes and insurance premiums not paid by mortgagors on a timely basis. Funds so advanced are reimbursable to the servicer to the extent permitted by the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the obligations of the servicer to make advances may be supported by a cash advance reserve fund, a surety bond or other arrangement, in each case as described in the prospectus supplement.

              In the event that the servicer fails to make a required advance, the applicable prospectus supplement may specify whether another party will have advancing obligations, but if it does not, the trustee will be obligated to make such advance in its capacity as successor servicer. If the trustee makes such an advance, it will be entitled to be reimbursed for such advance to the same extent and degree as the servicer is entitled to be reimbursed for advances. See “Description of the Securities–Distributions on Securities.”

    Mandatory Auction

              The applicable prospectus supplement for a series of notes may provide for a Dutch auction of such notes to be held on a specified date, provided that certain conditions are met. The prospectus supplement may further provide for adjustments to the terms of the notes, including but not limited to, acceleration of principal repayments, reset of interest rate and/or payment by a credit enhancement provider, and such adjustments may be determined by the results of the Dutch auction.

    Categories of Classes of Securities

              In general, classes of pass-through securities fall into different categories. The following chart identifies and generally defines the more typical categories. The prospectus supplement for a series of securities may identify the classes which comprise the series by reference to the following categories.

    Categories of Classes  Definition 
      Principal Types 
     
    Accretion Directed Class  A class that receives principal payments from the accreted interest from 
      specified accrual classes. An accretion directed class also may receive 
      principal payments from principal paid on the underlying Issuing Entity 
      Assets or other assets of the issuing entity for the related series. 

    44


    424B5140th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 140th
    Categories of Classes  Definition 
      Principal Types 
     
    Companion Class  A class that receives principal payments on any distribution date only if 
      scheduled payments have been made on specified planned principal 
      classes, targeted principal classes or scheduled principal classes. 
     
    Component Class  A class consisting of “components.” The components of a class of 
      component securities may have different principal and interest payment 
      characteristics but together constitute a single class. Each component of a 
      class of component securities may be identified as falling into one or more 
     
    of the categories in this chart.
     
    Non-Accelerated Senior or NAS  A class that, for the period of time specified in the related prospectus 
      supplement, generally will not receive (in other words, is locked out) (1) 
      principal prepayments on the underlying Issuing Entity Assets that are 
      allocated disproportionately to the senior securities because of the shifting 
      interest structure of the securities in the issuing entity and/or (2) scheduled 
      principal payments on the underlying Issuing Entity Assets, as specified in 
      the related prospectus supplement. During the lock-out period, the portion 
      of the principal distributions on the underlying Issuing Entity Assets of 
      which the NAS Class is locked out will be distributed to the other classes 
      of senior securities. 
     
    Notional Amount Class  A class having no principal balance and bearing interest on the related 
      notional amount. The notional amount is used for purposes of the 
      determination of interest distributions. 
     
    Planned Principal Class or PACs  A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a 
      predetermined principal balance schedule derived by assuming two 
      constant prepayment rates for the underlying Issuing Entity Assets. These 
      two rates are the endpoints for the “structuring range” for the planned 
      principal class. The planned principal classes in any series of securities 
      may be subdivided into different categories (e.g., primary planned principal 
      classes, secondary planned principal classes and so forth) having different 
      effective structuring ranges and different principal payment priorities. The 
      structuring range for the secondary planned principal class of a series of 
      securities will be narrower than that for the primary planned principal class 
      of the series. 
     
    Scheduled Principal Class  A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a 
      predetermined principal balance schedule but is not designated as a planned 
      principal class or targeted principal class. In many cases, the schedule is 
      derived by assuming two constant prepayment rates for the underlying 
      Issuing Entity Assets. These two rates are the endpoints for the “structuring 
      range” for the scheduled principal class. 
     
    Sequential Pay Class  Classes that receive principal payments in a prescribed sequence, that do 
      not have predetermined principal balance schedules and that under all 
      circumstances receive payments of principal continuously from the first 
      distribution date on which they receive principal until they are retired. A 
      single class that receives principal payments before or after all other classes 
      in the same series of securities may be identified as a sequential pay class. 

    45


    424B5141st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 141st
    Categories of Classes  Definition 
      Principal Types 
     
    Strip Class  A class that receives a constant proportion, or “strip,” of the principal 
      payments on the underlying Issuing Entity Assets or other assets of the 
      issuing entity. 
     
    Super Senior Class  A class that will not bear its proportionate share of realized losses (other 
      than excess losses) as its share is directed to another class (the “Support 
      Class”) until the Class Security Balance of the Support Class is reduced to 
      zero. 
     
    Support Class  A class that absorbs realized losses other than excess losses that would 
      otherwise be allocated to a Super Senior class after the related classes of 
      subordinated securities are no longer outstanding. 
     
    Targeted Principal Class or TACs  A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a 
      predetermined principal balance schedule derived by assuming a single 
      constant prepayment rate for the underlying Issuing Entity Assets. 
     
                                                                   Interest Types 
     
    Fixed Rate  A class with an interest rate that is fixed throughout the life of the class. 
     
    Floating Rate  A class with an interest rate that resets periodically based upon a 
      designated index and that varies directly with changes in the index. 
     
    Inverse Floating Rate  A class with an interest rate that resets periodically based upon a 
      designated index and that varies inversely with changes in the index. 
     
    Variable Rate  A class with an interest rate that resets periodically and is calculated by 
      reference to the rate or rates of interest applicable to specified assets or 
      instruments (e.g., the mortgage rates borne by the underlying mortgage 
      loans). 
     
    Interest Only  A class that receives some or all of the interest payments made on the 
      underlying Issuing Entity Assets or other assets of the issuing entity and 
      little or no principal. Interest only classes have either a nominal principal 
      balance or a notional amount. A nominal principal balance represents 
      actual principal that will be paid on the class. It is referred to as nominal 
      since it is extremely small compared to other classes. A notional amount is 
      the amount used as a reference to calculate the amount of interest due on an 
      interest only class that is not entitled to any distributions of principal. 
     
    Principal Only  A class that does not bear interest and is entitled to receive only 
      distributions of principal. 
     
    Partial Accrual  A class that accretes a portion of the amount of accrued interest on it, 
      which amount will be added to the principal balance of the class on each 
      applicable distribution date, with the remainder of the accrued interest to be 
      distributed currently as interest on the class. The accretion may continue 
      until a specified event has occurred or until the partial accrual class is 
      retired. 
     
    Accrual  A class that accretes the amount of accrued interest otherwise distributable 
      on the class, which amount will be added as principal to the principal 
      balance of the class on each applicable distribution date. The accretion may 

    46


    424B5142nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 142nd
      Interest Types 
       
      continue until some specified event has occurred or until the accrual class 
      is retired. 

               Indices Applicable to Floating Rate and Inverse Floating Rate Classes

    LIBOR

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify some other basis for determining LIBOR, but if it does not, on the LIBOR determination date (as defined in the related prospectus supplement) for each class of securities of a series for which the applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as LIBOR, the person designated in the related pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable as the calculation agent will determine LIBOR in accordance with one of the two methods described below (which method will be specified in the related prospectus supplement):

    LIBO Method

              If using this method to calculate LIBOR, the calculation agent will determine LIBOR by reference to the quotations, as set forth on the Moneyline Telerate Page 3750, offered by the principal London office of each of the designated reference banks meeting the criteria set forth in this prospectus for making one-month United States dollar deposits in leading banks in the London Interbank market, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR determination date. In lieu of relying on the quotations for those reference banks that appear at the time on the Moneyline Telerate Page 3750, the calculation agent will request each of the reference banks to provide the offered quotations at that time.

              Under this method the calculation agent will establish LIBOR on each LIBOR determination date as follows:

              (a) If on any LIBOR determination date two or more reference banks provide offered quotations, LIBOR for the next interest accrual period shall be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations (rounded upwards if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%).

              (b) If on any LIBOR determination date only one or none of the reference banks provides offered quotations, LIBOR for the next interest accrual period shall be whichever is the higher of

    The reserve interest rate shall be the rate per annum which the calculation agent determines to be either

              (c) If on any LIBOR determination date for a class specified in the related prospectus supplement, the calculation agent is required but is unable to determine the reserve interest rate in the manner provided in paragraph (b) above, LIBOR for the next interest accrual period shall be LIBOR as determined on the preceding LIBOR determination date, or, in the case of the first LIBOR determination date, LIBOR shall be considered to be the per annum rate specified as such in the related prospectus supplement.

    47


    424B5143rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 143rd

              Each reference bank will be a leading bank engaged in transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market; will not control, be controlled by, or be under common control with the calculation agent; and will have an established place of business in London. If reference bank should be unwilling or unable to act as such or if appointment of a reference bank is terminated, another leading bank meeting the criteria specified above will be appointed.

    BBA Method

              If using this method of determining LIBOR, the calculation agent will determine LIBOR on the basis of the British Bankers’ Association “Interest Settlement Rate” for one-month deposits in United States dollars as found on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time on each LIBOR determination date. Interest Settlement Rates currently are based on rates quoted by eight British Bankers’ Association designated banks as being, in the view of the banks, the offered rate at which deposits are being quoted to prime banks in the London interbank market. The Interest Settlement Rates are calculated by eliminating the two highest rates and the two lowest rates, averaging the four remaining rates, carrying the result (expressed as a percentage) out to six decimal places, and rounding to five decimal places.

              If on any LIBOR determination date, the calculation agent is unable to calculate LIBOR in accordance with the method set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph, LIBOR for the next interest accrual period will be calculated in accordance with the LIBOR method described under “LIBO Method.”

              The calculation agent’s determination of LIBOR on each LIBOR determination date and its calculation of the rate of interest for the applicable classes for the related interest accrual period will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

    COFI

              The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is designed to represent the monthly weighted average cost of funds for savings institutions in Arizona, California and Nevada that are member institutions of the Eleventh Federal Home Loan Bank District (the “Eleventh District”). The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for a particular month reflects the interest costs paid on all types of funds held by Eleventh District member institutions and is calculated by dividing the cost of funds by the average of the total amount of those funds outstanding at the end of that month and of the prior month and annualizing and adjusting the result to reflect the actual number of days in the particular month. If necessary, before these calculations are made, the component figures are adjusted by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLBSF”) to neutralize the effect of events such as member institutions leaving the Eleventh District or acquiring institutions outside the Eleventh District. The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is weighted to reflect the relative amount of each type of funds held at the end of the relevant month. The major components of funds of Eleventh District member institutions are: savings deposits, time deposits, FHLBSF advances, repurchase agreements and all other borrowings. Because the component funds represent a variety of maturities whose costs may react in different ways to changing conditions, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index does not necessarily reflect current market rates.

              A number of factors affect the performance of the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index, which may cause it to move in a manner different from indices tied to specific interest rates, such as United States Treasury Bills or LIBOR. Because the liabilities upon which the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is based were issued at various times under various market conditions and with various maturities, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may not necessarily reflect the prevailing market interest rates on new liabilities of similar maturities. Moreover, as stated above, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is designed to represent the average cost of funds for Eleventh District savings institutions for the month before the month in which it is due to be published. Additionally, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may not necessarily move in the same direction as market interest rates at all times, because as longer term deposits or borrowings mature and are renewed at prevailing market interest rates, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is influenced by the differential between the prior and the new rates on those deposits or borrowings. In addition, movements of the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index, as compared to other indices tied to specific interest rates, may be affected by changes instituted by the FHLBSF in the method used to calculate the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index.

    48


    424B5144th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 144th

              The FHLBSF publishes the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index in its monthly Information Bulletin. Any individual may request regular receipt by mail of Information Bulletins by writing the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, P.O. Box 7948, 600 California Street, San Francisco, California 94120, or by calling (415) 616-1000. The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may also be obtained by calling the FHLBSF at (415) 616-2600.

              The FHLBSF has stated in its Information Bulletin that the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for a month “will be announced on or near the last working day” of the following month and also has stated that it “cannot guarantee the announcement” of the index on an exact date. So long as the index for a month is announced on or before the tenth day of the second following month, the interest rate for each class of securities of a series for which the applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as COFI for the interest accrual period commencing in the second following month will be based on the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for the second preceding month. If publication is delayed beyond the tenth day, the interest rate will be based on the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for the third preceding month.

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify some other basis for determining COFI, but if it does not, then if on the tenth day of the month in which any interest accrual period commences for a class of COFI securities the most recently published Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index relates to a month before the third preceding month, the index for the current interest accrual period and for each succeeding interest accrual period will, except as described in the next to last sentence of this paragraph, be based on the National Monthly Median Cost of Funds Ratio to SAIF-Insured Institutions (the “National Cost of Funds Index”) published by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) for the third preceding month (or the fourth preceding month if the National Cost of Funds Index for the third preceding month has not been published on the tenth day of an interest accrual period). Information on the National Cost of Funds Index may be obtained by writing the OTS at 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552 or calling (202) 906-6677, and the current National Cost of Funds Index may be obtained by calling (202) 906-6988. If on the tenth day of the month in which an interest accrual period commences the most recently published National Cost of Funds Index relates to a month before the fourth preceding month, the applicable index for the interest accrual period and each succeeding interest accrual period will be based on LIBOR, as determined by the calculation agent in accordance with the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, relating to the series of securities. A change of index from the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index to an alternative index will result in a change in the index level and could increase its volatility, particularly if LIBOR is the alternative index.

              The calculations agent’s determination of COFI and its calculation of the rates of interest for the applicable classes for the related interest accrual period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

    Treasury Index

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify some other basis for determining and defining the Treasury index, but if it does not, on the Treasury index determination date for each class of securities of a series for which the applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as a Treasury index, the calculation agent will ascertain the Treasury index for Treasury securities of the maturity and for the period (or, if applicable, date) specified in the related prospectus supplement. The Treasury index for any period means the average of the yield for each business day during the specified period (and for any date means the yield for the date), expressed as a per annum percentage rate, on U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to the “constant maturity” specified in the prospectus supplement or if no “constant maturity” is so specified, U.S. Treasury securities trading on the secondary market having the maturity specified in the prospectus supplement, in each case as published by the Federal Reserve Board in its Statistical Release No. H.15 (519). Statistical Release No. H.15 (519) is published on Monday or Tuesday of each week and may be obtained by writing or calling the Publications Department at the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 21st and C Streets, Washington, D.C. 20551 (202) 452-3244. If the calculation agent has not yet received Statistical Release No. H.15 (519) for a week, then it will use the Statistical Release from the preceding week.

              Yields on U.S. Treasury securities at “constant maturity” are derived from the U.S. Treasury’s daily yield curve. This curve, which relates the yield on a security to its time to maturity, is based on the closing market bid yields on actively traded Treasury securities in the over-the-counter market. These market yields are calculated from composites of quotations reported by five leading U.S. Government securities dealers to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. This method provides a yield for a given maturity even if no security with that exact maturity is

    49


    424B5145th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 145th

    outstanding. If the Treasury index is no longer published, a new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be designated in accordance with the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, relating to the particular series of securities. The calculation agent’s determination of the Treasury index, and its calculation of the rates of interest for the applicable classes for the related interest accrual period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

    Prime Rate

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify some other basis for determining and defining the prime rate, but if it does not, on the prime rate determination date for each class of securities of a series for which the applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as the prime rate, the calculation agent will ascertain the prime rate for the related interest accrual period. The prime rate for an interest accrual period will be the “prime rate” as published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal on the related prime rate determination date, or if not so published, the “prime rate” as published in a newspaper of general circulation selected by the calculation agent in its sole discretion. If a prime rate range is given, then the average of the range will be used. If the prime rate is no longer published, a new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be designated in accordance with the applicable agreement relating to the particular series of securities. The calculation agent’s determination of the prime rate and its calculation of the rates of interest for the related interest accrual period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

    Book-Entry Securities

              If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, one or more classes of securities of any series may be issued as book-entry securities. Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in book-entry securities will hold their securities either:

              Each class of book-entry securities will be issued in one or more securities that equal the aggregate principal balance of the class and will initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co. as the nominee of DTC. Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in Clearstream, Luxembourg’s or Euroclear’s name, on the books of their respective depositaries. These depositaries will in turn hold the positions in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC. Citibank, N.A. will act as depositary for Clearstream, Luxembourg and The Chase Manhattan Bank will act as depositary for Euroclear. Except as described below, no person acquiring a beneficial interest in a book-entry security will be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing the security.

              The beneficial owner’s ownership of a book-entry security will be recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other financial intermediary that maintains the beneficial owner’s account for that purpose. In turn, the financial intermediary’s ownership of a book-entry security will be recorded on the records of DTC (or of a participating firm that acts as agent for the financial intermediary, whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if the beneficial owner’s financial intermediary is not a DTC participant, and on the records of Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear, as appropriate). Therefore, the beneficial owner must rely on the foregoing procedures to evidence its beneficial ownership of a book-entry security. Beneficial ownership of a book-entry security may only be transferred by compliance with the procedures of the financial intermediaries and depository participants.

              Beneficial owners will receive all distributions of principal of and interest on the securities from the trustee through DTC and its participants. While the securities are outstanding (except under the circumstances described below), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers of the securities among participants on whose behalf it acts and is required to receive and transmit distributions on the securities in accordance with rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and its operations. Participants and indirect participants with whom beneficial owners have accounts are likewise required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit

    50


    424B5146th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 146th

    distributions on behalf of their respective beneficial owners. Although beneficial owners will not possess physical certificates, the DTC rules, regulations and procedures provide a mechanism by which beneficial owners may receive distributions on the securities and transfer their interests in the securities.

              Beneficial owners will not receive or be entitled to receive certificates representing their interests in the securities except under the limited circumstances described below. Until definitive securities are issued, beneficial owners who are not participants may transfer ownership of their securities only through participants and indirect participants by instructing them to transfer securities through DTC for the accounts of the purchasers of those securities. In accordance with DTC’s rules, regulations and procedures, transfers of ownership will be executed through DTC, and the accounts of the respective participants at DTC will be debited and credited. Similarly, the participants and indirect participants will make the appropriate debits and credits on their records on behalf of the selling and purchasing beneficial owners.

              Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear resulting from transactions with participants will be made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day after the DTC settlement date. These credits, and any transactions in the securities settled during processing, will be reported to the applicable Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg participants on that business day. Cash received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear resulting from sales of securities by or through a Clearstream, Luxembourg participant (described below) or Euroclear Participant (described below) to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will not be available in the applicable Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear cash account until the business day after settlement in DTC.

              Transfers between DTC participants will be governed by DTC rules. Transfers between Clearstream, Luxembourg participants and Euroclear participants will be governed by their respective rules and operating procedures.

              Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC and persons holding directly or indirectly through Clearstream, Luxembourg participants or Euroclear participants will be effected in DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the applicable European international clearing system by the applicable depositary. These cross-market transactions, however, will require delivery of instructions to the applicable European international clearing system by the counterparty in that system according to its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). If the transaction meets its settlement requirements, the applicable European international clearing system will deliver instructions to the applicable depositary to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with the procedures for same day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Clearstream, Luxembourg Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the European depositaries.

              DTC, which is a New York-chartered limited purpose trust company, performs services for its participants, some of which (and/or their representatives) own DTC. In accordance with its normal procedures, DTC is expected to record the positions held by each DTC participant in the book-entry securities, whether held for its own account or as a nominee for another person. In general, beneficial ownership of book-entry securities will be subject to the DTC Rules.

              Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, 67 Bd Grande-Duchesse Charlotte, L-2967 Luxembourg (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”), was incorporated in 1970 as “Clearstream, Luxembourg S.A.” a company with limited liability under Luxembourg law (a société anonyme). Clearstream, Luxembourg S.A. subsequently changed its name to Cedelbank. On 10 January 2000, Cedelbank’s parent company, Clearstream, Luxembourg International, société anonyme (“CI”) merged its clearing, settlement and custody business with that of Deutsche Borse Clearing AG (“DBC”). The merger involved the transfer by CI of substantially all of its assets and liabilities (including its shares in CB) to a new Luxembourg company, New Clearstream, Luxembourg International, société anonyme (“New CI”), which is 50% owned by CI and 50% owned by DBC’s parent company Deutsche Borse AG. The shareholders of these two entities are banks, securities dealers and financial institutions. Clearstream, Luxembourg International currently has 92 shareholders, including U.S. financial institutions or their subsidiaries. No single entity may own more than 5 percent of Clearstream, Luxembourg International’s stock.

    51


    424B5147th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 147th

              Further to the merger, the Board of Directors of New Clearstream, Luxembourg International decided to rename the companies in the group in order to give them a cohesive brand name. The new brand name that was chosen is “Clearstream” With effect from January 14, 2000 New CI has been renamed “Clearstream International, société anonyme.” On January 18, 2000, Cedelbank was renamed “Clearstream Banking, société anonyme” and Clearstream, Luxembourg Global Services was renamed “Clearstream Services, société anonyme.”

              On January 17, 2000 DBC was renamed “Clearstream Banking AG.” This means that there are now two entities in the corporate group headed by Clearstream International which share the name “Clearstream Banking,” the entity previously named “Cedelbank” and the entity previously named “Deutsche Borse Clearing AG.”

              Clearstream, Luxembourg holds securities for its customers and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Clearstream, Luxembourg customers through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg customers, thereby eliminating the need for physical transfer of certificates. Transactions may be settled by Clearstream, Luxembourg in any of 30 currencies, including United States dollars. Clearstream, Luxembourg provides its customers, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Clearstream, Luxembourg interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository, Clearstream, Luxembourg is registered as a bank in Luxembourg, and as such is subject to regulation by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier, “CSSF,” which supervises Luxembourg banks. Clearstream, Luxembourg’s customers are world-wide financial institutions, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations. Clearstream, Luxembourg’s U.S. customers are limited to securities brokers and dealers, and banks. Currently, Clearstream, Luxembourg has approximately 2,000 customers located in over 80 countries, including all major European countries, Canada, and the United States. Indirect access to Clearstream, Luxembourg is also available to other institutions that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with an account holder of Clearstream, Luxembourg. Clearstream, Luxembourg has established an electronic bridge with Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as the Operator of the Euroclear System (the “Euroclear Operator”) in Brussels to facilitate settlement of trades between Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Euroclear Operator.

              Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for its participants and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical transfer of certificates, as well as any risk from the lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Transactions may be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United States dollars. Euroclear provides various other services, including securities lending and borrowing. It also interfaces with domestic markets in several countries in a manner similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of the Euroclear Operator, under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the “Cooperative”). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear participants. Euroclear participants include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.

              The Euroclear Operator has a banking license from the Belgian Banking and Finance Commission. This license authorizes the Euroclear Operator to carry out banking activities on a global basis.

              Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law (collectively, the “Terms and Conditions”). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear participants.

              Under a book-entry format, beneficial owners of the book-entry securities may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, because the trustee will send payments to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Distributions

    52


    424B5148th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 148th

    on securities held through Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear and received by the applicable depositary will be credited to the cash accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg Participants or Euroclear Participants in accordance with each system’s rules and procedures. These distributions will be subject to tax reporting under the applicable United States laws and regulations. See “Federal Income Tax Consequences–Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors” and “Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes–Backup Withholding” in this prospectus. Because DTC can only act on behalf of financial intermediaries, the a beneficial owner’s ability to pledge book-entry securities to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of the book-entry securities, may be limited by the lack of physical certificates for the book-entry securities. In addition, issuance of the book-entry securities in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of those securities in the secondary market because some potential investors may not want to purchase securities for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.

              Until definitive securities are issued, it is anticipated that the only “securityholder” of the book-entry securities will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Beneficial owners are only permitted to exercise the rights of securityholders indirectly through financial intermediaries and DTC. Monthly and annual reports for the related issuing entity will be provided to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Cede & Co. may make them available to beneficial owners upon request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC. It may also make them available to the financial intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the book-entry securities of those beneficial owners are credited.

              Until definitive securities are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders of the book-entry securities of a series under the related agreement only at the direction of one or more financial intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the book-entry securities are credited, to the extent that the actions are taken on behalf of financial intermediaries whose holdings include the book-entry securities. Clearstream, Luxembourg or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by a securityholder on behalf of a Clearstream, Luxembourg participant or Euroclear participant, respectively, only in accordance with its applicable rules and procedures and subject to the applicable depositary’s ability to effect actions on its behalf through DTC. At the direction of the related participants, DTC may take actions with respect to some securities that conflict with actions taken with respect to other securities.

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify when and for what reasons definitive securities may be issued, but if it does not, definitive securities will be issued to beneficial owners of book-entry securities, or their nominees, rather than to DTC, only if:

              Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the preceding paragraph, the trustee will be required to notify all beneficial owners of the occurrence of the event and the availability of definitive securities through DTC. Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or certificates representing the book-entry securities and instructions for re-registration, the trustee will issue the definitive securities, and thereafter the trustee will recognize the holders of the definitive securities as securityholders under the applicable agreement.

              Although DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of securities among participants of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear, they are not obligated to perform or continue to perform these procedures and these procedures may be discontinued at any time.

    53


    424B5149th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 149th

              The servicer, the depositor and the trustee will not be responsible for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of the book-entry securities held by Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to the beneficial ownership interests.

    54


    424B5150th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 150th

    Global Clearance, Settlement And Tax Documentation Procedures

              Except in certain limited circumstances, the securities offered by a prospectus supplement, other than any residual securities, will be offered globally (the “Global Securities”) and will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global Securities may hold such Global Securities through DTC and, upon request, through Clearstream or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be tradable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

              Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through Clearstream and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

              Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

              Secondary cross-market trading between Clearstream or Euroclear and Participants holding Global Securities will be effected on a delivery-against-payment basis through the respective Depositaries of Clearstream and Euroclear (in such capacity) and as Participants.

              Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations or their participants.

              Initial Settlement

              All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors’ interests in the Global Securities will be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Clearstream and Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their participants through their respective European Depositaries, which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as Participants.

              Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC or through Clearstream or Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement practices applicable to conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary Global Security and no “lock-up” or restricted period. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

              Secondary Market Trading

              Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser’s and seller’s accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value date.

              Trading between Participants. Secondary market trading between Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior mortgage loan asset-backed certificates issues in same-day funds.

              Trading between Clearstream and/or Euroclear Participants. Secondary market trading between Clearstream participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

              Trading between DTC Seller and Clearstream or Euroclear purchaser. When Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a Participant to the account of a Clearstream participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will send instructions to Clearstream or Euroclear through a Clearstream participant or Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. Clearstream or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the Global Securities against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on each class of Global Securities according to the interest accrual method specified in the related prospectus supplement. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the respective Depositary of the

    55


    424B5151st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 151st

    Participant’s account against delivery of the Global Securities. After settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Clearstream participant’s or Euroclear Participant’s account. The Global Securities credit will appear the next day (European time) and the cash debt will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Clearstream or Euroclear cash debt will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

              Clearstream participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within Clearstream or Euroclear. Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Clearstream or Euroclear until the Global Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

              As an alternative, if Clearstream or Euroclear has extended at line of credit to them, Clearstream participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to preposition funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under this procedure, Clearstream participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each Clearstream participant’s or Euroclear Participant’s particular cost of funds.

              Because the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to the respective European Depositary for the benefit of Clearstream participants or Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the settlement date. Thus, to the Participants a cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a trade between two Participants.

              Trading between Clearstream or Euroclear Seller and DTC Purchaser. Due to time zone differences in their favor, Clearstream participants and Euroclear Participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the respective Depositary, to a Participant. The seller will send instructions to Clearstream or Euroclear through a Clearstream participant or Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases Clearstream or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global Securities to the Participant’s account against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities according to the interest accrual method specified in the related prospectus supplement. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the Clearstream participant or Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Clearstream participant’s or Euroclear Participant’s account would be back-valued to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). If the Clearstream participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elect to be in debt in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Clearstream participant’s or Euroclear Participant’s account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

              Finally, day traders that use Clearstream or Euroclear and that purchase Global Securities from Participants for delivery to Clearstream participants or Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

              1.           borrowing through Clearstream or Euroclear accounts) for one day (until the purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their Clearstream or Euroclear accounts) in accordance with the clearing system’s customary procedures;

    56


    424B5152nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 152nd

              2.           borrowing the Global Securities in the United States from a Participant no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Clearstream or Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

              3.           staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade so that the value date for the purchase from the Participant is at least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Clearstream participant or Euroclear Participant.

              Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

              A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through Clearstream or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be subject to the U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

              In each case, the Certificate Owner of a Global Security files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds (the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of the clearing agency). Form W-8BEN and Form W-8ECI are generally effective until the end of the third succeeding calendar year after the date such form is signed unless the information provided in the form changes. If information in the form changes, a new form must be provided within 30 days of such change.

              The term “U.S. Person” means (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership for United States federal income tax purposes organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia (unless, in the case of a partnership, Treasury regulations provide otherwise) or (iii) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for United States tax purposes, regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in Treasury regulations, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to that date, that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons will also be a U.S. Person. This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.

    57


    424B5153rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 153rd

    Credit Enhancement

    General

              Credit enhancement may be provided for one or more classes of a series of securities or with respect to the Issuing Entity Assets in the related issuing entity. Credit enhancement may be in the form of a limited financial guaranty policy issued by an entity named in the related prospectus supplement, the subordination of one or more classes of the securities of the series, the establishment of one or more reserve funds, the use of a cross support feature, use of a mortgage pool insurance policy, FHA insurance, VA guarantee, bankruptcy bond, special hazard insurance policy, surety bond, letter of credit, guaranteed investment contract, overcollateralization or any combination of them. Credit enhancement may not provide protection against all risks of loss or guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance of the securities and interest on them. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by credit enhancement or which are not covered by the credit enhancement, securityholders will bear their allocable share of any deficiencies.

    Subordination

              If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the rights of holders of one or more classes of subordinated securities will be subordinate to the rights of holders of one or more other classes of senior securities of the series to distributions of scheduled principal, principal prepayments, interest or any combination of them that otherwise would have been payable to holders of subordinated securities under the circumstances and to the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, holders of senior securities also may be protected by a reduction in the ownership interest, if any, of the related subordinated securities or by any other method described in the related prospectus supplement. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, delays in receipt of scheduled payments on the Issuing Entity Assets and losses with respect to the Issuing Entity Assets will be borne first by the various classes of subordinated securities and thereafter by the various classes of senior securities, in each case under the circumstances and subject to the limitations specified in the related prospectus supplement. The aggregate distributions of delinquent payments on the Issuing Entity Assets over the lives of the securities or at any time, the aggregate losses on Issuing Entity Assets which must be borne by the subordinated securities by virtue of subordination and the amount of the distributions otherwise distributable to the subordinated securityholders that will be distributable to senior securityholders on any distribution date may be limited as specified in the related prospectus supplement. If aggregate distributions of delinquent payments on the Issuing Entity Assets or aggregate losses on the Issuing Entity Assets were to exceed the amount specified in the related prospectus supplement, senior securityholders would experience losses on the securities.

              In addition to or instead of the subordination methods listed above, the prospectus supplement for a series may provide that all or a portion of the distributions otherwise payable to holders of subordinated securities on any distribution date will instead either be deposited into one or more reserve accounts established with the trustee, or distributed to the holders of senior securities. As specified in the related prospectus supplement, deposits into a reserve account may be made on each distribution date, or for specified time periods, or until the balance in the reserve account has reached a specified amount and thereafter, to the extent necessary to maintain the balance in the reserve account at any required level. Amounts on deposit in the reserve account for a series may be released to the holders of certain classes of securities at the times and under the circumstances specified in the related prospectus supplement.

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, various classes of senior securities and subordinated securities may themselves be subordinate in their right to receive certain distributions to other classes of senior and subordinated securities, respectively, through a cross support mechanism or otherwise.

              As between classes of senior securities and as between classes of subordinated securities, distributions may be allocated among the classes in the order of their scheduled final distribution dates, in accordance with a schedule or formula, in relation to the occurrence of events, or otherwise, in each case as specified in the related prospectus supplement. As between classes of subordinated securities, payments to senior securityholders on account of delinquencies or losses and payments to the reserve fund will be allocated as specified in the related prospectus supplement.

    58


    424B5154th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 154th

              With respect to any series with classes of senior and subordinated securities, the terms and priorities of the subordination may vary from those described in the preceding paragraphs. Any such variation will be described in the related prospectus supplement.

    Letter of Credit

              Any letter of credit for a series of securities will be issued by the bank or financial institution specified in the related prospectus supplement. The specified bank will be obligated to honor drawings under the letter of credit in an aggregate fixed dollar amount, net of unreimbursed payments under the letter of credit, equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate principal balance of:

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the letter of credit may permit drawings in the event of losses not covered by insurance policies or other credit support, such as losses arising from damage not covered by standard hazard insurance policies, losses resulting from the bankruptcy of a borrower and the application of certain provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, or losses resulting from denial of insurance coverage due to misrepresentations in connection with the origination of a mortgage loan. The amount available under the letter of credit will be reduced by the amount of unreimbursed payments under the letter of credit. The obligations of the bank issuing a letter of credit for any series of securities will expire at the earlier of the date specified in the related prospectus supplement or the termination of the issuing entity. See “The Agreements–Termination: Optional Termination.” A copy of any letter of credit for a series will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K after the issuance of the securities of the related series.

    Mortgage Pool Insurance Policies

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement relating to a mortgage pool, a separate mortgage pool insurance policy will be obtained for the mortgage pool and issued by the insurer named in the prospectus supplement. Each mortgage pool insurance policy will, subject to policy limitations, cover loss from default in payment on mortgage loans in the mortgage pool in an amount equal to a percentage specified in the prospectus supplement of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans on the cut-off date that are not covered as to their entire outstanding principal balances by primary mortgage insurance policies. As more fully described below, the servicer will present claims under the insurance to the pool insurer on behalf of itself, the trustee and the securityholders. The mortgage pool insurance policies, however, are not blanket policies against loss, since claims under them may be made only for particular defaulted mortgage loans and only upon satisfaction of conditions precedent in the policy. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify that mortgage pool insurance will cover the failure to pay or the denial of a claim under a primary mortgage insurance policy, but if it does not, the mortgage pool insurance policies will not cover losses due to a failure to pay or denial of a claim under a primary mortgage insurance policy.

              In general, each mortgage pool insurance policy will provide that no claims may be validly presented unless

    59


    424B5155th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 155th

              Upon satisfaction of these conditions, the pool insurer will have the option either to purchase the Property at a price equal to the principal balance of the related mortgage loan plus accrued and unpaid interest at the mortgage rate to the date of the purchase and certain expenses incurred by the servicer on behalf of the trustee and securityholders or to pay the amount by which the sum of the principal balance of the defaulted mortgage loan plus accrued and unpaid interest at the mortgage rate to the date of payment of the claim and the aforementioned expenses exceeds the proceeds received from an approved sale of the Property, in either case net of certain amounts paid or assumed to have been paid under the related primary mortgage insurance policy. If any Property is damaged, and proceeds, if any, from the related hazard insurance policy or a special hazard insurance policy or policies maintained for a series are insufficient to restore the damaged property to a condition sufficient to permit recovery under the mortgage pool insurance policy, the servicer will not be required to expend its own funds to restore the damaged property unless it determines that the restoration will increase the proceeds to securityholders on liquidation of the mortgage loan after reimbursement of the servicer for its expenses and the expenses will be recoverable by it through proceeds of the sale of the Property or proceeds of the related mortgage pool insurance policy or any related primary mortgage insurance policy.

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify that mortgage pool insurance will cover various origination and servicing defaults, but if it does not, then no mortgage pool insurance policy will insure (and many primary mortgage insurance policies do not insure) against loss sustained from a default arising from, among other things, fraud or negligence in the origination or servicing of a mortgage loan, including misrepresentation by the mortgagor, the originator or persons involved in its origination, or failure to construct a Property in accordance with plans and specifications. A failure of coverage for one of these reasons will not ordinarily result in a breach of the related seller’s representations and, in that case, will not result in an obligation on the part of the seller to cure or repurchase the defaulted mortgage loan. No mortgage pool insurance policy will cover (and many primary mortgage insurance policies do not cover) a claim with respect to a defaulted mortgage loan occurring when the servicer of the mortgage loan, at the time of default or thereafter, was not approved by the applicable insurer.

              The original amount of coverage under each mortgage pool insurance policy will be maintained to the extent provided in the related prospectus supplement and may be reduced over the life of the related securities by the aggregate dollar amount of claims paid less the aggregate of the net amounts realized by the pool insurer upon disposition of all foreclosed properties. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide that the claims paid will be net of servicer expenses and accrued interest, but if it does not, then the amount of claims paid will include certain expenses incurred by the servicer as well as accrued interest on delinquent mortgage loans to the date of payment of the claim. Accordingly, if aggregate net claims paid under any mortgage pool insurance policy reach the original policy limit, coverage under that mortgage pool insurance policy will be exhausted and any further losses will be borne by the securityholders.

    Special Hazard Insurance Policies

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, a separate special hazard insurance policy will be obtained for the mortgage pool and will be issued by the insurer named in the prospectus supplement. Each special hazard insurance policy will, subject to policy limitations, protect holders of the related securities from loss caused by the application of the coinsurance clause contained in hazard insurance policies and loss from damage to mortgaged properties caused by certain hazards not insured against under the standard form of hazard insurance policy in the states where the mortgaged properties are located or under a flood insurance policy if the Property is located in a federally designated flood area. Some of the losses covered include earthquakes and, to a limited extent, tidal waves and related water damage or as otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement. See “The Agreements—Hazard Insurance.” No special hazard insurance policy will cover losses from fraud or conversion by the trustee or servicer, war, insurrection, civil war, certain governmental action, errors in design, faulty workmanship or materials (except under certain circumstances), nuclear or chemical reaction, flood (if the Property is located in a federally designated flood area), nuclear or chemical contamination and certain other risks. The amount of coverage under any special hazard insurance policy will be specified in the related prospectus supplement. Each special hazard insurance policy will provide that no claim may be paid unless hazard and, if applicable, flood insurance on the property securing the mortgage loan have been kept in force and other protection and preservation expenses have been paid.

    60


    424B5156th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 156th

              The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for other payment coverage, but if it does not, then, subject to these limitations, each special hazard insurance policy will provide that where there has been damage to property securing a foreclosed mortgage loan (title to which has been acquired by the insured) and to the extent the damage is not covered by the hazard insurance policy or flood insurance policy, if any, maintained by the mortgagor or the servicer, the special hazard insurer will pay the lesser of the cost of repair or replacement of the property or, upon transfer of the property to the special hazard insurer, the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loan at the time of acquisition of the property by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus accrued interest to the date of claim settlement and certain expenses incurred by the servicer with respect to the property. If the unpaid principal balance of a mortgage loan plus accrued interest and certain expenses is paid by the special hazard insurer, the amount of further coverage under the related special hazard insurance policy will be reduced by that amount less any net proceeds from the sale of the property. Any amount paid to repair the property will further reduce coverage by that amount. So long as a mortgage pool insurance policy remains in effect, the payment by the special hazard insurer of the cost of repair or of the unpaid principal balance of the related mortgage loan plus accrued interest and certain expenses will not affect the total insurance proceeds paid to securityholders, but will affect the relative amounts of coverage remaining under the related special hazard insurance policy and mortgage pool insurance policy.

              To the extent specified in the prospectus supplement, the servicer may deposit cash, an irrevocable letter of credit, or any other instrument acceptable to each nationally recognized rating agency rating the securities of the related series at the request of the depositor in a special trust account to provide protection in lieu of or in addition to that provided by a special hazard insurance policy. The amount of any special hazard insurance policy or of the deposit to the special trust account relating to the securities may be reduced so long as the reduction will not result in a downgrading of the rating of the securities by a rating agency rating securities at the request of the depositor.

    Bankruptcy Bonds

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, a bankruptcy bond to cover losses resulting from proceedings under the federal Bankruptcy Code with respect to a mortgage loan will be issued by an insurer named in the prospectus supplement. Each bankruptcy bond will cover, to the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement, certain losses resulting from a reduction by a bankruptcy court of scheduled payments of principal and interest on a mortgage loan or a reduction by the court of the principal amount of a mortgage loan and will cover certain unpaid interest on the amount of a principal reduction from the date of the filing of a bankruptcy petition. The required amount of coverage under each bankruptcy bond will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement. Coverage under a bankruptcy bond may be cancelled or reduced by the servicer if the cancellation or reduction would not adversely affect the then current rating or ratings of the related securities. See “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans—Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders.”

              To the extent specified in the prospectus supplement, the servicer may deposit cash, an irrevocable letter of credit or any other instrument acceptable to each nationally recognized rating agency rating the securities of the related series at the request of the depositor in a special trust account to provide protection in lieu of or in addition to that provided by a bankruptcy bond. The amount of any bankruptcy bond or of the deposit to the special trust account relating to the securities may be reduced so long as the reduction will not result in a downgrading of the rating of the securities by a rating agency rating securities at the request of the depositor.

    Reserve Fund

              If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, credit support with respect to a series of securities may be provided by one or more reserve funds held by the trustee, in trust, for the series of securities. The related prospectus supplement will specify whether a reserve fund will be included in the issuing entity for a series.

              The reserve fund for a series will be funded by a deposit of cash, U.S. Treasury securities or instruments evidencing ownership of principal or interest payments on U.S. Treasury securities, letters of credit, demand notes, certificates of deposit, or a combination of them in an aggregate amount specified in the related prospectus supplement; by the deposit from time to time of amounts specified in the related prospectus supplement to which the subordinated securityholders, if any, would otherwise be entitled; or in any other manner specified in the related prospectus supplement.

    61


    424B5157th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 157th

              Any amounts on deposit in the reserve fund and the proceeds of any other instrument deposited in it upon maturity will be held in cash or will be invested in permitted investments. The applicable prospectus supplement may specify a different definition of permitted investments, but if it does not, then permitted investments will include obligations of the United States and specified agencies of the United States, certificates of deposit, specified commercial paper, time deposits and bankers acceptances sold by eligible commercial banks, and specified repurchase agreements for United States government securities with eligible commercial banks. If a letter of credit is deposited with the trustee, the letter of credit will be irrevocable. Generally, any deposited instrument will name the trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the securityholders, as beneficiary and will be issued by an entity acceptable to each rating agency that rates the securities at the request of the depositor. Additional information about the instruments deposited in the reserve funds will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

              Any amounts so deposited and payments on instruments so deposited will be available for withdrawal from the reserve fund for distribution to the securityholders for the purposes, in the manner and at the times specified in the related prospectus supplement.

    Cross Support

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the beneficial ownership of separate groups of assets included in an issuing entity may be evidenced by separate classes of the related series of securities. In that case, credit support may be provided by a cross support feature that requires that distributions be made on securities evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in other asset groups within the same issuing entity. The related prospectus supplement for a series that includes a cross support feature will describe the manner and conditions for applying the cross support feature.

    Insurance Policies, Surety Bonds and Guaranties

              If so provided in the prospectus supplement for a series of securities, deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on the securities or certain of their classes will be covered by insurance policies or surety bonds provided by one or more insurance companies or sureties. These instruments may cover timely distributions of interest or full distributions of principal or both on the basis of a schedule of principal distributions set forth in or determined in the manner specified in the related prospectus supplement. In addition, if specified in the related prospectus supplement, an issuing entity may also include bankruptcy bonds, special hazard insurance policies, other insurance or guaranties for the purpose of maintaining timely payments or providing additional protection against losses on the assets included in the issuing entity, paying administrative expenses, or establishing a minimum reinvestment rate on the payments made on the assets or principal payment rate on the assets. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the issuing entity may include a guaranteed investment contract pursuant to which the issuing entity is entitled to receive specified payments for a period of time. These arrangements may include agreements under which securityholders are entitled to receive amounts deposited in various accounts held by the trustee on the terms specified in the prospectus supplement.

    Over-Collateralization

              If provided in the prospectus supplement for a series, a portion of the interest payment on each mortgage loan may be applied as an additional distribution in respect of principal to reduce the principal balance of a particular class or classes of securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of principal payments on the specified class or classes. Reducing the principal balance of the securities without a corresponding reduction in the principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans will result in over-collateralization and additional protection to the securityholders as specified in the related prospectus supplement. If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, overcollateralization may also be provided for on the date of issuance of securities by the issuance of all classes of securities in an initial aggregate principal amount that is less than the aggregate principal amount of the Issuing Entity Assets in the related issuing entity. Additionally, some of the excess cash flow may be applied to make distributions to holders of securities to which losses have been allocated up to the amount of the losses that were allocated.

               If provided in the prospectus supplement for a series, during a revolving period designated therein, the portion of interest payments collected on home equity line of credit loans may be applied to purchase additional

    62


    424B5158th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 158th

    home equity line of credit loans so that the level of overcollateralization represented by the amount by which the outstanding principal balances of the home equity line of credit loans exceed the outstanding principal balances of the securities will be maintained at a level specified in the prospectus supplement.

    Financial Instruments

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the issuing entity may include one or more interest rate or currency swap arrangements, caps, floors and collars that are used to alter the payment characteristics of the mortgage loans or the securities issued by the issuing entity and whose primary purpose is not to provide credit enhancement related to the assets in the issuing entity or the securities issued by the issuing entity. The primary purpose of a currency swap arrangement will be to convert payments to be made on the mortgage loans or the securities issued by the issuing entity from one currency into another currency, and the primary purpose of an interest rate swap arrangement or other financial instrument will be one or more of the following:

              If an issuing entity includes financial instruments of this type, the instruments may be structured to be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. If applicable, a copy of any instrument for a series will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the SEC after the issuance of the securities of the related series.

    Deposit Agreements

              If specified in a prospectus supplement, the depositor or the seller and the trustee for a series of securities will enter into a deposit agreement with the entity specified in such prospectus supplement on or before the sale of that series of securities. Pursuant to the deposit agreement, all or a portion of the amounts held in the collection account, the distribution account or in any reserve fund would be invested with the entity specified in the prospectus supplement. The purpose of a deposit agreement would be to accumulate available cash for investment so that the cash, together with income thereon, can be applied to future distributions on one or more classes of securities. The trustee would be entitled to withdraw amounts invested pursuant to a deposit agreement, plus interest at a rate equal to the assumed reinvestment rate, in the manner specified in the prospectus supplement. The prospectus supplement for a series of securities pursuant to which a deposit agreement is used will contain a description of the terms of such deposit agreement.

    Yield and Prepayment Considerations

              The yields to maturity and weighted average lives of the securities will be affected primarily by the amount and timing of principal payments received on or in respect of the Issuing Entity Assets included in the related issuing entity. The original terms to maturity of the underlying mortgage loans of the Issuing Entity Assets in a given mortgage pool will vary depending upon the type of mortgage loans included in it, and each prospectus supplement will contain information about the type and maturities of the loans in the related pool or securing Mortgage-Backed Securities. The applicable prospectus supplement may indicate that some mortgage loans provide for prepayment charges or limit prepayments thereof, but if it does not, then the mortgage loans may be prepaid without penalty in full or in part at any time. The prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans of the Issuing Entity Assets will affect the weighted average lives of the related securities.

              The rate of prepayment on the mortgage loans cannot be predicted. Closed-end second-lien loans, home equity line of credit loans and home improvement contracts have been originated in significant volume only during

    63


    424B5159th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 159th

    the past few years and, with respect to any such loans originated by an affiliate thereof, the depositor is not aware of any publicly available studies or statistics on the respective prepayment rates of such loans. Generally, borrowers do not view closed-end second-lien loans, home equity line of credit loans and home improvement contracts as permanent financing. Accordingly, those loans may experience a higher prepayment rate than traditional first-lien mortgage loans. On the other hand, because home equity line of credit loans generally are not fully amortizing, the absence of voluntary borrower prepayments could cause principal payment rates to be similar to, or lower than, the rates associated with traditional fully-amortizing first-lien mortgage loans.

              A number of factors may affect the prepayment experience of the mortgage loans, including general economic conditions, prevailing interest rates, the availability of alternative financing, homeowner mobility and the frequency and amount of future draws on any home equity lines of credit. Other factors that might affect the prepayment rate of closed-end second-lien loans, home equity line of credit loans or home improvement contracts include the amount of, and interest rates on, the related senior loans, and the fact that subordinate loans are generally used for shorter-term financing for a variety of purposes, including home improvement, education expenses and purchases of consumer goods such as automobiles. In addition, any future limitations on borrowers’ right to deduct interest payments on closed-end second-lien loans, home equity line of credit loans or any other type of mortgage loan for federal income tax purposes may further increase the rate of prepayments of the mortgage loans. The enforcement of a due-on-sale provision (described below) will have the same effect as a prepayment of the related loan. See “Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans-Due-on-Sale Clauses.” If you buy securities in the secondary market at a price other than par, your yield may vary from the yield you anticipated if the prepayment rate on the loans is different from the rate you anticipated when you bought the securities.

              Collections on home equity line of credit loans may vary because, among other things, borrowers may:

              In addition, borrowers may fail to make the required periodic payments. Collections on the mortgage loans also may vary due to seasonal purchasing and borrowers’ payment habits.

              The applicable prospectus supplement may indicate that some conventional mortgage loans do not have due-on-sale provisions, but if it does not, then all conventional mortgage loans will contain due-on-sale provisions permitting the mortgagee to accelerate the maturity of the loan upon sale or specified transfers by the mortgagor of the underlying Property. Mortgage loans insured by the FHA and mortgage loans partially guaranteed by the VA are assumable with the consent of the FHA and the VA, respectively. Thus, the rate of prepayments on those mortgage loans may be lower than that on conventional mortgage loans bearing comparable interest rates. The servicer generally will enforce any due-on-sale or due-on-encumbrance clause, to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or further encumbrance or the proposed conveyance or proposed further encumbrance of the Property and reasonably believes that it is entitled to do so under applicable law. However, the servicer will not take any enforcement action that would impair or threaten to impair any recovery under any related insurance policy. See “The Agreements—Collection Procedures” and “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans” for a description of certain provisions of each agreement and certain legal developments that may affect the prepayment experience on the mortgage loans.

              The rate of prepayments of conventional mortgage loans has fluctuated significantly in recent years. In general, if prevailing rates fall significantly below the mortgage rates borne by the mortgage loans, the mortgage loans are likely to be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest rates remain at or above those mortgage rates. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise appreciably above the mortgage rates borne by the

    64


    424B5160th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 160th

    mortgage loans, the mortgage loans are likely to experience a lower prepayment rate than if prevailing rates remain at or below those mortgage rates. However, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

              When a full prepayment is made on a mortgage loan, the mortgagor is charged interest on the principal amount of the mortgage loan prepaid only for the number of days in the month actually elapsed up to the date of the prepayment rather than for a full month. Thus, in most instances, the effect of prepayments in full will be to reduce the amount of interest passed through in the following month to securityholders. Partial prepayments in a given month may be applied to the outstanding principal balances of the mortgage loans so prepaid in the month of receipt or the month following receipt. In the latter case, partial prepayments will not reduce the amount of interest passed through in the month. In the latter case, partial prepayments will not reduce the amount of interest passed through or paid in that month. Unless the related prospectus supplement provides otherwise, neither full nor partial prepayments will be passed through or paid until the month following receipt.

              Even if the Properties underlying the mortgage loans held in the issuing entity or securing Mortgage-Backed Securities provide adequate security for the mortgage loans, substantial delays could occur before defaulted loans are liquidated and their proceeds are forwarded to investors. Property foreclosure actions are regulated by state statutes and rules and are subject to many of the delays and expenses of other lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are made, sometimes requiring several years to complete. In addition, in some states, if the proceeds of the foreclosure are insufficient to repay the loan, the borrower is not liable for the deficit. If a borrower defaults, these restrictions may impede the servicer’s ability to dispose of the property and obtain sufficient proceeds to repay the loan in full. In addition, the servicer will be entitled to deduct from liquidation proceeds all expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to recover on the defaulted loan, including payments to senior lienholders, legal fees and costs, real estate taxes, and property maintenance and preservation expenses.

              Liquidation expenses of defaulted loans generally do not vary directly with the outstanding principal balance of the loan at the time of default. Therefore, if a servicer takes the same steps for a defaulted loan having a small remaining principal balance as it does for a defaulted loan having a large remaining principal balance, the amount realized after expenses is a smaller percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the small loan than it is for the defaulted loan with a large remaining principal balance.

              State laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, and require licensing of loan originators and servicers. In addition, most states have other laws and public policies for the protection of consumers that prohibit unfair and deceptive practices in the origination, servicing and collection of loans. Depending on the particular law and the specific facts involved, violations may limit the ability of the servicer to collect all or part of the principal or interest on the underlying loans held in the issuing entity or securing Mortgage-Backed Securities. In some cases, the borrower may even be entitled to a refund of amounts previously paid. In addition, damages and administrative sanctions could be imposed on the servicer.

              If the rate at which interest is passed through or paid to securityholders is calculated on a loan-by-loan basis, disproportionate principal prepayments among loans with different Loan Rates will affect the yields on those securities. In most cases, the effective yield to securityholders will be lower than the yield otherwise produced by the applicable pass-through rate or interest rate and purchase price, because although interest will accrue on each loan from the first day of the month (unless the related prospectus supplement provides otherwise), the interest will not be distributed until the month following the month of accrual. In the case of securities backed by Mortgage-Backed Securities, the interest accrued on loans securing such Mortgage-Backed Securities will generally not be distributed until several months following the month of accrual on such underlying mortgage loans.

              Under specified circumstances, the servicer or the holders of the residual interests in a REMIC or any person specified in the related prospectus supplement may have the option to purchase the assets of an issuing entity thereby effecting earlier retirement of the related series of securities. See “The Agreements—Termination; Optional Termination.”

              Factors other than those identified in this prospectus and in the related prospectus supplement could significantly affect principal prepayments at any time and over the lives of the securities. The relative contribution of the various factors affecting prepayment may also vary from time to time. There can be no assurance as to the rate of payment of principal of the Issuing Entity Assets at any time or over the lives of the securities.

    65


    424B5161st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 161st

              The prospectus supplement relating to a series of securities will discuss in greater detail the effect of the rate and timing of principal payments (including principal prepayments), delinquencies and losses on the yield, weighted average lives and maturities of the securities.

    Prepayment Standards or Models

              Prepayments on loans can be measured relative to a prepayment standard or model. The prospectus supplement for a series of securities will describe the prepayment standard or model, if any, used and may contain tables setting forth the projected weighted average life of each class of securities of that series and the percentage of the original principal amount of each class of securities of that series that would be outstanding on specified distribution dates for that series based on the assumptions stated in the prospectus supplement, including assumptions that prepayments on the loans or underlying loans, as applicable, included in the related issuing entity are made at rates corresponding to various percentages of the prepayment standard or model specified in the prospectus supplement.

              We can give no assurance that prepayment of the loans or underlying loans, as applicable, included in the related issuing entity will conform to any level of any prepayment standard or model specified in the related prospectus supplement. The rate of principal prepayments on pools of loans is influenced by a variety of economic, demographic, geographic, legal, tax, social and other factors.

    Yield

              The yield to an investor who purchases securities in the secondary market at a price other than par will vary from the anticipated yield if the rate of prepayment on the loans is actually different than the rate anticipated by the investor at the time the securities were purchased.

              The prospectus supplement relating to a series of securities will discuss in greater detail the effect of the rate and timing of principal payments (including prepayments), delinquencies and losses on the yield, weighted average lives and maturities of the securities.

    The Agreements

              The following is a discussion of the material provisions of each agreement that are not described elsewhere in this prospectus. Where particular provisions or terms used in the agreements are referred to, the provisions or terms are as specified in the related agreement.

    Assignment of Issuing Entity Assets

              Assignment of the Mortgage Loans. At the time of issuance of the securities of a series, the depositor will cause the mortgage loans comprising the related issuing entity to be assigned to the trustee, together with all principal and interest received by or on behalf of the depositor on or with respect to the mortgage loans after the cutoff date, other than principal and interest due on or before the cut-off date and other than any retained interest specified in the related prospectus supplement. The trustee will, concurrently with the assignment, deliver the securities to the depositor in exchange for the mortgage loans. Each mortgage loan will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related agreement. The schedule will include information as to the outstanding principal balance of each mortgage loan after application of payments due on the cut-off date, as well as information regarding the mortgage rate, the current scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest, the maturity of the loan, the Loan-to-Value Ratios or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios, as applicable, at origination and other specified information.

              In addition, the depositor will deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee (or to the custodian) for each mortgage loan

    66


    424B5162nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 162nd

    The applicable prospectus supplement may provide other arrangements for assuring the priority of the assignments, but if it does not, then the depositor will promptly cause the assignments of the related loans to be recorded in the appropriate public office for real property records, except in states in which in the opinion of counsel recording is not required to protect the trustee’s interest in the loans against the claim of any subsequent transferee or any successor to or creditor of the depositor or the originator of the loans.

              With respect to any mortgage loans that are cooperative loans, the depositor will cause to be delivered to the trustee

              The depositor will cause to be filed in the appropriate office an assignment and a financing statement evidencing the trustee’s security interest in each cooperative loan.

              For any loans that are closed-end second-lien loans or home equity line of credit loans, the applicable prospectus supplement will specify whether the documents relating to those loans will have to be delivered to the trustee (or a custodian) and whether assignments of the related mortgage to the trustee will be recorded. If documents need not be delivered, the servicer will retain them.

              For any home improvement contracts, the applicable prospectus supplement will specify whether the documents relating to those contracts will have to be delivered to the trustee (or a custodian). However, unless specified in the related prospectus supplement, the depositor will not deliver to the trustee the original mortgage securing a home improvement contract. In order to give notice of the right, title and interest of securityholders to the home improvement contracts, the depositor will cause a UCC-1 financing statement to be executed by the depositor or the seller, identifying the trustee as the secured party and identifying all home improvement contracts as collateral. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the home improvement contracts will not be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect their assignment to the trustee. Therefore, if, through negligence, fraud or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser takes physical possession of the home improvement contracts without notice of the assignment, the securityholders’ interest in the home improvement contracts could be defeated. See “Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans–The Home Improvement Contracts.”

              The trustee (or the custodian) will review the loan documents after receiving them, within the time period specified in the related prospectus supplement, and will hold the documents in trust for the benefit of the securityholders. Generally, if a document is found to be missing or defective in any material respect, the trustee (or

    67


    424B5163rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 163rd

    custodian) will notify the servicer and the depositor, and the servicer will notify the related seller. If, after receiving notice, the seller cannot cure the omission or defect within the time period specified in the related prospectus supplement, and such omission or defect materially and adversely affects the interests of the securityholders in the related mortgage loan, it will be obligated to:

              There can be no assurance that a seller will fulfill this purchase or substitution obligation. Although the servicer may be obligated to enforce the seller’s obligation, the servicer will not be obligated to purchase or replace the loan if the seller defaults on its obligation (nor will the servicer otherwise be obligated to purchase or replace any loan for any other reason). See “Loan Program–Representations by Sellers; Repurchases” in this prospectus. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide other remedies, but if it does not, then this obligation of the seller constitutes the sole remedy available to the securityholders or the trustee for omission of, or a material defect in, a constituent document.

              Notwithstanding the repurchase obligations described above, no purchase or substitution of a loan will be made with respect to an issuing entity for which a REMIC election is to be made if the purchase or substitution would result in a prohibited transaction tax under the Code (unless the servicer or a holder of the related residual certificate otherwise pays that tax from its own funds). See “Loan Program–Representations by Sellers; Repurchases.”

              The trustee will be authorized to appoint a custodian pursuant to a custodial agreement to maintain possession of and, if applicable, to review the documents relating to the mortgage loans as agent of the trustee.

              Notwithstanding these provisions, unless the related prospectus supplement otherwise provides, no mortgage loan will be purchased from an issuing entity for which a REMIC election is to be made if the purchase would result in a prohibited transaction tax under the Code.

              Although the depositor has expressed in the agreement its intent to treat the conveyance of the loans as a sale, the depositor will also grant to the trustee (or trust, in the case of a series with both notes and certificates) a security interest in the loans. This security interest is intended to protect the interests of the securityholders if a bankruptcy court were to characterize the depositor’s transfer of the loans as a borrowing by the depositor secured by a pledge of the loans as described under “Risk Factors – Bankruptcy or Insolvency May Affect the Timing and Amount of Distributions on the Securities.” In the event that a bankruptcy court were to characterize the transaction as a borrowing by the depositor, that borrowing would be secured by the loans in which the depositor granted a security interest to the trustee. The depositor has agreed to take those actions that are necessary to maintain the security interest granted to the trustee as a first priority, perfected security interest in the loans, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, if necessary.

              Assignment of Agency Securities. The depositor will cause the Agency Securities to be registered in the name of the trustee or its nominee, and the trustee concurrently will execute, countersign and deliver the securities. Each Agency Security will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related agreement, which will specify as to each Agency Security the original principal amount and outstanding principal balance as of the cut-off date, the annual pass-through rate and the maturity date.

              Assignment of Private Mortgage-Backed Securities. The depositor will cause the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities to be registered in the name of the trustee. The trustee (or the custodian) will have possession of any certificated Private Mortgage-Backed Securities. Generally, the trustee will not be in possession of or be assignee of record of any underlying assets for a Private Mortgage-Backed Security. See “The Issuing Entity—Private Mortgage-Backed Securities.” Each Private Mortgage-Backed Security will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related pooling and servicing agreement which will specify the original principal amount, outstanding principal balance as of the cut-off date, annual pass-through rate or interest rate and maturity date and other specified pertinent information for each Private Mortgage-Backed Security conveyed to the trustee.

    68


    424B5164th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 164th

    Payments on Issuing Entity Assets; Deposits to Security Account

              The servicer will establish and maintain or cause to be established and maintained for the related issuing entity a separate account or accounts for the collection of payments on the related Issuing Entity Assets in the issuing entity (the “Security Account”). The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for other requirements for the Security Account, but if it does not, then the Security Account must be one of the following:

              The collateral eligible to secure amounts in the Security Account is limited to defined permitted investments. A Security Account may be maintained as an interest bearing account or the funds held in it may be invested pending each succeeding distribution date in defined permitted investments. To the extent provided in the related prospectus supplement, the servicer or its designee will be entitled to receive the interest or other income earned on funds in the Security Account as additional compensation and will be obligated to deposit in the Security Account the amount of any loss immediately as realized. The Security Account may be maintained with the servicer or with a depository institution that is an affiliate of the servicer, provided it meets the standards set forth above.

              Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, the servicer will deposit or cause to be deposited in the Security Account for each issuing entity on a daily basis, to the extent applicable and unless the related prospectus supplement provides for a different deposit arrangement, the following payments and collections received or advances made by or on behalf of it after the cut-off date (other than payments due on or before the cutoff date and exclusive of any amounts representing any retained interest specified in the related prospectus supplement):

    69


    424B5165th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 165th

              Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the servicer (or the depositor, as applicable) may from time to time direct the institution that maintains the Security Account to withdraw funds from the Security Account for the following purposes:

    70


    424B5166th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 166th

              In addition, the related prospectus supplement will generally provide that on or before the business day preceding each distribution date, the servicer shall withdraw from the Security Account the amount of Available Funds and the trustee fee for the distribution date, to the extent on deposit, for deposit in an account maintained by the trustee for the related series of securities.

              Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, aside from the annual compliance review and servicing criteria assessment and accompanying accountants’ attestation, there is no independent verification of the transaction accounts or the transaction activity. The servicer is required to provide an annual certification to the effect that the servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the related agreement throughout the preceding year, as well as an annual assessment and an accompanying accountants’ attestation as to its compliance with applicable servicing criteria. See “ – Evidence as to Compliance.”

    Pre-Funding Account

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the servicer will establish and maintain a pre-funding account, in the name of the related trustee on behalf of the related securityholders, into which the depositor will deposit the pre-funded amount in cash on the related closing date. The pre-funding account will be maintained with the trustee for the related series of securities and is designed solely to hold funds that the trustee will use during the funding period to pay the purchase price for subsequent loans to the depositor. Monies on deposit in the pre-funding account will not be available to cover losses on or in respect of the related loans. The pre-funded amount will not exceed 50% of the offering proceeds of the certificates and notes of the related series. The applicable trustee will use the pre-funded amount to purchase subsequent loans from the depositor from time to time during the funding period. Each funding period will begin on the related closing date and will end on the date specified in the related prospectus supplement (or at the latest, one year after the related closing date). Monies on deposit in the pre-funding account may be invested in permitted investments under the circumstances and in the manner described in the related agreement. Investment earnings on funds in a pre-funding account will be deposited into the related Security Account or other trust account specified in the related prospectus supplement. Any investment losses will be charged against the funds on deposit in the pre-funding account. Any amounts remaining in the pre-funding account at the end of the funding period will be distributed to the related securityholders in the manner and priority specified in the related prospectus supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related securities.

              In addition, if provided in the related prospectus supplement, on the closing date for the related series, the depositor will deposit in an account (the “Capitalized Interest Account”) cash in an amount needed to cover shortfalls in interest on the related series of securities that may arise by using the pre-funding account as described above. The Capitalized Interest Account will be maintained with the trustee for the related series of securities and is designed solely to cover those interest shortfalls. Monies on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account will not be available to cover losses on or in respect of the related loans. If the entire amount on deposit in a Capitalized Interest Account has not been used to cover shortfalls in interest on the related series of securities by the end of the related funding period, any amounts remaining in that Capitalized Interest Account will be paid to the depositor.

    Collection Procedures

              The servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the mortgage loans and will, consistent with each pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, and any mortgage pool insurance policy, primary mortgage insurance policy, FHA insurance, VA guaranty and bankruptcy bond or alternative arrangements, follow the collection procedures it customarily follows for mortgage loans that are comparable to the mortgage loans.

              Consistent with the above and pursuant to the authority granted to the servicer in the related agreement, the servicer may, in its discretion, waive any assumption fee, late payment or other charge in connection with a mortgage loan and arrange with a mortgagor a schedule for the liquidation of delinquencies to the extent not inconsistent with the coverage of the mortgage loan by a mortgage pool insurance policy, primary mortgage insurance policy, FHA insurance, VA guaranty or bankruptcy bond or alternative arrangements, if applicable. To the extent the servicer is obligated to make or to cause to be made advances, the obligation will remain during any period of such an arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a defaulted mortgage loan, the servicer, consistent with the standards set forth in the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement

    71


    424B5167th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 167th

    or servicing agreement, as applicable, may waive, modify or vary any term of that mortgage loan (including modifications that change the mortgage rate, forgive the payment of principal or interest or extend the final maturity date of that mortgage loan), accept payment from the related mortgagor of an amount less than the stated principal balance in final satisfaction of that mortgage loan, or consent to the postponement of strict compliance with any such term or otherwise grant indulgence to any mortgagor if in the servicer’s determination such waiver, modification, postponement or indulgence is not materially adverse to the interests of the securityholders (taking into account any estimated loss that might result absent such action).

              The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for other alternatives regarding due-on-sale clauses, but if it does not, then in any case in which property securing a conventional mortgage loan has been, or is about to be, conveyed by the mortgagor, the servicer will, to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause to be exercised its rights to accelerate the maturity of the mortgage loan under any due-on-sale clause applicable to it, but only if permitted by applicable law and the exercise will not impair or threaten to impair any recovery under any related primary mortgage insurance policy. If these conditions are not met or if the servicer reasonably believes it is unable under applicable law to enforce the due-on-sale clause or if the mortgage loan is insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the servicer will enter into or cause to be entered into an assumption and modification agreement with the person to whom the property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to which that person becomes liable for repayment of the mortgage loan and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the mortgagor also remains liable on it. Any fee collected by or on behalf of the servicer for entering into an assumption agreement will be retained by or on behalf of the servicer as additional servicing compensation. See “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans—Due-on-Sale Clauses.” The terms of the related mortgage loan may not be changed in connection with an assumption.

              Any prospective purchaser of a cooperative apartment will generally have to obtain the approval of the board of directors of the relevant cooperative before purchasing the shares and acquiring rights under the related proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. See “Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans.” This approval is usually based on the purchaser’s income and net worth and numerous other factors. Although the cooperative’s approval is unlikely to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, the necessity of acquiring the approval could limit the number of potential purchasers for those shares and otherwise limit the issuing entity’s ability to sell and realize the value of shares securing a cooperative loan.

              In general, a “tenant-stockholder” (as defined in Code Section 216(b)(2)) of a corporation that qualifies as a “cooperative housing corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 216(b)(1) is allowed a deduction for amounts paid or accrued within his taxable year to the corporation representing his proportionate share of certain interest expenses and certain real estate taxes allowable as a deduction under Code Section 216(a) to the corporation under Code Sections 163 and 164. In order for a corporation to qualify under Code Section 216(b)(1) for its taxable year in which the items are allowable as a deduction to the corporation, the Section requires, among other things, that at least 80% of the gross income of the corporation be derived from its tenant-stockholders (as defined in Code Section 216(b)(2)). By virtue of this requirement, the status of a corporation for purposes of Code Section 216(b)(1) must be determined on a year-to-year basis. Consequently, we can give no assurance that cooperatives relating to the cooperative loans will qualify under Section 216(b)(1) for any particular year. If a cooperative fails to qualify for one or more years, the value of the collateral securing any related cooperative loans could be significantly impaired because no deduction would be allowable to tenant-stockholders under Code Section 216(a) with respect to those years. In view of the significance of the tax benefits accorded tenant-stockholders of a corporation that qualifies under Code Section 216(b)(1), the likelihood that a failure to qualify would be permitted to continue over a period of years appears remote.

    The Surety Provider

    The related prospectus supplement may provide that a surety provider will irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee payment to, or at the direction of, the related trustee for the benefit of the related investor of that portion of any guaranteed interest or principal payments or any other covered amounts due and payable pursuant to the terms of the related pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement, servicing agreement or sale agreement, as applicable, and unpaid by reason of nonpayment (as defined in the applicable policies).

    72


    424B5168th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 168th

    Hazard Insurance

              The related prospectus supplement may provide otherwise, but the servicer will generally require the mortgagor on each mortgage loan to maintain a hazard insurance policy providing for no less than the coverage of the standard form of fire insurance policy with extended coverage customary for the type of Property in the state in which the Property is located. The coverage will be in an amount that is at least equal to the lesser of

              
  • the maximum insurable value of the improvements securing the mortgage loan or
     
     
  • the greater of
     
       
  • the outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loan and
     
       
  • an amount such that the proceeds of the policy shall be sufficient to prevent the mortgagor or the mortgagee from becoming a co-insurer.

    All amounts collected by the servicer under any hazard policy (except for amounts to be applied to the restoration or repair of the Property or released to the mortgagor in accordance with the servicer’s normal servicing procedures) will be deposited in the related Security Account. If the servicer maintains a blanket policy insuring against hazard losses on all the mortgage loans comprising part of an issuing entity, it will have satisfied its obligation relating to the maintenance of hazard insurance. The blanket policy may contain a deductible clause, in which case the servicer will be required to deposit from its own funds into the related Security Account the amounts that would have been deposited therein but for the clause.

              In general, the standard form of fire and extended coverage policy covers physical damage to or destruction of the improvements securing a mortgage loan by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm and hail, riot, strike and civil commotion, subject to the conditions and exclusions particularized in each policy. Although the policies relating to the mortgage loans may have been underwritten by different insurers under different state laws in accordance with different applicable forms and therefore may not contain identical terms, their basic terms are dictated by the respective state laws, and most policies typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mud flows), nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals, theft and, in certain cases, vandalism. This list is merely indicative of certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not all inclusive. If the Property securing a mortgage loan is located in a federally designated special flood area at the time of origination, the servicer will require the mortgagor to obtain and maintain flood insurance.

              The hazard insurance policies covering properties securing the mortgage loans typically contain a clause that in effect requires the insured at all times to carry insurance of a specified percentage (generally 80% to 90%) of the full replacement value of the insured property in order to recover the full amount of any partial loss. If the insured’s coverage falls below this specified percentage, then the insurer’s liability upon partial loss will not exceed the larger of the actual cash value (generally defined as replacement cost at the time and place of loss, less physical depreciation) of the improvements damaged or destroyed and the proportion of the loss that the amount of insurance carried bears to the specified percentage of the full replacement cost of the improvements. Since the amount of hazard insurance the servicer may cause to be maintained on the improvements securing the mortgage loans declines as the principal balances owing on them decrease, and since improved real estate generally has appreciated in value over time in the past, the effect of this requirement upon partial loss may be that hazard insurance proceeds will be insufficient to fully restore the damaged property. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, a special hazard insurance policy will be obtained to insure against certain of the uninsured risks described above. See “Credit Enhancement—Special Hazard Insurance Policies” and “Credit Enhancements—Insurance—Special Hazard Insurance Policy” in the related prospectus supplement.

              The servicer will not require that a standard hazard or flood insurance policy be maintained on the cooperative dwelling relating to any cooperative loan. Generally, the cooperative itself is responsible for maintenance of hazard insurance for the property owned by the cooperative and the tenant-stockholders of that cooperative do not maintain individual hazard insurance policies. To the extent, however, that a cooperative and the related borrower on a cooperative loan do not maintain insurance or do not maintain adequate coverage or any insurance proceeds are not applied to the restoration of damaged property, any damage to the borrower’s cooperative

    73


    424B5169th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 169th

    dwelling or the cooperative’s building could significantly reduce the value of the collateral securing the cooperative loan to the extent not covered by other credit support.

    Realization upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans

              Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies. The servicer will maintain or cause to be maintained, as the case may be, in effect, to the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement, a primary mortgage insurance policy with regard to each mortgage loan for which coverage is required. The servicer will not cancel or refuse to renew any primary mortgage insurance policy in effect at the time of the initial issuance of a series of securities that is required to be kept in force under the applicable agreement unless the replacement primary mortgage insurance policy for the cancelled or nonrenewed policy is maintained with an insurer whose claims-paying ability is sufficient to maintain the current rating of the classes of securities of the series that have been rated.

              Although the terms of primary mortgage insurance vary, the amount of a claim for benefits under a primary mortgage insurance policy covering a mortgage loan will consist of the insured percentage of the unpaid principal amount of the covered mortgage loan and accrued and unpaid interest on it and reimbursement of certain expenses, less all rents or other payments collected or received by the insured (other than the proceeds of hazard insurance) that are derived from or in any way related to the Property, hazard insurance proceeds in excess of the amount required to restore the Property and which have not been applied to the payment of the mortgage loan, amounts expended but not approved by the issuer of the related primary mortgage insurance policy, claim payments previously made by the primary insurer and unpaid premiums.

              Primary mortgage insurance policies reimburse certain losses sustained from defaults in payments by borrowers. Primary mortgage insurance policies will not insure against, and exclude from coverage, a loss sustained from a default arising from or involving certain matters, including fraud or negligence in origination or servicing of the mortgage loans, including misrepresentation by the originator, mortgagor or other persons involved in the origination of the mortgage loan; failure to construct the Property subject to the mortgage loan in accordance with specified plans; and physical damage to the Property.

              Recoveries Under A Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy. As conditions precedent to the filing of or payment of a claim under a primary mortgage insurance policy covering a mortgage loan, the insured will be required to

              
  • advance or discharge
     
       
  • all hazard insurance policy premiums and
     
       
  • as necessary and approved in advance by the primary insurer, real estate property taxes, all expenses required to maintain the related Property in at least as good a condition as existed at the effective date of the primary mortgage insurance policy, ordinary wear and tear excepted, Property sales expenses, any specified outstanding liens on the mortgaged property and foreclosure costs, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees;
     
     
  • upon any physical loss or damage to the Property, have the Property restored and repaired to at least as good a condition as existed at the effective date of the primary mortgage insurance policy, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and
     
     
  • tender to the primary insurer good and merchantable title to and possession of the Property.

              The servicer, on behalf of itself, the trustee and the securityholders, will present claims to the insurer under each primary mortgage insurance policy, and will take any reasonable steps consistent with its practices regarding comparable mortgage loans and necessary to receive payment or to permit recovery under the policy with respect to defaulted mortgage loans. As set forth above, all collections by or on behalf of the servicer under any primary mortgage insurance policy and, when the Property has not been restored, the hazard insurance policy, are to be deposited in the Security Account, subject to withdrawal as heretofore described.

    74


    424B5170th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 170th

              If the Property securing a defaulted mortgage loan is damaged and proceeds, if any, from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to restore the damaged Property to a condition sufficient to permit recovery under the related primary mortgage insurance policy, if any, the servicer is not required to expend its own funds to restore the damaged Property unless it determines that the restoration will increase the proceeds to securityholders on liquidation of the mortgage loan after reimbursement of the servicer for its expenses and that the expenses will be recoverable by it from related insurance proceeds or liquidation proceeds.

              If recovery on a defaulted mortgage loan under any related primary mortgage insurance policy is not available for the reasons set forth in the preceding paragraph, or if the defaulted mortgage loan is not covered by a primary mortgage insurance policy, the servicer will be obligated to follow or cause to be followed the normal practices and procedures that it deems appropriate to realize upon the defaulted mortgage loan. If the proceeds of any liquidation of the Property securing the defaulted mortgage loan are less than the principal balance of the mortgage loan plus interest accrued on it that is payable to securityholders, the issuing entity will realize a loss in the amount of the difference plus the aggregate of expenses incurred by the servicer in connection with the proceedings that are reimbursable under the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable. In the unlikely event that the proceedings result in a total recovery which is, after reimbursement to the servicer of its expenses, in excess of the principal balance of the mortgage loan plus interest accrued on it that is payable to securityholders, the servicer will be entitled to withdraw or retain from the Security Account amounts representing its normal servicing compensation with respect to the mortgage loan and, unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, amounts representing the balance of the excess, exclusive of any amount required by law to be forwarded to the related mortgagor, as additional servicing compensation.

              If the servicer or its designee recovers insurance proceeds not used to restore the property which, when added to any related liquidation proceeds and after deduction of certain expenses reimbursable to the servicer, exceed the principal balance of a mortgage loan plus interest accrued thereon that is payable to securityholders, the servicer will be entitled to withdraw or retain from the Security Account amounts representing its normal servicing compensation with respect to the mortgage loan. If the servicer has expended its own funds to restore the damaged Property and the funds have not been reimbursed under the related hazard insurance policy, it will be entitled to withdraw from the Security Account out of related liquidation proceeds or insurance proceeds an amount equal to the expenses incurred by it, in which event the issuing entity may realize a loss up to the amount so charged. Since insurance proceeds cannot exceed deficiency claims and certain expenses incurred by the servicer, no insurance payment or recovery will result in a recovery to the issuing entity that exceeds the principal balance of the defaulted mortgage loan together with accrued interest on it. See “Credit Enhancement” in this prospectus and in the related prospectus supplement.

              FHA Insurance; VA Guaranties. Mortgage loans designated in the related prospectus supplement as insured by the FHA will be insured by the FHA as authorized under the United States National Housing Act of 1934 of 1937, as amended. Those mortgage loans will be insured under various FHA programs including the standard FHA 203(b) program to finance the acquisition of one-to four-family housing units and the FHA 245 graduated payment mortgage program. These programs generally limit the principal amount and interest rates of the mortgage loans insured. Mortgage loans insured by the FHA generally require a minimum down payment of approximately 5% of the original principal amount of the loan. No FHA-insured mortgage loans relating to a series may have an interest rate or original principal amount exceeding the applicable FHA limits at the time of origination of the loan.

              The insurance premiums for mortgage loans insured by the FHA are collected by lenders approved by the HUD or by the servicer and are paid to the FHA. The regulations governing FHA single-family mortgage insurance programs provide that insurance benefits are payable either upon foreclosure (or other acquisition of possession) and conveyance of the mortgaged premises to HUD or upon assignment of the defaulted mortgage loan to HUD. With respect to a defaulted FHA-insured mortgage loan, the servicer is limited in its ability to initiate foreclosure proceedings. When it is determined, either by the servicer or HUD, that default was caused by circumstances beyond the mortgagor’s control, the servicer is expected to make an effort to avoid foreclosure by entering, if feasible, into one of a number of available forms of forbearance plans with the mortgagor. These plans may involve the reduction or suspension of regular mortgage payments for a specified period, with the payments to be made up on or before the maturity date of the mortgage, or the recasting of payments due under the mortgage up to or beyond the maturity date. In addition, when a default caused by circumstances beyond the mortgagor’s control is accompanied by certain other criteria, HUD may provide relief by making payments to the servicer in partial or full satisfaction of amounts

    75


    424B5171st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 171st

    due under the mortgage loan (which payments are to be repaid by the mortgagor to HUD) or by accepting assignment of the loan from the servicer. With certain exceptions, at least three full monthly installments must be due and unpaid under the mortgage loan and HUD must have rejected any request for relief from the mortgagor before the servicer may initiate foreclosure proceedings.

              HUD has the option, in most cases, to pay insurance claims in cash or in debentures issued by HUD. Currently, claims are being paid in cash, and claims have not been paid in debentures since 1965. HUD debentures issued in satisfaction of FHA insurance claims bear interest at the applicable HUD debentures interest rate. The servicer of each FHA-insured mortgage loan will be obligated to purchase the debenture issued in satisfaction of the mortgage loan upon default for an amount equal to the principal amount of the debenture.

              The amount of insurance benefits generally paid by the FHA is equal to the entire unpaid principal amount of the defaulted mortgage loan adjusted to reimburse the servicer for certain costs and expenses and to deduct certain amounts received or retained by the servicer after default. When entitlement to insurance benefits results from foreclosure (or other acquisition of possession) and conveyance to HUD, the servicer is compensated for no more than two-thirds of its foreclosure costs, and is compensated for accrued and unpaid interest but in general only to the extent it was allowed pursuant to a forbearance plan approved by HUD. When entitlement to insurance benefits results from assignment of the mortgage loan to HUD, the insurance payment includes full compensation for interest accrued and unpaid to the assignment date. The insurance payment itself, upon foreclosure of an FHA-insured mortgage loan, bears interest from a date 30 days after the mortgagor’s first uncorrected failure to perform any obligation to make any payment due under the mortgage loan and, upon assignment, from the date of assignment to the date of payment of the claim, in each case at the same interest rate as the applicable HUD debenture interest rate as described above.

              Mortgage loans designated in the related prospectus supplement as guaranteed by the VA will be partially guaranteed by the VA under the Serviceman’s Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended. The Serviceman’s Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended, permits a veteran (or in certain instances the spouse of a veteran) to obtain a mortgage loan guaranty by the VA covering mortgage financing of the purchase of a one- to four-family dwelling unit at interest rates permitted by the VA. The program has no mortgage loan limits, requires no down payment from the purchaser and permits the guarantee of mortgage loans of up to 30 years’ duration. However, no mortgage loan guaranteed by the VA will have an original principal amount greater than five times the partial VA guaranty for the mortgage loan.

              The liability on the guaranty may be reduced or increased pro rata with any reduction or increase in the amount of indebtedness, but in no event will the amount payable on the guaranty exceed the amount of the original guaranty. The VA, at its option and without regard to the guaranty, may make full payment to a mortgage holder of unsatisfied indebtedness on a mortgage upon its assignment to the VA.

              With respect to a defaulted VA guaranteed mortgage loan, the servicer is, absent exceptional circumstances, authorized to announce its intention to foreclose only when the default has continued for three months. Generally, a claim for the guaranty is submitted after liquidation of the Property.

              The amount payable under the guaranty will be the percentage of the VA-insured mortgage loan originally guaranteed applied to indebtedness outstanding as of the applicable date of computation specified in the VA regulations. Payments under the guaranty will be equal to the unpaid principal amount of the loan, interest accrued on the unpaid balance of the loan to the appropriate date of computation and limited expenses of the mortgagee, but in each case only to the extent that the amounts have not been recovered through liquidation of the Property. The amount payable under the guaranty may in no event exceed the amount of the original guaranty.

              Application of Liquidation Proceeds. Unless the related pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, provides for a different application of liquidation proceeds, the proceeds from any liquidation of a mortgage loan will be applied in the following order of priority:

              first, to reimburse the servicer for any unreimbursed expenses incurred by it to restore the related Property and any unreimbursed servicing compensation payable to the servicer with respect to the mortgage loan;

    76


    424B5172nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 172nd

              second, to reimburse the servicer for any unreimbursed advances with respect to the mortgage loan;

              third, to accrued and unpaid interest (to the extent no advance has been made for the amount) on the mortgage loan; and

              fourth, as a recovery of principal of the mortgage loan.

    Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, excess proceeds from the liquidation of a mortgage loan will be retained by the servicer as additional servicing compensation.

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, if a final liquidation of a mortgage loan resulted in a realized loss and thereafter the servicer receives a recovery specifically related to that mortgage loan, such recovery (net of any reimbursable expenses) shall be distributed to the securityholders in the same manner as prepayments received in the prior calendar month, to the extent that the related realized loss was allocated to any class of securities. In addition, the Class Security Balance of each class of securities to which realized losses have been allocated, will be increased, sequentially in the order of payment priority, to the extent that such subsequent recoveries are distributed as principal to any class of securities. However, the Class Security Balance of each such class of securities will not be increased by more than the amount of realized losses previously applied to reduce the Class Security Balance of each such class of securities. Holders of securities whose Class Security Balance is increased in this manner will not be entitled to interest on the increased balance for any interest accrual period preceding the distribution date on which the increase occurs. The foregoing provisions will apply even if the Class Security Balance of a class of securities was previously reduced to zero. Accordingly, each class of securities will be considered to remain outstanding until the termination of the related trust.

    Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses

              The principal servicing compensation to be paid to the servicer in respect of its servicing activities for each series of securities will be equal to the percentage per annum described in the related prospectus supplement (which may vary under certain circumstances) of the outstanding principal balance of each mortgage loan, and the compensation will be retained by it from collections of interest on the mortgage loan in the related issuing entity. As compensation for its servicing duties, the servicer will be entitled to a monthly servicing fee as described in the related prospectus supplement. In addition, generally the servicer will retain all prepayment charges, assumption fees and late payment charges, to the extent collected from mortgagors, and any benefit that may accrue as a result of the investment of funds in the applicable Security Account (unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement).

              The servicer will, to the extent provided in the related pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, pay or cause to be paid certain ongoing expenses associated with each issuing entity and incurred by it in connection with its responsibilities under the related agreement, including, without limitation, payment of the fees and disbursements of the trustee, any custodian appointed by the trustee, the security registrar and any paying agent, and payment of expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of the servicer and the seller. In addition, as indicated in the preceding section, the servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for certain expenses incurred by it in connection with any defaulted mortgage loan as to which it has determined that all recoverable liquidation proceeds and insurance proceeds have been received (a “Liquidated Mortgage”), and in connection with the restoration of mortgaged properties, the right of reimbursement being before the rights of securityholders to receive any related liquidation proceeds (including insurance proceeds).

    Evidence as to Compliance

              Each agreement will provide for delivery to the trustee, on or before a specified date in each year, of an annual statement signed by two officers of the servicer to the effect that the servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, throughout the preceding year.

              Each pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, will also provide for delivery to the depositor, the servicer and the trustee, on or before a specified date in each year,

    77


    424B5173rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 173rd

    of an annual servicing assessment report from each party performing servicing functions with respect to the related series, including any servicer that services 5% or more of the Issuing Entity Assets. In each assessment report, the party providing the report must include an assessment of its compliance with the servicing criteria during the previous fiscal year, and disclose any material noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria. The servicing criteria are divided generally into four categories:

              Each servicing assessment report is required to be accompanied by attestation report provided by a public registered accounting firm. The attestation report must contain an opinion of the registered public accounting firm as to whether the related servicing criteria assessment was fairly stated in all material respects, or a statement that the firm cannot express that opinion. The attestation examination the must be made in accordance with the attestation engagement standards issued or adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

              Copies of the annual servicing compliance statement, the servicing criteria assessment report and related accountants attestations and the annual accountants’ statement (if any) may be obtained by securityholders of the related series without charge upon written request to the servicer at the address set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

    List of Securityholders

              Each agreement will provide that three or more holders of securities of any series may, by written request to the trustee, obtain access to the list of all securityholders maintained by the trustee for the purpose of communicating with other securityholders with respect to their rights under the applicable agreement and the securities.

    Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Depositor

              The servicer under each pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, will be named in the related prospectus supplement. The entity serving as servicer may be an affiliate of the depositor and may have other business relationships with the depositor or the depositor’s affiliates.

              Each agreement will provide that the servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the agreement except

    No resignation will become effective until the trustee or a successor servicer has assumed the servicer’s obligations and duties under the related agreement.

              Each agreement will further provide that neither the servicer, the depositor nor any director, officer, employee, or agent of the servicer or the depositor will be under any liability to the related issuing entity or securityholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the applicable agreement, or for errors in judgment. However, neither the servicer, the depositor nor any director, officer, employee, or agent of the servicer or the depositor will be protected against any liability that would

    78


    424B5174th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 174th

    otherwise be imposed for willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties under the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, or for reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the applicable agreement. Each agreement will further provide that the servicer, the depositor and any director, officer, employee or agent of the servicer or the depositor will be entitled to indemnification by the related issuing entity and will be held harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with any legal action relating to the agreement or the securities, other than any loss, liability or expense related to any specific Mortgage Asset or Issuing Entity Assets (except any loss, liability or expense otherwise reimbursable pursuant to the related agreement) and any loss, liability or expense incurred for willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties under the related agreement or for reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the related agreement. In addition, each agreement will provide that neither the servicer nor the depositor will be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to its respective responsibilities under that agreement and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability. The servicer or the depositor may, however, in its discretion undertake any action that it deems appropriate with respect to that agreement and the rights and duties of the parties to the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, and the interests of the securityholders under that agreement. In that event, the legal expenses and costs of the action and any liability resulting from it will be expenses, costs and liabilities of the issuing entity, and the servicer or the depositor, as the case may be, will be entitled to be reimbursed for them out of funds otherwise distributable to securityholders.

              Any person into which the servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the servicer is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of the servicer, will be the successor of the servicer under each agreement, provided that the person is qualified to sell mortgage loans to, and service mortgage loans on behalf of, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac and further provided that the merger, consolidation or succession does not adversely affect the then current rating or ratings of the class or classes of securities of any series that have been rated.

    Events of Default

              Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Sale and Servicing Agreement; Servicing Agreement. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for other events of default, but if it does not, then events of default under each agreement will consist of

              Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, so long as an event of default under an agreement remains unremedied, the depositor or the trustee may, and at the direction of holders of securities of any class evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the aggregate percentage interests constituting such class and under other circumstances specified in the agreement, the trustee will terminate all of the rights and obligations of the servicer under the agreement relating to the issuing entity and in and to the related Issuing Entity Assets, upon which the

    79


    424B5175th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 175th

    trustee will succeed to all of the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the servicer under the agreement, including, if specified in the related prospectus supplement, the obligation to make advances, and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements. After the servicer has received notice of termination, the trustee may execute and deliver, on behalf of the servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments, and do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the termination of the servicer, including the transfer and endorsement or assignment of the loans and related documents. The servicer has agreed to cooperate with the trustee in effecting the termination of the servicer, including the transfer to the trustee of all cash amounts which shall at the time be credited to the Security Account, or thereafter be received with respect to the loans. No additional funds have been reserved to pay for any expenses not paid by the servicer in connection with a servicing transfer.

              If the trustee is unwilling or unable to so act, it may appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a loan servicing institution with a net worth of a least $15,000,000 to act as successor to the servicer under the agreement. Pending any appointment, the trustee is obligated to act as servicer. The trustee and any successor to the servicer may agree upon the servicing compensation to be paid, which in no event may be greater than the compensation payable to the servicer under the agreement.

              Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, no securityholder, solely by virtue of its status as a securityholder, will have any right under any agreement to institute any proceeding with respect to the agreement, unless the holder previously has given to the trustee written notice of default and unless the holders of securities of any class evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the aggregate percentage interest constituting such class have made a written request upon the trustee to institute a proceeding in its own name as trustee and have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity, and the trustee for 60 days has neglected or refused to institute the proceeding.

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the agreement will permit the trustee to sell the Issuing Entity Assets and the other assets of the issuing entity described under “Credit Enhancement” if payments on them are insufficient to make payments required in the agreement. The assets of the issuing entity will be sold only under the circumstances and in the manner specified in the related prospectus supplement.

              Indenture. The applicable prospectus supplement may provide for other events of default, but if it does not, then the events of default under each indenture will consist of:

              If an event of default with respect to the notes of any series at the time outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the trustee or the holders of a majority of the then aggregate outstanding amount of the notes of such series may declare the principal amount (or, if the notes of that series have an interest rate of 0%, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series, as provided in the related prospectus supplement) of all the notes of such series to be due and payable immediately. Such declaration may, under certain circumstances, be rescinded and annulled by the holders of more than 50% of the Percentage Interests of the notes of such series.

    80


    424B5176th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 176th

              If, following an event of default with respect to any series of notes, the notes of such series have been declared to be due and payable, the trustee may, in its discretion, notwithstanding such acceleration, elect to maintain possession of the collateral securing the notes of such series and to continue to apply distributions on such collateral as if there had been no declaration of acceleration if such collateral continues to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes of such series as they would have become due if there had not been such a declaration. In addition, the trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the notes of a series following an event of default, other than a default in the payment of any principal or interest on any note of such series for a specified number of days, unless

              If specified in the related prospectus supplement, other parties, such as a credit enhancement provider, may have certain rights with respect to remedies upon an Event of Default that may limit the rights of the related securityholders.

              If the trustee liquidates the collateral in connection with an event of default involving a default for five days or more in the payment of principal of or interest on the notes of a series, the indenture provides that the trustee will have a prior lien on the proceeds of any such liquidation for unpaid fees and expenses. As a result, upon the occurrence of such an event of default, the amount available for distribution to the noteholders would be less than would otherwise be the case. However, the trustee may not institute a proceeding for the enforcement of its lien except in connection with a proceeding for the enforcement of the lien of the indenture for the benefit of the noteholders after the occurrence of such an event of default.

              Except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, if the principal of the notes of a series is declared due and payable, as described above, the holders of any such notes issued at a discount from par may be entitled to receive no more than an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the notes less the amount of such discount which is unamortized.

              Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an event of default shall occur and be continuing with respect to a series of notes, the trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of notes of such series, unless such holders offered to the trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction. Subject to such provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained in the indenture, the holders of a majority of the then aggregate outstanding amount of the notes of such series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the notes of such series, and the holders of a majority of the then aggregate outstanding amount of the notes of such series may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect to them, except a default in the payment of principal or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or provision of the indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent of all the holders of the outstanding notes of such series affected by that default. If provided in the related prospectus supplement, the priority of payments payable on the notes may change following and event of default.

    Amendment

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify other amendment provisions, but if it does not, then each agreement may be amended by the depositor, the servicer and the trustee, without the consent of any of the securityholders,

    81


    424B5177th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 177th

              (a) to cure any ambiguity or mistake;

              (b) to correct any defective provision in the agreement or to supplement any provision in the agreement that may be inconsistent with any other provision in it;

              (c) to conform the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, to the final prospectus supplement provided to investors in accordance with the initial offering of the securities;

              (d) to add to the duties of the depositor, the seller or the servicer;

              (e) to modify, alter, amend, add to or rescind any of the terms or provisions contained in the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, to comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC from time to time;

              (f) to add any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable; or

              (g) to modify, alter, amend, add to or rescind any of the terms or provisions contained in the pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable.

    However, no action pursuant to clauses (e), (f) or (g) may, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any securityholder. But no opinion of counsel will be required if the person requesting the amendment obtains a letter from each rating agency requested to rate the class or classes of securities of the series stating that the amendment will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the respective ratings then assigned to the securities.

              In addition, the related agreement may be amended to modify, eliminate or add to any of its provisions to the extent necessary to maintain the qualification of the related issuing entity as a REMIC or to avoid or minimize the risk of imposition of any tax on the REMIC, if a REMIC election is made with respect to the issuing entity, or to comply with any other requirements of the Code, if the trustee has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that the action is necessary or helpful ensure the proper operation of the master REMIC, to maintain the qualification, avoid or minimize that risk or comply with those requirements, as applicable.

              The applicable prospectus supplement may specify other amendment provisions, but if it does not, then each pooling and servicing agreement may also be amended by the depositor, the servicer and the trustee with the consent of holders of securities of the series evidencing a majority in interest of each class adversely affected thereby for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the related securities. However, no amendment may

              (a) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments received on Issuing Entity Assets that are required to be distributed on any security without the consent of the holder of the security,

              (b) amend, modify, add to, rescind or alter in any respect the provisions of the agreement restricting the issuing entity from engaging in any activity that would disqualify the issuing entity from being a qualifying special purpose entity under generally accepted accounting principles without the consent of the holders of securities evidencing percentage interests aggregating 66 % (provided however that no securities held by the seller, the depositor or any affiliate shall be given effect for the purpose of such calculation), or

              (c) reduce the aforesaid percentage of securities of any class of holders that is required to consent to the amendment without the consent of the holders of all securities of the class covered by the agreement then outstanding.

    If a REMIC election is made with respect to an issuing entity, the trustee will not be entitled to consent to an amendment to the related agreement without having first received an opinion of counsel to the effect that the

    82


    424B5178th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 178th

    amendment will not cause the issuing entity to fail to qualify as a REMIC. If so described in the related prospectus supplement, an amendment of an agreement may require the consent of persons that are not party to the agreement, such as a credit enhancement provider.

    Termination; Optional Termination

              Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement or Servicing Agreement. Generally, the obligations created by each agreement for each series of securities will terminate upon the payment to the related securityholders of all amounts held in the Security Account or by the servicer and required to be paid to them pursuant to the agreement following the later of

              Any purchase of Issuing Entity Assets and property acquired in respect of Issuing Entity Assets evidenced by a series of securities will be made at the option of the servicer or the party specified in the related prospectus supplement, including the holder of the REMIC residual interest, at a price, and in accordance with the procedures, specified in the related prospectus supplement. The exercise of that right will effect early retirement of the securities of that series, but the right of the servicer or the other party or, if applicable, the holder of the REMIC residual interest, to so purchase is subject to the principal balance of the related Issuing Entity Assets being less than the percentage specified in the related prospectus supplement of the aggregate principal balance of the Issuing Entity Assets at the cut-off date for the series. The foregoing is subject to the provision that if a REMIC election is made with respect to an issuing entity, any repurchase pursuant to the second bulleted item above will be made only in connection with a “qualified liquidation” of the REMIC within the meaning of Code Section 860F(a)(4).

              Indenture. The indenture will be discharged with respect to a series of notes (except with respect to certain continuing rights specified in the indenture) upon the delivery to the trustee for cancellation of all the notes of such series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of the notes of such series.

               In addition to such discharge with certain limitations, the indenture will provide that, if so specified with respect to the notes of any series, the related issuing entity will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the notes of such series (except for certain obligations relating to temporary notes and exchange of notes, to register the transfer of or exchange notes of such series, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated notes of such series, to maintain paying agencies and to hold monies for payment in trust) upon the deposit with the trustee, in trust, of money and/or direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America which through the payment of interest and principal in respect of them in accordance with their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of and each installment of interest on the notes of such series on the last scheduled distribution date for such notes and any installment of interest on such notes in accordance with the terms of the indenture and the notes of such series. In the event of any defeasance and discharge of notes of such series, holders of notes of such series would be able to look only to such money and/or direct obligations for payment of principal and interest, if any, on their notes until maturity.

              The applicable prospectus supplement for a series of notes may also provide that when the principal balance of such notes is reduced to a specified percentage of the original principal balance as of the cut-off date, the depositor, the indenture trustee or the holder of a call right may, at its option, redeem one or more classes of notes at a price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal balance of the notes plus accrued interest thereon plus the amount due and owing to the surety provider, if any. Such redemption will have the same effect as a prepayment on the notes.

    83


    424B5179th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 179th

    The Trustee

              The trustee under each agreement will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving as trustee may have normal banking relationships with the depositor, the servicer and any of their respective affiliates.

    Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans

              The following discussion contains summaries, which are general in nature, of certain legal matters relating to the mortgage loans. Because the legal aspects are governed primarily by applicable state law (which laws may differ substantially), the summaries do not purport to be complete or to reflect the laws of any particular state or to encompass the laws of all states in which the security for the mortgage loans is situated. If more than ten percent (by principal balance) of the mortgage loans in the issuing entity for any series are located in a single state, the prospectus, as supplemented by the related prospectus supplement, will disclose all material legal matters relating to the mortgage loans in that state.

    General

              The mortgage loans will be secured by deeds of trust, mortgages, security deeds or deeds to secure debt, depending upon the prevailing practice in the state in which the property subject to the loan is located. Deeds of trust are used almost exclusively in California instead of mortgages. Mortgages are used in New York instead of deeds of trust. A mortgage creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by the mortgage, which lien is generally not before the lien for real estate taxes and assessments. Priority between mortgages depends on their terms and generally on the order of recording with a state or county office. There are two parties to a mortgage, the mortgagor, who is the borrower and owner of the Property, and the mortgagee, who is the lender. Under the mortgage instrument, the mortgagor delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the mortgage. Although a deed of trust is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust formally has three parties, the borrower-property owner called the trustor (similar to a mortgagor), a lender (similar to a mortgagee) called the beneficiary, and a third-party grantee called the trustee. Under a deed of trust, the borrower grants the property, irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally with a power of sale, to the trustee to secure payment of the obligation. A security deed and a deed to secure debt are special types of deeds which indicate on their face that they are granted to secure an underlying debt. By executing a security deed or deed to secure debt, the grantor conveys title to, as opposed to merely creating a lien upon, the subject property to the grantee until the underlying debt is repaid. The trustee’s authority under a deed of trust, the mortgagee’s authority under a mortgage and the grantee’s authority under a security deed or deed to secure debt are governed by law and, with respect to some deeds of trust, the directions of the beneficiary.

              Cooperatives. Certain of the mortgage loans may be cooperative loans. The cooperative owns all the real property that comprises the project, including the land, separate dwelling units and all common areas. The cooperative is directly responsible for project management and, in most cases, payment of real estate taxes and hazard and liability insurance. If there is a blanket mortgage on the cooperative or underlying land or both, as is generally the case, the cooperative, as project mortgagor, is also responsible for meeting these mortgage obligations. A blanket mortgage is ordinarily incurred by the cooperative in connection with the construction or purchase of the cooperative’s apartment building. The interest of the occupant under proprietary leases or occupancy agreements to which that cooperative is a party are generally subordinate to the interest of the holder of the blanket mortgage in that building. If the cooperative is unable to meet the payment obligations arising under its blanket mortgage, the mortgagee holding the blanket mortgage could foreclose on that mortgage and terminate all subordinate proprietary leases and occupancy agreements. In addition, the blanket mortgage on a cooperative may provide financing in the form of a mortgage that does not fully amortize with a significant portion of principal being due in one lump sum at final maturity. The inability of the cooperative to refinance this mortgage and its consequent inability to make the final payment could lead to foreclosure by the mortgagee providing the financing. A foreclosure in either event by the holder of the blanket mortgage could eliminate or significantly diminish the value of any collateral held by the lender who financed the purchase by an individual tenant-stockholder of cooperative shares or, in the case of an issuing entity including cooperative loans, the collateral securing the cooperative loans.

    84


    424B5180th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 180th

              The cooperative is owned by tenant-stockholders who, through ownership of stock, shares or membership certificates in the corporation, receive proprietary leases or occupancy agreements which confer exclusive rights to occupy specific units. Generally, a tenant-stockholder of a cooperative must make a monthly payment to the cooperative representing the tenant-stockholder’s pro rata share of the cooperative’s payments for its blanket mortgage, real property taxes, maintenance expenses and other capital or ordinary expenses. An ownership interest in a cooperative and accompanying rights is financed through a cooperative share loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a security interest in the occupancy agreement or proprietary lease and in the related cooperative shares. The lender takes possession of the share certificate and a counterpart of the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, and a financing statement covering the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement and the cooperative shares is filed in the appropriate state and local offices to perfect the lender’s interest in its collateral. Subject to the limitations discussed below, upon default of the tenant-stockholder, the lender may sue for judgment on the promissory note, dispose of the collateral at a public or private sale or otherwise proceed against the collateral or tenant-stockholder as an individual as provided in the security agreement covering the assignment of the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement and the pledge of cooperative shares.

    Foreclosure and Repossession

              Deed of Trust. Foreclosure of a deed of trust is generally accomplished by a non-judicial sale under a specific provision in the deed of trust which authorizes the trustee to sell the property at public auction upon any default by the borrower under the terms of the note or deed of trust. In certain states, foreclosure also may be accomplished by judicial action in the manner provided for foreclosure of mortgages. In some states, such as California, the trustee must record a notice of default and send a copy to the borrower-trustor and to any person who has recorded a request for a copy of any notice of default and notice of sale. In addition, the trustee must provide notice in some states to any other individual having an interest of record in the real property, including any junior lien holders. If the deed of trust is not reinstated within any applicable cure period, a notice of sale must be posted in a public place and, in most states, including California, published for a specified period of time in one or more newspapers. In addition, these notice provisions require that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the property and sent to all parties having an interest of record in the property. In California, the entire process from recording a notice of default to a non-judicial sale usually takes four to five months, but can take longer if the borrower seeks bankruptcy protection or other events intervene.

              In some states, including California, the borrower-trustor has the right to reinstate the loan at any time following default until shortly before the trustee’s sale. In general, the borrower, or any other person having a junior encumbrance on the real estate, may, during a reinstatement period, cure the default by paying the entire amount in arrears plus the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the obligation. Certain state laws control the amount of foreclosure expenses and costs, including attorney’s fees, that a lender can recover.

              Mortgages. Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial action. The action is initiated by the service of legal pleadings upon all parties having an interest in the real property. Delays in completion of the foreclosure may occasionally result from difficulties in locating necessary parties. Judicial foreclosure proceedings are sometimes not contested by any of the parties. When the mortgagee’s right to foreclosure is contested, the legal proceedings necessary to resolve the issue can be time consuming. After the completion of a judicial foreclosure proceeding, the court generally issues a judgment of foreclosure and appoints a referee or other court officer to conduct the sale of the property. In general, the borrower, or any other person having a junior encumbrance on the real estate, may, during a statutorily prescribed reinstatement period, cure a monetary default by paying the entire amount in arrears plus other designated costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the obligation. Generally, state law controls the amount of foreclosure expenses and costs, including attorney’s fees, which may be recovered by a lender. After the reinstatement period has expired without the default having been cured, the borrower or junior lienholder no longer has the right to reinstate the loan and must pay the loan in full to prevent the scheduled foreclosure sale. If the deed of trust is not reinstated, a notice of sale must be posted in a public place and, in most states, published for a specific period of time in one or more newspapers. In addition, some state laws require that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the property and sent to all parties having an interest in the real property.

              Although foreclosure sales are typically public sales, frequently no third party purchaser bids in excess of the lender’s lien because of the difficulty of determining the exact status of title to the property, the possible deterioration of the property during the foreclosure proceedings and a requirement that the purchaser pay for the

    85


    424B5181st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 181st

    property in cash or by cashier’s check. Thus the foreclosing lender often purchases the property from the trustee or referee for an amount equal to the principal amount outstanding under the loan, accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure. Thereafter, the lender will assume the burden of ownership, including obtaining hazard insurance and making repairs at its own expense necessary to render the property suitable for sale. The lender will commonly obtain the services of a real estate broker and pay the broker’s commission in connection with the sale of the property. Depending upon market conditions, the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may not equal the lender’s investment in the property.

              Courts have imposed general equitable principles upon foreclosure, which are generally designed to mitigate the legal consequences to the borrower of the borrower’s defaults under the loan documents. Some courts have been faced with the issue of whether federal or state constitutional provisions reflecting due process concerns for fair notice require that borrowers under deeds of trust receive notice longer than that prescribed by statute. For the most part, these cases have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable or have found that the sale by a trustee under a deed of trust does not involve sufficient state action to afford constitutional protection to the borrower. When the beneficiary under a junior mortgage or deed of trust cures the default and reinstates or redeems by paying the full amount of the senior mortgage or deed of trust, the amount paid by the beneficiary becomes a part of the indebtedness secured by the junior mortgage or deed of trust. See “—Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees” below.

              Cooperative Loans. The cooperative shares owned by the tenant-stockholder and pledged to the lender are, in almost all cases, subject to restrictions on transfer as set forth in the cooperative’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, and may be cancelled by the cooperative for failure by the tenant-stockholder to pay rent or other obligations or charges owed by the tenant-stockholder, including mechanics’ liens against the cooperative apartment building incurred by the tenant-stockholder. The proprietary lease or occupancy agreement generally permits the cooperative to terminate the lease or agreement if an obligor fails to make payments or defaults in the performance of covenants required under it. Typically, the lender and the cooperative enter into a recognition agreement, which establishes the rights and obligations of both parties upon a default by the tenant-stockholder on its obligations under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. A default by the tenant-stockholder under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement will usually constitute a default under the security agreement between the lender and the tenant-stockholder.

              The recognition agreement generally provides that, if the tenant-stockholder has defaulted under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, the cooperative will take no action to terminate the lease or agreement until the lender has been provided with an opportunity to cure the default. The recognition agreement typically provides that if the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement is terminated, the cooperative will recognize the lender’s lien against proceeds from the sale of the cooperative apartment, subject, however, to the cooperative’s right to sums due under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. The total amount owed to the cooperative by the tenant-stockholder, which the lender generally cannot restrict and does not monitor, could reduce the value of the collateral below the outstanding principal balance of the cooperative loan and accrued and unpaid interest on it.

              Recognition agreements also provide that upon foreclosure of a cooperative loan, the lender must obtain the approval or consent of the cooperative as required by the proprietary lease before transferring the cooperative shares or assigning the proprietary lease. Generally, the lender is not limited in any rights it may have to dispossess the tenant-stockholders.

              In some states, such as New York, foreclosure on the cooperative shares is accomplished by a sale in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 of the UCC and the security agreement relating to those shares. Article 9 of the UCC requires that a sale be conducted in a “commercially reasonable” manner. Whether a foreclosure sale has been conducted in a “commercially reasonable” manner will depend on the facts in each case. In determining commercial reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the debtor and the method, manner, time, place and terms of the foreclosure. Generally, a sale conducted according to the usual practice of banks selling similar collateral will be considered reasonably conducted.

              Article 9 of the UCC provides that the proceeds of the sale will be applied first to pay the costs and expenses of the sale and then to satisfy the indebtedness secured by the lender’s security interest. The recognition agreement, however, generally provides that the lender’s right to reimbursement is subject to the right of the cooperative to receive sums due under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. If there are proceeds

    86


    424B5182nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 182nd

    remaining, the lender must account to the tenant-stockholder for the surplus. Conversely, if a portion of the indebtedness remains unpaid, the tenant-stockholder is generally responsible for the deficiency. See “Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders.”

              In the case of foreclosure on a building converted from a rental building to a building owned by a cooperative under a non-eviction plan, some states require that a purchaser at a foreclosure sale take the property subject to rent control and rent stabilization laws that apply to certain tenants who elected to remain in the building but who did not purchase shares in the cooperative when the building was so converted.

    Rights of Redemption

              In some states after a sale pursuant to a deed of trust or foreclosure of a mortgage, the borrower and certain foreclosed junior lienors are given a statutory period in which to redeem the property from the foreclosure sale. In certain other states, including California, this right of redemption applies only to sales following judicial foreclosure, and not to sales pursuant to a non-judicial power of sale. In New York, the borrower may not redeem the property after a foreclosure sale. In most states where the right of redemption is available, statutory redemption may occur upon payment of the foreclosure purchase price, accrued interest and taxes. In some states, the right to redeem is an equitable right. The effect of a right of redemption is to diminish the ability of the lender to sell the foreclosed property. The exercise of a right of redemption would defeat the title of any purchaser at a foreclosure sale, or of any purchaser from the lender after judicial foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust. Consequently, the practical effect of the redemption right is to force the lender to retain the property and pay the expenses of ownership until the redemption period has run.

    Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders

              Certain states have imposed statutory restrictions that limit the remedies of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a mortgage. In some states, including California and New York, statutes limit the right of the beneficiary or mortgagee to obtain a deficiency judgment against the borrower following foreclosure or a sale under a deed of trust. A deficiency judgment is a personal judgment against the borrower equal in most cases to the difference between the amount due to the lender and the current fair market value of the property at the time of the foreclosure sale. As a result of these prohibitions, it is anticipated that in most instances the servicer will utilize the non-judicial foreclosure remedy and will not seek deficiency judgments against defaulting mortgagors.

              Some state statutes may require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower. In certain other states, such as New York, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action against the borrower on the debt without first exhausting that security. However, in some of these states, following judgment on a personal action, the lender may be considered to have elected a remedy and may be precluded from exercising other remedies with respect to the security. Consequently, the practical effect of the election requirement, when applicable, is that lenders will usually proceed first against the security rather than bringing a personal action against the borrower.

              In some states, exceptions to the anti-deficiency statutes are provided for in certain instances where the value of the lender’s security has been impaired by acts or omissions of the borrower, for example, upon waste of the property.

              In addition to anti-deficiency and related legislation, numerous other federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws, the federal Servicemembers Civil Relief Act and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the ability of the secured mortgage lender to realize on its security. For example, in a proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy Code, a lender may not foreclose on a Property without the permission of the bankruptcy court. And in certain instances a bankruptcy court may allow a borrower to reduce the monthly payments, change the rate of interest, and alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule for under collateralized mortgage loans. The effect of these types of proceedings can be to cause delays in receiving payments on the loans underlying certificates and even to reduce the aggregate amount of payments on the loans underlying certificates.

    87


    424B5183rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 183rd

              The federal tax laws provide priority to certain tax liens over the lien of a mortgage or secured party. Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws impose substantive requirements upon mortgage lenders in connection with the origination, servicing and enforcement of mortgage loans. These laws include the federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and related statutes and regulations. These federal and state laws impose specific statutory liabilities on lenders who fail to comply with the provisions of the law. In some cases, this liability may affect assignees of the loans or contracts.

              Generally, Article 9 of the UCC governs foreclosure on cooperative shares and the related proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. Some courts have interpreted section 9-504 of the UCC to prohibit a deficiency award unless the creditor establishes that the sale of the collateral (which, in the case of a cooperative loan, would be the shares of the cooperative and the related proprietary lease or occupancy agreement) was conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.

    Environmental Risks

              Real property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to unforeseen environmental risks. Environmental remedial costs can be substantial and can potentially exceed the value of the property. Under the laws of certain states, contamination of a property may give rise to a lien against the property to assure the payment of the costs of clean-up. In several states that lien has priority over the lien of an existing mortgage on the property. In addition, under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”), the EPA may impose a lien on property where the EPA has incurred clean-up costs. However, a CERCLA lien is subordinate to pre-existing, perfected security interests.

              Under the laws of some states, and under CERCLA, it is conceivable that a secured lender may be held liable as an “owner” or “operator” for the costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances at a Property, even though the environmental damage or threat was caused by a prior or current owner or operator. CERCLA imposes liability for those costs on any and all “potentially responsible parties,” including “owners” or “operators.” However, CERCLA excludes from the definition of “owner or operator” a secured creditor who holds indicia of ownership primarily to protect its security interest (the “secured creditor exemption”) but without “participating in the management” of the property. Thus, if a lender’s activities encroach on the actual management of a contaminated facility or property, the lender may incur liability as an “owner or operator” under CERCLA. Similarly, if a lender forecloses and takes title to a contaminated facility or property, the lender may incur CERCLA liability in various circumstances, including, but not limited to, when it fails to market the property in a timely fashion.

              Whether actions taken by a lender would constitute participation in the management of a mortgaged property so as to render the secured creditor exemption unavailable to a lender, was historically a matter of judicial interpretation of the statutory language. Court decisions were inconsistent and, in fact, in 1990, the Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit suggested that the mere capacity of the lender to influence a borrower’s decisions regarding disposal of hazardous substances was sufficient participation in the management of a borrower’s business to deny the protection of the secured creditor exemption to the lender. In 1996, Congress enacted the Asset Conservation, Lender Liability and Deposit Insurance Protection Act (“Asset Conservation Act”), which provides that, in order to be deemed to have participated in the management of a mortgaged property, a lender must actually participate in the operational affairs of the property. The Asset Conservation Act also provides that participation in the management of the property does not include merely having the capacity to influence, or unexercised right to control operations. Rather, a lender will lose the protection of the secured creditor exemption only if it (a) exercises decision-making control over the borrower’s environmental compliance and hazardous substance handling and disposal practices at the property, or (b) exercises control comparable to the manager of the property, so that the lender has assumed responsibility for (i) “the overall management of the facility encompassing day-to-day decision-making with respect to environmental compliance” or (ii) “over all or substantially all of the operational functions” of the property other than environmental compliance.

              If a lender is or becomes liable, it may be able to bring an action for contribution under CERCLA or other statutory or common laws against any other “potentially responsible parties,” including a previous owner or operator, who created the environmental hazard and who has not settled its liability with the government, but those

    88


    424B5184th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 184th

    persons or entities may be bankrupt or otherwise judgment proof. The costs associated with environmental cleanup may be substantial. It is conceivable that the costs arising from the circumstances set forth above would result in a loss to securityholders.

              CERCLA does not apply to petroleum products, and the secured creditor exemption does not govern liability for cleanup costs under state laws or under federal laws other than CERCLA, including Subtitle I of the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”), which regulates underground petroleum storage tanks (except heating oil tanks). The EPA has adopted a lender liability rule for underground storage tanks under Subtitle I of RCRA. Under that rule, a holder of a security interest in an underground storage tank or real property containing an underground storage tank is not considered an operator of the underground storage tank as long as petroleum is not added to, stored in or dispensed from the tank. Moreover, under the Asset Conservation Act, the protections accorded to lenders under CERCLA are also accorded to holders of security interests in underground petroleum storage tanks or the properties on which they are located. A lender will lose the protections accorded to secured creditors under federal law for petroleum underground storage tanks by “participating in the management” of the tank or tank system if the lender either: (a) “exercises decisionmaking control over the operational” aspects of the tank or tank system; or (b) exercises control comparable to a manager of the property, so that the lender has assumed responsibility for overall management of the property including day-to-day decision making with regard to all, or substantially all, operational aspects. It should be noted, however, that liability for cleanup of petroleum contamination may be governed by state law, which may not provide for any specific protection for secured creditors.

              While the “owner” or “operator” of contaminated property may face liability for investigating and cleaning up the property, regardless of fault, it may also be required to comply with environmental regulatory requirements, such as those governing asbestos. In addition, the presence of asbestos, mold, lead-based paint, lead in drinking water, and/or radon at a real property may lead to the incurrence of costs for remediation, mitigation or the implementation of an operations and maintenance plan. Furthermore, the presence of asbestos, mold, lead-based paint, lead in drinking water, radon and/or contamination at a property may present a risk that third parties will seek recovery from “owners” or “operators” of that property for personal injury or property damage. Environmental regulatory requirements for property “owners” or “operators,” or law that is the basis for claims of personal injury or property damage, may not have exemptions for secured creditors.

              In general, at the time the loans were originated no environmental assessment, or a very limited environmental assessment, of the mortgaged properties was conducted.

    Due-on-sale Clauses

              Generally, each conventional mortgage loan will contain a due-on-sale clause which will generally provide that if the mortgagor or obligor sells, transfers or conveys the Property, the loan may be accelerated by the mortgagee. In recent years, court decisions and legislative actions have placed substantial restriction on the right of lenders to enforce these clauses in many states. For instance, the California Supreme Court in August 1978 held that due-on-sale clauses were generally unenforceable. However, the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 (the “Garn-St Germain Act”), subject to specified exceptions, preempts state constitutional, statutory and case law prohibiting the enforcement of due-on-sale clauses. As to loans secured by an owner-occupied residence, the Garn-St Germain Act sets forth nine specific instances in which a mortgagee covered by the Garn-St Germain Act may not exercise its rights under a due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding the fact that a transfer of the property may have occurred. The inability to enforce a due-on-sale clause may result in transfer of the related Property to an uncreditworthy person, which could increase the likelihood of default or may result in a mortgage bearing an interest rate below the current market rate being assumed by a new home buyer, which may affect the average life of the mortgage loans and the number of mortgage loans which may extend to maturity.

    Prepayment Charges

              Under certain state laws, prepayment charges may not be imposed after a certain period of time following the origination of mortgage loans with respect to prepayments on loans secured by liens encumbering owner-occupied residential properties. Since many of the mortgaged properties will be owner-occupied, it is anticipated that prepayment charges may not be imposed on many of the mortgage loans. The absence of this restraint on

    89


    424B5185th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 185th

    prepayment, particularly with respect to fixed rate mortgage loans having higher mortgage rates, may increase the likelihood of refinancing or other early retirement of the loans or contracts.

    Applicability of Usury Laws

              Title V of the depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980, enacted in March 1980 (“Title V”), provides that state usury limitations shall not apply to certain types of residential first mortgage loans originated by certain lenders after March 31, 1980. The Office of Thrift Supervision, as successor to the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, is authorized to issue rules and regulations and to publish interpretations governing implementation of Title V. The statute authorized the states to reimpose interest rate limits by adopting, before April 1, 1983, a law or constitutional provision that expressly rejects an application of the federal law. In addition, even where Title V is not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a provision limiting discount points or other charges on mortgage loans covered by Title V. Certain states have taken action to reimpose interest rate limits or to limit discount points or other charges, or both.

    Servicemembers Civil Relief Act

              Generally, under the terms of the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act or similar state and local laws (the “Relief Act”), a borrower who enters military service after the origination of the borrower’s mortgage loan (including a borrower who is a member of the National Guard or is in reserve status at the time of the origination of the mortgage loan and is later called to active duty) may not be charged interest above an annual rate of 6% during the period of the borrower’s active duty status, unless a court orders otherwise upon application of the lender. It is possible that this interest rate limitation could have an effect, for an indeterminate period of time, on the ability of the servicer to collect full amounts of interest on some of the mortgage loans. Unless the applicable prospectus supplement provides a special feature for a particular issuing entity, any shortfall in interest collections resulting from the application of the Relief Act could result in losses to the holders of the securities. In addition, the Relief Act imposes limitations which would impair the ability of the servicer to foreclose on an affected mortgage loan during the borrower’s period of active duty status. Thus, if an affected mortgage loan goes into default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to realize upon the Property in a timely fashion.

    Material Federal Income Tax Consequences

              The following discussion is the opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP, Sidley Austin LLP, Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP or Heller Ehrman LLP, counsel to the depositor, as to the material federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of securities. The opinion of the applicable law firm is based on laws, regulations, administrative rulings, and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. The following discussion does not describe aspects of federal tax law that are unique to insurance companies, securities dealers and investors who hold securities as part of a straddle within the meaning of Section 1092 of the Code. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the federal, state, local, and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of securities.

    General

              The federal income tax consequences to Holders will vary depending on whether

    90


    424B5186th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 186th

              The prospectus supplement for each series of securities will specify how the securities will be treated for federal income tax purposes and will discuss whether a REMIC election, if any, will be made with respect to the series. The depositor will file with the SEC a Form 8-K on behalf of the related issuing entity containing an opinion of Tax Counsel with respect to the validity of the information set forth under “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” herein and in the related prospectus supplement.

              Debt Securities. For purposes of the discussion that follows, securities characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes and securities representing REMIC regular interests (“Regular Interest Securities”) will be referred to hereinafter collectively as Debt Securities.”

    Taxation of Debt Securities

              Original Issue Discount and Premium. The Debt Securities may be issued with OID. Generally, OID, if any, will equal the difference between the “stated redemption price at maturity” of a Debt Security and its “issue price.” Holders of any class of securities issued with OID will be required to include OID in gross income for federal income tax purposes as it accrues, in accordance with a constant interest method based on the compounding of interest as it accrues rather than in accordance with receipt of the interest payments. Holders of Debt Securities (the “Debt Securityholders”) should be aware, however, that the OID Regulations do not adequately address certain issues relevant to prepayable securities, such as the Debt Securities.

              Rules governing OID are set forth in Code Sections 1271 through 1273 and 1275. These rules require that the amount and rate of accrual of OID be calculated based on the Prepayment Assumption and the anticipated reinvestment rate, if any, relating to the Debt Securities and prescribe a method for adjusting the amount and rate of accrual of the discount where the actual prepayment rate differs from the Prepayment Assumption. Under the Code, the Prepayment Assumption must be determined in the manner prescribed by regulations, which regulations have not yet been issued. The Legislative History provides, however, that Congress intended the regulations to require that the Prepayment Assumption be the prepayment assumption that is used in determining the initial offering price of the Debt Securities. The prospectus supplement for each series of Debt Securities will specify the Prepayment Assumption to be used for the purpose of determining the amount and rate of accrual of OID. No representation is made that the Debt Securities will prepay at the Prepayment Assumption or at any other rate.

              Regulations governing the calculation of OID on instruments having contingent interest payments (the “Contingent Regulations”) specifically do not apply for purposes of calculating OID on debt instruments subject to Code Section 1272(a)(6), such as the Debt Securities. Additionally, the OID Regulations do not contain provisions specifically interpreting Code Section 1272(a)(6). The trustee intends to base its computations on Code Section 1272(a)(6) and the OID Regulations as described in this prospectus. However, because no regulatory guidance currently exists under Code Section 1272(a)(6), we can give no assurance that this methodology represents the correct manner of calculating OID.

              In general, each Debt Security will be treated as a single installment obligation issued with an amount of OID equal to the excess of its “stated redemption price at maturity” over its issue price. The issue price of a Debt Security is the first price at which a substantial amount of Debt Securities of that class are first sold to the public (excluding bond houses, brokers, underwriters or wholesalers). The issue price of a Debt Security also includes the amount paid by an initial securityholder for accrued interest that relates to a period before the issue date of the Debt Security. The stated redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security includes the original principal amount of the Debt Security, but generally will not include distributions of interest that constitute “qualified stated interest.” Qualified stated interest generally means interest unconditionally payable at intervals of one year or less at a single fixed rate or qualified variable rate (as described below) during the entire term of the Debt Security. Interest is payable at a single fixed rate only if the rate appropriately takes into account the length of the interval between payments. Distributions of interest on Debt Securities with respect to which Deferred Interest will accrue will not constitute qualified stated interest payments, and the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt Securities includes all distributions of interest as well as principal thereon.

              Where the interval between the issue date and the first distribution date on a Debt Security is longer than the interval between subsequent distribution dates, the greater of any original issue discount disregarding the rate in the first period and any interest foregone during the first period is treated as the amount by which the stated redemption price of the security exceeds its issue price for purposes of the de minimis rule described below. The

    91


    424B5187th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 187th

    OID Regulations suggest that all or a portion of the interest on a long first period Debt Security that is issued with non-de minimis OID will be treated as OID. Where the interval between the issue date and the first distribution date on a Debt Security is shorter than the interval between subsequent distribution dates, interest due on the first distribution date in excess of the amount that accrued during the first period would be added to the securities’ stated redemption price at maturity. Holders of Debt Securities should consult their own tax advisors to determine the issue price and stated redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security. Additionally, it is possible that the IRS could assert that the stated pass-through rate of interest on the Debt Securities is not unconditionally payable because late payments or nonpayments on the mortgage loans are not penalized nor are there reasonable remedies in place to compel payment on the mortgage loans. That position, if successful, would require all holders of Debt Securities to accrue income on the securities under the OID Regulations.

              Under the de minimis rule, OID on a Debt Security will be considered to be zero if it is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt Security multiplied by the weighted average maturity of the Debt Security. For this purpose, the weighted average maturity of the Debt Security is computed as the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying the number of full years (i.e., rounding down partial years) from the issue date until each distribution in reduction of stated redemption price at maturity is scheduled to be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each distribution included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt Security and the denominator of which is the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt Security. Although currently unclear, it appears that the schedule of these distributions should be determined in accordance with the Prepayment Assumption. The Prepayment Assumption with respect to a series of Debt Security will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement. Holders generally must report de minimis OID pro rata as principal payments are received, and income will be capital gain if the Debt Security is held as a capital asset. However, accrual method holders may elect to accrue all de minimis OID as well as market discount under a constant interest method.

              The prospectus supplement with respect to an issuing entity may provide for certain Debt Securities to be issued at prices significantly exceeding their principal amounts or based on notional principal balances (the “Super-Premium Securities”). The income tax treatment of Super-Premium Securities is not entirely certain. For information reporting purposes, the issuing entity intends to take the position that the stated redemption price at maturity of Super-Premium Securities is the sum of all payments to be made on these Debt Securities determined under the Prepayment Assumption, with the result that these Debt Securities would be issued with OID. The calculation of income in this manner could result in negative original issue discount (which delays future accruals of OID rather than being immediately deductible) when prepayments on the mortgage loans exceed those estimated under the Prepayment Assumption. As discussed above, the Contingent Regulations specifically do not apply to prepayable debt instruments subject to Code Section 1272(a)(6), such as the Debt Securities. However, if the Super-Premium Securities were treated as contingent payment obligations, it is unclear how holders of those securities would report income or recover their basis. In the alternative, the IRS could assert that the stated redemption price at maturity of Super-Premium Securities should be limited to their principal amount (subject to the discussion under “—Accrued Interest Securities”), so that the Debt Securities would be considered for federal income tax purposes to be issued at a premium. If this position were to prevail, the rules described under “—Debt Securities —Premium” would apply. It is unclear when a loss may be claimed for any unrecovered basis for a Super-Premium Security. It is possible that a holder of a Super-Premium Security may only claim a loss when its remaining basis exceeds the maximum amount of future payments, assuming no further prepayments or when the final payment is received with respect to the Super-Premium Security. Absent further guidance, the trustee intends to treat the Super-Premium Securities as described in this prospectus.

              Under the REMIC Regulations, if the issue price of a Regular Interest Security (other than those based on a notional amount) does not exceed 125% of its actual principal amount, the interest rate is not considered disproportionately high. Accordingly, such a Debt Security generally should not be treated as a Super-Premium Security and the rules described under “—Debt Securities—Premium” should apply. However, it is possible that Regular Interest Securities issued at a premium, even if the premium is less than 25% of the security’s actual principal balance, will be required to amortize the premium under an original issue discount method or contingent interest method even though no election under section 171 of the Code is made to amortize the premium.

              Generally, a Debt Securityholder must include in gross income the “daily portions,” as determined below, of the OID that accrues on a Debt Security for each day a securityholder holds the Debt Security, including the purchase date but excluding the disposition date. The daily portions of OID are determined by allocating to each day

    92


    424B5188th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 188th

    in an accrual period the ratable portion of OID allocable to the accrual period. Accrual periods may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the Debt Securities, provided that each accrual period is not longer than one year, begins or ends on a distribution date (except for the first accrual period which begins on the issue date) and begins on the day after the preceding accrual period ends. This will be done, in the case of each full accrual period, by

              
  •                     adding
     
       
  • The present value at the end of the accrual period (determined by using as a discount factor the original yield to maturity of the Debt Securities as calculated under the Prepayment Assumption) of all remaining payments to be received on the Debt Securities under the Prepayment Assumption and
     
       
  • any payments included in the stated redemption price at maturity received during the same accrual period, and
     
     
  •                     subtracting from that total the adjusted issue price of the Debt Securities at the beginning of the same accrual period.
     

    The adjusted issue price of a Debt Security at the beginning of the first accrual period is its issue price; the adjusted issue price of a Debt Security at the beginning of a subsequent accrual period is the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the immediately preceding accrual period plus the amount of OID allocable to that accrual period and reduced by the amount of any payment other than a payment of qualified stated interest made at the end of or during that accrual period. The OID accrued during an accrual period will then be divided by the number of days in the period to determine the daily portion of OID for each day in the accrual period. The calculation of OID under the method described above will cause the accrual of OID to either increase or decrease (but never below zero) in a given accrual period to reflect the fact that prepayments are occurring faster or slower than under the Prepayment Assumption. With respect to an initial accrual period shorter than a full accrual period, the daily portions of OID may be determined according to an appropriate allocation under any reasonable method.

              A subsequent purchaser of a Debt Security issued with OID who purchases the Debt Security at a cost less than the remaining stated redemption price at maturity will also be required to include in gross income the sum of the daily portions of OID on that Debt Security. In computing the daily portions of OID for a subsequent purchaser of a Debt Security (as well as an initial purchaser that purchases at a price higher than the adjusted issue price but less than the stated redemption price at maturity), however, the daily portion is reduced by the amount that would be the daily portion for the day (computed in accordance with the rules set forth above) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount, if any, by which the price paid by the holder for that Debt Security exceeds the following amount:

    A holder who pays an acquisition premium instead may elect to accrue OID by treating the purchase as a purchase at original issue.

              Variable Rate Debt Securities. Debt Securities may provide for interest based on a variable rate. Interest is treated as payable at a variable rate and not as contingent interest if, generally, the issue price does not exceed the original principal balance by more than a specified amount and the interest compounds or is payable at least annually at current values of certain objective rates matured by or based on lending rates for newly borrowed funds. An objective rate is a rate (other than a qualified floating rate) that is determined using a single fixed formula and that is based on objective financial or economic information. The variable interest generally will be qualified stated

    93


    424B5189th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 189th

    interest to the extent it is unconditionally payable at least annually and, to the extent successive variable rates are used, interest is not significantly accelerated or deferred.

              The amount of OID with respect to a Debt Security bearing a variable rate of interest will accrue in the manner described under “—Original Issue Discount and Premium” by assuming generally that the index used for the variable rate will remain fixed throughout the term of the security. Appropriate adjustments are made for the actual variable rate.

              Although unclear at present, the depositor intends to treat Debt Securities bearing an interest rate that is a weighted average of the net interest rates on mortgage loans as variable rate securities. In such case, the weighted average rate used to compute the initial pass-through rate on the Debt Securities will be deemed to be the index in effect through the life of the Debt Securities. It is possible, however, that the IRS may treat some or all of the interest on Debt Securities with a weighted average rate as taxable under the rules relating to obligations providing for contingent payments. This treatment may effect the timing of income accruals on the Debt Securities. Additionally, if some or all of the mortgage loans are subject to “teaser rates” (i.e., the initial rates on the mortgage loans are less than subsequent rates on the mortgage loans) the interest paid on some or all of the Debt Securities may be subject to accrual using a constant yield method notwithstanding the fact that these securities may not have been issued with “true” non-de minimis original issue discount.

              Election to Treat All Interest as OID. The OID Regulations permit a securityholder to elect to accrue all interest, discount (including de minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in income as interest, based on a constant yield method for securities. If such an election were to be made with respect to a Debt Security with market discount, a securityholder would be deemed to have made an election to include in income currently market discount with respect to all other debt instruments having market discount that the securityholder acquires during the year of the election or thereafter. Similarly, a securityholder that makes this election for a security that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having amortizable bond premium that the securityholder owns or acquires. See “—Debt Securities —Premium.” The election to accrue interest, discount and premium on a constant yield method with respect to a security cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

              Market Discount. A purchaser of a Debt Security may also be subject to the market discount provisions of sections 1276 through 1278 of the Code. Under these provisions and the OID Regulations, “market discount” equals the excess, if any, of a Debt Security’s stated principal amount or, in the case of a Debt Security with OID, the adjusted issue price (determined for this purpose as if the purchaser had purchased the Debt Security from an original holder) over the price for the Debt Security paid by the purchaser. A securityholder that purchases a Debt Security at a market discount will recognize income upon receipt of each distribution representing stated redemption price. In particular, under section 1276 of the Code a holder generally will be required to allocate each principal distribution first to accrued market discount not previously included in income, and to recognize ordinary income to that extent. A securityholder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues rather than including it on a deferred basis in accordance with the foregoing. If made, the election will apply to all market discount bonds acquired by the electing securityholder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies.

              Market discount with respect to a Debt Security will be considered to be zero if the amount allocable to the Debt Security is less than 0.25% of the Debt Security’s stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the Debt Security’s weighted average maturity remaining after the date of purchase. If market discount on a Debt Security is considered to be zero under this rule, the actual amount of market discount must be allocated to the remaining principal payments on the Debt Security, and gain equal to the allocated amount will be recognized when the corresponding principal payment is made. Treasury regulations implementing the market discount rules have not yet been issued; therefore, investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules and the advisability of making any of the elections allowed under sections 1276 through 1278 of the Code.

              The Code provides that any principal payment (whether a scheduled payment or a prepayment) or any gain on disposition of a market discount bond acquired by the taxpayer after October 22, 1986, shall be treated as ordinary income to the extent that it does not exceed the accrued market discount at the time of the payment. The amount of accrued market discount for purposes of determining the tax treatment of subsequent principal payments or dispositions of the market discount bond is to be reduced by the amount so treated as ordinary income.

    94


    424B5190th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 190th

              The Code also grants authority to the Treasury Department to issue regulations providing for the computation of accrued market discount on debt instruments, the principal of which is payable in more than one installment. Until regulations are issued by the Treasury, rules described in the Legislative History will apply. Under those rules, the holder of a market discount bond may elect to accrue market discount either on the basis of a constant interest rate or according to one of the following methods. For Debt Securities issued with OID, the amount of market discount that accrues during a period is equal to the product of the total remaining market discount and a fraction, the numerator of which is the OID accruing during the period and the denominator of which is the total remaining OID at the beginning of the period. For Debt Securities issued without OID, the amount of market discount that accrues during a period is equal to the product of the total remaining market discount and a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of stated interest paid during the accrual period and the denominator of which is the total amount of stated interest remaining to be paid at the beginning of the period. For purposes of calculating market discount under any of the above methods in the case of instruments (such as the Debt Securities) that provide for payments that may be accelerated due to prepayments of other obligations securing the instruments, the same Prepayment Assumption applicable to calculating the accrual of OID will apply.

              A holder of a Debt Security that acquires the Debt Security at a market discount also may be required to defer, until the maturity date of the Debt Security or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the amount of interest that the holder paid or accrued during the taxable year on indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the Debt Security in excess of the aggregate amount of interest (including OID) includible in the holder’s gross income for the taxable year with respect to the Debt Security. The amount of the net interest expense deferred in a taxable year may not exceed the amount of market discount accrued on the Debt Security for the days during the taxable year on which the holder held the Debt Security and, in general, would be deductible when the market discount is includible in income. The amount of any remaining deferred deduction is to be taken into account in the taxable year in which the Regular Security matures or is disposed of in a taxable transaction. In the case of a disposition in which gain or loss is not recognized in whole or in part, any remaining deferred deduction will be allowed to the extent of gain recognized on the disposition. This deferral rule does not apply if the Debt Securityholder elects to include the market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market discount obligations acquired by the Debt Securityholder in that taxable year or thereafter.

              Premium. A purchaser of a Debt Security that purchases the Debt Security at a cost (not including accrued qualified stated interest) greater than its remaining stated redemption price at maturity will be considered to have purchased the Debt Security at a premium and may elect to amortize the premium under a constant yield method. It is not clear whether the Prepayment Assumption would be taken into account in determining the life of the Debt Security for this purpose. The trustee intends to account for amortizable bond premium in the manner described in this prospectus. However, the Legislative History states that the same rules that apply to accrual of market discount (which rules require use of a Prepayment Assumption in accruing market discount with respect to Debt Securities without regard to whether the securities have OID) will also apply in amortizing bond premium. The Code provides that amortizable bond premium will be allocated among the interest payments on the Debt Securities and will be applied as an offset against the interest payment. Prospective purchasers of the Debt Securities should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible application of the Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations.

              Deferred Interest. Certain classes of Debt Securities will provide for the accrual of Deferred Interest with respect to one or more ARM Loans. Any Deferred Interest that accrues with respect to a class of Debt Securities will constitute income to the holders of the securities before the time distributions of cash with respect to the Deferred Interest are made. It is unclear, under the OID Regulations, whether any of the interest on the securities will constitute qualified stated interest or whether all or a portion of the interest payable on the securities must be included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the securities and accounted for as OID (which could accelerate the inclusion). Interest on Debt Securities must in any event be accounted for under an accrual method by the holders of the securities and, therefore, applying the latter analysis may result only in a slight difference in the timing of the inclusion in income of interest on the Debt Securities.

              Effects of Defaults and Delinquencies. Certain series of securities may contain one or more classes of subordinated securities, and in the event there are defaults or delinquencies on the mortgage loans, amounts that would otherwise be distributed on the subordinated securities may instead be distributed on the senior securities. Subordinated securityholders nevertheless will be required to report income with respect to their securities under an accrual method without giving effect to delays and reductions in distributions on the subordinated securities

    95


    424B5191st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 191st

    attributable to defaults and delinquencies on the mortgage loans, except to the extent that it can be established that the amounts are uncollectible. As a result, the amount of income reported by a subordinated securityholder in any period could significantly exceed the amount of cash distributed to the holder in that period. The holder will eventually be allowed a loss (or will be allowed to report a lesser amount of income) to the extent that the aggregate amount of distributions on the subordinated security is reduced as a result of defaults and delinquencies on the mortgage loans. However, the timing and characterization of any losses or reductions in income are uncertain, and, accordingly, subordinated securityholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors on this point.

              Sale, Exchange or Redemption. If a Debt Security is sold, exchanged, redeemed or retired, the seller will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption, or retirement and the seller’s adjusted basis in the Debt Security. The adjusted basis generally will equal the cost of the Debt Security to the seller, increased by any OID and market discount included in the seller’s gross income with respect to the Debt Security, and reduced (but not below zero) by payments included in the stated redemption price at maturity previously received by the seller and by any amortized premium. Similarly, a holder who receives a payment that is part of the stated redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security will recognize gain equal to the excess, if any, of the amount of the payment over the holder’s adjusted basis in the Debt Security. A Debt Securityholder who receives a final payment that is less than the holder’s adjusted basis in the Debt Security will generally recognize a loss. Any gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, provided that the Debt Security is held as a “capital asset” (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. Gain from the sale or other disposition of a Debt Security that might otherwise be capital gain will be treated as ordinary income (a) to the extent the gain constitutes market discount, and (b) in the case of Regular Interest Securities, to the extent that the gain does not exceed the excess, if any, of the amount that would have been includible in the holder s income with respect to the Debt Security had income accrued on it at a rate equal to 110% of the AFR as defined in section 1274(d) of the Code determined as of the date of purchase of the Regular Interest Security, over the amount actually includible in the holder’s income. In addition, the Debt Securities will be “evidences of indebtedness” within the meaning of section 582(c)(1) of the Code, so that gain or loss recognized from the sale of a Debt Security by a bank or a thrift institution to which this section applies will be ordinary income or loss.

              The Debt Security information reports will include a statement of the adjusted issue price of the Debt Security at the beginning of each accrual period. In addition, the reports will include information necessary to compute the accrual of any market discount that may arise upon secondary trading of Debt Securities. Because exact computation of the accrual of market discount on a constant yield method would require information relating to the holder’s purchase price which the REMIC may not have, it appears that the information reports will only require information pertaining to the appropriate proportionate method of accruing market discount.

              Accrued Interest Securities. Certain of the Debt Securities (“Payment Lag Securities”) may provide for payments of interest based on a period that corresponds to the interval between distribution dates but that ends before each distribution date. The period between the Closing Date for Payment Lag Securities and their first distribution date may or may not exceed that interval. Purchasers of Payment Lag Securities for which the period between the Closing Date and the first distribution date does not exceed that interval could pay upon purchase of the Debt Securities accrued interest in excess of the accrued interest that would be paid if the interest paid on the distribution date were interest accrued from distribution date to distribution date. If a portion of the initial purchase price of a Debt Security is allocable to interest that has accrued before the issue date (“pre-issuance accrued interest”) and the Debt Security provides for a payment of stated interest on the first payment date (and the first payment date is within one year of the issue date) that equals or exceeds the amount of the pre-issuance accrued interest, then the Regular v issue price may be computed by subtracting from the issue price the amount of pre-issuance accrued interest, rather than as an amount payable on the Debt Security. However, it is unclear under this method how the OID Regulations treat interest on Payment Lag Securities. Therefore, in the case of a Payment Lag Security, the issuing entity intends to include accrued interest in the issue price and report interest payments made on the first distribution date as interest to the extent the payments represent interest for the number of days that the securityholder has held the Payment Lag Security during the first accrual period.

              Investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the treatment for federal income tax purposes of Payment Lag Securities.

              Treatment of Realized Losses. Although not entirely clear, it appears that holders of Regular Securities that are corporations should in general be allowed to deduct as an ordinary loss any loss sustained during the taxable year

    96


    424B5192nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 192nd

    on account of the securities becoming wholly or partially worthless, and that, in general, holders of securities that are not corporations should be allowed to deduct as a short-term capital loss any loss sustained during the taxable year on account of the securities becoming wholly worthless. Although the matter is unclear, non-corporate holders of securities may be allowed a bad debt deduction at the time that the principal balance of a certificate is reduced to reflect realized losses resulting from any liquidated mortgage loans. The Internal Revenue Service, however, could take the position that non-corporate holders will be allowed a bad debt deduction to reflect realized losses only after all mortgage loans remaining in the related issuing entity have been liquidated or the securities of the related series have been otherwise retired. Potential investors and Holders of the securities are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the appropriate timing, amount and character of any loss sustained with respect to their securities, including any loss resulting from the failure to recover previously accrued interest or discount income.

              Subsequent Recoveries. The Class Security Balance of securities that have been reduced because of allocations of Realized Losses may also be increased as a result of Subsequent Recoveries. See the discussion under the caption “The Agreements—Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans—Application of Liquidation Proceeds.” An increase in a principal balance caused by a Subsequent Recovery should be treated by the securityholder as ordinary (or capital) income to the extent that the securityholder claimed an ordinary (or capital) deduction for any decrease in the principal balance caused by Realized Losses. Potential investors and Holders of the securities are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the appropriate timing, amount and character of any income realized with respect to their securities as a result of Subsequent Recoveries. “Subsequent Recoveries” are unexpected recoveries, net of reimbursable expenses, with respect to a Liquidated Mortgage Loan that resulted in a Realized Loss prior to the receipt of such recoveries.

              Non-U.S. Persons. A non-U.S. Person who is an individual or corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) holding the securities on its own behalf other than in connection with a United States trade or business carried on by such non-U.S. Person will not be subject to United States federal income taxes on payments of principal, premium, interest or original issue discount on a debt security, unless such non-U.S. Person is a direct or indirect 10% or greater shareholder of the issuing entity in a particular transaction, a controlled foreign corporation related to the issuing entity in a particular transaction or a bank receiving interest described in section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code. To qualify for the exemption from taxation, the non-U.S. Person must follow the certification requirements set forth in the section identified as Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Status as a Grantor Trust—d. Non-U.S. Persons.”

              Backup Withholding. Backup withholding of United States federal income tax may apply to payments made in respect of the securities to registered owners who are not “exempt recipients” and who fail to provide certain identifying information (such as the registered owner’s taxpayer identification number) in the required manner. To qualify for the exemption from taxation, the non-U.S. Person must follow the certification requirements set forth in the section identified as Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Status as a Grantor Trust—d. Non-U.S. Persons.”

              In addition, upon the sale of a security to (or through) a broker, the broker must report the sale and withhold on the entire purchase price, unless either (a) the broker determines that the seller is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (b) the seller certifies that such seller is a non-U.S. Person (and certain other conditions are met).

              Certification of the registered owner’s non-U.S. status would be made normally on an IRS Form W-8BEN under penalties of perjury, although in certain cases it may be possible to submit other documentary evidence.

              Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a beneficial owner would be allowed as a refund or a credit against such beneficial owner’s United States federal income tax provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

              Prospective investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the Withholding Regulations.

    REMIC Securities

              The issuing entity relating to a series of securities may elect to be treated as one or more REMICs. Qualification as a REMIC requires ongoing compliance with certain conditions. Although a REMIC is not generally

    97


    424B5193rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 193rd

    subject to federal income tax (see, however “—Residual Certificates” and “—Prohibited Transactions”), if an issuing entity with respect to which a REMIC election is made fails to comply with one or more of the ongoing requirements of the Code for REMIC status during any taxable year, including the implementation of restrictions on the purchase and transfer of the residual interests in a REMIC as described under “Residual Certificates,” the Code provides that an issuing entity will not be treated as a REMIC for that year and thereafter. In that event, the entity may be taxable as a separate corporation, and the related securities (the “REMIC Securities”) may not be accorded the status or given the tax treatment described below. While the Code authorizes the Treasury Department to issue regulations providing relief upon an inadvertent termination of the status of an issuing entity as a REMIC, no such regulations have been issued. Any relief, moreover, may be accompanied by sanctions, such as the imposition of a corporate tax on all or a portion of the REMIC’s income for the period in which the requirements for REMIC status are not satisfied. Assuming compliance with all provisions of the related pooling and servicing agreement or trust agreement, as applicable, each issuing entity that elects REMIC status will qualify as a REMIC, and the related securities will be considered to be regular interests (“Regular Securities”) or residual interests (“Residual Certificates”) in the REMIC. The related prospectus supplement for each series of securities will indicate whether the issuing entity will make one or more REMIC elections and whether a class of securities will be treated as a regular or residual interest in the REMIC. With respect to each issuing entity for which a REMIC election is to be made, tax counsel will issue an opinion confirming the conclusions expressed above concerning the status of the issuing entity as a REMIC and the status of the securities as representing regular or residual interests in a REMIC.

              In general, with respect to each series of securities for which a REMIC election is made, securities held by a thrift institution taxed as a “domestic building and loan association” will constitute assets described in Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C); securities held by a real estate investment trust will constitute “real estate assets” within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(4)(A); and interest on securities held by a real estate investment trust will be considered “interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property” within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B). If less than 95% of the REMIC’s assets are assets qualifying under any of these Code sections, the securities will be qualifying assets only to the extent that the REMIC’s assets are qualifying assets. In addition, payments on mortgage loans held pending distribution on the REMIC Securities will be considered to be real estate assets for purposes of Code Section 856(c).

              In some instances the mortgage loans may not be treated entirely as assets described in the foregoing sections. See, in this regard, the discussion of buydown loans contained in “—Non-REMIC Securities—Single Class of Securities.” REMIC Securities held by a real estate investment trust will not constitute “Government Securities” within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(4)(A), and REMIC Securities held by a regulated investment company will not constitute “Government Securities” within the meaning of Code Section 851(b)(4)(A)(ii). REMIC Securities held by certain financial institutions will constitute “evidences of indebtedness” within the meaning of Code Section 582(c)(1).

              A “qualified mortgage” for REMIC purposes is any obligation (including certificates of participation in an obligation) that is principally secured by an interest in real property and that is transferred to the REMIC within a prescribed time period in exchange for regular or residual interests in the REMIC. The REMIC Regulations provide that manufactured housing or mobile homes (not including recreational vehicles, campers or similar vehicles) that are “single family residences” under Code Section 25(e)(10) will qualify as real property without regard to state law classifications.

              Tiered REMIC Structures. For certain series of securities, two or more separate elections may be made to treat designated portions of the related issuing entity as separate REMICs (respectively, the “Subsidiary REMIC” or “REMICs” and the “Master REMIC”) for federal income tax purposes. Upon the issuance of such a series of securities, assuming compliance with all provisions of the related agreement, the Master REMIC as well as each Subsidiary REMIC will each qualify as a REMIC, and the REMIC Securities issued by the Master REMIC and each Subsidiary REMIC, respectively, will be considered to evidence ownership of Regular Securities or Residual Certificates in the related REMIC within the meaning of the REMIC provisions. With respect to each issuing entity for which more than one REMIC election is to be made, Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP, Sidley Austin LLP, Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP or Heller Ehrman LLP, counsel to the depositor, will issue an opinion confirming the conclusions expressed above concerning the status of the Master REMIC and each Subsidiary REMIC as a REMIC and the status of the securities as regular or residual interests in a REMIC.

    98


    424B5194th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 194th

              To the extent more than one REMIC election is made with respect to portions of an issuing entity, only the REMIC Securities issued by the Master REMIC will be offered under this prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining whether the REMIC Securities issued by an issuing entity will be “real estate assets” within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(4)(A); whether the REMIC Securities will be “loans secured by an interest in real property” under Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C); and whether the income on the securities is interest described in Code Section 856(c)(3)(B), all related Subsidiary REMICs and the Master REMIC will be treated as one REMIC.

         a.    Regular Securities

              General. Except as otherwise stated in this discussion, Regular Securities will be treated for federal income tax purposes as debt instruments issued by the REMIC and not as ownership interests in the REMIC or its assets. Holders of Regular Securities that otherwise report income under a cash method of accounting will be required to report income with respect to Regular Interest Securities under an accrual method. For a general discussion of the tax consequences of investing in Regular Interest Securities, see the discussion above under “Taxation of Debt Securities.”

              Non-Interest Expenses of the REMIC. Under the temporary Treasury regulations, if the REMIC is considered to be a “single-class REMIC,” a portion of the REMIC’s servicing, administrative and other non-interest expenses will be allocated as a separate item to those Regular Securityholders that are “pass-through interest holders.” securityholders that are pass-through interest holders should consult their own tax advisors about the impact of these rules on an investment in the Regular Securities. See “Pass-Through of Non-Interest Expenses of the REMIC under Residual Certificates.”

         b.    Residual Certificates

              Allocation of the Income of the REMIC to the Residual Certificates. The REMIC will not be subject to federal income tax except with respect to income from prohibited transactions and certain other transactions. See “—Prohibited Transactions and Other Taxes.” Instead, each original holder of a Residual Certificate will report on its federal income tax return, as ordinary income, its share of the taxable income of the REMIC for each day during the taxable year on which it owns any Residual Certificates. The taxable income of the REMIC for each day will be determined by allocating the taxable income of the REMIC for each calendar quarter ratably to each day in the quarter. An original holder’s share of the taxable income of the REMIC for each day will be based on the portion of the outstanding Residual Certificates that the holder owns on that day. The taxable income of the REMIC will be determined under an accrual method and will be taxable to the holders of Residual Certificates without regard to the timing or amounts of cash distributions by the REMIC. Ordinary income derived from Residual Certificates will be “portfolio income” for purposes of the taxation of taxpayers subject to the limitations on the deductibility of “passive losses.” As residual interests, the Residual Certificates will be subject to tax rules, described below, that differ from those that would apply if the Residual Certificates were treated for federal income tax purposes as direct ownership interests in the securities or as debt instruments issued by the REMIC.

              A Residual Certificateholder may be required to include taxable income from the Residual Certificate in excess of the cash distributed. For example, a structure where principal distributions are made serially on regular interests (that is, a fast-pay, slow-pay structure) may generate that sort of mismatching of income and cash distributions (that is, “phantom income”). This mismatching may be caused by the use of certain required tax accounting methods by the REMIC, variations in the prepayment rate of the underlying mortgage loans and certain other factors. Depending upon the structure of a particular transaction, the aforementioned factors may significantly reduce the after-tax yield of a Residual Certificate to a Residual Certificateholder. Investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the federal income tax treatment of a Residual Certificate and the impact of the tax treatment on the after-tax yield of a Residual Certificate.

              Taxable Income of the REMIC Attributable to Residual Interests. The taxable income of the REMIC will reflect a netting of the income from the mortgage loans and the REMIC’s other assets and the deductions allowed to the REMIC for interest and OID on the Regular Securities and, except as described under “—Regular Securities—Non-Interest Expenses of the REMIC,” other expenses. REMIC taxable income is generally determined in the same manner as the taxable income of an individual using the accrual method of accounting, except that the limitations on deductibility of investment interest expense and expenses for the production of income do not apply, all bad loans will be deductible as business bad debts, and the limitation on the deductibility of interest and expenses related to

    99


    424B5195th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 195th

    tax-exempt income is more restrictive than with respect to individual. The REMIC’s gross income includes interest, original issue discount income, and market discount income, if any, on the mortgage loans, as well as, income earned from temporary investments on reverse assets, reduced by the amortization of any premium on the mortgage loans. In addition, a Residual Certificateholder will recognize additional income due to the allocation of realized losses to the Regular Securities due to defaults, delinquencies and realized losses on the mortgage loans. The timing of the inclusion of the income by Residual Certificateholders may differ from the time the actual loss is allocated to the Regular Securities. The REMIC’s deductions include interest and original issue discount expense on the Regular Securities, servicing fees on the mortgage loans, other administrative expenses of the REMIC and realized losses on the mortgage loans. The requirement that Residual Certificateholders report their pro rata share of taxable income or net loss of the REMIC will continue until there are no securities of any class of the related series outstanding.

              For purposes of determining its taxable income, the REMIC will have an initial aggregate tax basis in its assets equal to the sum of the issue prices of the Regular Securities and the Residual Certificates (or, if a class of securities is not sold initially, its fair market value). The aggregate basis will be allocated among the mortgage loans and other assets of the REMIC in proportion to their respective fair market value. A mortgage loan will be deemed to have been acquired with discount or premium to the extent that the REMIC s basis therein is less than or greater than its principal balance, respectively. Any discount (whether market discount or OID) will be includible in the income of the REMIC as it accrues, in advance of receipt of the cash attributable to this income, under a method similar to the method described above for accruing OID on the Regular Securities. The REMIC expects to elect under Code Section 171 to amortize any premium on the mortgage loans. Premium on any mortgage loan to which the election applies would be amortized under a constant yield method. It is not clear whether the yield of a mortgage loan would be calculated for this purpose based on scheduled payments or taking account of the Prepayment Assumption. Additionally, the election would not apply to the yield with respect to any underlying mortgage loan originated on or before September 27, 1985. Instead, premium with respect to that mortgage loan would be allocated among the principal payments thereon and would be deductible by the REMIC as those payments become due.

              The REMIC will be allowed a deduction for interest and OID on the Regular Securities. The amount and method of accrual of OID will be calculated for this purpose in the same manner as described above with respect to Regular Securities except that the 0.25% per annum de minimis rule and adjustments for subsequent holders described therein will not apply.

              A Residual Certificateholder will not be permitted to amortize the cost of the Residual Certificate as an offset to its share of the REMIC’s taxable income. However, that taxable income will not include cash received by the REMIC that represents a recovery of the REMIC’s basis in its assets, and, as described above, the issue price of the Residual Securities will be added to the issue price of the Regular Securities in determining the REMIC’s initial basis in its assets. See “—Sale or Exchange of Residual Certificates.” For a discussion of possible adjustments to income of a subsequent holder of a Residual Certificate to reflect any difference between the actual cost of the Residual Certificate to the holder and the adjusted basis the Residual Certificate would have in the hands of an original Residual Certificateholder, see “—Allocation of the Income of the REMIC to the Residual Certificates.”

              Net Losses of the REMIC. The REMIC will have a net loss for any calendar quarter in which its deductions exceed its gross income. The net loss would be allocated among the Residual Certificateholders in the same manner as the REMIC’s taxable income. The net loss allocable to any Residual Certificate will not be deductible by the holder to the extent that the net loss exceeds the holder’s adjusted basis in the Residual Certificate. Any net loss that is not currently deductible due to this limitation may only be used by the Residual Certificateholder to offset its share of the REMIC’s taxable income in future periods (but not otherwise). The ability of Residual Certificateholders that are individuals or closely held corporations to deduct net losses may be subject to additional limitations under the Code.

              For purposes of determining REMIC taxable income or loss, the trustee intends to treat Subsequent Recoveries in a way described under the caption “Subsequent Recoveries.”

              Pass-Through of Non-Interest Expenses of the REMIC. As a general rule, all of the fees and expenses of a REMIC will be taken into account by holders of the Residual Certificates. In the case of a single class REMIC, however, the expenses and a matching amount of additional income will be allocated among the Regular Securityholders and the Residual Certificateholders on a daily basis in proportion to the relative amounts of income

    100


    424B5196th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 196th

    accruing to each securityholder on that day. In general terms, a single class REMIC is one that either would qualify as a grantor trust if it were not a REMIC (treating all interests as ownership interests, even if they would be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes) or is similar to a grantor trust and is structured with the principal purpose of avoiding the single class REMIC rules. The applicable prospectus supplement may apportion expenses to the Regular Securities, but if it does not, then the expenses of the REMIC will be allocated to holders of the related Residual Certificates in their entirety and not to holders of the related Regular Securities.

              In the case of individuals (or trusts, estates or other persons that compute their income in the same manner as individuals) who own an interest in a Regular Security or a Residual Certificate directly or through a pass-through interest holder that is required to pass miscellaneous itemized deductions through to its owners or beneficiaries (e.g. a partnership, an S corporation or a grantor trust), the trust expenses will be deductible under Code Section 67 only to the extent that those expenses, plus other “miscellaneous itemized deductions” of the individual, exceed 2% of the individual’s adjusted gross income. In addition, Code Section 68 provides that the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for an individual whose adjusted gross income exceeds a certain amount (the “Applicable Amount”) will be reduced by the lesser of 3% of the excess of the individual’s adjusted gross income over the Applicable Amount or 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year. The amount of additional taxable income recognized by Residual Certificateholders who are subject to these limitations may be substantial. Further, holders (other than corporations) subject to the alternative minimum tax may not deduct miscellaneous itemized deductions in determining their alternative minimum taxable income. The REMIC is required to report to each pass-through interest holder and to the IRS the holder’s allocable share, if any, of the REMIC’s non-interest expenses. The term “pass-through interest holder” generally refers to individuals, entities taxed as individuals and certain pass-through entities, but does not include real estate investment trusts. Residual Certificateholders that are pass-through interest holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors about the impact of these rules on an investment in the Residual Certificates.

              Excess Inclusions. A portion of the income on a Residual Certificate (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. Thus, for example, an excess inclusion may not be offset by any unrelated losses, deductions or loss carryovers of a Residual Certificateholder; will be treated as “unrelated business taxable income” within the meaning of Code Section 512 if the Residual Certificateholder is a pension fund or any other organization that is subject to tax only on its unrelated business taxable income (see “Tax-Exempt Investors”); and is not eligible for any reduction in the rate of withholding tax in the case of a Residual Certificateholder that is a foreign investor. See “—Non-U.S. Persons.”

              Except as discussed in the following paragraph, with respect to any Residual Certificateholder, the excess inclusions is the excess, if any, of the income of the Residual Certificateholder for that calendar quarter from its Residual Certificate over the sum of the “daily accruals” for all days during the calendar quarter on which the Residual Certificateholder holds the Residual Certificate. For this purpose, the daily accruals with respect to a Residual Certificate are determined by allocating to each day in the calendar quarter its ratable portion of the product of the “adjusted issue price” of the Residual Certificate at the beginning of the calendar quarter and 120 percent of the “Federal long-term rate” in effect at the time the Residual Certificate is issued. For this purpose, the “adjusted issue price” of a Residual Certificate at the beginning of any calendar quarter equals the issue price of the Residual Certificate, increased by the amount of daily accruals for all prior quarters, and decreased (but not below zero) by the aggregate amount of payments made on the Residual Certificate before the beginning of the same quarter.

              In the case of any Residual Certificates held by a real estate investment trust, the aggregate excess inclusions with respect to the Residual Certificates, reduced (but not below zero) by the real estate investment trust taxable income (within the meaning of Code Section 857(b)(2), excluding any net capital gain), will be allocated among the shareholders of the trust in proportion to the dividends received by the shareholders from the trust, and any amount so allocated will be treated as an excess inclusion with respect to a Residual Certificate as if held directly by the shareholder. Regulated investment companies, common issuing entities and certain cooperatives are subject to similar rules.

              Payments. Any distribution made on a Residual Certificate to a Residual Certificateholder will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent it does not exceed the Residual Certificateholder’s adjusted basis in the Residual Certificate. To the extent a distribution exceeds the adjusted basis, it will be treated as gain from the sale of the Residual Certificate.

    101


    424B5197th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 197th

              Sale or Exchange of Residual Certificates. If a Residual Certificate is sold or exchanged, the seller will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or exchange and its adjusted basis in the Residual Certificate (except that the recognition of loss may be limited under the “wash sale” rules). A holder’s adjusted basis in a Residual Certificate generally equals the cost of the Residual Certificate to the Residual Certificateholder, increased by the taxable income of the REMIC that was included in the income of the Residual Certificateholder with respect to the Residual Certificate, and decreased (but not below zero) by the net losses that have been allowed as deductions to the Residual Certificateholder with respect to the Residual Certificate and by the distributions received thereon by the Residual Certificateholder. In general, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss provided the Residual Certificate is held as a capital asset. However, Residual Certificates will be “evidences of indebtedness” within the meaning of Code Section 582(c)(1), so that gain or loss recognized from sale of a Residual Certificate by a bank or thrift institution to which that section applies would be ordinary income or loss.

              Except as provided in Treasury regulations yet to be issued, if the seller of a Residual Certificate reacquires the Residual Certificate, or acquires any other Residual Certificate, any residual interest in another REMIC or similar interest in a “taxable mortgage pool” (as defined in Code Section 7701(i)) during the period beginning six months before, and ending six months after, the date of the sale, the sale will be subject to the “wash sale” rules of Code Section 1091. In that event, any loss realized by the Residual Certificateholder on the sale will not be deductible, but, instead, will increase the Residual Certificateholder’s adjusted basis in the newly acquired asset.

              Purchasers of a Residual Certificate are encouraged to consider carefully the tax consequences of an investment in Residual Certificates discussed in the prospectus and consult their own tax advisors with respect to those consequences. See “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — REMIC Securities — b. Residual Certificates. Specifically, prospective holders of Residual Certificates should consult their tax advisors regarding whether, at the time of acquisition, a Residual Certificate will be treated as a “noneconomic” residual interest, as a “tax avoidance potential” residual interest or as both. Among other things, holders of noneconomic Residual Certificates should be aware of REMIC regulations that may affect their ability to transfer their Residual Certificates. See “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Tax Restrictions on Transfer of Residual Certificates — Noneconomic Residual Certificates,” “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — b. Residual Certificates — Mark to Market Rules,“— Excess Inclusions” and “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences —Tax Related Restrictions on Transfers of Residual Certificates — Foreign Investors.

              Additionally, for information regarding Prohibited Transactions and Treatment of Realized Losses, see “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Prohibited Transactions and Other Taxes” and “— REMIC Securities — a. Regular Securities — Treatment of Realized Losses” in the prospectus.

              As a result of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (the “2001 Act”), limitations imposed by section 68 of the Code on claiming itemized deductions will be phased-out commencing in 2006, which will affect individuals holding Residual Certificates. In addition, as a result of the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 (the “2003 Act”), the backup withholding rate has been reduced to 28%. Unless they are amended, these provisions of the 2001 Act and the 2003 Act will no longer apply for taxable years beginning on or after December 31, 2010. See “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” in the prospectus. Investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to both statutes.

         c.    Prohibited Transactions and Other Taxes

              The Code imposes a tax on REMICs equal to 100 percent of the net income derived from “prohibited transactions” (the “Prohibited Transactions Tax”) and prohibits deducting any loss with respect to prohibited transactions. In general, subject to certain specified exceptions, a prohibited transaction means the disposition of a mortgage loan, the receipt of income from a source other than a mortgage loan or certain other permitted investments, the receipt of compensation for services, or gain from the disposition of an asset purchased with the payments on the mortgage loans for temporary investment pending distribution on the securities. It is not anticipated that the issuing entity for any series of securities will engage in any prohibited transactions in which it would recognize a material amount of net income.

              In addition, certain contributions to an issuing entity as to which an election has been made to treat the issuing entity as a REMIC made after the day on which the issuing entity issues all of its interest could result in the

    102


    424B5198th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 198th

    imposition of a tax on the issuing entity equal to 100% of the value of the contributed property (the “Contributions Tax”). No issuing entity for any series of securities will accept contributions that would subject it to a Contributions Tax.

              In addition, an issuing entity as to which an election has been made to treat the issuing entity as a REMIC may also be subject to federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on “net income from foreclosure property,” determined by reference to the rules applicable to real estate investment trusts. “Net income from foreclosure property” generally means income from foreclosure property other than qualifying income for a real estate investment trust.

              Where any Prohibited Transactions Tax, Contributions Tax, tax on net income from foreclosure property or state or local income or franchise tax that may be imposed on a REMIC relating to any series of securities results from a breach of the related servicer’s, trustee’s or seller’s obligations under the related pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing agreement or servicing agreement, as applicable, for the series, the tax will be borne by the servicer, trustee or seller, as the case may be, out of its own funds or the seller’s obligation to repurchase a mortgage loan, the tax will be borne by the seller.

    If the servicer, trustee or seller, as the case may be, fails to pay or is not required to pay the tax as provided above, the tax will be payable out of the issuing entity for the series and will result in a reduction in amounts available to be distributed to the securityholders of the series.

         d.    Administrative Matters

              Solely for the purpose of the administrative provisions of the Code, the REMIC generally will be treated as a partnership and the Residual Certificateholders will be treated as the partners if there is more than one holder of the Residual Certificate. Certain information will be furnished quarterly to each Residual Certificateholder who held a Residual Certificate on any day in the previous calendar quarter.

              Each Residual Certificateholder is required to treat items on its return consistently with their treatment on the REMIC’s return, unless the Residual Certificateholder either files a statement identifying the inconsistency or establishes that the inconsistency resulted from incorrect information received from the REMIC. The IRS may assert a deficiency resulting from a failure to comply with the consistency requirement without instituting an administrative proceeding at the REMIC level. Any person that holds a Residual Certificate as a nominee for another person may be required to furnish the REMIC, in a manner to be provided in Treasury regulations, with the name and address of the person and other information.

         e.    Tax-Exempt Investors

              Any Residual Certificateholder that is a pension fund or other entity that is subject to federal income taxation only on its “unrelated business taxable income” within the meaning of Code Section 512 will be subject to the tax on that portion of the distributions received on a Residual Certificate that is considered an excess inclusion. See “—Residual Certificates—Excess Inclusions.”

         f.    Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfers of Residual Certificates

              Disqualified Organizations. An entity may not qualify as a REMIC unless there are reasonable arrangements designed to ensure that residual interests in the entity are not held by “disqualified organizations.” Further, a tax is imposed on the transfer of a residual interest in a REMIC to a disqualified organization.” The amount of the tax equals the product of an amount (as determined under the REMIC Regulations) equal to the present value of the total anticipated “excess inclusions” with respect to the interest for periods after the transfer and the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to corporations. The tax is imposed on the transferor unless the transfer is through an agent (including a broker or other middleman) for a disqualified organization, in which event the tax is imposed on the agent. A “disqualified organization” means the United States, any State, possession or political subdivision of the United States, any foreign government, any international organization or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing entities (provided that the term does not include an instrumentality if all its activities are subject to tax and, except for Freddie Mac, a majority of its board of directors is not selected by a governmental agency), any organization (other than certain farmers cooperatives) generally exempt from federal

    103


    424B5199th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 199th

    income taxes unless the organization is subject to the tax on “unrelated business taxable income” and a rural electric or telephone cooperative.

              A tax is imposed on a “pass-through entity” holding a residual interest in a REMIC if at any time during the taxable year of the pass-through entity a disqualified organization is the record holder of an interest in the entity. The amount of the tax is equal to the product of the amount of excess inclusions for the taxable year allocable to the interest held by the disqualified organization and the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to corporations. The pass-through entity otherwise liable for the tax, for any period during which the disqualified organization is the record holder of an interest in the entity, will be relieved of liability for the tax if the record holder furnishes to the entity an affidavit that the record holder is not a disqualified organization and, for the applicable period, the pass-through entity does not have actual knowledge that the affidavit is false. For this purpose, a “pass-through entity” means a regulated investment company, real estate investment trust, or common issuing entity; a partnership, trust, or estate; and certain cooperatives. Except as may be provided in Treasury regulations not yet issued, any person holding an interest in a pass-through entity as a nominee for another will, with respect to the interest, be treated as a pass-through entity. Large partnerships (generally with 250 or more partners) will be taxable on excess inclusion income as if all partners were disqualified organizations.

              To comply with these rules, the pooling and servicing agreement will provide that no record or beneficial ownership interest in a Residual Certificate may be purchased, transferred or sold, directly or indirectly, without the express written consent of the servicer. The servicer will grant consent to a proposed transfer only if it receives an affidavit from the proposed transferee to the effect that it is not a disqualified organization and is not acquiring the Residual Certificate as a nominee or agent for a disqualified organization and a covenant by the proposed transferee to the effect that the proposed transferee agrees to be bound by and to abide by the transfer restrictions applicable to the Residual Certificate.

              Noneconomic Residual Certificates. The REMIC Regulations disregard, for federal income tax purposes, any transfer of a Noneconomic Residual Certificate to a “U.S. Person,” as defined in the following section of this discussion, unless no significant purpose of the transfer is to enable the transferor to impede the assessment or collection of tax. In general, the definition of a U.S. Person is the same as provided under “Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences—Non-REMIC Certificates—Non-U.S. Persons,” except that entities or individuals that would otherwise be treated as Non-U.S. Persons, may be considered U.S. Persons for this purpose if their income from the residual is subject to tax under Code Section 871(b) or Code Section 882 (income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business). A Noneconomic Residual Certificate is any Residual Certificate (including a Residual Certificate with a positive value at issuance) unless, at the time of transfer, taking into account the Prepayment Assumption and any required or permitted clean up calls or required liquidation provided for in the REMIC’s organizational documents, the present value of the expected future distributions on the Residual Certificate at least equals the product of the present value of the anticipated excess inclusions and the highest corporate income tax rate in effect for the year in which the transfer occurs and the transferor reasonably expects that the transferee will receive distributions from the REMIC at or after the time at which taxes accrue on the anticipated excess inclusions in an amount sufficient to satisfy the accrued taxes. A significant purpose to impede the assessment or collection of tax exists if the transferor, at the time of the transfer, either knew or should have known that the transferee would be unwilling or unable to pay taxes due on its share of the taxable income of the REMIC.

              Any transfer of the Residual Certificate will be disregarded for federal tax purposes if a significant purpose of the transfer was to enable the seller to impede the assessment or collection of tax. As set forth in Treasury Regulations, a significant purpose to impede the assessment or collection of tax exists if the seller, at the time of the transfer, either knew or should have known that the transferee would be unwilling or unable to pay taxes due on its share of the taxable income of the REMIC. Notwithstanding the above, a transfer will be respected if (a) the transferor has performed reasonable investigations of the transferee and has no knowledge or no reason to know that a transferee intended to impede the assessment or collection of taxes, (b) the transfer is not made to a foreign permanent establishment or fixed base of a U.S. taxpayer (an “offshore location”), (c) the transferee represents that it will not cause income from the Residual Certificate to be attributable to an offshore location and (d) one of the two tests set forth in Treasury regulations issued on July 19, 2002 is satisfied.

              Under the first alternative test, a transfer by the holder of the Residual Certificate will, assuming all other requirements of the safe harbor are met, qualify for the safe harbor if the present value of the anticipated tax liabilities associated with holding the residual interest does not exceed the sum of the present value of: (a) any

    104


    424B5200th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 200th

    consideration given to the purchaser to acquire the interest; (b) the expected future distributions on the interest; and (c) the anticipated tax savings associated with holding the interest as the REMIC generates losses. For purposes of this test, the transferee generally must use the highest corporate tax rate and the discount rate must be equal to the Federal short-term rate prescribed by section 1274(d) for the month of the transfer. Under the second alternative test, a transfer by the holder of the Residual Certificate will, assuming all other requirements of the safe harbor are met, qualify for the safe harbor if: (a) the price paid by the transferee for the Residual Certificate would not cause a reasonable person to believe the transferee does not intend to pay the taxes associated with such certificate, (b) the transferee is an “eligible corporation” and (c) for the two fiscal years preceding the transfer, the transferee’s gross assets for financial reporting purposes exceeded $100 million and its net assets for financial reporting purposes exceeded $10 million (excluding certain related party transactions).

              The Treasury Department has issued final regulations, effective May 11, 2004, that address the federal income tax treatment of “inducement fees” received by transferees of noneconomic REMIC residual interests. The final regulations require inducement fees to be included in income over a period reasonably related to the period in which the related REMIC residual interest is expected to generate taxable income or net loss allocable to the holder. The final regulations provide two safe harbor methods that permit transferees to include inducement fees in income either (i) in the same amounts and over the same period that the taxpayer uses for financial reporting purposes, provided that such period is not shorter than the period the REMIC is expected to generate taxable income or (ii) ratably over the remaining anticipated weighted average life of all the regular and residual interests issued by the REMIC, determined based on actual distributions projected as remaining to be made on such interests under the prepayment assumption. If the holder of a Residual Certificate sells or otherwise disposes of the Residual Certificate, any unrecognized portion of the inducement fee must be taken into account at the time of the sale or disposition. The final regulations also provide that an inducement fee shall be treated as income from sources within the United States. In addition, the IRS has issued administrative guidance addressing the procedures by which transferees of noneconomic REMIC residual interests may obtain automatic consent from the IRS to change the method of accounting for REMIC inducement fee income to one of the safe harbor methods provided in these final regulations (including a change from one safe harbor method to the other safe harbor method). Prospective purchasers of the Residual Certificates should consult with their tax advisors regarding the effect of these final regulations and the related guidance regarding the procedures for obtaining automatic consent to change the method of accounting.

              Effective August 1, 2006, temporary regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service (the “Temporary regulations) have modified the general rule that excess inclusions from a REMIC residual interest are not includible in the income of a foreign person (or subject to withholding tax) until paid or distributed. The new regulations accelerate the time both for reporting of, and withholding tax on, excess inclusions allocated to the foreign equity holders of partnerships and certain other pass-through entities. The new rules also provide that excess inclusions are United States sourced income. The timing rules apply to a particular residual interest and a particular foreign person, if the first allocation of income from the residual interest to the foreign person occurs after July 31, 2006. The source rules apply for taxable years ending after August 1, 2006.

              Under the Temporary regulations, in the case of REMIC residual interest held by a foreign person through a partnership, the amount of excess inclusion income allocated to the foreign partner is deemed to be received by the foreign partner on the last day of the partnership’s taxable year except to the extent that the excess inclusion was required to be taken into account by the foreign partner at an earlier time under section 860G(b) of the Code as a result of a distribution by the partnership to the foreign partner or a disposition in whole or in part of the foreign partner’s indirect interest in the REMIC residual interest. A disposition in whole or in part o the foreign partner’s indirect interest in the REMIC residual interest may occur as a result of a termination of REMIC, a disposition of the partnership’s residual interest in the REMIC, a disposition of the foreign partner’s interest in the partnership, or any other reduction in the foreign partner’s allocable share of the portion of the REMIC net income or deduction allocated to the partnership.

              As a result of the 2001 Act, limitations imposed by section 68 of the Code on claiming itemized deductions will be phased-out commencing in 2006, which will affect individuals holding Residual Certificate. In addition, the backup withholding rate has been reduced to 28%. Unless the statute is amended, all provisions of the 2001 and the 2003 Act will no longer apply for taxable years beginning on or after December 31, 2010. Investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the securities.

    105


    424B5201st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 201st

    Tax Status as a Grantor Trust

              If a REMIC election is not made, the issuing entity will not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation and that each issuing entity will be classified as a grantor trust under subpart E, Part I of subchapter J of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Code. In this case, owners of securities will be treated for federal income tax purposes as owners of a portion of the issuing entity’s assets as described below. Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP, Sidley Austin LLP, Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP or Heller Ehrman LLP, counsel to the depositor, will issue an opinion confirming the above-stated conclusions for each issuing entity for which no REMIC election is made.

         a.    Single Class of Securities

              Characterization. The issuing entity may be created with one class of securities. In this case, each securityholder will be treated as the owner of a pro rata undivided interest in the interest and principal portions of the issuing entity represented by the securities and will be considered the equitable owner of a pro rata undivided interest in each of the mortgage loans in the issuing entity. Any amounts received by a securityholder in lieu of amounts due with respect to any mortgage loans because of a default or delinquency in payment will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having the same character as the payments they replace.

              Each securityholder will be required to report on its federal income tax return in accordance with its method of accounting its pro rata share of the entire income from the mortgage loans in the issuing entity represented by securities, including interest, original issue discount (“OID”), if any, prepayment charges, assumption fees, any gain recognized upon an assumption and late payment charges received by the servicer. Under Code Sections 162 or 212 each securityholder will be entitled to deduct its pro rata share of servicing fees, prepayment charges, assumption fees, any loss recognized upon an assumption and late payment charges retained by the servicer, provided that the amounts are reasonable compensation for services rendered to the issuing entity. Securityholders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be entitled to deduct their share of expenses only to the extent expenses of the issuing entity plus their other miscellaneous itemized deductions (as defined in the Code) exceed two percent of their adjusted gross income. A securityholder using the cash method of accounting must take into account its pro rata share of income and deductions as and when collected by or paid to the servicer. A securityholder using an accrual method of accounting must take into account its pro rata share of income as it accrues, or when received if the income is received before it accrues, and must take into account its pro rata share of deductions as they accrue. If the servicing fees paid to the servicer are deemed to exceed reasonable servicing compensation, the amount of any excess could be considered as an ownership interest retained by the servicer (or any person to whom the servicer assigned for value all or a portion of the servicing fees) in a portion of the interest payments on the mortgage loans. The mortgage loans would then be subject to the “coupon stripping” rules of the Code discussed below.

              Generally, as to each series of securities:

              Buydown Loans. Certain issuing entities may hold buydown loans. These loans can be secured not only by a mortgage on real property but also by a pledged account that is drawn upon to subsidize the mortgagor’s monthly

    106


    424B5202nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 202nd

    mortgage payments for a limited period of time. So long as the loan value of the real property at least equals the amount of the loan, then for purposes of the above-described requirements, the mortgage loan will be treated as fully secured by real property. If the loan value of the real property is less than the amount of the loan, then, a securityholder could be required to treat the loan as one secured by an interest in real property only to the extent of the loan value of the real property. The related prospectus supplement for any series of securities that includes buydown loans will specify whether apportionment would be required.

              Premium. The price paid for a security by a holder will be allocated to the holder’s undivided interest in each mortgage loan based on each mortgage loan’s relative fair market value, so that the holder’s undivided interest in each mortgage loan will have its own tax basis. A securityholder that acquires an interest in mortgage loans at a premium generally may elect to amortize the premium under a constant interest method, provided that the underlying mortgage loans with respect to the mortgage loans were originated. Amortizable bond premium will be treated as an offset to interest income on the security. The basis for the security will be reduced to the extent that amortizable premium is applied to offset interest payments.

              If a reasonable prepayment assumption is used to amortize premium, it appears that any loss would be available, if at all, only if prepayments have occurred at a rate faster than the reasonable assumed prepayment rate. It is not clear whether any other adjustments would be required to reflect differences between an assumed prepayment rate and the actual rate of prepayments.

              Regulations dealing with amortizable bond premium (the “Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations”) do not apply to prepayable debt instruments subject to Code Section 1272(a)(6). Absent further guidance from the IRS, the trustee intends to account for amortizable bond premium in the manner described above. Prospective purchasers of the securities are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible application of the Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations.

              Original Issue Discount. The IRS has stated in published rulings that, in circumstances similar to those described in this prospectus, the special rules of the Code relating to “original issue discount” (currently Code Sections 1271 through 1273 and 1275) will be applicable to a securityholder’s interest in those mortgage loans meeting the conditions necessary for these sections to apply. OID generally must be reported as ordinary gross income as it accrues under a constant interest method. See “—Multiple Classes of Securities—Securities Representing Interests in Loans Other Than ARM Loans.”

              Market Discount. A securityholder that acquires an undivided interest in mortgage loans may be subject to the market discount rules of Code Sections 1276 through 1278 to the extent an undivided interest in a mortgage loan is considered to have been purchased at a market discount. The amount of market discount is equal to the excess of the portion of the principal amount of the mortgage loan allocable to the holder’s undivided interest in the mortgage loans over the holder’s tax basis in the undivided interest. Market discount with respect to a security will be considered to be zero if the amount allocable to the security is less than 0.25% of the security’s stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the weighted average maturity remaining after the date of purchase. Treasury regulations implementing the market discount rules have not yet been issued; therefore, investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules and the advisability of making any of the elections allowed under Code Sections 1276 through 1278.

              The Code provides that any principal payment or any gain on disposition of a market discount bond shall generally be treated as ordinary income to the extent that it does not exceed the accrued market discount at the time of the payment. The amount of accrued market discount for purposes of determining the tax treatment of subsequent principal payments or dispositions of the market discount bond is to be reduced by the amount so treated as ordinary income.

              The Code also grants the Treasury Department authority to issue regulations providing for the computation of accrued market discount on debt instruments, the principal of which is payable in more than one installment. Although the Treasury Department has not yet issued regulations, rules described in the relevant legislative history describes how market discount should be accrued on instruments bearing market discount. According to the legislative history, the holder of a market discount bond may elect to accrue market discount either on the basis of a constant interest rate or according to one of the following methods. If a security is issued with OID, the amount of market discount that accrues during any accrual period would be equal to the product of the total remaining market

    107


    424B5203rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 203rd

    discount and a fraction, the numerator of which is the OID accruing during the period and the denominator of which is the total remaining OID at the beginning of the accrual period. For securities issued without OID, the amount of market discount that accrues during a period is equal to the product of the total remaining market discount and a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of stated interest paid during the accrual period and the denominator of which is the total amount of stated interest remaining to be paid at the beginning of the accrual period. For purposes of calculating market discount under any of these methods in the case of instruments that provide for payments that may be accelerated due to prepayments of other obligations securing the instruments, the same prepayment assumption applicable to calculating the accrual of OID will apply.

              A holder who acquired a security at a market discount also may be required to defer, until the maturity date of the security or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the amount of interest that the holder paid or accrued during the taxable year on indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the security in excess of the aggregate amount of interest (including OID) includible in the holder’s gross income for the taxable year with respect to the security. The amount of the net interest expense deferred in a taxable year may not exceed the amount of market discount accrued on the security for the days during the taxable year on which the holder held the security and, in general, would be deductible when the market discount is includible in income. The amount of any remaining deferred deduction is to be taken into account in the taxable year in which the security matures or is disposed of in a taxable transaction. In the case of a disposition in which gain or loss is not recognized in whole or in part, any remaining deferred deduction will be allowed to the extent of gain recognized on the disposition. This deferral rule does not apply if the securityholder elects to include the market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market discount obligations acquired by the securityholder in that taxable year or thereafter.

              Election to Treat All Interest As OID. The OID Regulations permit a securityholder to elect to accrue all interest, discount (including de minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in income as interest, based on a constant yield method. If an election to treat all interest as OID were to be made with respect to a security with market discount, the securityholder would be deemed to have made an election to include in income currently market discount with respect to all other debt instruments having market discount that the securityholder acquires during the year of the election or thereafter. Similarly, a securityholder that makes this election for a security that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having amortizable bond premium that the securityholder owns or acquires. See “—Single Class of Securities—Premium.” The election to accrue interest, discount and premium on a constant yield method with respect to a security cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

         b.    Multiple Classes of Securities

              1. Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons

              Pursuant to Code Section 1286, the separation of ownership of the right to receive some or all of the interest payments on an obligation from ownership of the right to receive some or all of the principal payments results in the creation of “stripped bonds” with respect to principal payments and “stripped coupons” with respect to interest payments. For purposes of Code Sections 1271 through 1288, Code Section 1286 treats a stripped bond or a stripped coupon as an obligation issued on the date that the stripped interest is created. If an issuing entity is created with two classes of securities, one class of securities may represent the right to principal and interest, or principal only, on all or a portion of the mortgage loans (the “Stripped Bond Securities”), while the second class of securities may represent the right to some or all of the interest on the same mortgage loans (the “Stripped Coupon Securities”).

              Servicing fees in excess of reasonable servicing fees (“excess servicing”) will be treated under the stripped bond rules. If the excess servicing fee is less than 100 basis points (i.e., 1% interest on the mortgage loan principal balance) or the securities are initially sold with a de minimis discount (which amount may be calculated without a prepayment assumption), any non-de minimis discount arising from a subsequent transfer of the securities should be treated as market discount. The IRS appears to require that reasonable servicing fees be calculated on a mortgage loan by mortgage loan basis, which could result in some mortgage loans being treated as having more than 100 basis points of interest stripped off. See “—Non-REMIC Securities” and “Multiple Classes of Senior Securities—Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons.”

    108


    424B5204th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 204th

              Although current authority is not entirely clear, a Stripped Bond Security should be treated as an interest in mortgage loans issued on the day the security is purchased for purposes of calculating any OID. Generally, if the discount on a mortgage loan is larger than a de minimis amount (as calculated for purposes of the OID rules) a purchaser of the security will be required to accrue the discount under the OID rules of the Code. See “—Non-REMIC Securities” and “—Single Class of Securities—Original Issue Discount.” However, a purchaser of a Stripped Bond Security will be required to account for any discount on the mortgage loans as market discount rather than OID if either the amount of OID with respect to the mortgage loan is treated as zero under the OID de minimis rule when the security was stripped or no more than 100 basis points (including any amount of servicing fees in excess of reasonable servicing fees) is stripped off of the issuing entity’s mortgage loans.

              The precise tax treatment of Stripped Coupon Securities is substantially uncertain. The Code could be read literally to require that OID computations be made for each payment from each mortgage loan. However, it appears that all payments from a mortgage loan underlying a Stripped Coupon Security should be treated as a single installment obligation subject to the OID rules of the Code, in which case, all payments from the mortgage loan would be included in the mortgage loan’s stated redemption price at maturity for purposes of calculating income on the Stripped Coupon Security under the OID rules of the Code.

              Based on current authority under what circumstances, if any, the prepayment of mortgage loans will give rise to a loss to the holder of a Stripped Bond Security purchased at a premium or a Stripped Coupon Security is unclear. If the security is treated as a single instrument (rather than an interest in discrete mortgage loans) and the effect of prepayments is taken into account in computing yield with respect to the security, it appears that no loss will be available as a result of any particular prepayment unless prepayments occur at a rate faster than the assumed prepayment rate. However, if a security is treated as an interest in discrete mortgage loans, or if no prepayment assumption is used, then when a mortgage loan is prepaid, any security so treated should be able to recognize a loss equal to the portion of the unrecovered premium of the security that is allocable to the mortgage loan.

              Holders of Stripped Bond Securities and Stripped Coupon Securities are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the proper treatment of these securities for federal income tax purposes.

              2. Securities Representing Interests in Loans Other Than ARM Loans

              The original issue discount rules of Code Sections 1271 through 1275 will generally be applicable to mortgages of corporations originated after May 27, 1969, mortgages of noncorporate mortgagors (other than individuals) originated after July 1, 1982, and mortgages of individuals originated after March 2, 1984. Under the OID Regulations, original issue discount could arise by the charging of points by the originator of the mortgage in an amount greater than the statutory de minimis exception, including a payment of points that is currently deductible by the borrower under applicable Code provisions, or under certain circumstances, by the presence of “teaser” rates (i.e., the initial rates on the mortgage loans are lower than subsequent rates on the mortgage loans) on the mortgage loans.

              OID on each security must be included in the owner’s ordinary income for federal income tax purposes as it accrues, in accordance with a constant interest method that takes into account the compounding of interest, in advance of receipt of the cash attributable to the income. The amount of OID required to be included in an owner’s income in any taxable year with respect to a security representing an interest in mortgage loans other than mortgage loans with interest rates that adjust periodically (“ARM Loans”) likely will be computed as described under “Accrual of Original Issue Discount.” The following discussion is based in part on Treasury regulations issued under Code Sections 1271 through 1273 and 1275 (the “OID Regulations”) and in part on the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (the “1986 Act”). The OID Regulations generally are effective for debt instruments issued on or after April 4, 1994, but may be relied upon as authority with respect to debt instruments issued after December 21, 1992. In applying these dates, the issued date of the mortgage loans should be used, or, in the case of Stripped Bond Securities or Stripped Coupon Securities, the date the securities are acquired. The holder of a securities should be aware, however, that the OID Regulations do not adequately address certain issues relevant to prepayable securities.

              Under the Code, the mortgage loans underlying the securities will be treated as having been issued on the date they were originated with an amount of OID equal to the excess of the mortgage loan’s stated redemption price at maturity over its issue price. The issue price of a mortgage loan is generally the amount lent to the mortgagee, which may be adjusted to take into account certain loan origination fees. The stated redemption price at maturity of

    109


    424B5205th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 205th

    a mortgage loan is the sum of all payments to be made on the mortgage loan other than payments that are treated as qualified stated interest payments. The accrual of this OID, as described under “—Accrual of Original Issue Discount,” will, unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, utilize the original yield to maturity of the securities calculated based on a reasonable assumed prepayment rate for the mortgage loans underlying the securities (the “Prepayment Assumption”), and will take into account events that occur during the calculation period. The legislative history of the 1986 Act (the “Legislative History”) provides, however, that the regulations will require that the Prepayment Assumption be the prepayment assumption that is used in determining the offering price of the security. No representation is made that any security will prepay at the Prepayment Assumption or at any other rate. However, no other legal authority provides guidance with regard to the proper method for accruing OID on obligations that are subject to prepayment, and, until further guidance is issued, the servicer intends to calculate and report OID under the method described in “—Accrual of Original Issue Discount.”

              Accrual of Original Issue Discount. Generally, the owner of a security must include in gross income the sum of the “daily portions,” as defined below, of the OID on any security for each day on which it owns the security, including the date of purchase but excluding the date of disposition. In the case of an original owner, the daily portions of OID with respect to each component generally will be determined as set forth under the OID Regulations. A calculation will be made by the servicer or other entity specified in the related prospectus supplement of the portion of OID that accrues during each successive monthly accrual period (or shorter period from the date of original issue) that ends on the day in the calendar year corresponding to each of the distribution dates on the securities (or the day before each date). This will be done, in the case of each full month accrual period, by adding the present value at the end of the accrual period (determined by using as a discount factor the original yield to maturity of the respective component under the Prepayment Assumption) of all remaining payments to be received under the Prepayment Assumption on the respective component and any payments received during the same accrual period, and subtracting from that total the “adjusted issue price” of the respective component at the beginning of the same accrual period. The adjusted issue price of a security at the beginning of the first accrual period is its issue price; the adjusted issue price of a security at the beginning of a subsequent accrual period is the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the immediately preceding accrual period plus the amount of OID allocable to that accrual period reduced by the amount of any payment made at the end of or during that accrual period. The OID accruing during the accrual period will then be divided by the number of days in the period to determine the daily portion of OID for each day in the period. With respect to an initial accrual period shorter than a full monthly accrual period, the daily portions of OID must be determined according to an appropriate allocation under any reasonable method.

              Original issue discount generally must be reported as ordinary gross income as it accrues under a constant interest method that takes into account the compounding of interest as it accrues rather than when received. However, the amount of original issue discount includible in the income of a holder of an obligation is reduced when the obligation is acquired after its initial issuance at a price greater than the sum of the original issue price and the previously accrued original issue discount, less prior payments of principal. Accordingly, if mortgage loans acquired by a securityholder are purchased at a price equal to the then unpaid principal amount of those mortgage loans, no original issue discount attributable to the difference between the issue price and the original principal amount of those mortgage loans (e.g., due to points) will be includible by the holder. Other original issue discount on the mortgage loans (e.g., that arising from a “teaser” rate) would still need to be accrued.

              3. Securities Representing Interests in ARM Loans

              The OID Regulations do not address the treatment of instruments, such as the securities, which represent interests in ARM Loans. Additionally, the IRS has not issued guidance under the Code’s coupon stripping rules with respect to instruments that represent interests in ARM Loans. In the absence of any authority, the trustee will report OID on securities attributable to ARM Loans (“Stripped ARM Obligations”) to holders in a manner it believes is consistent with the rules described under the heading “—Securities Representing Interests in Loans Other Than ARM Loans” and with the OID Regulations. As such, for purposes of projecting the remaining payments and the projected yield, the assumed rate payable on the ARM Loans will be the fixed rate equivalent on the issue date. Application of these rules may require inclusion of income on a Stripped ARM Obligation in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to the income. Further, the addition of interest deferred due to negative amortization (“Deferred Interest”) to the principal balance of an ARM Loan may require the inclusion of the interest deferred due to negative amortization in the income of the securityholder when it accrues. Furthermore, the addition of Deferred Interest to

    110


    424B5206th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 206th

    the security’s principal balance will result in additional income (including possibly OID income) to the securityholder over the remaining life of the securities.

              Because the treatment of Stripped ARM Obligations is uncertain, investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding how income will be includible with respect to the securities.

         c.    Sale or Exchange of a Security

              Sale or exchange of a security before its maturity will result in gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount received and the owner’s adjusted basis in the security. The adjusted basis of a security generally will equal the seller’s purchase price for the security, increased by the OID included in the seller’s gross income with respect to the security, and reduced by principal payments on the security previously received by the seller. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss to an owner for which a security is a “capital asset” within the meaning of Code Section 1221, and will be long-term or short-term depending on whether the security has been owned for the long-term capital gain holding period (currently more than one year).

              The securities will be “evidences of indebtedness” within the meaning of Code Section 582(c)(1), so that gain or loss recognized from the sale of a security by a bank or a thrift institution to which that section applies will be ordinary income or loss.

         d.    Non-U.S. Persons

              Generally, to the extent that a security evidences ownership in underlying mortgage loans that were issued on or before July 18, 1984, interest or OID paid by the person required to withhold tax under Code Section 1441 or 1442 to an owner that is not a U.S. Person or a securityholder holding on behalf of an owner that is not a U.S. Person will be subject to federal income tax, collected by withholding, at a rate of 30% or any lower rate provided for interest by an applicable tax treaty. Accrued OID recognized by the owner on the sale or exchange of a security also will be subject to federal income tax at the same rate. Generally, accrued OID payments would not be subject to withholding to the extent that a security evidences ownership in mortgage loans issued after July 18, 1984, by natural persons if the securityholder complies with certain identification requirements (including delivery of a statement, signed by the securityholder under penalties of perjury, certifying that the securityholder is not a U.S. Person and providing the name and address of the securityholder). Additional restrictions apply to mortgage loans where the mortgagor is not a natural person in order to qualify for the exemption from withholding. Any foreclosure property owned by the trust could be treated as a U.S. real property interest owned by securityholders.

    As used in this prospectus, a “U.S. Person” means

    In addition, U.S. Persons would include certain trusts that can elect to be treated as U.S. Persons. A “Non-U.S. Person” is a person other than a U.S. Person.

              Except where specifically discussed, the discussion below deals with a Non-U.S. Person who is not holding the securities as part of its trade or business in the U.S., and because a Non-U.S. Person is not supposed to hold a

    111


    424B5207th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 207th

    Residual Certificate, this summary does not address the consequences of a Non-U.S. Person holding the Residual Securities. A Non-U.S. Person who is an individual or corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) holding the securities on its own behalf will not be subject to United States federal income taxes on payments of principal, premium, interest or original issue discount on a Security, unless such Non-U.S. Person is a direct or indirect 10% or greater shareholder of us, a controlled foreign corporation related to us or a bank receiving interest described in Code Section 881(c)(3)(A). To qualify for the exemption from taxation, the Withholding Agent, as defined below, must have received a statement from the individual or corporation that (i) is signed under penalties of perjury by the beneficial owner of the Security, (ii) certifies that such owner is not a U.S. Holder, and (iii) provides the beneficial owner’s name and address.

              A “Withholding Agent” is the last United States payor (or a non-U.S. payor who is a qualified intermediary, U.S. branch of a foreign person, or withholding foreign partnership) in the chain of payment prior to payment to a Non-U.S. Person (which itself is not a Withholding Agent). Generally, this statement is made on an IRS Form W-8BEN (“W-8BEN”), which is effective for the remainder of the year of signature plus three full calendar years unless a change in circumstances makes any information on the form incorrect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a W-8BEN with a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain effective until a change in circumstances makes any information on the form incorrect, provided that the Withholding Agent reports at least annually to the beneficial owner on IRS Form 1042-S. The beneficial owner must inform the Withholding Agent within 30 days of such change and furnish a new W-8BEN. A Non-U.S. Person who is not an individual or corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) holding the securities on its own behalf may have substantially increased reporting requirements. In particular, in the case of securities held by a foreign partnership (or foreign trust), the partners (or beneficiaries) rather than the partnership (or trust) will be required to provide the certification discussed above, and the partnership (or trust) will be required to provide certain additional information.

              A foreign Security holder whose income with respect to its investment in a Security is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business would generally be taxed as if the holder was a U.S. person provided the holder provides to the Withholding Agent an IRS Form W-8ECI.

              Certain securities clearing organizations, and other entities who are not beneficial owners, may be able to provide a signed statement to the Withholding Agent. However, in such case, the signed statement may require a copy of the beneficial owner’s W-8BEN (or the substitute form).

              Generally, a Non-U.S. Person will not be subject to federal income taxes on any amount which constitutes capital gain upon retirement or disposition of a Security, unless such Non-U.S. Person is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and such gain is derived from sources within the United States. Certain other exceptions may be applicable, and a Non-U.S. Person should consult its tax advisor in this regard.

              The securities will not be includible in the estate of a Non-U.S. Person unless the individual is a direct or indirect 10% or greater shareholder of us or, at the time of such individual’s death, payments in respect of the securities would have been effectively connected with the conduct by such individual of a trade or business in the United States.

              Prospective investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the Withholding Regulations.

         e.    Backup Withholding

              Backup withholding of United States federal income tax may apply to payments made in respect of the securities to registered owners who are not “exempt recipients” and who fail to provide certain identifying information (such as the registered owner’s taxpayer identification number) in the required manner. Generally, individuals are not exempt recipients, whereas corporations and certain other entities generally are exempt recipients. Payments made in respect of the securities to a U.S. Holder must be reported to the IRS, unless the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient or establishes an exemption. Compliance with the identification procedures described in the preceding section would establish an exemption from backup withholding for those non-U.S. Persons who are not exempt recipients.

    112


    424B5208th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 208th

              In addition, upon the sale of a security to (or through) a broker, the broker must report the sale and withhold on the entire purchase price, unless either (a) the broker determines that the seller is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (b) the seller certifies that such seller is a non-U.S. Person (and certain other conditions are met).

              Certification of the registered owner’s non-U.S. status would be made normally on an IRS Form W-8BEN under penalties of perjury, although in certain cases it may be possible to submit other documentary evidence.

              Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a beneficial owner would be allowed as a refund or a credit against such beneficial owner’s United States federal income tax provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

              Prospective investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the Withholding Regulations.

    Final Trust Reporting Regulations

              On January 23, 2006, the IRS issued final regulations effective January 1, 2007, affecting the information reporting obligations of trustees of “widely-held mortgage trusts” (that is, any grantor trust in which any interests are held by “middlemen”, and whose assets are mortgages or regular interests in a REMIC, amounts received thereon and reasonably required reserve funds) and of “middlemen” (a term that includes, among other things, a custodian of a person’s account, a nominee and a broker holding an interest for a customer in a street name).

              Under the final regulations, the trustee would be required to report to the IRS with respect to each beneficial owner of a grantor trust fractional interest certificate who is not an “exempt recipient” (a term that includes corporations, trusts, securities dealers, middlemen and certain other non-individuals) and do not hold such certificates through a middleman, the gross income of the trust and, if any trust assets were disposed of, the portion of the gross proceeds relating to the trust assets that are allocable to such beneficial owner. The same requirements would be imposed on middlemen holding on behalf of beneficial owners of grantor trust fractional interest certificates.

              The final regulations will also require that the trustee make available information regarding interest income and information necessary to compute any original issue discount to (i) exempt recipients (including middlemen) and non-calendar year taxpayers, upon request, in accordance with the requirements of the final regulations and (ii) beneficial owners of grantor trust fractional interest certificates who do not hold such certificates through a middleman. The information must be provided to parties specified in part (i) by the later of thirty days after the end of the first quarter for which the information was requested or two weeks after the receipt of the request. The information must be provided to parties specified in part (ii) at a time no later than March 15 of the following tax year.

    Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity as a Partnership

              Tax counsel will deliver its opinion that a properly configured issuing entity that is intended to be treated as a partnership will not be a corporation or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. This opinion will be based on the assumption that the terms of the Trust Agreement and related documents will be complied with, and on counsel’s conclusions that the nature of the income of the issuing entity will exempt it from the rule that certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations or the issuance of the securities has been structured as a private placement under an IRS safe harbor, so that the issuing entity will not be characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

              If the issuing entity were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the issuing entity would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The issuing entity’s taxable income would include all its income, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the notes. That corporate income tax could materially reduce cash available to make payments on the notes and distributions on the certificates, and certificateholders could be liable for that tax that is unpaid by the issuing entity.

    113


    424B5209th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 209th

    Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes

              Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness. The issuing entity will agree, and the noteholders will agree by their purchase of notes, to treat the notes as debt for federal income tax purposes. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, the notes will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. The discussion below assumes this characterization of the notes is correct.

              OID, Indexed Securities, etc. The discussion below assumes that all payments on the notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and that the notes are not Indexed securities or Strip notes. Moreover, the discussion assumes that the interest formula for the notes meets the requirements for “qualified stated interest” under the OID regulations, and that any OID on the notes (that is, any excess of the principal amount of the notes over their issue price) does not exceed a de minimis amount (that is, 0.25% of their principal amount multiplied by the number of full years included in their term), all within the meaning of the OID regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied with respect to any given series of notes, additional tax considerations with respect to the notes will be disclosed in the applicable prospectus supplement.

              Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as discussed in the following paragraph, the notes will not be considered issued with OID. The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a noteholder as ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with the noteholder’s method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include the OID in income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the note. It is believed that any prepayment premium paid as a result of a mandatory redemption will be taxable as contingent interest when it becomes fixed and unconditionally payable. A purchaser who buys a note for more or less than its principal amount will generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market discount rules of the Code.

              A holder of a note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one year from the issue date of the note (a “Short-Term Note”) may be subject to special rules. An accrual basis holder of a Short-Term Note (and certain cash method holders, including regulated investment companies, as set forth in Section 1281 of the Code) generally would be required to report interest income as interest accrues on a straight-line basis over the term of each interest period. Other cash basis holders of a Short-Term Note would, in general, be required to report interest income as interest is paid (or, if earlier, upon the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note). However, a cash basis holder of a Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry the Short-Term Note until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note. A cash basis taxpayer may elect under Section 1281 of the Code to accrue interest income on all nongovernment debt obligations with a term of one year or less, in which case the taxpayer would include interest on the Short-Term Note in income as it accrues, but would not be subject to the interest expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding sentence. Certain special rules apply if a Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its principal amount.

              Sale or Other Disposition. If a noteholder sells a note, the holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. The adjusted tax basis of a note to a particular noteholder will equal the holder’s cost for the note, increased by any market discount, acquisition discount, OID and gain previously included by the noteholder in income with respect to the note and decreased by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously amortized and by the amount of principal payments previously received by the noteholder with respect to the note. That gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the note was held as a capital asset, except for gain representing accrued interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income. Capital losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.

              Foreign Holders. Interest payments made (or accrued) to a noteholder who is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-United States person (a “foreign person”) generally will be considered “portfolio interest,” and generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, if the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign person and the foreign person

    114


    424B5210th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 210th

    Generally, this statement is made on an IRS Form W-8BEN (“W-8BEN”), which is effective for the remainder of the year of signature plus three full calendar years unless a change in circumstances makes any information on the form incorrect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a W-8BEN with a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain effective until a change in circumstances makes any information on the form incorrect, provided that the Withholding Agent reports at least one payment annually to the beneficial owner on IRS Form 1042-S. The beneficial owner must inform the Withholding Agent within 30 days of any change and furnish a new W-8BEN. A noteholder who is not an individual or corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) holding the Notes on its own behalf may have substantially increased reporting requirements. In particular, in the case of notes held by a foreign partnership (or foreign trust), the partners (or beneficiaries) rather than the partnership (or trust) will be required to provide the certification discussed above, and the partnership (or trust) will be required to provide certain additional information.

              If a note is held through a securities clearing organization or certain other financial institutions, the organization or institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent; in that case, however, the signed statement must be accompanied by a Form W-8BEN or substitute form provided by the foreign person that owns the note. If the interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

              Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note by a foreign person will be exempt from United States federal income and withholding tax, provided that the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the foreign person and in the case of an individual foreign person, the foreign person is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year.

              Backup Withholding. Each holder of a note (other than an exempt holder such as a corporation, tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and profit-sharing trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who provides certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder’s name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the holder is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt noteholder fail to provide the required certification, the issuing entity will be required to withhold on the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder’s federal income tax liability.

              Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the opinion of Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the notes might be treated as equity interests in the issuing entity. If so treated, the issuing entity might be taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences described above (and the taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its taxable income by deductions for interest expense on notes recharacterized as equity). Alternatively, and most likely in the view of special counsel to the depositor, the issuing entity might be treated as a publicly traded partnership that would not be taxable as a corporation because it would meet certain qualifying income tests. Nonetheless, treatment of the notes as equity interests in that publicly traded partnership could have adverse tax consequences to certain holders. For example, income to certain tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) would be “unrelated business taxable income,” income to foreign holders generally would be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements, and individual holders might be subject to certain limitations on their ability to deduct their share of the issuing entity’s expenses.

    115


    424B5211th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 211th

    Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates

              Treatment of the Issuing Entity as a Partnership. The issuing entity and the servicer will agree, and the certificateholders will agree by their purchase of certificates, to treat the issuing entity as a partnership for purposes of federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by the issuing entity, the partners of the partnership being the certificateholders, and the notes being debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of the arrangement involving the issuing entity, the certificates, the notes, the issuing entity and the servicer is not clear because there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that contemplated herein.

              A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example, because the certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the certificates might be considered debt of the issuing entity. That characterization would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to certificateholders as compared to the consequences from treatment of the certificates as equity in a partnership, described below. The following discussion assumes that the certificates represent equity interests in a partnership.

              Indexed Securities, etc. The following discussion assumes that all payments on the certificates are denominated in U.S. dollars, none of the certificates are Indexed securities or Strip certificates, and that a series of securities includes a single class of certificates. If these conditions are not satisfied with respect to any given series of certificates, additional tax considerations with respect to the certificates will be disclosed in the applicable prospectus supplement.

              Partnership Taxation. As a partnership, the issuing entity will not be subject to federal income tax. Rather, each certificateholder will be required to separately take into account the holder’s distributive share of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the issuing entity. The issuing entity’s income will consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the loans (including appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium) and any gain upon collection or disposition of loans. The issuing entity’s deductions will consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or disposition of loans.

              The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (here, the Trust Agreement and related documents). The Trust Agreement will provide, in general, that the certificateholders will be allocated taxable income of the issuing entity for each month equal to the sum of (i) the interest that accrues on the certificates in accordance with their terms for that month, including interest accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for the month and interest on amounts previously due on the certificates but not yet distributed; (ii) any issuing entity income attributable to discount on the Loans that corresponds to any excess of the principal amount of the certificates over their initial issue price; (iii) prepayment premium payable to the certificateholders for the month; and (iv) any other amounts of income payable to the certificateholders for the month. That allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the issuing entity of premium on loans that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of certificates over their principal amount. All remaining taxable income of the issuing entity will be allocated to the depositor. Based on the economic arrangement of the parties, this approach for allocating issuing entity income should be permissible under applicable Treasury regulations, although we can give no assurance that the IRS would not require a greater amount of income to be allocated to certificateholders. Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation, certificateholders may be allocated income equal to the entire Pass-Through Rate plus the other items described above even though the issuing entity might not have sufficient cash to make current cash distributions of that amount. Thus, cash basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the certificates on the accrual basis and certificateholders may become liable for taxes on issuing entity income even if they have not received cash from the issuing entity to pay those taxes. In addition, because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on a uniform basis for all certificateholders but certificateholders may be purchasing certificates at different times and at different prices, certificateholders may be required to report on their tax returns taxable income that is greater or less than the amount reported to them by the issuing entity.

              All of the taxable income allocated to a certificateholder that is a pension, profit sharing or employee benefit plan or other tax-exempt entity (including an individual retirement account) will constitute “unrelated business taxable income” generally taxable to that holder under the Code.

    116


    424B5212th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 212th

              An individual taxpayer’s share of expenses of the issuing entity (including fees to the servicer but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized deductions. Those deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or in part and might result in the holder being taxed on an amount of income that exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to the holder over the life of the issuing entity.

              The issuing entity intends to make all tax calculations relating to income and allocations to certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to require that those calculations be made separately for each loan, the issuing entity might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that there would not be a material adverse effect on certificateholders.

              Discount and Premium. It is believed that the loans were not issued with OID, and, therefore, the issuing entity should not have OID income. However, the purchase price paid by the issuing entity for the loans may be greater or less than the remaining principal balance of the loans at the time of purchase. If so, the loan will have been acquired at a premium or discount, as the case may be. (As indicated above, the issuing entity will make this calculation on an aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a loan by loan basis.)

              If the issuing entity acquires the loans at a market discount or premium, the issuing entity will elect to include that discount in income currently as it accrues over the life of the loans or to offset that premium against interest income on the loans. As indicated above, a portion of the market discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to certificateholders.

              Section 708 Termination. Pursuant to Code Section 708, a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the capital and profits in a partnership would cause a deemed contribution of assets of the partnership (the “old partnership”) to a new partnership (the “new partnership”) in exchange for interests in the new partnership. Those interests would be deemed distributed to the partners of the old partnership in liquidation thereof, which would not constitute a sale or exchange. Accordingly, if the issuing entity were characterized as a partnership, then even if a sale of certificates terminated the partnership under Code Section 708, the holder’s basis in its certificates would remain the same.

              Disposition of Certificates. Generally, capital gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of certificates in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the seller’s tax basis in the certificates sold. A certificateholder’s tax basis in a certificate will generally equal the holder’s cost increased by the holder’s share of issuing entity income (includible in income) and decreased by any distributions received with respect to that certificate. In addition, both the tax basis in the certificates and the amount realized on a sale of a certificate would include the holder’s share of the notes and other liabilities of the issuing entity. A holder acquiring certificates at different prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in the certificates, and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the certificates, allocate a portion of that aggregate tax basis to the certificates sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis in each certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that certificate).

              Any gain on the sale of a certificate attributable to the holder’s share of unrecognized accrued market discount on the loans would generally be treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax reporting requirements. The issuing entity does not expect to have any other assets that would give rise to those special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid those special reporting requirements, the issuing entity will elect to include market discount in income as it accrues.

              If a certificateholder is required to recognize an aggregate amount of income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions described above) over the life of the certificates that exceeds the aggregate cash distributions with respect thereto, that excess will generally give rise to a capital loss upon the retirement of the certificates.

              Allocations Among Transferors and Transferees. In general, the issuing entity’s taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the certificateholders in proportion to the principal amount of certificates owned by them as of the close of the last day of that month. As a result, a holder purchasing certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.

    117


    424B5213th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 213th

              The use of a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to transfers of less than all of the partner’s interest), taxable income or losses of the issuing entity might be reallocated among the certificateholders. The issuing entity’s method of allocation between transferors and transferees may be revised to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

              Section 754 Election. In the event that a certificateholder sells its certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing certificateholder will have a higher (lower) basis in the certificates than the selling certificateholder had. The tax basis of the issuing entity’s assets will not be adjusted to reflect that higher (or lower) basis unless the issuing entity were to file an election under Section 754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially onerous information reporting requirements, the issuing entity will not make that election. As a result, certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser amount of issuing entity income than would be appropriate based on their own purchase price for certificates.

              Administrative Matters. The owner trustee is required to keep or have kept complete and accurate books of the issuing entity. Those books will be maintained for financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of the issuing entity will be the calendar year. The trustee will file a partnership information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the issuing entity and will report each certificateholder’s allocable share of items of issuing entity income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The issuing entity will provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide the issuing entity with the information statement described below and those nominees will be required to forward that information to the beneficial owners of the certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with the information return filed by the issuing entity or be subject to penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all those inconsistencies.

              Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds certificates as a nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the issuing entity with a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial owners and the certificates so held. That information includes (i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each beneficial owner (x) the name, address and identification number of the person, (y) whether the person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity or a foreign government, an international organization, or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (z) certain information on certificates that were held, bought or sold on behalf of the person throughout the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold certificates through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the issuing entity information as to themselves and their ownership of certificates. A clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended is not required to furnish that information statement to the issuing entity. The information referred to above for any calendar year must be furnished to the issuing entity on or before the following January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to provide the issuing entity with the information described above may be subject to penalties.

              The depositor will be designated as the tax matters partner in the related Trust Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for representing the certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS. The Code provides for administrative examination of a partnership as if the partnership were a separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of limitations for partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the partnership information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an audit of the return of the issuing entity by the appropriate taxing authorities could result in an adjustment of the returns of the certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a certificateholder may be precluded from separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the issuing entity. An adjustment could also result in an audit of a certificateholder’s returns and adjustments of items not related to the income and losses of the issuing entity.

              Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders. It is not clear whether the issuing entity would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S. Persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue under facts substantially similar to those described herein. Although it is not expected that the issuing entity would be engaged in a trade or business in the United States for those purposes, the issuing entity will withhold as if it were so engaged in order to protect the issuing entity from possible adverse consequences of a failure to withhold. The issuing entity expects to withhold on the portion of its taxable income, as calculated for this purpose which may exceed the distributions to certificateholders, that is allocable to foreign certificateholders pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as if the

    118


    424B5214th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 214th

    income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance of other administrative pronouncements may require the issuing entity to change its withholding procedures. In determining a holder’s withholding status, the issuing entity may rely on IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-9 or the holder’s certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury. A holder who is not an individual or corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) holding the Notes on its own behalf may have substantially increased reporting requirements. In particular, if the holder is a foreign partnership (or foreign trust), the partners (or beneficiaries) rather than the partnership (or trust) will be required to provide the certification discussed above, and the partnership (or trust) will be required to provide certain additional information.

              Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch profits tax) on its share of the issuing entity’s income. Each foreign holder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number in order to assure appropriate crediting of the taxes withheld. A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the issuing entity taking the position that no taxes were due because the issuing entity was not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a certificateholder who is a foreign person generally will be considered guaranteed payments to the extent the payments are determined without regard to the income of the issuing entity. If these interest payments are properly characterized as guaranteed payments, then the interest will not be considered “portfolio interest.” As a result, certificateholders will be subject to United States federal income tax and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In that case, a foreign holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in excess of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the guaranteed payments.

              Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the certificates and proceeds from the sale of the certificates will be subject to a “backup” withholding tax if, in general, the certificateholder fails to comply with certain identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under applicable provisions of the Code.

    State Tax Considerations

              In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in “Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations,” potential investors are encouraged to consider the state and local income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the securities. State and local income tax law may differ substantially from the corresponding federal law, and this discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the income tax laws of any state or locality. Therefore, potential investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the various tax consequences of investments in the securities.

    ERISA Considerations

              Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan, as well as individual retirement accounts, Keogh plans and other plans covered by Section 4975 of the Code, and entities deemed to hold “plan assets” of any of the foregoing under the Plan Assets Regulation (as defined below) (each such entity a “Plan”) from engaging in certain transactions with persons that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Code with respect to such Plan. A violation of these “prohibited transaction” rules may result in an excise tax or other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons or the fiduciaries of the Plan. In addition, Title I of ERISA also requires fiduciaries of a Plan subject to ERISA to make investments that are prudent, diversified and in accordance with the governing plan documents.

    Plan Assets Regulation and Certain Exemptions

              Certain transactions involving the issuer might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Plan that purchased securities if assets of the issuer were deemed to be assets of the Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (the “Plan Assets Regulation”), the assets of the issuer would be treated as plan assets of a Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the Plan acquired an “equity interest” in the issuer and none of the exceptions to plan asset treatment contained in the

    119


    424B5215th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 215th

    Plan Assets Regulation was applicable. An equity interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features. Although there is little guidance on the subject, assuming a security constitutes debt for local law purposes, the issuer will determine and will indicate in the related prospectus supplement whether, at the time of issuance, the security should not be treated as an equity interest in the issuer for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation. This determination is based in part upon the traditional debt features of the security, including the reasonable expectation of purchasers of the security that the security will be repaid when due, as well as the absence of conversion rights, warrants and other typical equity features. The debt treatment of a security for ERISA purposes could change if the issuer incurred losses. This risk of recharacterization is enhanced for securities that are subordinated to other classes of securities.

              However, without regard to whether a security is treated as an equity interest for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation, the acquisition or holding of a security by or on behalf of a Plan could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if the issuer, the servicer, the trustee, or any of their respective affiliates is or becomes a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to such Plan. Certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding of securities by a Plan depending on the type and circumstances of the plan fiduciary making the decision to acquire such securities. Included among these exemptions are: Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 96-23, PTCE 95-60, PTCE 91-38, PTCE 90-1 and PTCE 84-14, described below. In addition, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 provides a statutory exemption under Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code for prohibited transactions between a Plan and a person or entity that is a party in interest to such Plan solely by reason of providing services to the Plan (other than a party in interest that is a fiduciary, or its affiliate, that has or exercises discretionary authority or control or renders investment advice with respect to the assets of the Plan involved in the transaction), provided that there is adequate consideration for the transaction. By acquiring a security, each purchaser will be deemed to represent that either (i) it is not acquiring the securities with the assets of a Plan or (ii) the acquisition and holding of the securities will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any substantially similar applicable law.

              The issuing entity, the servicer, the trustee and the underwriter of the securities of any series may be the sponsor of or investment advisor with respect to one or more plans. Because they may receive certain benefits in connection with the sale of the securities, the purchase of securities using plan assets over which any of them has investment authority might be deemed to be a violation of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the Code for which no exemption may be available. Accordingly, any plan for which the issuing entity, the servicer, the trustee or the underwriter of the notes, or any of their respective affiliates:

    may not invest in the securities unless an appropriate administrative prohibited transaction exemption applies to the investment.

    Class Exemptions

              The United States Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued PTCEs which provide exemptive relief to parties to any transaction which satisfies the conditions of the exemption. A partial listing of the PTCEs which may be available for investments in securities follows. Each of these exemptions is available only if specified conditions are satisfied and may provide relief for some, but not all, of the prohibited transactions that a particular transaction may cause. The prospectus supplement for a particular offering of securities may indicate whether the securities themselves satisfy the conditions of these exemptions. A Plan fiduciary should consult with its advisors regarding

    120


    424B5216th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 216th

    the specific scope, terms and conditions of an exemption as it applies to it, as an investor, before relying on that exemption’s availability.

              Class exemptions for purchases and sales of securities.

              The following exemptions may apply to a purchase or sale of securities between a Plan, on the one hand, and a party in interest, on the other hand:

              These exemptions do not expressly address prohibited transactions that might result from transactions incidental to the operation of a trust. The issuing entity cannot assure you that a purchase or sale of securities in reliance on one of these exemptions will not give rise to indirect, non-exempt prohibited transactions.

              Class exemptions for purchases and sales of securities and transactions incidental to the operation of the issuing entity.

              The following exemptions may apply to a purchase or sale of securities between a Plan, on the one hand, and a party in interest, on the other hand, and may also apply to prohibited transactions that may result from transactions incidental to the operation of the issuing entity:

    Before purchasing securities in reliance on a class exemption, a fiduciary of a Plan should confirm that that the conditions set forth in the exemption would be satisfied. In addition, if the security is an equity interest, the fiduciary should consider whether the exemption would apply to transactions incidental to the operations of the issuing entity. The Plan fiduciary also should consider its general fiduciary obligations under ERISA in determining whether to purchase any securities on behalf of a Plan.

    Underwriter Exemption

              The DOL has granted to certain underwriters individual administrative exemptions (the “Underwriter Exemptions”) from certain of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the related excise tax provisions of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent resale by Plans of securities, including certificates, in pass-through entities, including trusts, that consist of certain receivables, loans and other obligations that meet the conditions and requirements of the Underwriter Exemptions, and with respect to transactions in connection with the servicing, management and operation of the entity.

    121


    424B5217th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 217th

              While each Underwriter Exemption is an individual exemption separately granted to a specific underwriter, the terms and conditions which generally apply to the Underwriter Exemptions are substantially the following:

              The Underwriter Exemptions will not apply to any of the certificates if any mortgage loan or other asset held in the trust (other than a residential mortgage loan or home equity loan) has a loan-to-value ratio that exceeds 100% on the date of issuance of the certificates or if any residential mortgage loan or home equity loan has a loan-to-value ratio that exceeds 125% on the date of issuance of the certificates. As noted above, when the trust contains residential mortgage loans or home equity loans with loan-to-value ratios that exceed 100% (but do not exceed 125%) on the date of issuance, only certificates that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a rating agency and that are not subordinated are eligible for relief under the Underwriter Exemptions.

              The issuer must also meet the following requirements:

    122


    424B5218th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 218th

              In addition, if the issuer is a legal entity of certain types, the legal document establishing the issuer must contain restrictions necessary to ensure that the assets of the issuer may not be reached by creditors of the seller in the event of its bankruptcy or insolvency.

              Moreover, the Underwriter Exemptions generally provide relief from certain self-dealing and conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire securities of an issuer holding receivables as to which the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor provided that, among other requirements:

    This relief is not available to Plans sponsored by the seller, any underwriter, the trustee, any servicer, any insurer with respect to the trust, any obligor with respect to mortgage loans included in the issuing entity constituting more than five percent of the aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets in the issuing entity, any counterparty to a permissible notional principal contract included in the trust, or any affiliate of those parties (the “Restricted Group”).

              The Underwriter Exemptions extend exemptive relief to specified mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities transactions using pre-funded accounts for trusts issuing pass-through securities. Mortgage loans or other secured receivables supporting payments to securityholders, and having a value equal to no more than twenty-five percent of the total principal amount of the securities being offered by the trust, may be transferred to the trust within a 90-day or three-month period following the closing date, instead of being required to be either identified or transferred on or before the closing date. The relief is available when the pre-funding arrangements satisfy certain conditions, including, without limitation, (a) all additional loans must meet the same terms and conditions for determining eligibility as the initial loans; (b) the additional loans may not result in a lower credit rating; (c) the characteristics of the additional loans must be substantially similar to those of the loans described in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, and (d) the acquisition of the additional loans must be monitored by an independent accountant or a credit support provider or other insurance provider independent of the seller.

              The Underwriter Exemptions extend exemptive relief to certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities transactions involving trusts that contain interest rate swaps, interest rate caps or yield supplement agreements, provided certain requirements of such instruments and the other requirements of the Underwriter Exemptions are met.

              An interest-rate swap or (if purchased by or on behalf of the issuing entity) an interest-rate cap contract (collectively, a “swap” or “swap agreement”) is a permitted trust fund asset under the Underwriter Exemption if it: (a) is an “eligible swap;” (b) is with a bank or other financial institution which meets certain rating requirements (an “eligible counterparty”); (c) meets certain additional specific conditions concerning the consequences if the rating of the counterparty is reduced or withdrawn, which conditions depend on whether the ratings of certificates to which the swap applies are dependent on the swap and (d) permits the issuing entity to make termination payments to the swap counterparty (other than currently scheduled payments) solely from excess spread or amounts otherwise payable to the servicer, depositor, sponsor or any other seller. Securities to which one or more swap agreements apply may be acquired or held by only “qualified plan investors.”

    123


    424B5219th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 219th

              An “eligible swap” is one which: (a) is denominated in U.S. dollars; (b) pursuant to which the issuing entity pays or receives, on or immediately prior to the respective payment or distribution date for the class of securities to which the swap relates, a fixed rate of interest or a floating rate of interest based on a publicly available index (e.g., LIBOR or the U.S. Federal Reserve’s Cost of Funds Index (COFI)), with the issuing entity receiving such payments on at least a quarterly basis and obligated to make separate payments no more frequently than the counterparty, with all simultaneous payments being netted (“allowable interest rate”); (c) has a notional amount that does not exceed either: (i) the principal balance of the class of securities to which the swap relates, or (ii) the portion of the principal balance of such class represented by obligations (“allowable notional amount”); (d) is not “leveraged” (i.e., payments are based on the applicable notional amount, the day count fractions, the fixed or floating rates permitted above, and the difference between the products thereof, calculated on a one-to-one ratio and not on a multiplier of such difference); (e) has a final termination date that is either the earlier of the date on which the issuer terminates or the related class of securities are fully repaid and (f) does not incorporate any provision which could cause a unilateral alteration in the requirements described in (a) through (d) of this paragraph.

              A “qualified plan investor” is a Plan for which the decision to buy a class of securities is made by an independent fiduciary that is qualified to understand the swap transaction and the effect the swap would have on the rating of the securities and that (a) is a “qualified professional asset manager” (“QPAM”) under PTCE 84-14, (b) is an “in-house asset manager” under PTCE 96-23 or (c) has total assets (both Plan and non-Plan) under management of at least $100 million at the time the securities are acquired by the Plan.

              An “eligible yield supplement agreement” is any yield supplement agreement or similar arrangement or (if purchased by or on behalf of the issuing entity) an interest rate cap contract to supplement the interest rates otherwise payable on obligations held by the trust fund (“EYS Agreement”). If the EYS Agreement has a notional principal amount and/or is written on an International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) form, the EYS Agreement may only be held as an asset of the trust fund under the Underwriter Exemption if it meets the following conditions: (a) it is denominated in U.S. dollars; (b) it pays an allowable interest rate; (c) it is not leveraged; (d) it does not allow any of these three preceding requirements to be unilaterally altered without the consent of the trustee; (e) it is entered into between the issuing entity and an eligible counterparty and (f) it has an allowable notional amount.

              The rating of a security may change. If a class of securities no longer has a required rating from at least one rating agency, securities of that class will no longer be eligible for relief under the Underwriter Exemptions (although a Plan that had purchased the security when it had a permitted rating would not be required by the Underwriter Exemptions to dispose of it). A security that satisfies the requirements of the Underwriter Exemptions other than the rating requirement may be eligible for purchase by an insurance company investing assets of its general account that include plan assets when the requirements of Sections I and III of PTCE 95-60 are met. If the ratings of a security decline so that all ratings from S&P, Moody’s or Fitch are below the ratings required for the Underwriter Exemption, each transferee will be deemed to represent that either (a) it is not purchasing such security with plan assets of a Plan, or (b) it is an insurance company using the assets of its general account (within the meaning of PTCE 95-60) to purchase the security and that it is eligible for and satisfies all of the requirements of Sections I and III of PTCE 95-60.

              The prospectus supplement for each series of securities will indicate the classes of securities offered thereby, if any, as to which it is expected that an Underwriter Exemption will apply.

    Consultation with Advisors

              Governmental plans, as defined in the Code and ERISA, are not subject to Title I of ERISA, and are also not subject to the prohibited transaction provisions under Section 4975 of the Code. However, state laws or regulations governing the investment and management of the assets of such plans may contain fiduciary and prohibited transaction requirements similar to those under ERISA and the Code discussed above and may include other limitations on permissible investments. Accordingly, fiduciaries of governmental plans, in consultation with their advisors, should consider the requirements of their respective state pension codes with respect to investments in the securities, and the considerations discussed above, to the extent applicable.

    124


    424B5220th “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 220th

              Any Plan fiduciary that proposes to cause a Plan to purchase securities is encouraged to consult with its counsel concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the availability and applicability of any Underwriter Exemption or any other exemptions from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code and the potential consequences in their specific circumstances, before making the investment. Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification an investment in the securities is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the Plan’s investment portfolio.

              The sale of certificates to a Plan is in no respect a representation by the issuer or any underwriter of the Certificates that this investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular Plan, or that this investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.

    Legal Investment

              The prospectus supplement for each series of securities will specify which, if any, of the classes of securities offered by it will constitute “mortgage related securities” for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 (“SMMEA”). Classes of securities that qualify as “mortgage related securities” will be legal investments for those investors whose authorized investments are subject to state regulation, to the same extent as, under applicable law, obligations issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States constitute legal investments for them. Those investors are persons, trusts, corporations, partnerships, associations, business trusts and business entities (including depository institutions, life insurance companies and pension funds) created pursuant to or existing under the laws of the United States or of any state (including the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico). Under SMMEA, if a state enacts legislation before October 4, 1991 specifically limiting the legal investment authority of those entities with respect to “mortgage related securities,” the securities will constitute legal investments for entities subject to the legislation only to the extent provided in it. Approximately twenty-one states adopted limiting legislation before the October 4, 1991 deadline.

              SMMEA also amended the legal investment authority of federally-chartered depository institutions as follows: federal savings and loan associations and federal savings banks may invest in, sell or otherwise deal in securities without limitations as to the percentage of their assets represented by them, federal credit unions may invest in mortgage related securities, and national banks may purchase securities for their own account without regard to the limitations generally applicable to investment securities set forth in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), subject in each case to regulations that the applicable federal authority may prescribe. In this connection, federal credit unions should review the National Credit Union Administration Letter to Credit Unions No. 96, as modified by Letter to Credit Unions No. 108, which includes guidelines to assist federal credit unions in making investment decisions for mortgage related securities, and the its regulation “Investment and Deposit Activities” (12 C.F.R. Part 703), (regardless of whether the class of securities under consideration for purchase constitutes a “mortgage related security”).

              All depository institutions considering an investment in the securities (regardless of whether the class of securities under consideration for purchase constitutes a “mortgage related security”) should review the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s Supervisory Policy Statement on Securities Activities (to the extent adopted by their respective regulators), setting forth, in relevant part, certain securities trading and sales practices deemed unsuitable for an institution’s investment portfolio, and guidelines for (and restrictions on) investing in mortgage derivative products, including “mortgage related securities” that are “high-risk mortgage securities” as defined in the policy statement. According to the policy statement, “high-risk mortgage securities” include securities such as securities not entitled to distributions allocated to principal or interest, or subordinated securities. Under the policy statement, each depository institution must determine, before purchase (and at stated intervals thereafter), whether a particular mortgage derivative product is a “high-risk mortgage security,” and whether the purchase (or retention) of such a product would be consistent with the policy statement.

              The foregoing does not take into consideration the applicability of statutes, rules, regulations, orders, guidelines, or agreements generally governing investments made by a particular investor, including “prudent investor” provisions, percentage-of-assets limits and provisions that may restrict or prohibit investment in securities that are not “interest bearing” or “income paying.”

    125


    424B5221st “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 221st

              There may be other restrictions on the ability of certain investors, including depository institutions, either to purchase securities or to purchase securities representing more than a specified percentage of the investor’s assets. Investors are encouraged to consult their own legal advisors in determining whether and to what extent the securities constitute legal investments for them.

    Method of Distribution

              Securities are being offered hereby in series from time to time (each series evidencing a separate issuing entity) through any of the following methods:

              A prospectus supplement will be prepared for each series which will describe the method of offering being used for that series and will set forth the identity of any of its underwriters and either the price at which the series is being offered, the nature and amount of any underwriting discounts or additional compensation to the underwriters and the proceeds of the offering to the depositor, or the method by which the price at which the underwriters will sell the securities will be determined. Each prospectus supplement for an underwritten offering will also contain information regarding the nature of the underwriters obligations, any material relationship between the depositor and any underwriter and, where appropriate, information regarding any discounts or concessions to be allowed or reallowed to dealers or others and any arrangements to stabilize the market for the securities so offered. In firm commitment underwritten offerings, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase all of the securities of the series if any securities are purchased. Securities may be acquired by the underwriters for their own accounts and may be resold from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale.

              Underwriters and agents may be entitled under agreements entered into with the depositor to indemnification by the depositor against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution with respect to payments which the underwriters or agents may be required to make in respect thereof.

              In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter will be required to represent and agree with the depositor that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) and with respect to any class of securities with a minimum denomination of less than $100,000, it has not made and will not make an offer of securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

               (a)      to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
     
      (b) to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last fiscal year; (2) total assets of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net revenue of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated financial statements; or
     
      (c) in any other circumstances that do not require the publication by the depositor of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

              For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any class of securities of a series, which class has a minimum denomination of less than $100,000, in any Relevant

    126


    424B5222nd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 222nd

    Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

              If a series is offered other than through underwriters, the prospectus supplement relating to it will contain information regarding the nature of the offering and any agreements to be entered into between the depositor and purchasers of securities of the series.

    Legal Matters

              The validity of the securities, including certain federal income tax consequences with respect to the securities, will be passed upon for the depositor by Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP, New York, New York; Sidley Austin LLP, New York, New York; Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, New York, New York; or Heller Ehrman LLP, New York, New York.

    Financial Information

              A new issuing entity will be formed for each series of securities and no issuing entity will engage in any business activities or have any assets or obligations before the issuance of the related series of securities. Accordingly, no financial statements for any issuing entity will be included in this prospectus or in the related prospectus supplement.

    Rating

              It is a condition to the issuance of the securities of each series offered by this prospectus and by the prospectus supplement that they shall have been rated in one of the four highest rating categories by the nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies specified in the related prospectus supplement.

              Ratings on mortgage pass-through securities address the likelihood of receipt by securityholders of all distributions on the underlying mortgage loans. These ratings address the structural, legal and issuer-related aspects associated with the securities, the nature of the underlying mortgage loans and the credit quality of the credit enhancer or guarantor, if any. Ratings on mortgage pass-through securities do not represent any assessment of the likelihood of principal prepayments by mortgagors or of the degree by which the prepayments might differ from those originally anticipated. As a result, securityholders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield, and, in addition, holders of stripped pass-through securities in extreme cases might fail to recoup their underlying investments.

              A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization. Each security rating should be evaluated independently of any other security rating.

    127


    424B5223rd “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 223rd

    INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

        Page        Page 
    1986 Act    108    Non-U.S. Person    110 
    2001 Act    101    offshore location    103 
    2003 Act    101    OID    105 
    Agency Securities    20    OID Regulations    108 
    Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations    106    old partnership    116 
    Applicable Amount    100    OTS    49 
    APR    25    Payment Lag Securities    95 
    ARM Loans    108    phantom income    98 
    Asset Conservation Act    87    Plan    118 
    Capitalized Interest Account    70    Plan Assets Regulation    118 
    CERCLA    87    pre-issuance accrued interest    95 
    Class Security Balance    42    Prepayment Assumption    109 
    Clearstream, Luxembourg    51    Private Mortgage-Backed Securities    20 
    Code    38, 89    Prohibited Transactions Tax    101 
    Contingent Regulations    90    RCRA    88 
    Contributions Tax    102    Regular Interest Securities    90 
    Cooperative    52    Regular Securities    97 
    cooperative loans    22    Regular Securityholders    90 
    cooperatives    22    Relevant Implementation Date    125 
    DBC    51    Relevant Member State    125 
    Debt Securities    90    Relief Act    14, 89 
    Deferred Interest    109    REMIC    89 
    Designated Transaction    121    REMIC Securities    97 
    DOL    119    REMICs    97 
    DTC    50    Residual Certificates    97 
    Eleventh District    48    Restricted Group    122 
    ERISA    118    S&P    121 
    Euroclear Operator    52    SEC    21 
    excess inclusion    100    secured creditor exemption    87 
    excess servicing    107    Securities Act    33 
    Exchange Act    33    Security Account    68 
    FHA    22             Short-Term Note    113 
    FHLBSF    48    Single Family Properties    23 
    Fitch    121    SMMEA    124 
    foreign person    113    Stripped ARM Obligations    109 
    Garn-St Germain Act    88    Stripped Bond Securities    107 
    Global Securities    54    Stripped Coupon Securities    107 
    Indenture    40    Subsequent Recoveries    96 
    Insured Expenses    68    Subsidiary REMIC    97 
    Issuing Entity Assets    20    Super-Premium Securities    91 
    Legislative History    109    Terms and Conditions    52 
    Liquidated Mortgage    76    Title V    89 
    Master REMIC    97    U.S. Person    56, 103, 110 
    Moody’s    121    Underwriter Exemptions    120 
    National Cost of Funds Index    49    VA    22 
    New CI    51    W-8BEN    111, 114 
    new partnership    116    Withholding Agent    114 

    128


    424B5Last “Page” of 224TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 224th

    INDYMAC HOME EQUITY MORTGAGE LOAN ASSET-BACKED TRUST,
    SERIES 2007-H1
    Issuing Entity

    INDYMAC ABS, INC.
    Depositor

    Sponsor, Seller and Servicer

    $650,071,000
    (Approximate)

    IndyMac Home Equity Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Notes,
    Series 2007-H1

    _____________________

    PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
    _____________________

     
    LEHMAN BROTHERS
    DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES  INDYMAC SECURITIES CORPORATION 

         You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

         We are not offering the IndyMac Home Equity Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series 2007-H1 in any state where the offer is not permitted.

         Dealers will be required to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus when acting as an underwriter of the notes offered hereby and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. In addition, for ninety days following the date of this prospectus supplement, all dealers selling the Notes, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus.

    March 21, 2007



    Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

    Referenced-On Page
    This ‘424B5’ Filing    Date First  Last      Other Filings
    12/28/3629
    3/25/2395
    3/25/2295
    3/25/2195
    5/1/2029
    3/25/2095
    3/25/1995
    3/25/1895
    3/25/1795
    3/25/1695
    3/25/1595
    3/25/1495
    3/25/1395
    3/25/1295
    3/25/1195
    12/31/10197200
    3/25/1095
    3/25/0995
    3/25/0895
    3/23/071758-K
    Filed on:3/22/078-K
    3/21/0712248-K
    3/20/0779
    3/14/071113
    2/28/0711
    2/26/0729
    1/1/07208
    12/31/063739
    12/11/06197
    9/30/064748
    8/1/06200
    7/31/06200
    6/30/0648
    3/31/06488-K
    1/23/06208
    1/1/0642134
    12/31/053781
    12/31/043781
    5/11/04200
    3/31/0439
    12/31/0337
    4/22/0329
    7/19/02199
    1/18/00147
    1/17/00147
    1/14/00147
    7/9/99131
    12/1/9879
    8/20/96152
    4/4/94204
    12/21/92204
     List all Filings 
    Top
    Filing Submission 0000930413-07-002673   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

    Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
    AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Fri., Apr. 19, 8:30:41.4am ET